AnyOneCanRead®

      
Module E – Weeks 1 to 17

     
Click here for WEEK 1
Click here for WEEK 2
Click here for WEEK 3
Click here for WEEK 4
Click here for WEEK 5
Click here for WEEK 6
Click here for WEEK 7
Click here for WEEK 8
Click here for WEEK 9
Click here for WEEK 10
Click here for WEEK 11
Click here for WEEK 12
Click here for WEEK 13
Click here for WEEK 14
Click here for WEEK 15
Click here for WEEK 16
Click here for WEEK 17
      
    
        

WEEK ONE    
   
WEEK ONE READING PASSAGES
      

Lesson 1 – Beatrix Potter


The Tale Of Mrs. Tay True-Mouse

    
NEW WORDS: Beatrix, Muffet’s, attempting, ballistic, biz, bristles, burnoose, cellars, coattails, controlling, cupfuls, direful, disarrangement, dishcloth, disorderliness, disposition, domicil, dusting, fiz, freak, gravelly, hedgerow, hither, honeydew, hospitality, imbroglio, immaculate, incontestably, interloper, invitation, irascible, jostled, kindliness, larder, littlest, lounger, melon, miz, moody, muddied, multitude, niz, overtired, quirky, retrieved, roughly, scented, shipshape, siz, smirched, sodden, soils, spic, squalid, storeroom, sullied, suppertime, swerved, tiddly, trespassers, tubby, twiddled, washroom, whacking, widdly, wiping, wiz, wizz, woodmouse, yon, ziz
     
      

It was once upon a time. There was a woodmouse. She was named Mrs. Tay True-Mouse. She lived in a bank that was under a hedgerow. It was such a quirky domicil! There were yards of gravelly tunnels underneath. They led to storerooms and nut and seed cellars. They swerved hither and yon all through the roots of the bushes and trees.

There was a kitchen, a den, a pantry, and a washroom. Also, there was her bedroom. In there, she slept in a small box bed!

Tay was a “neat freak!” She was always sweeping things up. She was always dusting things off.

Sometimes, a bug would lose its way in the tunnels. “Scat! Scat! Wee, dirty feet!” said Tay. You’d find her whacking her dust pan on the floor. That would scare it out!

One day, a small old woman ran up and down. She had on a burnoose. And she had red spots on her. It was a ladybug! Tay yelled at her. “Your house is on fire! Fly home to your children! Save them!” Well, there was no house on fire! That was from a well-known poem!

    
    

One day, a tubby spider came in. It had been out in the rain. It wanted to get dry. Tay yelled at him! “I beg your pardon! Is this not Miss Muffet’s? Get out, you bold bad interloper! And don’t leave cobwebs here. My house is immaculate. It’s spic and span! I could eat off the floor!” She jostled the spider roughly. Out the door he went. He went down the hedge. There, he hung from a long bit of string.

Tay True-Mouse went into the tunnels. There was a far-off storeroom. That’s where she was headed. There were special things to eat there. So, she sniffed as she walked. What did she smell? And what was on the floor?!

“The air is scented. It smells of honey! Is it a rose smell? There are some of them blooming in the hedge. But wait! There are, incontestably, foot-prints here. These are marks of small, smirched feet!”

Then she turned and saw a bee. It was Miss Bum-Bum-Bee! She buzzed, “Ziz, biz, fizz!” Tay was about to go ballistic. She gave Bum-Bum an irascible look. And she wished she had her broom! But she bit her tongue. She was controlling her temper. She was attempting to be nice.

    
    

She greeted the bee. “Good day, Miss Bum-Bum. I do need to buy some bees-wax. But why are you down here? You always come to my door. You knock, and you say, ‘Ziz, biz, fiz‘.” Tay was kind of cross with her.

Miss Bum-Bum had a squeaky voice. “Mizniz, wiz.” She, too, seemed to have a moody disposition. Then she walked down the tunnel. She went into one of the storerooms. Tay used to keep acorns in that one. But she had used them all at Christmas. That room should be empty!

Well, this was not the case! Not at all! The room was full of moss. And it was in quite a state of disarrangement. She went to pull out the moss. Then, three or four bees buzzed at her. It was like they might start an imbroglio!!

Tay screamed at them. “I am not a hotel! These bees should not be here. This is MY place! I don’t want them here. They are trespassers. I must kick them out. I must think of who can help me.”

The bees kept up the noise! “Buzz, buzz, buzz!”

Miss Bum-Bum had a thought. “Biz, ziz, siz.”

   
    

Tay said back, “No, I don’t think so. I don’t want Mr. Jacks to help. That’s because he doesn’t wipe his feet. He always soils my floor.”

(Mrs. Tay True-Mouse really IS quite a neat freak, isn’t she?!)

Tay made her mind up to check on the bees later. She’d do it after suppertime. She got back to the parlor. There, she heard someone cough in a deep voice. Well, uh-oh! There sat Mr. Jacks!

He sat on a small rocking chair. He twiddled his thumbs, and he smiled. His feet were raised up on a chair. He lived in a drain that was below the hedge. It was in a quite squalid, sodden ditch.

“How do you do, Mr. Jacks? Dear me! You are quite wet!”

“Thank you! Thank you! Thank you, Mrs. Tay True-Mouse! I’ll sit a while. Then I’ll dry off,” said Mr. Jacks.

He sat and smiled. The water dripped off his coattails. Tay went ’round with a mop. What a clean freak! That was her way!

He sat quite a while. Tay had been brought up to learn the art of hospitality. So, she had to ask if he would like some food.

    
    

First, she offered him cherry-stones. “Thank you! Thank you, Mrs. True-Mouse! I have no teeth, no teeth, no teeth!” said Mr. Jacks. He opened his mouth most wide. He had told the truth. He really did not have a tooth in his head!

Then she offered him thistle-down seed. He said, “Tiddlywiddly, widdly, poof, puff, poof, puff.” He then blew the thistle-down all over the room. It must have made his nose itch.

“Thank you! Thank you! Thank you, Mrs. True-Mouse! Now what I really, REALLY should like would be a little dish of honey!”

“I’m afraid I have not got any!” said Tay.

“Tiddly, widdly, widdly, Mrs. True-Mouse!” said the smiling Mr. Jacks. “I can SMELL it. That is why I came to call.” Mr. Jacks rose slowly from the table. He began to look into the cupboards.

Tay followed him with a dishcloth. She kept wiping his large wet foot-marks off of the floor.

Mr. Jacks saw that there was no honey in the cupboards. Then, he then walked down the passage.

“Indeed, you will stick fast, Mr. Jacks!” said Tay.

      
     

“Tiddly, widdly, widdly, Mrs. True-Mouse!” First, he squeezed into the pantry. He said, “Tiddly, widdly, widdly. No honey, no honey, Mrs. True-Mouse?”

There were three creepy-crawly folks hiding in the plate rack! Two of them got away. But the littlest one he caught. Then he squeezed into the larder. He saw Miss Butterfly tasting the sugar. But she flew away out of the window.

“Tiddly, widdly, widdly,” Mrs. True-Mouse. “You seem to have a multitude of visitors!”

“And without any invitation!” said Tay. They went along the sandy passage.

“Tiddly, widdly.”

“Buzz! Wizz! Wizz!”

He met Miss Bum-Bum ’round a corner. He snapped her up. Then he put her down again and said, “I do not like bumble bees. They are all over bristles.” He wiped his mouth with his coat sleeve.

Miss Bum-Bum shrieked at him. “Get out, you muddied old toad!”

“I shall go to another room!” said Tay. She shut herself up in the nut cellar. At the same time, Mr. Jacks pulled out the bees-nest. They stung him. But he did not seem to mind.

     
    

In a while, Tay came out. There was no one there. They had gone away, but the disorderliness was just direful. “Never did I see such a sullied place! Smears of honey, moss, thistle-down, and marks of big and small dirty feet. And all over my nice clean house!”

She picked up the moss and the bees-wax that was still there. Then she went out and retrieved some twigs. They would partly close up the front door. “I’ll make it too small for Mr. Jacks!”

She went to the storeroom and fetched soft soap, a cloth, and a new scrubbing brush. But she had overtired herself. First, she fell asleep in her lounger. Then she went to bed. “Will it ever be clean here?” said poor Tay.

The next morning, she got up at the crack of dawn. She started to “spring-clean!” She cleaned for two weeks! She swept, she scrubbed, she dusted, and then, she rubbed the furniture with bees-wax. Finally, she polished her small tin spoons.

Now it was all neat and clean. She said, “Finally! My house is now shipshape!” She even gave a party to five other small mice. But Mr. Jacks was not to be at the party! Oh, he tried! He smelt the party. He came up the bank, but he could not squeeze in at the door!

They did show him one act of kindliness, though. They gave him acorn cupfuls of honeydew melon through the window. He was happy with that. He sat outside in the sun, and he said, “Tiddly, widdly, widdly! Thank you! To your good health, Mrs. True-Mouse!”

     
     
*********
 
     
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

                        
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)   
     

Lesson 2 – Pushes And Pulls

   
NEW WORDS: Ferris, Isaac, Kamal, Kamal’s, Maddy, Massie, NASA, Newton, Shepard, amble, antipodal, astronaut’s, astronauts, backhoes, carousel, centrifuge, centrifuges, contestant, distraction, elementary, excogitates, exert, explicates, handily, hypotheses, influencing, investigations, laboratories, languishing, lawnmowers, magnetic, magnets, mainly, metallic, microphone, microphones, motionless, multifold, object’s, participates, pinwheel, plenteously, propels, puck, racquet, rakes, rooftop, saw’s, scientist’s, scooter, scooters, seesaws, sketching, snowplow, solves, spigot, steely, strengths, surges, sways, toy’s, unexpectedly, unicycle, victor
      
      

Chapter One: A Scooter Race
       
It’s field day at Samuel Massie Elementary School, so everyone participates in games outside. Kamal is a contestant in a scooter race. The first one to cross the finish line wins. Kamal is ahead in the race, and he’ll soon roll across the finish line. He places both feet on his scooter, but something happens unexpectedly! Maddy surges past Kamal in the final few seconds, and she ends up becoming the victor in the race!

Field day at school has many races and games. They all have something that moves. Scooters are fun because they move. A ball moves when a girl kicks it. Entertaining things on a playground move, like swings and seesaws. Fun things at home can move, too, like wagons and bicycles. How many fun moving things can you think of?

      
      

Chapter Two: How Do Things Move?
     
Carnival rides are a fun distraction because they move! What are some ways that carnival rides move? A Ferris wheel moves around and around, a carousel horse moves up and down, and a swinging ride sways back and forth.

How do some other things move? This unicycle can move, as the girl makes it amble forward and backward, and these swings can move, as the boys make them glide back and forth. When people design and build things that move, they have to figure out how to get them to move and stop.

You know that some things move, but they can be motionless, too. Sometimes they’re still, and they stay still until something is influencing them to move. What makes a lawnmower move? Lawnmowers move because a person propels them. When things start to move, they’re pushed or pulled. Here, the grandparents exert a gentle force on the child on the swing, and the swing moves away from them. The dog pulls the sled, and it moves toward the dog.

     
     

Objects can push or pull each other. A bowling ball pushes the pins, and they fall over. The pins can push other pins, too; then the other pins tumble over. Why do some pins stay still, while some of the pins are still standing?

Water can push things from one place to another. Waves push shells onto a beach, and water pushes these ducks downstream in a race.

Of course, you’re plenteously aware that you can’t see air, but air can push things, too. Air pushes the flag; air pushes dust around these pyramids. Air pushes tree leaves during a storm; air pushes a pinwheel.

Something invisible is pulling on everything around you, and it is even pulling on you right now. That pull is called “gravity.” Gravity pulls everything down, so, when something falls to the ground, it is being pulled by gravity.

The girl pushed the ball with her foot, and then her kick pushed the ball up. How will gravity pull on the ball now? Gravity pulls the ball right back down. A motor pushes this swinging boat ride up, and then gravity pulls it back down toward the ground.

     
      

Chapter Three: Pushes and Pulls Are All Around You
      
Pushes and pulls happen all around you each day, and you can see plenty of pushes and pulls right at home. You pull open the refrigerator doors to look for a snack, then you push the door to close it. You can push or pull a handle to turn a water spigot on and off.

You can see pushes and pulls in everyday life. At a grocery store, a shopper pulls fruit from a shelf; another shopper pushes a cart. A baker pulls racks of bread; a deli worker pushes and pulls a blade to cut meat.

Think about pushes and pulls on a playground. To climb up the ladder, you use pushes and pulls, where you push with your legs, while you pull up with your arms. You don’t push to go down the slide, because gravity pulls you down a slide.

Here are more pushes and pulls you might see every day. Pushes and pulls can make things move. When a person zips your jacket, do they use a push or a pull? The ball flies into the air, so, who used a push to move the ball?

How Can You Describe Pushes and Pulls?
    
Pushes and pulls can be different strengths, and they can also go in different directions. So, you can describe pushes and pulls. It takes a strong pull for this tractor to start to move a load of lumber.

    
     

Weak or Strong. Some pushes and pulls are soft and languishing, while some pushes and pulls are hard and steely. A weak push will move this softball only a little. A soft hit is a weak push. A strong push will make the same ball go far. A hard swing is a strong push.

Pushes and pulls change the speed of things that are moving. Riders get into the water on tubes, and the water pushes them to begin slowly moving. A hard push makes a hockey puck move very fast. What happens to the puck when the boy pushes softly?

Up and Down, Side to Side. Pushes and pulls move things in different directions. The spinning toy rolls down the string. When it gets to the bottom, the string pulls on the toy. The pull changes a toy’s direction and the toy goes back up. A push moves the saw blade forward. Then a pull changes the saw’s direction to backward. The ball is rolling toward the girls. Which one will push the ball with her stick? What will happen to the direction the ball is moving?

     
     

Starts, Stops, and Turns.
     
Look around the room that you’re in. Many objects are still. They are not moving, so we say that they are “at rest.” An object that’s not moving stays at rest until it’s pushed or pulled. Some of these objects are moving, and some are at rest. What will cause the objects at rest to move? Moving objects can bump into each other, too. At first the bat is at rest. Then the boy pushes the bat. What will happen when the bat bumps into the ball? These balls are at rest, so they’re not moving. A player pushes the white ball with the stick. The white ball was at rest, but now it’s moving. The white ball bumps into the colored balls. Now the balls move. The balls push on each other.

Sometimes when objects bump into each other, they stop each other. One of these cars bumped into the other one. They once were moving, but now they’re both at rest. Football players push on each other. They slow each other down. Both were moving forward. Now neither one is moving forward.

Pushes and pulls can change the direction of something that’s moving. Look at the tennis ball. Which way is it going? Which way do you think it will go after the racquet pushes it?

You know that pushes and pulls can be strong or weak. Weak and strong pushes and pulls change an object’s motion in different ways. A strong push causes a big change to the motion of this ball. A gentle push causes a smaller change to the motion of the same kind of ball.

    
    

Chapter Four: How Can Pushes and Pulls Solve Problems?
     
Pushes and pulls can solve problems. What are some ways pushes and pulls help you at home? You push and pull a door to open and close it. The problem is how to get outside. You solve the problem by using a pull. The door opens; thus, a problem is solved! Here’s another problem. It’s dark, so how can you turn on a light to see? You can pull a cord to turn on a light, so the problem is solved!

It’s time for bed, and the problem is getting up into the bunk bed. You climb a ladder to get to the top bunk. A problem is solved! Is climbing mainly pushing, pulling, or both? How do you gather leaves? You pull them with a rake. People use pushes and pulls to solve problems. People build things like doors and rakes so that they can use pushes and pulls.

These inventions work using pushes and pulls, too. What problems do they help solve? Does a snowplow push snow or pull it? Painters use ropes to pull buckets of paint up to a rooftop. Can you think of an invention that could help to solve that problem more handily? Backhoes pull large amounts of dirt.

When people build things to solve problems, they go through steps. They have new ideas, and you’ll find them often sketching out their plans. Here’s a drawing of a plan that solves a problem. What is the problem? Does this plan solve the problem using pushes or pulls?

    
     

Chapter Five: Invisible Pushes and Pulls
     
Pushes and pulls happen when objects touch. Some pushes and pulls can also happen between objects that are not touching. These pushes and pulls are invisible! You’ve already learned about one invisible pull, which is gravity. This skier is up in the air now, and gravity will pull her down. Let’s hope that she lands safely!

Magnets produce invisible pushes and pulls, too. Magnets can pull on some kinds of metal. This magnet can pull large pieces of metal up from a pile. That is a strong pull! Magnets can pull on each other, and magnets can push on each other. Magnets have two ends. One end is the north pole, while the antipodal end is the south pole. Both poles can pull some metal objects. A north pole of one magnet pulls the south pole of another magnet. Different poles pull on each other. A north pole of one magnet pushes on the north pole of another magnet. Two same poles push on each other. Two north poles push each other. Two south poles push each other. A north pole and a south pole pull each other. A south pole and a north pole pull each other.

Magnets can help solve problems. You might want to stick a drawing to your refrigerator. That is a problem! Use magnets to hold the picture against the refrigerator. The problem is solved! Microphones have magnets inside of them. A magnet causes pushes and pulls to make the microphone work. Magnets are pushing and pulling tools we can use to help solve problems. Magnets help hold the train engine to the train car. Can you see the two magnets? A magnetic rack can store tools. The metallic strip is a magnet, and it pulls on the metal parts of the tools.

    
    

Chapter Six: Science in Action: Studying Pushes and Pulls
    
Kamal pushes his scooter faster and faster toward school. He is excited about science today. His class is going to have a video call with a scientist from the NASA space program. The scientist’s name is Dr. Shepard, and she studies pushes and pulls. Pushes and pulls are types of “forces.” They affect people and objects in space! Dr. Shepard explicates to the class that she excogitates forces like the pull of gravity.

Gravity is a force that pulls objects toward the center of Earth. When astronauts are on Earth, gravity pulls them down, just like it does to all of us. When they’re in space, they feel as if there’s no force pulling them down at all. Changes of pushes and pulls on our bodies affect us in multifold ways. Dr. Shepard does investigations to find out how.

Investigations are experiments that scientists conduct to test their hypotheses. Scientists also do investigations to answer questions that they have. Dr. Shepard can’t go to space to find out about the effects of pushes and pulls on astronauts. Instead, she comes up with ways to test her ideas here on Earth. She works in laboratories, places where scientists use tools and equipment to test ideas.

     
     

In a big lab, Dr. Shepard shows Kamal’s class a machine called a “centrifuge.” An astronaut sits inside one end of the centrifuge. Then the machine spins around and around. The spinning causes the astronaut to feel as if strong pulls are acting on him. Dr. Shepard uses centrifuges to investigate how a strong pull can affect an astronaut’s body during a rocket launch. Her research helps other scientists that launch astronauts into space.

To become a scientist herself, Dr. Shepard had to learn about pushes and pulls and gravity. Scientists always base their work on the discoveries of other scientists before them. Many scientists before Dr. Shepard have studied what happens when objects fall to the ground. They have observed how objects move when they are pushed and pulled. Dr. Shepard tells Kamal’s class that her work depends on discoveries made by a scientist named Sir Isaac Newton.

Sir Isaac Newton was an English scientist who lived over 400 years ago. He was the first scientist to explain gravity the way that scientists today understand it to work. Newton wrote descriptions about how pushes and pulls make things move. His descriptions are called “the laws of motion.” The first law of motion says that things that are sitting still will remain still until something pushes or pulls on them. Things that are moving keep moving the same way until a push or pull changes their motion.

      
   
*********

   
      
WEEK ONE PHONICS READ-ALONGS
     
FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 76) THE “AW” SOUND SPELLED FOUR WAYS:

                
AU & AUGH:
   

An “auk” is a black-and-white diving bird, residing in northern seas and having webbed feet and small wings.

     

I love singing “Auld Lang Syne” late on New Year’s Eve.

                  

My dad has been in auto sales for about ten years now.

         

Watch how that painter will daub his canvas with oil paint.

          

A faun is a half-human and half-goat mythological creature appearing in Greek and Roman mythology.

    

I can’t believe that she wore that tacky gaud to the silent auction.

    

That trucking company will haul our freight for a reasonable price.

   

The President said, “I laud Congress for its bipartisan efforts in voting for this bill.”

    

I watched a lion maul a zebra on a YouTube today.

    

Paul McCartney has been a famous musician for more than five decades!

    

My friend Saul got two dollars from the tooth fairy last night.

    

The spy thriller that we watched was taut and unpredictable from the opening shot to the grand finale.

    

I hope that the neighbor’s cat doesn’t waul all night like it did last night.

   

Make sure that all of you turn on your audio for this Zoom call.

    

Our finance chief told us that there would be a tax audit of our company next month.

    

An auger is a boring tool consisting of a bit rotated by a transverse handle.

    

For aught we know, there may be trillions of star systems, each containing its own solar system.

    

I need to caulk some cracks in the bathroom tile.

    

It’s a noble cause to support voting rights for all citizens.

    

It’s certainly not MY fault that you forgot to do your homework!

    

Tropical forests are some of the most diverse ecosystems on Earth, with all kinds of flora and fauna to study.

    

I can’t believe that she always wears such gaudy jewelry.

   

His appearance was frighteningly gaunt after he’d battled a stubborn illness that had curbed his hunger.

    

After putting a bandage on that wound, I’m going to further wrap it with gauze.

    

Ebenezer Scrooge was told that three ghosts would haunt him before Christmas morning.

   

We spent a long weekend on a little jaunt in Vermont to enjoy the autumn leaf colors.

    

My grandparents enjoyed a 1970s TV comedy called “Maude,” starring Bea Arthur.

    

Paula Abdul was was one of the original judges on the television series American Idol from 2002 to 2009.

    

Pause the video right there, and see if you can identify who that person is.

   

I’m going to make spaghetti sauce from scratch for tonight’s pasta dinner.

    

The new YMCA that’s being built near us is going to have a sauna in it.

    

The first thing that I need to do, according to the recipe, is to saute the shallots.

     

I am NOT going to let that bully taunt me into starting a fight that I don’t have a chance of winning.

    

Hagrid took Harry Potter to the vault at Gringotts Bank where his inheritance was stored.

   

We left out a plate of cookies for Santa Claus, and some carrots for his reindeer.

   

The jury found the defendant guilty of fraud.

    

I’m jealous of her beautiful auburn hair.

    

My birthday is August 6.

   

Our interview will be with the author of biographies of both Thomas Jefferson and James Madison.

    

Our son appears to be on the mild end of the autism spectrum.

    

Autumn is my favorite season because of the cool temperatures and the pretty colors.

    

The local caucus is meeting next week to elect convention delegates.

    

The outfielder ran fast and caught the fly ball.

    

What’s causal when ice cream sales spike on July 4; is it the fact that it’s generally a hot day, or that it’s a holiday?

     

I’m tired of that annoying drip at the kitchen faucet.

    

I made a faulty assumption about my opponent’s chess skills, and she walloped me in our match.

   

The rocket launch has been delayed until they can figure out how to fix a gas leak.

    

I love the time of year when the mountain laurel blooms.

   

Maundy Thursday is the Thursday before Easter Sunday in the Christian religion.

    

All was not for naught when she lost her bid to the Senate, because she gained positive visibility such that the new President made her Secretary of Education.

    

I think I’m suffering from nausea because I had shellfish for dinner, and I might be allergic to it.

    

Look at the paunch on that guy; for his health, he’d best get on an exercise regimen quickly.

    

Over the weekend, Dad read me the story of “The Prince and the Pauper,” written by Mark Twain.

    

No one will believe me, but I swear that I just saw a flying saucer hovering over the neighborhood!

    

I was taught at an early age to show respect and politeness to my elders.

    

A “tautog” is a black food and game fish that inhabits the waters along the North Atlantic coast of the U.S.

    

I have an issue with this proposed clause in the contract, and I hope that we can reword it this way.

    

Be careful, because if you try to flaunt these military regulations you will be kicked out of the Army with a dishonorable discharge.

    

With a psychologist, I am working out a childhood trauma that I had experienced.

     

The Van Gogh painting that’s up for auction will likely fetch over ten million dollars by the final bidder.

    

You are barely audible on the Zoom call; can you please check your microphone?

    

My attorney told me to shut up, because if I had kept talking, I would only augment my problems.

     

The nun in our story enjoyed the austere quality of life in the convent.

    

The autopsy made it clear that the victim had died because he had been poisoned.

    

Those baubles that she’s wearing look flashy, but they’re just cheap costume jewels.

    

His caustic humor didn’t earn him much applause from the audience.

   

Son, that caution sign tells you that the floor could be wet — and that you might slip on it.

    

That haughty sales clerk was so rude that I stomped out of the store without buying anything.

    

That old abandoned Victorian house up on that hill has GOT to be haunted!

    

It took me three hours to get all of our laundry done today.

    
     
*********

*********

   
     
WEEK TWO    

WEEK TWO READING PASSAGES

       

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

                           
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.) 
        
Stories Of Ancient Rome
   

Lesson 3 – Part One

    
NEW WORDS: BC, BCE, Balkans, Etruscans, Rachel, Readmuch, Teachwell, Tiber, civilizations, exception, reminded, timetable
      
      

Chapter One: Rome, Then and Now
      
“This is Rome,” said Mrs. Teachwell, pointing to a black dot on the classroom map. “But this is Rome, too,” she added, as she traced a circle that was so large it seemed to touch all four sides of the map.

The students looked confused. “How can it be both?” Charlie Chatter shouted out.

“I’ll explain,” Mrs. Teachwell said, “but please raise your hand if you would like to speak.”

Charlie Chatter nodded. It was not the first time he had heard this. In fact, Mrs. Teachwell had asked him to raise his hand many times, but it was hard for Charlie. His mouth seemed to be faster than his hand.

“Rome started out as a little town along the Tiber River,” Mrs. Teachwell explained.

“Like Egypt on the Nile?” Charlie asked.

    
     

“Yes,” said Mrs. Teachwell, “but let’s see that hand!” The students giggled. “As Charlie has just reminded us,” Mrs. Teachwell said, “many civilizations spring up along the banks of a river. Rome was no exception. It sprang up here, on the banks of the Tiber River, among seven hills. At first, Rome was just a few houses on a hill. Then, it grew and grew and grew. After a while, people started building houses on other hills nearby. Then, the little towns on the hills grew together to make a big city. In fact, to this day, Rome is known as the ‘City of Seven Hills’.”

“Then, the Romans fought wars with their neighbors. The Romans won most of these wars. They defeated the Etruscans, who lived north of them. They conquered the Greeks, who had settled to the south, as well. It wasn’t long before they controlled most of this piece of land that we call Italy.” Mrs. Teachwell traced the outline of Italy with her finger.

“Check it out!” Charlie Chatter shouted. “Italy looks like a boot!”

“Yes,” said Mrs. Teachwell. “Italy does look like a boot, but please, Charlie, raise your hand! This is your last warning. Now, does anyone know what this body of water that the boot of Italy sticks out into is called?”

     
     

Rachel Readmuch, who always had her nose in a book, raised her hand. Mrs. Teachwell called on her.

“It’s called the Mediterranean,” said Rachel.

“That’s right!” said Mrs. Teachwell. “This is the Mediterranean Sea. Rome grew so much that, at its peak, the Romans controlled all the land around the Mediterranean Sea. They took over most of Spain and France. They took over this area that we call the Balkans. They took over Greece and much of Turkey. They took over the Middle East, Egypt, and the coast of North Africa.”

Tim Timetable, who loved to learn about when things happened, put up his hand. “When was all this happening?”

     
         

“Rome started growing about two-thousand five-hundred years ago,” Mrs. Teachwell explained. “It started growing about five- hundred years before the birth of Jesus, in the years we call BC or BCE. It was still growing when Jesus was born. In fact, Jesus was born here, in a part of the Middle East that was controlled by the Romans.”

Tim Timetable made a note of the date.

Mrs. Teachwell went on: “We will be studying Rome for three weeks or so. Each day, we will have a report on a topic connected to ancient Rome. I’ll give the first few reports. Then, each of you can do some research and give the next few. How does that sound?”

The kids cheered. They were eager to learn more about Rome. Rachel Readmuch already knew quite a lot. Tim Timetable had lots of questions about what happened when. As for Charlie Chatter, he was looking forward to the day when he would get to give his report. Then, he would get to talk without having to raise his hand first!

     
   
*********
  
     
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

                        
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.) 
        
Stories Of Ancient Rome
   

Lesson 4 – Part Two

   
NEW WORDS: Aphrodite, Apollo, Ares, Athena, Bacchus, Cupid’s, Cupids, Delphi, Diana, Dionysius, Eros, Hera, Hermes, Juno, Juno’s, Jupiter’s, Latium, Minerva, Minerva’s, Neptune, Neptune’s, Olympus, Poseidon, Psyche’s, Remus, Rhea, Romulus, Romulus’s, Silvia, Valentine’s, Venus, Vulcan, Zeus, angered, bidding, dolphins, fountains, husband’s, immortals, kidnap, legendary, messenger, messengers, metals, myth, myths, presto, priestess, pronged, pups, remembering, satyrs, sculptor, taunt, tenderly, trembled, trident, volcanoes
    
    

Chapter Two: The Legend of Romulus and Remus
      
We learned last time that Rome started as a small town and grew to become a big city. Then, it grew some more until it became a great empire. That’s what historians tell us. The Romans themselves have a story that they like to tell about how their city got started. They say that Rome was founded by twins who had been saved by a wolf.

The twins were named Romulus and Remus. They were the children of a woman named Rhea Silvia and the god Mars. Their mother loved them, but her brother, the king of Latium, did not. He saw the boys as a threat. He thought they might grow up and take his crown from him. The king told one of his servants to find the twins and drown them in the Tiber River.

The servant found the twins, but he could not bring himself to drown them. Instead, he put the boys in a basket. Then, he set the basket in the river. The basket floated downstream. It drifted and drifted until, at last, it washed up on the banks of the river.

     
     

A she-wolf found the twins. She saw that they were hungry. She took them to her cave. There she gave them the same milk she fed to her wolf pups. Later, the twins were adopted by a shepherd. The shepherd raised them well. They grew up to be smart and strong.

When they were 18, Romulus and Remus decided to create a city of their own. They wanted to build a city on the banks of the Tiber, somewhere among the seven hills, not far from where they had washed ashore as babies. Soon, however, the brothers began to fight.

“Let’s build our city here!” said Romulus, pointing to a hill.

“No!” said Remus. “This hill over here is a much better spot.”

     
     

So, each brother started building his own city on a different hill. Each knew that it would be important to have a strong wall to protect the city that he was building. After a few days, Remus decided to visit Romulus to see how his city was coming along. It takes a long time to build a city, so Remus did not expect Romulus’s city to be finished. He decided, however, to taunt his brother and made fun of his unfinished wall. “You call that a wall?” he said. “That wall would not keep anyone out!” Then, to make his point, he stepped over the wall.

That made Romulus angry. He and Remus started to fight. No longer remembering that they were fighting one another, Romulus and Remus battled with all their might. Suddenly, Remus collapsed, fell to the ground, and died. When Romulus saw what he had done, he began to cry. He had not wished to kill his brother. He dug a grave for Remus. Romulus went on building his city. He named it Rome after himself. The rest, as they say, is history. Rome grew and grew. It became a great city, the center of a mighty empire.

The government of Rome made coins. The coins showed two young boys reaching up to touch a she-wolf. The people of Rome handed these coins back and forth. They used them to buy food and drinks. They used them to pay bills and buy clothing. And all of them knew who the two boys on the coin were: they were Romulus and Remus, the legendary founders of Rome.

     
     

Chapter Three: The Roman Gods, Part One
      
Let’s learn about the gods and goddesses of Rome. The ancient Romans did not believe in one God who ruled the entire world. They believed in many gods. In many ways, the Roman gods acted like human beings. They ate and drank. They played tricks on each other. They fell in love and got into fights.

But there was one main way in which the gods were not like human beings: the gods were immortal. Human beings might live for many years. Some might even live to be one hundred. Eventually, though, they would die. The gods, on the other hand, lived forever. They did not — and could not — die.

The Romans’ ideas about their gods were similar to the ancient Greeks. In fact, they worshipped many of the same gods as the Greeks, but they called those gods by different names. The chart shows the Roman names for some Greek gods you may already know.

     
    

Greek / Roman names:

Zeus / Jupiter.

Ares / Mars.

Hera / Juno.

Hermes / Mercury.

Poseidon / Neptune.

Dionysius / Bacchus.

Aphrodite / Venus.

Athena/ Minerva.

Eros / Cupid.

Apollo / Apollo.

     
     

The top god, sometimes called the father of the immortals, was a strong, bearded figure. The Greeks called him Zeus. The Romans called him Jupiter. Jupiter was a mighty god. He carried a thunderbolt that he could throw at anyone who angered him. If Jupiter threw his thunderbolt at you, that was the end of you. Jupiter lived on Mount Olympus with the other gods. Juno was Jupiter’s wife. She was the goddess of marriage and the protector of wives. The Roman gods were all related. They were like a big family. Jupiter’s brother Neptune was the god of the seas and oceans.

There are many statues of Neptune. In most of them, he is holding a special, three-pronged spear called a trident. Neptune’s trident had magical powers. The god could use it to stir up storms and waves. He could also wave it over the stormy seas and make the rough seas smooth. Roman sailors prayed to Neptune. “Great Neptune!” they prayed. “Send us good weather and smooth sailing!”

     
      

Mars was the god of war. Soldiers would pray to him before a big battle. The Romans fought a lot of wars, so they spent a lot of time praying to Mars.

Mercury was one of Jupiter and Juno’s sons. He was the messenger of the gods. He was as fast as a flash. In paintings, he is often shown with wings on his hat and his shoes, to show how fast he was.

Venus was the goddess of love. She was very beautiful. If Venus wanted someone to fall in love, she could send her son Cupid on a mission. Cupid would shoot the person with one of his magic arrows. The person would then fall in love with the first person he or she saw. Cupid is still with us today. You will see little Cupids all over the place on Valentine’s Day, when we celebrate love.

Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Neptune are the names of planets in our solar system. These planets are named after the Roman gods. For example, the planet Mars is named after Mars, the Roman god of war.

     
     

Chapter Four: The Roman Gods, Part Two
     
Good morning, class! Last time we learned about some of the Roman gods and goddesses. Today, I’d like to tell you about a few more gods and goddesses. Vulcan was the blacksmith of the gods. He melted iron and other metals. Then, he shaped the metal to make a sword, a helmet, or a shield. Vulcan was the god of fire and volcanoes.

Apollo was the god of the sun. He was also the god of music and poetry. Apollo is another god who was worshipped by both the Greeks and the Romans. He had a famous shrine at Delphi, in Greece. When the Greeks and Romans wanted advice, they would send messengers to Delphi. The priestess of Apollo would give them an answer. It was almost never a clear answer, though. Often, it was more like a riddle that they had to figure out on their own.

    
          

Minerva was the goddess of wisdom. She was also the goddess of crafts and weaving. According to legend, Minerva was not born in the usual way. One day, Jupiter complained of a headache. Then — presto! — Minerva sprang, fully grown, from his head. Minerva’s special animal was the owl. Sometimes she was painted with an owl perched on her shoulder.

Diana was the goddess of the moon. She was also the goddess of the hunt. In statues, she is often shown as a young girl, with a bow and arrow. Sometimes, the sculptor will also show one of her dogs or a deer.

Bacchus was the Roman god of grapes and wine. He was followed by women and satyrs, who were half man and half goat. A famous story tells how pirates tried to kidnap Bacchus. That was a big mistake. The god transformed himself into a lion. He turned the boat into a lush garden. As for the pirates, he changed them into dolphins and sent them splashing away in the ocean.

     
     

Chapter Five: Cupid and Psyche, Part One
     
The Romans, like the Greeks, had many myths that they liked to tell. Some of these were stories about the gods. Some were stories about heroes. Some were love stories. The myth I am going to share with you is a love story.

Once there was a king who had three daughters. All three were lovely, but the youngest, whose name was Psyche, was so beautiful that words could not describe her. She was so beautiful that people began to say she was more beautiful than the goddess Venus.

Venus heard about Psyche. She was mad with jealousy. Was she, a goddess, to be forgotten on account of some young, pretty girl? She swore that this would never happen!

Venus, the goddess of love, was jealous when she heard others talking of the beautiful, young Psyche. Venus went to her son, Cupid. “My son,” she said, “punish that girl! Shoot her with one of your arrows. Make her fall in love with the ugliest man on Earth.”

Cupid set off to do his mother’s bidding. He took his bow and arrow and flew down to Earth. He took aim at Psyche. At the last minute, though, his finger slipped. Instead of shooting Psyche, he pricked himself. So, Cupid fell in love with Psyche.

    
      

Cupid came up with a plan that would let him visit Psyche in secret. He sent a message to Psyche’s family. It said that the gods had chosen a husband for Psyche. Psyche was ordered to climb to the top of a mountain, where she would meet her husband. She was also told that her husband was not a man, but a terrible monster.

Psyche was brave. She began to climb the mountain. Halfway up, she felt a warm wind surround her. Suddenly, she found herself in a magnificent palace, with fountains and gardens all around.

At first, Psyche was alone. When night fell, she lay down on a bed. During the night, Cupid visited her. He told her he was the husband the gods had chosen for her. Cupid stayed all night. He treated Psyche tenderly, but he left before the sun rose.

Night after night, Cupid came to visit Psyche. He came only at night, and he always left before the sun rose. Psyche knew him only in the darkness, but she accepted him as her husband.

One night, Psyche asked her husband why he came only at night, when she could not see him.

     
     

“Why do you wish to see me?” Cupid replied. “What does it matter what I look like? I love you. I treat you well. All I ask is that you love me.”

Psyche understood her husband’s words. Still, she was curious. Who was her husband? What did he look like? Why did he hide? Was he really a terrible monster? She felt that she had to find out.

One night, Psyche waited until her husband fell asleep. Then she got up and lit a lamp. She carried the lamp to the bed and lifted it up. What she saw was no monster, but the lovely face of Cupid himself. Her hand trembled with delight and a drop of hot oil fell from the lamp. The oil landed on Cupid’s shoulder and awoke him.

Cupid looked up at Psyche with sad eyes. “I asked only for your trust,” he said, “but this act of yours shows that you do not trust me. When trust is gone, love must depart.” Then, Cupid flew away. The palace vanished into thin air and Psyche was left alone.

     
     
*********

           
    
WEEK TWO PHONICS READ-ALONGS

   
FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 76) THE “AW” SOUND SPELLED FOUR WAYS … continued:

                
AU & AUGH … continued:
   

I wanted to gag at the maudlin plot of that sappy romance novel.

       

Santa knows whether you’ve been naughty or nice.

     

That poor impoverished country has a paucity of resources with which to compete in the global order.

    

I can’t get to sleep because of the raucous party that they’re having next door.

    

The comedienne’s humor was pretty raunchy, but it was admittedly funny.

    

Our snooty boss will saunter into the meeting momentarily, likely with his nose in the air.

    

I can’t decide whether I want bacon or sausage with my scrambled eggs.

     

When we got to Paris for the first time, we found that the city’s vaunted beauties were very accurately described in tour guides!

     

This special mission for the Navy Seals will be fraught with danger, and everyone will need to be at the top of their game.

    

The candidate is a staunch traditional Republican who believes in the rule of law, fiscal responsibility, effective education, etc.

    

The defendant was acquitted on his “assault and battery” charge, as the jury determined that what he did was purely in self-defense.

   

I know that you’ll do a great job on this project, because your track record is one of very high quality.

        

Our team had to default the third game of the season, because a bunch of the players had become sick with food poisoning.

    

Sports practice in environments of heat and humidity like we’re having today will exhaust anyone!

     

The CEO said, “I want to applaud the product management team’s efforts in getting this new model car to market ahead of schedule.”

     

We must have adequate checks and balances in place to make it impossible for some dishonest employee to defraud the company of funds.

      

Linda had the audacity to claim that the work presented here was from her efforts, when it was clearly Bethany who did all the work.

     

The Congresswoman did pretty well with her speech, especially since most of the audience was from the opposing political party.

     

I did well with my first attempt, because the movie director is calling me back for a second audition!

    

Caesar Augustus was the first Roman “Emperor,” and he is known for being the founder of the Roman “Principate,” which is the first phase of the Roman Empire.

    

The research is being done under the auspices of the federal government.

    

If one is autistic, it usually manifests itself in early childhood.

    

The autocrat went one step too far in suppressing the news, and there were massive protests among the population.

     

My daughter thinks that she wants to go to med school.

    

The rabbit stood up on its haunches and started to sniff the air.

   

Macaulay Culkin became famous for his role as the clever child in the movie “Home Alone.”

   

The crowd erupted with applause as the diva completed her encore aria.

     

The boxer taunted his opponent by yelling, “I’m gonna slaughter you in tomorrow’s match!”

    

When you rent the car, make sure that it’s got automatic transmission, because I don’t know how to drive a stick-shift.

     

The plague of locusts went marauding across the land, destroying all of the crops.

    

My brother dreams of being the first astronaut to set foot on Mars.

    

Our school has set up a cool book fair in the auditorium.

    

The U.S. automobile industry is faced with challenges to find ways to reduce carbon emissions.

     
AU rolls to the “ER” sound:
    

The new CEO has quite an aura of confidence about her.

    

My daughter has some aural challenges, and we are taking her to an ear expert to see if we can zero in on the root cause.

    

I love the classical music of Gabriel Faure, especially his “Pavane in F-Sharp Minor.”

    

Aunt Laura is on a gluten-free diet, so take that into account when you come up with the menus for her visit with us.

    

Uncle Maury is using a cane until he’s completely recovered from his hip surgery.

     

My astrological sign is Taurus the bull.

    

I love Maurice Sendak’s story “Where the Wild Things Are.”

     

A centaur is a mythical beast having a horse’s body with a man’s head and torso in place of the head and neck of the horse.

     

Mrs. Muldaur, our librarian, helps us find good books that we’re really excited about reading.

     

Marcus Aurelius was a Roman emperor and a Stoic philosopher, the last of the Roman rulers known as the “Five Good Emperors.”

    

Amanda Gorman was the poet laureate who was chosen to read at the 2020 presidential inauguration.

     

Alpha Centauri is a triple star system that is the closest set of stars to our solar system.

    

I always thought that Barney the dinosaur was a bit on the goofy side!

    

Grab the thesaurus, and let’s find a good synonym for the word “stench.”

    

I’m going to dress up as a tyrannosaurus rex for Halloween.

     
AW:
     

Aw (also “aww“), did the poor little baby hurt himself?

     

I remember watching the TV in total awe as Neil Armstrong took his first step on the moon.

     

I will use an awl to poke the belt holes in this strip of leather.

    

I heard the “caw” of a very chatty crow.

    

Whoa, was that noise you cracking your jaw?

    

Vigilantes are people who try to take the law into their own hands, which makes them very dangerous.

     

The maw of the great white shark opened wide, and then the beast chomped off the end of the tiny fishing boat.

    

The cat’s sharp claws extended from its paw, a threat that certainly kept me at bay!

    

The thought of eating a raw egg makes me want to gag.

     

I saw your editorial in the paper yesterday, and I think that it was very hard-hitting!

     

The strong gale winds caused the ship to yaw off course towards the north.

    

The day care worker said, “I surely hope that the babies don’t bawl so much tomorrow!”

    

We’ll take the fishing boat out on the lake just before dawn.

    

I know that that 7′ 2″ tall man is amazing to look at, but it is not polite to gawk (also “gawp“) at him.

     

I just saw a hawk dive down and grab what looked like a chipmunk.

         

I wish that we could find a way to get our lawn to look as verdant as our next door neighbor’s.

     

Maybe we can find you a good-value guitar at a reputable pawn shop.

    

A “yawl” is a ship’s small boat, rowed by a crew of four or six.

    

Our cat took a huge yawn, and I’d never realized how sharp her teeth were!

    

My sister let out a loud yawp when a bee stung her.

     

That guy is so ambitious that he will try to claw his way to the top at any cost.

    

Let’s draw up a contract and get this deal signed as quickly as possible.

    
     

*********

*********

        
    
WEEK THREE    

WEEK THREE READING PASSAGES

     

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

                         
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.) 
      

Lesson 5 – Part Three

   
NEW WORDS: Caesar, Cannae, Carthage, Carthaginians, Cicero, Damocles, Gallic, Gaul, Hannibal, Hannibal’s, Julius, Proserpina, Punic, Scipio, Senate, Senators, Syracuse, Tarquin, Trasimene, Trebbia, Veni, Vici, Vidi, Zama, advisor, ambitious, ambrosia, avalanches, barbarians, confronted, conquering, consul, consuls, curiosity, delivered, democracy, downfall, envied, filling, generals, happiest, lentils, marches, modeled, obeyed, pages, pater, patrician, patricians, plebeians, poets, poorer, ransom, ransomed, realm, replaces, republic, revolt, rockslides, senseless, strand, suffered, tyrant, underworld
      
      

Chapter Six: Cupid and Psyche, Part Two
     
When Cupid left Psyche, Psyche was very sad. She tried to find Cupid. She wandered night and day. But she could not find her lost love. At last, Psyche went to the temple of Venus. She begged the goddess to help her find Cupid.

Venus was not eager to help. She was still jealous of Psyche and her beauty. She gave Psyche a task, confident that the girl could never complete it. She led Psyche to a huge pile of grain. In the pile were wheat, millet, barley, and lentils, all mixed up. “Sort the grains into stacks by morning,” Venus ordered. Then, with a laugh, she disappeared.

Psyche saw that there were millions of seeds. She knew there was no way that she could finish the task. She sat down and began to cry. Then, something wonderful happened. Through her tears, Psyche noticed a seed moving, then another, and then many more. An army of ants had come to aid her. Each ant was carrying a seed. Together, they sorted seeds into separate piles.

In the morning, Venus was surprised to find the work done. “Your next task will not be so easy!” she said. “Take this box to the underworld and ask the queen of that realm, Proserpina, to send me a little of her beauty.”

     
     

Psyche’s heart sank. No human had ever visited the underworld and returned to tell the tale. Just then, a voice spoke to her. “Take a coin for the boatman,” the voice said. “If you pay him, he will carry you across the river to the underworld. Take a cake, as well. If you give the cake to the three-headed dog who guards the underworld, he will let you pass. Above all, once Proserpina has placed beauty in the box, do not open it!”

Psyche obeyed the mysterious voice. She traveled safely to the underworld, and Proserpina gave her the box of beauty for Venus. Psyche could not help wondering what was inside the box. She lifted the lid and peeked inside. A deep sleep came over her. She fell senseless to the ground.

Luckily, Cupid was watching. Although he was disappointed in Psyche, he was still very much in love with her. When he saw her lying on the ground, he took pity on her. He lifted the sleeping spell and Psyche awoke.

    
     

“See what curiosity gets you?” Cupid said. He smiled at Psyche. Psyche smiled back. Psyche delivered the box to Venus. Cupid went to Jupiter and begged to marry Psyche with Jupiter’s blessing. Jupiter agreed. He allowed Psyche to drink ambrosia, the drink of the gods. Psyche became immortal. So, Cupid and Psyche were married and lived happily ever after.

     
     

Chapter Seven: The Sword of Damocles
      
Have you ever wished that you were a king? Does that seem like the best job a person could have? Well, before you decide for sure, listen to this legend that was made famous by the Roman writer Cicero more than two thousand years ago.

Damocles was a friend of Dionysius, the king of Syracuse, a city in southern Italy. Damocles envied his friend. He believed that the king had a very good life. He had all the riches and power he could want. What could be better?

“You think I’m lucky?” Dionysius said to him one day. “If you think so, let’s trade places. You sit here, on the throne. Try it for just one day. Then, tell me if you still think I’m lucky.” Damocles accepted his friend’s invitation. He was eager to live the life of a king.

When the day came, Damocles ordered servants to bring him fine robes. He had them set out a great banquet of food. He ordered expensive wine and fine music. He sat back, sure that he was the happiest man in the world.

     
      

Then, he looked up. He caught his breath in fear. Above his head was a sword. It was dangling from the ceiling, held by a single strand of horse’s hair. Damocles could not speak. He could not eat. He could not enjoy the music. He could not even move.

“What is the matter, my friend?” asked Dionysius.

“How can I conduct my life with that sword hanging above me?” Damocles asked.

“How indeed?” answered Dionysius. “Now you know how it feels to be king. That sword hangs over my head every minute of every day. There is always the chance the thread will break. An advisor may turn on me. An enemy spy may attack me. I might make an unwise decision that brings about my downfall. You see, my friend, with power comes danger.”

     
     

Chapter Eight: The Roman Republic
     
For many years, Rome was governed by kings. Some of these kings were good men who ruled well. Some were bad men who treated the Romans poorly. One of the kings was so bad that, because of his example, the Romans became convinced that they should get rid of kings altogether. His name was Tarquin. The Romans called him Tarquin the Proud. Tarquin was a tyrant. He was a cruel ruler who treated the people badly. In the end, the people got so mad at Tarquin that they joined together and drove him out.

Once King Tarquin had been driven out, the Romans set up a different sort of government. They set up a republic — a kind of government with no kings.

How is a monarchy different from a republic? What Are the Differences? Who rules? Monarchy: The king rules. Republic: Elected officials rule. How long is the rule? Monarchy: The king usually rules until he dies. Republic: Officials serve for a set length of time. Who replaces the ruler? Monarchy: A king is usually succeeded by his oldest son. Republic: A new official is elected to replace the previous official.

     
     

One of the most important parts of the Roman republic was the Senate. The Senate was a group of older men who met to make decisions and pass laws. Many of the Senators were from old, wealthy families. Almost all of them had fought in the army and had earned the trust of their fellow Romans.

Each year, the people would elect two men to serve as consuls. To be chosen as a consul was a great honor. It was the most powerful position in the Roman republic.

Rome was a republic, but it was not a democracy. Some people played a role in the government, but many more played no role at all. In the early years of the Roman republic, one group held most of the power. These were the patricians. The word patrician comes from the Latin word “pater,” or father.

The patricians thought of themselves as the fathers of the people. They felt that it was their job to take care of the people in the same way that parents take care of their children. The patricians were from wealthy, old families. All of the men in the Senate were patricians. In the early days of the republic, the men selected to be consuls were also patricians.

     
     

The rest of the people — the ones who were not patricians — were called plebeians. The plebeians were the poorer people. In the early years of the republic, they had very little power.

The Roman republic lasted for more than five hundred years. Many Romans loved the republic. They thought it was the best kind of government a country could have. They were, however, not the only ones who thought so.

The Founding Fathers of the United States also believed that a republic was the best kind of government. When the colonies declared their independence from Great Britain in 1776, they broke away from a king (King George III) and set up a republic. They created a Senate that was modeled on the Roman Senate. They created a president who was a lot like the Roman consuls. They even built government buildings that looked like ancient Roman buildings. So, you can see that Roman ideas about government have had a big influence all around the world.

     
      

Chapter Nine: Hannibal Crosses the Alps
      
The Romans faced many enemies, but the strongest and most determined enemy who they ever faced was an African general named Hannibal. Hannibal came from Carthage, a city on the coast of Africa. Carthage was home to many merchants and traders. Carthage also had an army and a navy. The Carthaginians took over much of North Africa and Spain. They even took over islands off the coast of Italy.

The Romans saw Carthage as a rival. They fought three wars against Carthage. These wars are known as the Punic Wars and are thought to have been fought during the years 264–146 BC.

Hannibal’s father fought against Rome in the First Punic War, 264–241 BC. He made his son swear he would carry on the fight against Rome. Hannibal swore he would and kept his promise. It was Hannibal who led the fight against Rome in the Second Punic War, 218–201 BC. Hannibal gathered an army in Spain. He had tens of thousands of foot soldiers. He had thousands more who fought on horseback.

     
     

Best of all, he had his special forces: a squad of elephants. Hannibal had learned that few men are brave enough to stand and fight when they see a thundering herd of elephants coming their way.

Hannibal wanted to attack Rome. However, to invade Italy, he would have to march his army over a range of mountains called the Alps. The Alps were tall. The peaks were covered with snow and ice. There were no big roads that led across. There were only a few slippery paths.

Most men would not have tried to cross the mountains, but Hannibal was not like most men. He marched his army over the mountains. His men suffered terribly. Some died from rockslides or avalanches. Others froze to death. Many of the elephants did not make it across. In the end, though, Hannibal got his army across the mountains and into Italy.

In Italy, Hannibal went on the attack. He beat the Romans at Trebbia in 218 BC. Then, he wiped out an entire Roman army at the Battle of Trasimene in 217 BC. The Romans lost 15,000 men. The Battle of Cannae was even worse. The Romans lost at least 50,000 men, including 80 of their 300 Senators.

     
     

People thought that this might be the beginning of the end for Rome. They did not see how the Romans could go on. But the Romans did go on. They raised another army and sent it out to stop Hannibal. This time, the Romans avoided big battles. Instead, they fought a lot of little battles. They attacked Hannibal’s army here and there. They blocked his troops and slowed down his marches. They also launched a counter-attack. A Roman general named Scipio took Roman troops to Africa. The leaders of Carthage wrote to Hannibal. They told him to come home and protect Carthage.

Hannibal did as he was told. He left Italy and returned to Carthage. At the Battle of Zama, he confronted Scipio. This time, the Romans were victorious. Hannibal won most of the battles in the Second Punic War, but he lost the war.

After the Battle of Zama in 202 BC, Carthage was never quite the same. They fought another war against Rome — the Third Punic War in the years 149-146 BC — but it was clear that Carthage was sinking, and Rome was on the rise.

     
      

Chapter Ten: Julius Caesar, Great Fighter, Great Writer
     
After the Punic Wars, generals started to play a big part in Roman history. Roman generals went all around the Mediterranean, fighting battles and conquering new lands. Some of these generals became heroes. Some of them got to be so famous and so popular that they threatened to take over the republic. That’s what happened with Julius Caesar.

Julius Caesar came from an old Roman family. He was proud and ambitious, with a high opinion of himself. When he was a young man, Caesar was captured by pirates. The pirates told him that they would kill him unless he could pay a ransom of twenty talents. Caesar laughed at them. He told them that they clearly didn’t know what sort of man they had captured. He was Julius Caesar. He was not a man to be ransomed for just twenty talents! Caesar told the pirates that he would not allow himself to be ransomed for less than fifty talents!

Caesar told his friends to raise the money. He stayed with the pirates, writing poems. He read some of his poems to the pirates. They shrugged. They didn’t care much for poetry. They were pirates, not poets. They just wanted to collect the ransom money.

     
     

Caesar got angry at the pirates. He scolded them for not liking his poems. He told them they had no taste. He told them that they were barbarians. He told them that someday he would come back and punish them for their bad taste. The pirates thought Caesar was joking. Maybe they thought he was crazy. At any rate, as soon as they got the ransom money, they quickly forgot about him.

But Caesar did not forget about them. He went back to Rome, got some ships, and hired some good fighters. Then, he tracked down the pirates and killed them. Caesar quickly established himself as a man who knew what to do with his sword and also with his pen.

Once, he was sent to Asia. The people there were in revolt. Caesar led a Roman army there and put down the revolt. Then, he got out his pen to write his report. The normal thing would have been to write a long report, filling several pages, but that was not Caesar’s style.

This is the report that Caesar sent back to Rome: Veni, Vidi, Vici. That’s the whole report. Those three words — written in Latin, the language of ancient Rome —mean, “I came, I saw, I conquered.” What else was there to say? Mission accomplished!

     
     

Caesar led an army into the land the Romans called Gaul. Today, we call it France. Gaul was not part of the Roman civilization when Caesar marched in, but it was when he marched out a few years later. Caesar conquered it. Then, he wrote a book about how he did it. The first sentence in his book is famous. It is written in Latin. In English, the words mean, “The whole of Gaul is divided into three parts.” If you ever study Latin, you may have a chance to read Caesar’s book on the Gallic Wars. It’s so clear and so well-written that teachers all around the world still use it to teach Latin to students.

     
    
*********
    
     
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading 

                          
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.) 
         
Stories Of Ancient Rome
    

Lesson 6 – Part Four

   
NEW WORDS: Androcles, Augustus, Brutus, Cleopatra, Maximus, Pantheon, Pompey, Rubicon, ahhhhhhh, aqueducts, blistering, chanting, colosseum, conspirators, crouches, crusts, dictator, dictators, emperor, entertainment, faltered, gladiator, gladiators, invader, jailer, jailers, lifting, limps, ooooowww, owowowowow, purred, purrrrr, purrs, reformed, rrrrr, rrrrrr, rrrrrrroarrrr, shrank, stabbed, stadium, tending, theaters, troubles, upsetting, whimpering
      
           

Chapter Eleven: Julius Caesar Crossing the Rubicon
     
After he conquered Gaul, Caesar started marching back to Rome. By this time, the Roman Senators were very nervous about Caesar. They thought that he might march into Rome and take it over. The Senators sent Caesar a message. They told him to stop and to send his soldiers home. They ordered him not to cross the Rubicon River. If he did, they said he would not be treated as a hero. Instead, he would be treated as a traitor and an invader.

In the year 49 BC, Caesar crossed the Rubicon. He is said to have remarked in Latin, “The die is cast.” That was his way of saying that he knew he was taking a big risk. Crossing the Rubicon meant that there was no turning back.

Caesar’s actions led to a civil war — a war in which Romans fought against Romans. Caesar was the leader on one side. Pompey, another famous Roman general, was the leader on the other side. Caesar defeated Pompey and chased him to Egypt, where Pompey was killed. When Caesar got to Egypt, he found another country tangled up in a civil war. The princess Cleopatra was trying to take power from her brother.


      

Caesar sided with Cleopatra. He helped her become Queen of Egypt. Caesar had big plans. He didn’t think Rome was run the way it should be. He wanted to change a lot of things. He had the Senate pass new laws. He replaced the old calendar with the one that we still use today. (Did you know that the month of July is named for Julius Caesar?)

Caesar wanted to do more, but he felt that he needed more power. He got himself appointed dictator. At first, he was appointed dictator for only one year. That was not so unusual. The Romans had chosen dictators in the past. A dictator could be put in power during times of trouble. But the dictator was only supposed to rule for a little while, until the troubles passed. That was not what Caesar had in mind.

He had himself appointed dictator for ten years. That upset a lot of people. How do you think those people felt a little later, when Caesar had himself appointed dictator for life? That was really too much for some people. For hundreds of years, Rome had been a republic. Now, Caesar was setting himself up as a dictator. Perhaps, he even wanted to be a king. That was even more upsetting. The Romans had driven out the kings hundreds of years earlier.

   
     

A group of Romans agreed that Caesar was a threat to the republic. They stabbed him to death in the Senate. Some of the men who stabbed Julius Caesar were men he considered friends. One of them, Brutus, was a man Caesar had treated almost like a son. How could these men kill Caesar? Brutus explained that it was not that he loved Caesar less, but that he loved Rome — and the Roman republic — more. Brutus and the other conspirators killed Caesar to save Rome. At least, that was the plan.

    
           

Chapter Twelve: After Caesar, Augustus and the Roman Empire
     
The men who killed Julius Caesar were trying to save the republic. They did not succeed. After Caesar was killed, another civil war broke out. The man who came out on top at the end of the war was a man known as Augustus Caesar, or just Augustus.

Augustus was an adopted son of Caesar, and he agreed with Caesar that Rome needed to change. But he was smart. He knew that the Romans cared about their history. They would not be happy if he came to power and changed everything all at once. What he did instead was very clever. He made himself emperor, and he made it clear that he intended to serve until he died. That meant that Rome was no longer a republic. But Augustus did not sweep away all of the old traditions. He let the Romans keep the Senate and consuls. Still, everybody knew that it was Augustus who was really in charge.

Augustus brought peace to a country that had been fighting civil wars for many years. He reformed the government and conquered new lands. He set up monuments. He built magnificent new buildings, including temples, theaters, and bath houses. He also repaired old buildings and decorated them with fancy stone, like marble. He once boasted that he “found Rome brick and left it marble.”

     
       

One of the most famous buildings built during the reign of Augustus is the Pantheon. The Pantheon was built as a temple to all of the Roman gods. (“Pan” means “all” and “theo” means “gods.”) The Pantheon is a beautiful building with a domed roof. While the original building was destroyed in a fire, the Pantheon still standing today was built to replace it. Thousands of tourists visit it every day.

The Pantheon is only one of many examples of great Roman architecture. Another one is the Colosseum. The Colosseum, built not long after the reign of Augustus, is a huge, oval stadium. The Romans went to the Colosseum to see people and animals fight. The Colosseum would hold fifty thousand people. Today the Colosseum is in ruins, but some of it is left to give us a good idea of what it would have looked like.

The Romans also enjoyed watching chariot races. These were held in an even larger stadium, called the Circus Maximus. For the Romans, a chariot race or a fight was good entertainment, the way a football game or a movie is for us today.

The Romans also built roads and aqueducts. The roads brought people from all around the Empire. The aqueducts were used to bring water from the country into the city. Some of the aqueducts are also very beautiful.

    
          

Chapter Thirteen: Androcles and the Lion
    
The ancient Romans liked to watch gladiator fights. They liked to watch a gladiator fight against other gladiators or against wild animals. As mentioned in the previous chapter, the Romans even built the Colosseum for these fights. The Colosseum was so big that it could hold fifty thousand people! This is a gladiator story, and it ends in the Colosseum. You may be surprised by the ending!

Once there was a Roman slave named Androcles. Androcles escaped from his master and ran away. One night he hid in a cave. He crept into the cool darkness, lay down, and fell asleep. In the middle of the night, Androcles was awakened by a loud roaring noise. He got up and squinted in the darkness. What he saw scared him half to death. It was a lion returning to his den! Androcles shrank back, fearful for his life. Then, he saw that the lion was suffering. It was roaring in pain. The great beast limped into the cave and flopped down. It lifted its right front paw and licked it.

Androcles took a step toward the lion. The big cat spotted him, but he did not seem angry. Instead, he gave Androcles a sad look, as if asking for help. Androcles crouched next to the lion. He looked and saw a thorn stuck in the lion’s paw. He put out his hand. The lion did not try to bite him. He touched the lion on the paw. The lion sat still. Then, very gently, Androcles took hold of the thorn and pulled it out.

     
      

The lion looked Androcles in the eye and purred. That was the beginning of a warm friendship between Androcles and the lion. They lived together in the cave. They slept side by side, keeping each other warm.

Then, one day Roman soldiers discovered Androcles. The law of Rome said that runaway slaves must be punished. So, Androcles was captured and taken to the city of Rome. For ten days, Androcles sat alone in a jail cell. The jailers fed him nothing but water and crusts of stale bread. Then, one of them told him that he was to meet his death in the Colosseum. Androcles knew what that meant. Runaway slaves were often forced to fight in the Colosseum. Androcles knew that he would be forced to fight against gladiators, or perhaps against vicious, hungry wild animals.

Androcles was led out of his cell. As he walked into the Colosseum, he knew that he would soon die. Androcles was brave. He stepped into the arena and prepared himself for the fight, and for death. The crowd cheered as Androcles stepped into the arena. They cheered even more loudly when a lion appeared on the other side of the arena.

     
     

Then, something strange took place. This was not just any lion. It was the lion that Androcles had befriended. The lion recognized his friend. Instead of attacking, the beast ran up to Androcles and began licking his face. Androcles stroked the lion and rubbed his belly. The crowd was amazed. They had never seen anything like this. They cheered loudly.

“Free the slave!” one of the men in the crowd shouted.

“Free the lion!” another shouted.

Soon, the whole crowd was yelling and shouting. The emperor was the one who made the decision. He held out his hand, with his thumb to the side. Then, he tilted it so that his thumb pointed up. Thumbs up! That was the sign! It meant that Androcles and the lion had pleased the emperor. They would be saved! So Androcles and the lion were set free. They lived a long life, and their friendship never faltered.

     
         

Chapter Fourteen: Androcles and the Lion, Reader’s Theater
     
Cast: Narrator 1, Narrator 2, Androcles, Lion, Crowd, Man (in the Crowd), Woman (in the Crowd), Emperor.
   
    
Scene One: In a cave in the forest
     
Narrator 1: Thousands of years ago, there was a slave named Androcles, who lived in ancient Rome. Every day, Androcles was sent by his master out to the fields with the other slaves. There they spent the entire day in the blistering hot sun, tending the master’s crops. Only when dusk fell, at the very end of the day, did they return to the slave quarters where they lived. Each night, after a meal of stale bread and water, they fell exhausted to the hard floor and went to sleep.

     
     

Narrator 2: One day when it was time to return from the fields, Androcles did not follow the other slaves. As the others went back to their quarters, Androcles hid at the edge of the field. When it was dark, he ran as fast as he could, far into the forest. When he could run no more, he happened upon a small cave. He crept inside into the cool darkness and fell asleep.

Lion (roaring several times, but then whimpering in pain): Rrrrrrroarrrr…… Rrrrrrroarrrr….. Rrrrrrroarrrr …owowowowow….

Androcles (voice shaking): Who’s there? Where are you?

Lion (roars two more times in pain): Help me! Help me. Here!

Androcles (voice still shaking): Whoa! How can I help you?

Lion (limps towards Androcles and lifts his front paw): Just help me. My paw, my paw. Please help me.

     
     

Androcles (crouches carefully next to the lion, lifting its paw): Well, let me take a look. Aha! I see what the problem is. There is a very large thorn stuck in your paw. Hold very still and I will pull it out. (Androcles gently pulls the thorn out of the lion’s paw.)

Lion: Ooooowwwahhhhhhh. That’s much better. Thank you. (Lion rubs up against Androcles and purrs.)

Narrator 1: That was the beginning of a warm friendship between Androcles and the lion. They lived together in the cave. They slept side by side, keeping each other warm.

Narrator 2: Then one day, a group of Roman soldiers on patrol stumbled upon the cave where they discovered Androcles. Roman law said that runaway slaves must be punished. So, the soldiers dragged Androcles out of the cave and back to the city of Rome.

Narrator 1: Androcles was taken to jail. He was left alone in a cell for ten days with little to eat or drink. On the tenth day, the jailer came to tell him that he would be taken to the Colosseum that afternoon. Androcles knew that this could mean only one thing. He would be forced to fight to the death against gladiators or vicious, wild animals.

     
             

Scene 2: The Colosseum
     
(The emperor and crowd stand in a circle as if seated at the Colosseum. Androcles enters the center of the circle from one side.)

Crowd (chanting Androcles’ name as he enters the circle): Androcles! Androcles! Androcles!

Lion (shakes mane and roars loudly as he enters the circle from the other side): Rrrrrrroarrrr…… Rrrrrrroarrrr….. Rrrrrrroarrrr.

Crowd (turns and looks at the lion and cheers loudly).

Emperor: Let the games begin!

(Androcles and the lion approach each other with heads down, ready to fight. Then, both look up and stare into each other’s eyes.)

Lion (purrs loudly and rubs up against Androcles’ leg): Purrrrrrrrrrr….rrrrr.

     
     

Androcles (bends forward to hug the lion): My friend, my friend—it’s you!

Crowd (cheers loudly).

Man in the crowd: Free Androcles! Free Androcles!

Woman in the crowd: Free the lion! Free the lion!

Crowd (all chanting): Free Androcles! Free the lion! Free Androcles! Free the lion!

Emperor (waves both arms to quiet the crowd; holds out his right hand with his thumb to the side and then tilts his thumb up).

Crowd (all chanting): They’re saved! They’re both saved! Hooray!

Narrator 1: So Androcles and the lion were both set free. They lived a long life and their friendship never faltered.

    
       
*********
    
    
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading 

               
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.)
 
         
Stories Of Ancient Rome
    

Lesson 7 – Part Five

   
NEW WORDS: Alexander, Astur, Byzantium, Carthaginian, Constantine, Constantine’s, Dionysius’s, Etruscan, Etruscan’s, Hagia, Hamilton, Horatius, Jerusalem, Justinian, Justinian’s, Macaulay’s, Palestine, Pilate, Pompeii, Pontius, Roman’s, Sextus, Sophia, Tarquin’s, Tuscans, accepting, approve, aqueduct, armor, attracted, avalanche, barbarian, chuckle, cometh, comitium, committed, confront, conquest, conspirator, courtyards, creating, crouch, custom, dangle, dandled, divine, emperors, empress, era, erupt, erupted, eruption, expanded, halting, hew, historian, illegal, issued, leaping, loosely, measurement, miracles, mosaic, mosaics, nurses, passages, pillar, pillars, plebeian, plume, preaching, privilege, protective, pumice, quoted, recognition, recognizable, reform, renamed, resulting, riot, satyr, scholars, selects, sentenced, showered, signaled, soaring, squat, stemming, strait, supporting, supports, surrendered, taunts, territories, thunderbolts, totter, volcanic, voting
     
      

Chapter Fifteen: The Rise of Christianity
        
During the reign of Emperor Augustus, something important happened. But at the time, almost nobody noticed. Long ago, a man named Jesus of Nazareth was born. Jesus was a Jewish man who later became an important teacher. He walked among crowds of people teaching. People said that he worked miracles. They said that he changed water into wine and walked on the water. They said that he cured the sick, and even brought dead people back to life.

Jesus attracted followers. But he also attracted the attention of the Roman governor, Pontius Pilate. Pilate had heard that Jesus called himself “the king of the Jews.” He did not like the sound of that. The Jews of Palestine were subjects of the Roman Emperor. There was no room for a “king” and a governor in Rome.

Pilate had Jesus arrested. He put Jesus on trial and sentenced him to death. Even though Jesus died, a group of his followers believed that Jesus was a divine being, the son of God. They believed that he had been sent to Earth by God. They believed that after his death, he was taken up to heaven by God.

     
     

The followers of Jesus were called Christians. They believed that Jesus was sent by God to save people. They began sharing the story of Jesus with anyone who would listen. Lots of people thought that they were crazy. But some people listened. The Christian religion began to grow.

One man did more than anyone else to spread the Christian religion. His name was Paul, and he was a Roman citizen. He traveled all around, spreading the religion of Jesus. Eventually, Paul was put to death, like Jesus, but not before he had set up Christian churches all around the Roman Empire.

At first, the Roman emperors paid no attention to this new religion. Later, they started to pay attention, but only because they did not approve of the Christians. Remember: the Romans worshipped many gods. Everyone in the Roman Empire was expected to worship gods like Jupiter, Juno, and Mars. The Romans believed that these gods protected the state. They believed that people should honor them.

     
     

That was a problem for the Christians. They believed that there was only one God. They believed it was wrong to worship the Roman gods. So, for many years, the Roman emperors treated Christians as enemies of Rome. They did what they could to get rid of the Christians. They threw some of them in jail. They had others put to death. But the Christians did not give up their faith. They kept on believing, and they kept on preaching.

The man who ended the long war between Rome and Christianity was the Emperor Constantine. He became Emperor about three hundred years after the birth of Jesus of Nazareth. By that time, there were a lot of Christians. In fact, Constantine’s own mother became a Christian. Constantine became a Christian, as well.

When Constantine became a Christian, everything changed. For hundreds of years, the Roman emperors had punished the Christians. Now with Constantine, Christianity became the official religion of the Roman Empire.

      
      

Chapter Sixteen: The Second Rome: From Constantine to Justinian
       
Constantine was the first Roman Emperor to support Christianity. He issued an order that made it illegal to put Christians to death, or even to throw them in jail. Constantine built churches all over the empire. He built one in Bethlehem, where Jesus was born. He built another in Jerusalem, where Jesus died. He built churches in Rome, and in the ancient city of Byzantium, in present-day Turkey. Byzantium was Constantine’s favorite city. He adopted it and renamed it Constantinople. His goal was to turn the city into a “new Rome,” a sort of Rome away from Rome.

Constantine did not want Constantinople to replace Rome. He hoped that Constantinople would take its place beside Rome and that the two cities would survive, side by side, for many years. He wanted Rome and Constantinople to be like two mighty pillars supporting the Roman Empire. But, in the end, one of those pillars collapsed.

One of the emperors who came after Constantine decided that his job was just too big. He felt that the Roman Empire was too large to be ruled by any one man. So, he split the empire into two parts. He declared that the western half of the Empire would be ruled by one emperor, based in Rome; the eastern half would be ruled by a second emperor, based in Constantinople.

     
      

Not long after the empire was divided, invaders from the North began attacking the Western Empire. Things got worse and worse. The invaders even attacked Rome itself. Finally, the western part of the Roman Empire collapsed. The Eastern Empire, based in Constantinople, had better luck. It lived on, and for a while, even got stronger.

Most historians agree that the Eastern Empire was at its best during the reign of Justinian. Justinian came into power in the year AD 527. That is, he became emperor 527 years after the birth of Jesus and about two hundred years after Constantine had decided to support Christianity. Like Constantine before him, Justinian was a Christian. He spent lots of money building churches. In Constantinople, he built the church of Hagia Sophia, with its magnificent, soaring dome.

Justinian also completed an important book project. He had scholars gather up all of the laws that had been passed in the Roman Empire over the years. What the scholars found was a big mess. There were so many laws, nobody could possibly keep track of them all. There were old laws that no longer made sense. There were even laws that seemed to be the opposite of one another. One law might say “it is illegal to do X.” Then another law might say “it’s perfectly fine to do X.” Justinian had his scholars gather up all the laws, sort them out, and organize them. When they were done, they published the laws. The new, organized laws filled several books. The new organized laws were known as Justinian’s Code.

      
      

Chapter Seventeen: Pompeii
     
August 24th, in the year AD 79, began like any other day. The people of Pompeii woke up and went to work. Pompeii was a busy market town. The market was soon filled with people buying and selling things. In the distance, the people of Pompeii could see the top of Mount Vesuvius. Everyone knew the mountain. It looked down on Pompeii every day. The mountain was like an old friend. But this friend had a terrible secret. The people of Pompeii did not know that Mount Vesuvius was actually a volcano. It was full of melted rock and hot gas. Inside Mount Vesuvius, the pressure had been building up for hundreds and hundreds of years.

Around midday, the ground began to tremble and shake. Then, there was a tremendous cracking noise. Boom! Flames and smoke burst from the top of Mount Vesuvius. The people looked up and saw a great plume of black smoke rising into the sky. Then, things began to fall from the sky. Flakes of ash and bits of rock called pumice showered down. The people of Pompeii put pillows over their heads to keep the little rocks from hurting them. Many tried to run away.

     
      

Ash and pumice fell for a while. Then, a great cloud of hot rock mixed with hot gas spilled out of the mountain and came sizzling down the mountainside. The rocks and gas that came down the mountain were heated to 400 degrees, traveling at 60 miles an hour. The people of Pompeii could not outrun it. It swept over them and wiped out the city. The volcano erupted for 19 hours. The city of Pompeii was buried. The buildings were covered with ash. In some places, the ash was more than 80 inches deep!

The city of Pompeii disappeared, and most people forgot that it had ever existed. For more than 1,500 years, it lay beneath the ash. Then, some men set out to dig a well. As they dug down, they hit a stone wall. They had discovered the lost city of Pompeii. Today, much of Pompeii has been excavated, or dug up. You can go to Pompeii and see a Roman town preserved exactly as it looked the day it was destroyed in AD 79.

You can walk down an old stone street and imagine what it looked like 2,000 years ago. You can peek into houses and courtyards. You can even see some of the paintings and mosaics that the people of Pompeii had on their walls. The eruption of Mount Vesuvius was a disaster for the people who lived in Pompeii. But it was a marvelous thing for historians who study the past. By visiting Pompeii and studying the city, historians have learned a great deal about life in ancient Rome.

      
       

Chapter Eighteen: How Horatius Held the Bridge
       
In the early days of the Roman Republic, Rome was in danger. The kings had been driven out, but they wanted to force their way back in. King Tarquin’s son, Sextus, went into an area north of Rome. He helped an Etruscan king raise a huge army. Then, the two of them set off to attack Rome. They led the army all the way to the Tiber River right outside of Rome.

The men of Rome had a meeting. They decided that there was only one way to save the city: tear down the bridge over the Tiber River. If the Etruscan army crossed the bridge, Rome would be lost. But if the Romans could tear the bridge down, the Etruscans would not be able to cross the river and enter the city.

The consul spoke to the people. “Which of you,” he asked, “will stand forth against the Etruscans while we tear down the bridge?”

     
      

A man named Horatius stepped forward. “To every man upon this Earth,” Horatius said, Death cometh soon or late. And how can man die better Than facing fearful odds, For the ashes of his fathers, And the temples of his gods, And for the tender mother Who dandled him to rest, And for the wife who nurses His baby at her breast. Hew down the bridge, Sir Consul, With all the speed ye may; I, with two more to help me, Will hold the foe in play. In yon strait path a thousand May well be stopped by three. Now who will stand on either hand, And keep the bridge with me?

Two more men came forward to join Horatius. While the other Romans began tearing down the bridge, these three men went forth to face the Etruscan army. The Etruscans laughed when they saw the three Romans blocking the way. They thought that they would defeat them easily. They sent three of their best warriors into battle. The Romans tossed one of the Etruscans off of the bridge and killed the other two.

The Etruscans sent three more men into battle. Again, the Romans defeated them. Finally, the Tuscans sent their bravest fighter into battle. His name was Astur. He swung his sword and wounded Horatius in the thigh. Horatius fell back on one knee, but only for a moment. Then, he charged forward. He pounced on Astur like a wild cat and drove his sword right through the Etruscan’s helmet. Astur fell to the ground with a crash, like a tree struck by one of Jupiter’s thunderbolts!

      
       

Just then, the bridge began to totter. The two Romans helping Horatius ran back across it. Horatius tried to cross, but the bridge fell before he could get across. He was left alone to face the entire Etruscan army! Horatius prayed to the river god, “Oh, Tiber! Father Tiber! A Roman’s life take thou in charge this day!” Then, he jumped into the river. He struggled to stay afloat in his armor. He nearly drowned. But, in the end, he made it across the roaring river, back to Rome, where he was welcomed as a hero.

The people of Rome gave Horatius a farm. They also set up a statue of him: . . . they made a molten image, And set it up on high, And there it stands unto this day To witness if I lie. It stands in the Comitium, Plain for all folk to see; Horatius in his harness, halting upon one knee: And underneath is written, In letters all of gold, How valiantly he kept the bridge In the brave days of old.

This chapter was based on real events in history and includes parts of Macaulay’s poem, “Horatius.” This poem tells the story of Horatius in stirring detail. Some passages from this poem have been quoted in our version of the story.

      
    
+++++
     
     
Glossary for Stories of Ancient Rome:

Advisor — a person who offers advice and help.
Aid — to offer help.
Ambrosia — the drink of the gods; those who drank it became immortal.
Aqueduct — a stone structure built to carry water from the country into the city (aqueducts).
Architecture — design or style of buildings.
Arena — the area of a stadium where the events actually take place.
Armor — a protective covering, usually made of metal, worn by soldiers in battle.
Augustus — Julius Caesar’s adopted son, who changed ancient Rome from a republic to an empire by becoming the emperor.
Avalanche — snow, ice, and rocks that suddenly fall down the side of a mountain (avalanches).

BC/BCE — Before Christ (Jesus); Before the Christian Era, or Before the Common Era.
Banquet — a large feast to celebrate something.
Barbarian — a person who is wild, sometimes violent, and does not behave the right way (barbarians).
Beautiful — very pretty, lovely.
Beauty — being pretty.
Befriend — to become friends with (befriended).
Blacksmith — a person who molds hot iron into metal objects.
Byzantium — ancient city in the eastern part of the Roman Empire, later called Constantinople.

Carthage — city on the coast of Africa that Romans saw as a rival city (Carthaginians, Carthaginian).
Chariot — a cart with two wheels and no seats that is pulled by horses; the driver stands up in the cart to hold the horses’ reins.
Christianity — a religion based on the teachings of Jesus (Christian).
Circus Maximus — a large stadium where chariot races were held.
Civil war — a war between groups within the same country.
Civilization — a group of people living together, often in cities, with the same laws, leaders and form of government, language and writing system (civilizations).
Cleopatra — the Queen of Egypt; she became queen with help from Julius Caesar.
Collapse — to suddenly fail (collapsed).
Colosseum — a huge arena in Rome where people would go to watch events, mainly gladiator fights, that is one of the most recognizable buildings from the Roman Empire.
Conduct — to carry out, such as an activity.
Confident — sure, certain.
Confront — to meet face-to-face (confronted).
Conquer — to take control of something by force (conquered).
Conspirator — a person who has secretly planned to do something harmful (conspirators).
Constantine — the Emperor who ended the war between the Romans and Christianity; the first Roman Emperor to convert to Christianity.
Constantinople — new name for the city of Byzantium and Constantine’s favorite city, which he wanted to turn into a “new Rome.”
Consul — one of two top officials elected to govern the Roman republic (consuls).
Counter-attack — a military response to an attack.
Crouch — to stoop or squat (crouched).
Cruel — mean, causing pain on purpose.
Curious — wanting to know more.

Damocles — a friend of Dionysius who wanted to be king and have Dionysius’s life.
Dangle — to hang loosely (dangling).
Defeat — to win a victory over (defeated).
Democracy — a kind of government in which people are elected as representatives freely and equally by all people of voting age.
Depart — to leave.
Dictator — a person who rules a country with total control, often in a cruel way; a dictator is not elected (dictators).
Dionysius — the king of Syracuse, a part of the Roman Empire, and friend of Damocles.
Divine — relating to God.
Do his mother’s bidding — follow orders from his mother.
Downfall — a sudden fall from power.

Eager — showing great interest in something.
Eastern Empire — the eastern half of the Roman Empire.
Elect — to choose through votes (elected).
Emperor — the male ruler/head of an empire.
Empire — a group of nations or territories ruled by the same leader, an emperor or empress; like a kingdom.
Envy — to want what someone else has (envied).
Establish — to gain recognition for doing something well (established).
Etruscan — a person who was part of a civilization to the north of Rome who the Romans defeated (Etruscans).

Faith — strong religious beliefs.
Foe — an enemy.
Founding Fathers of the United States — men who played important roles in creating the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution, including John Adams, Benjamin Franklin, Alexander Hamilton, John Jay, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, and George Washington.

Gladiator — a man trained to fight people and animals for entertainment, often resulting in death (gladiators).
Govern — to rule or control (governed, government).

Hagia Sophia — a large Christian church with a magnificent dome built under Justinian’s rule in Constantinople.
Hannibal — general from Carthage who led the fight against Rome during the Second Punic War; he won many battles, but lost the war.
Hew — to cut something with a sharp tool.
Historian — a person who writes about history (historians).
Honor — a privilege or special opportunity to do something.
Horatius — a Roman soldier who became a hero by fighting the Etruscan army with two other men, so that the other Romans could escape; he jumped into the river during the fight and drifted downstream to Rome.

Illegal — against the law.
Immortal — able to live forever.
Invade — to attack or enter a place in order to take control of it.

Jealousy — wanting what someone else has, wanting complete attention (jealous).
Jesus — a religious teacher born in the Palestine region of the Roman Empire, also called Jesus Christ; Christianity is based on his teachings.
Julius Caesar — a Roman general who conquered many lands and expanded the Roman republic; after serving as a consul, he decided that he did not like the way the republic was run. He became a dictator, was then seen as a threat, and was killed.
Justinian — great emperor of the Eastern Empire who built the Hagia Sophia and organized laws into Justinian’s Code.
Justinian’s Code — the laws organized and published by Justinian.

Latin — the language of ancient Rome.
Laugh — to giggle or chuckle at something that is funny.
Legendary — well-known, or stemming from an old story passed down from long ago that is usually not true.

Magnificent — impressive and beautiful.
Marriage — the committed partnership between two people to make a home and raise a family.
Mediterranean — the sea around which the Romans created their empire; an important body of water for trade, war, and transportation.
Messenger — someone who delivers messages back and forth.
Miracle — an amazing event with no explanation, believed to be an act of God (miracles).
Mission — a very important job.
Monarchy — a kind of government in which a king or queen rules and selects who will rule after his/her death, usually the oldest son.
Mosaic — art made by putting small pieces of glass or tile together to form a picture (mosaics).
Mount Olympus — the home of the Roman gods and Goddesses.
Mount Vesuvius — a volcano that erupted in AD 79 and wiped out the city of Pompeii.

Official — a person who holds an office and has authority (officials).

Pantheon — a temple built to honor all of the Roman gods.
Patrician — a person from an old, wealthy, powerful family in the Roman republic who held government positions (patricians).
Pillar — a column that supports a building or a supporting part of something (pillars).
Pity — to feel sorry or unhappy for someone.
Plebeian — an ordinary person who was poor and had little education or power in the Roman republic (plebeians).
Plume — a cloud of smoke that rises into the air in a tall, thin shape.
Pompeii — a city in the Roman Empire that was wiped out when Mount Vesuvius erupted.
Preserve — to save in its original form so that it remains the same (preserved).
Prick — to make a small hole with something sharp (pricked).
Priestess — a woman who performs special duties to honor and communicate with the gods.
Pumice — gray volcanic rock.
Punic War — one of the three wars fought between the Romans and the Carthaginians over control of the Mediterranean (Punic Wars).

Ransom — money paid to free someone who has been captured or kidnapped.
Reform — to change the way that things are done to make them better (reformed).
Reign — period of time during which a ruler is in charge.
Religion — the belief in a god or many gods.
Remus — one of the brothers who started Rome according to legend; he was killed by his brother Romulus in a fight over where to build the city.
Republic — a kind of government in which people are elected as representatives to rule.
Revolt — riot or revolution against a ruler or government.
Rival — an enemy.
Romulus — one of the brothers who started Rome according to legend; he killed his brother Remus in a fight over where to build the city and then built Rome and named it after himself.
Rough — not calm.
Rubicon — the river Julius Caesar crossed, even though the Roman Senators warned him not to, leading to a civil war.
Ruins — the remains of something that has fallen or been destroyed.

Satyr — a creature who was half man, half goat and was often found with Bacchus (satyrs).
Scholar — a person with a lot of knowledge about a certain subject (scholars).
Senate — a group of men (Senators) who were elected to represent the people who voted for them and met to make decisions and pass laws for the Roman republic; American government today also has a Senate (and Senators).
She-wolf — a female wolf.
Shrine — a place where people pray to or worship gods and goddesses.
Subjects — people who are ruled by a king or emperor.

Talent — a unit of measurement in ancient Rome, equal to about 71 pounds, used to measure gold and silver (talents).
Taunt — to tease or make someone upset by making fun of or being mean to the person.
Thou — old fashioned way of saying “you.”
Threat — someone or something that is or may be dangerous.
Tradition — custom (traditions).
Traitor — someone who is not loyal.
Trial — a meeting in court to determine if someone has broken the law.
Trident — Neptune’s magical, three-pronged spear that was shaped like a fork.
Tyrant — a ruler who is mean, harsh, and acts without regard for laws or rules.

Underworld — underground place where dead people’s spirits go.
Unusual — rare.

Valiantly — in a brave and courageous manner.
Veni, Vidi, Vici — “I came, I saw, I conquered,” Julius Caesar’s report about his efforts in Asia.
Vicious — dangerous, violent, mean.
Victorious — having won a battle, war, or contest.
Volcano — a mountain with openings through which melted rock, ash, and hot gases explode.

Western Empire — the western half of the Roman Empire.
Wisdom — knowledge and good judgment gained over time.

Ye — old fashioned way of saying “you.”
Yon — distant.
    
   
+++++
     
     
Subtitles To Images:

Mrs. Teachwell and her students, looking at a map showing Rome. Present-day Rome and the Tiber River. A map of the ancient Roman civilization. Parts of Roman buildings still remain today, even though they were built over two thousand years ago. The king of Latium told one of his servants to drown Romulus and Remus. The servant set the twins in a basket, which he put in the Tiber River. Romulus and Remus were saved by a kind she-wolf and later raised by a shepherd. Romulus and Remus argued about where to build their city. Remus taunts Romulus and steps over his wall. An ancient Roman coin showing Romulus and Remus with the she-wolf. Greek and Roman Gods. Greek and Roman Gods. Juno, Jupiter’s wife, was the goddess of marriage. Neptune, the god of the seas, with his magical trident. Mars was the god of war. Mercury was the messenger of the gods. Venus was the goddess of love. She was also Cupid’s mother. The planets Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Neptune are named after Roman gods and goddesses. Apollo, the god of the sun (right), talking to Vulcan, the god of fire (left). Apollo. Minerva springing forth from Jupiter’s head. Diana was the goddess of the moon and the hunt. Bacchus, the Roman god of grapes and wine. Venus, the goddess of love, was jealous when she heard others talking of the beautiful, young Psyche. Cupid aimed his arrow at Psyche. Instead of shooting Psyche, Cupid pricked himself. Night after night, Cupid visited Psyche in the magnificent palace. Psyche trembled when she saw Cupid, dropping hot oil on his shoulder. Psyche begging Venus to help her find Cupid. An army of ants comes to aid Psyche. Psyche was told to take a coin for the boatman and a cake to the three-headed dog to enter the underworld. There, she received the box of beauty from Proserpina. Psyche became immortal after drinking ambrosia, the drink of the gods. Damocles accepting Dionysius’s invitation to be king for one day. Damocles sits on the throne of King Dionysius, with the sword dangling from the ceiling. In the early days of the republic, the consuls and the Senators were patricians from wealthy Roman families. This is the U.S. Capitol building in Washington D.C. Many American government buildings look like ancient Roman buildings. Map of Roman and Carthaginian territories. Hannibal gathering his army to cross over the Alps. Hannibal and his troops won several battles against the Romans. Hannibal surrendered to Scipio in Zama. Caesar told the pirates he was worth a larger ransom. Caesar quickly became known as a brave and determined soldier. Caesar writing about his conquest of Gaul. Caesar crossing the Rubicon with his troops. Caesar met Cleopatra in Egypt and helped her become queen. Caesar became dictator of Rome for life. The Senators who stabbed Caesar thought they were saving the Roman republic. A marble statue of Augustus Caesar. The Pantheon as it appears in Rome today. The ruins of the Colosseum as it appears today. In ancient times, the Romans came to the Colosseum to see battles between people and animals. The Romans enjoyed watching chariot races at the Circus Maximus. An example of a Roman aqueduct as it appears today. Gladiators fighting. The lion gave Androcles a sad look, as if asking for help. Androcles waiting in the cell to enter the Colosseum. Androcles and the lion. The emperor signaled “Thumbs up!” Androcles and the lion were set free. Jesus. Paul. Christians were treated as enemies of Rome. A marble statue of Constantine. This church in Bethlehem is built where Jesus is said to have been born. A map showing the divided empire. Western Empire. Eastern Empire. The inside of the Hagia Sophia in Constantinople. A mosaic of Justinian from the Hagia Sophia. Vesuvius is the mountain that you can see in the distance. The people of Pompeii did not know that Mount Vesuvius was a volcano. Mount Vesuvius starting to erupt in the background. Top: A courtyard among the ruins of Pompeii. Bottom: Beautiful paintings that still remain on the walls of the ruins in Pompeii. The Romans decided that the only way to save the city was to tear down the bridge over the Tiber River. Horatius and the two other Romans battle the Etruscans. Horatius leaping into the Tiber River. The people of Rome made a statue of Horatius to honor him.

      
     
*********

     
     
WEEK THREE PHONICS READ-ALONGS

     
FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 76) THE “AW” SOUND SPELLED FOUR WAYS … continued:

     
AW … continued:   
 
 

The prosecution found a huge flaw in the defense attorney’s arguments and then trampled their case.

    

My dog will gnaw on a bone for a while, and then he will bury it in the back yard.

    

George Bernard Shaw enjoyed great success with his literary work Pygmalion, which was adapted into the popular Broadway musical “My Fair Lady.”

    

I love to load cole slaw on top of my barbecued pork sandwich.

    

After a long hike in the cold winter weather, I love to thaw out by a cozy fire.

    

I’ve got an awful migraine, and I need to lie down for a while.

    

I overheard a lot of bawdy jokes being told at the pub last night.

    

This tawny kitchen wall color is too dark for me; let’s repaint it closer to an eggshell white.

    

After the pitcher hit the batter with an errant pitch, a brawl broke out between the two teams.

    

I’ve never seen a baby crawl across the floor so fast!

    

My cousin from Arkansas has this incredibly strong southern drawl.

    

Although her answer to the attorney’s question was long and drawn out, the information that she provided was all pertinent to the case.

    

Since I’m a huge shrimp fan, I’ll order the prawn entree for my main course.

     

It might be breezier than I expect today, so I’m going to take a shawl along with my jacket.

     

My cousin Shawn has started to work for a 3-D printer manufacturer.

    

That think tank has a research and development department that tries to spawn new ideas for using innovative products.

    

Throw out the trawl net and let’s see if we can’t get a big catch of fish today.

    

There’s no prettier bird than a really colorful macaw.

    

I call my mom’s parents Nana and Papaw.

   

I asked the waitress for a straw for my drink.

     

In the storm, a branch fell on the awning above the front door and tore a hole in it.

    

Kids, you’d best not dawdle, or we’re going to miss the start of the movie!

    

The boss kept trying to convince me of that point, and it finally dawned on me that she was right.

    

A bunch of vendors hawked their wares at the farmers’ market.

    

We were all jawing at the water cooler about the weekend’s football games.

    

The CEO contended that everything that their company was doing was totally lawful.

     

Kids, we’re going to hire your favorite, Mrs. Lawson, to sit for you while we’re away on vacation.

    

We thought that the family trust lawyer had set pretty reasonable rates for her services.

       

I pawned this old ring, and I think I got a decent price for it.

     

A pawpaw tree has large, oblong leaves and purplish flowers, and it bears a fleshy, edible fruit.

    

Mark Twain’s Tom Sawyer is one of my favorite literary characters.

    

I would rate her bourgeois fashion sense, at best, as tawdry.

    

The brawny lumberjack showed us how he could roll a log in water — while standing on it — without falling.

    

My little sister hates creepy-crawly things, whether they are bugs, snakes, or things that she steps on in the ocean.

    

We need to amend the bylaws of our non-profit based on some new laws that were just passed.

    

Before the injured man passed out, he tried to scrawl some information about himself on a piece of paper.

    

As we were driving around the suburbs, it hit me that our city was a perfect example of urban sprawl.

    

Our parrot can’t imitate human words; all it will do is squawk.

    

Most vets will now tell you that to declaw a cat is an act of cruelty.

    

Now honey, this ugly gewgaw is one less thing that we need cluttering up a bookshelf.

    

I had to guffaw at the politician’s senseless rantings.

    

The farmer was awakened by his donkey’s loud, “heehaw!”

    

That is the most difficult jigsaw puzzle that I’ve ever put together.

    

McGraw Hill is one of the “big three” academic publishers in the U.S.

    

One of my favorite Clint Eastwood movies is, “The Outlaw Josey Wales.”

    

Our kids spent lots of time on the seesaw at the park this afternoon.

    

Warsaw is the capital city of Poland, with approximately 3.1 million residents.

    

The rides at Six Flags are simply awesome!

    

The young girl was very awkward when she stood in front of the class to do her show and tell.

    

Mr. Fawcett read an amazing story to us today that was adapted from Kipling’s “The Jungle Book.”

     

One of my favorite TV and film characters is Hawkeye Pierce from M*A*S*H.

    

The President will try to jawbone the transportation workers into not going on strike.

    

The wild, wild west was a lawless land that needed strong sheriffs in every locality.

   

The parties finally made an agreement with each other that avoided a lawsuit.

         

This mawkish story has a goody-two-shoes character who I can’t stand.

    

This whip is made of rawhide.

    

The sander threw so much sawdust into the air that Dad started sneezing uncontrollably.

     

My grandfather grew up in the lumber industry and eventually owned his own sawmill.

   

Some people claim that a crawdad tastes as good as lobster.

    

Waves were spilling over the seawall due to the surge from the tropical storm.

    

A goshawk is a large type of hawk that’s used in falconry.

    

I don’t know how she foresaw the impending crisis, but her warnings allowed us to prepare for it ahead of time.

     

Son, I think that we’ll be better off shaping this piece of wood by using a hacksaw.

    

That bumbling jackdaw is always putting his foot in his mouth.

    

The ambassador was transported to the Chinese Foreign Minister’s office in a rickshaw.

    

The candidate will withdraw her name from the field due to the sordid revelations about her checkered past.

  

Our kids were awestruck by the scintillating fireworks show.

    

I’ll be out in the garage giving the lawnmower an oil change.

  
     

*********

*********

        
    
WEEK FOUR    

WEEK FOUR READING PASSAGES

     

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

                             
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.) 
       
Different Lands, Similar Stories
    

Lesson 8 – Part One

   
NEW WORDS: Amasis, Goliath, Irish, Memphis, Rhodopis, Rhodopis’s, admonished, adolescent, adorn, advisors, ambled, arduous, assailant, ballerina, barn’s, billowed, bloody, brannigan, brooded, buckled, capering, carriages, citrus, comforting, companionship, complimented, conducting, conflagrant, confrontation, countenance, cower, cumbrous, darkening, dealings, dedicated, delirium, departing, disconcerted, disdainfully, dispatched, dispirited, dodged, domestics, dragonflies, egrets, elbowed, emmer, emporium, enigmatic, enlisted, factotum, flicker, fluttered, foreshadowing, frolicked, futile, gamboled, gentleman’s, globular, gorged, gracefully, grotesque, guardedly, harrowing, hassled, heartbroken, heaviest, herdsman, hightailing, hippo’s, initially, inkling, launching, lave, laved, locality, magnate, malevolent, mauve, miasmal, millennia, nested, oldtimer, pacing, pasty, peregrine, permitting, plucking, plummeted, pomegranate, portent, positioning, posthaste, progeny, radiated, reappear, regional, rescuer, resemble, resentful, revived, saturated, scrunched, semblance, shielded, sidle, slaughtered, slayed, smaze, soles, stately, supplicated, throng, tidied, trumpeters, unambiguous, unblenchingly, unquiet, unsocial, vanquish, visor, wafted, wages, wardrobe, wonted, zephyr
      
       

A note to students: You have all already become familiar with the story of Cinderella and her glass slippers. Here is a similar tale that was created in a different part of the world!
      
The Girl with the Red Slippers
      
It was two millennia ago in Ancient Egypt. A beautiful adolescent girl lived there. She was called Rhodopis. Rhodopis was a slave. She had been born in Greece. But she had been kidnapped by pirates. The pirates had sold the young girl to a rich Egyptian magnate. Rhodopis now worked as a factotum in his stately home.

Now, Rhodopis was from another land. Thus, her semblance did not resemble that of the other servants. Nor did she look like her master. They all had dark hair and dark eyes. She had golden curls and green eyes. No amount of brushing would straighten those curls.

The other servants hassled Rhodopis. They also made her work more arduous than theirs was. She had to get up before the sun rose. She had to work while the stars twinkled in the night sky. She tidied her master’s house. She baked bread kneaded from barley and emmer wheat. She laved her master’s clothes. She sewed. She even tended to the garden.

     
     

Rhodopis lived an unsocial life. The other domestics wanted nothing to do with her. Now, her master was a kind man. But he dedicated his time to either sleeping in the warm sunshine, or in conducting his business dealings. Over time, the animals became her only friends. Rhodopis chatted with birds quite a bit. They nested in the citrus and pomegranate trees that she tended. She told her troubles to the great white egrets. She frolicked with the red-tailed dragonflies.

But her best friend was a hippopotamus. She would go to the Nile River to lave clothes from her master’s wardrobe. One particular hippo always ambled over to the river’s edge. He would wallow in the water near her. He would offer her companionship while she worked.

The hippo would look at her with his big globular eyes. His ears would flicker whenever she spoke. Sometimes they would play together. Rhodopis would splash water in the hippo’s direction. The hippo would sink down under the water. He’d then reappear close by.

Rhodopis gamboled in the comforting sunshine. As she danced, her master woke up from a long nap. He stretched and yawned. He looked around the garden. He spotted Rhodopis capering to the music. Rhodopis moved so elegantly that her master watched her for some time.

     
     

He thought that she was a beautiful young girl. He thought that she danced like a butterfly. He decided that she deserved some elegant shoes. They would adorn her bare feet. The next day he went to his own shoemaker. He supplicated him to make a pair of red silk dancing slippers. He was very unambiguous about the soles of the slippers. They were to be made of the very finest leather.

Several days later, the shoes arrived. Rhodopis’s master presented them to her as a gift. She was speechless.

Rhodopis loved her slippers. But the other servants were resentful. None of them had ever been given such an exquisite gift. They treated her even more disdainfully than before. This made Rhodopis further dispirited.

Whenever she could, she would guardedly sidle off into the garden. She’d put on her red slippers and dance. Quite often, she danced at night beneath the sparkling stars. That’s when everyone else was asleep.

One day, she was plucking lemons from the lemon trees in the garden. She heard music coming from her master’s house. She placed her basket on the ground. She began to dance to the music. She moved gracefully, like a ballerina.

    
    

On another day, her master was informed of an event. The pharaoh, Amasis, had decided to hold a grand banquet. It would be at his royal palace in Memphis. All of his subjects were invited. Even the servants could attend! Rhodopis was so excited. But she quickly learned that the other servants had no intention of permitting her to go.

Instead, they gave her piles of laundry to do. They admonished her to make sure that it was all done by the time they returned. The servants prepared to depart. At the same time, Rhodopis carried the huge pile of laundry down to the river. 

She worked for many hours, washing and scrubbing the clothes. Her faithful friend the hippo kept her company. The hippo always cheered up Rhodopis. And so, after a while, Rhodopis’s spirits were revived. She began to play with the hippo.

Rhodopis cheerfully splashed the hippo. He suddenly moved to duck down beneath the water. Then, posthaste, he reappeared right beside Rhodopis. As the hippo lifted its large head, it created a wave of water. The wave cascaded down upon Rhodopis. She was saturated with water. So, too, were her beautiful slippers.

     
     

Rhodopis sighed and scratched the hippo’s head. Then she took off her slippers and placed them on a rock to dry. After that, she continued with her work. She did not even stop to eat. After a long while, Rhodopis finished washing all the clothes. By now her back and arms were aching. But she was happy to be done.

She was about to put on her red slippers. She heard the flapping of wings. In an instant, one of her slippers was gone. From out of the darkening sky, a peregrine falcon had plummeted down and stolen it. Rhodopis gasped out loud. She was certain that the falcon was actually the god Horus. It was a foreshadowing of something. But of what she had no inkling.

There was nothing that Rhodopis could do. She put her one remaining slipper in her pocket. She returned to her master’s house in her bare feet.

Meanwhile, at the royal palace, an enormous crowd had gathered. The crowd was enjoying the festivities. 

Pharaoh Amasis was in the banquet room. He looked on from his raised throne. He was happy to see his subjects enjoying themselves. But he’d have preferred to be hunting. He did not have a wife or children. So, he spent most of his spare time hunting with his friends.

    
     

As the day wore on, Amasis became more unquiet. He was just about to sneak away from the banquet. But then, a great falcon swooped down. It dropped a small red slipper at his feet. Amasis picked up the small slipper and stared at it. He was certain that the god Horus had sent him a message. Amasis brooded about this for a while. Then he summoned his advisors.

He had made a decision. He thought that the god Horus was telling him something important. The owner of the red slipper would become his wife! The banquet was halted. An announcement was made. The pharaoh himself would search the land for the owner of the red slipper. The guests were now slowly departing.

Now, Rhodopis’s master had already left the palace. He had gone off to take care of some business. So, he had not heard this announcement. His servants, however, had heard it. Together they decided that they would not breathe a word of this to Rhodopis.

The weeks marched on. The pharaoh scoured the land for his future wife. He searched by land and by water, but his travels had been futile. At last, he was searching on his royal barge. He came to a region in the northern part of his kingdom.

     
     

Rhodopis was washing clothes in the river. The royal barge appeared in the distance. The other servants saw it, too. They were quite aware of its portent! The barge neared the bank of the river. The royal trumpeters sounded the pharaoh’s arrival. Immediately, the servants ordered Rhodopis to hide herself in the reeds as she was. They told her that she was too lowly a servant to be in the presence of the pharaoh.

Amasis stepped off the royal barge. He had the red slipper in one hand. Upon seeing the slipper, the female servants elbowed each other out of the way. They were all positioning to be the first to try it on.

As this was happening, Rhodopis peeked out from the reeds. She wanted to see the pharaoh’s face. As she peeked out, Amasis spotted her. He stared at the beautiful girl for several moments. And Rhodopis’s heart skipped a beat.

Amasis asked Rhodopis to step forward. He then placed her tiny foot inside the red slipper. As he did so, it was clear to all that she was the owner of the slipper. The other servants were horrified that she would be the pharaoh’s queen. But the master gave his blessing.

Together, Amasis and Rhodopis sailed away on the royal barge. Its mauve-colored sails fluttered in the gentle zephyr that wafted across the Nile River. Behind the barge swam Rhodopis’s best friend, the hippo. He would be her most-honored wedding guest!

      
       

Billy Beg
       
Once upon a time, there was an Irish prince. His name was Billy Beg. He was born the progeny of a king. But Billy didn’t live the wonted life of a prince. Billy worked in the fields. He herded cattle each day, from sunup until sundown.

Billy spent lots of his time with the cattle. Because of that, his best friend was the oldest bull in the herd. He was the one with a speckled hide and a white face. Billy was very fond of the bull. And the bull was just as fond of him.

One day, the old bull was to be sent to the regional market to be sold. When Billy heard this, he was heartbroken. But the bull said, “Don’t worry, Billy my boy! You’ll be all right without me. Look in the grove behind the barn. There are three gifts for you. They are a magic tablecloth, a stick, and a belt made from the hide of my grandfather.”

“Unfold the tablecloth. Then you’ll never be hungry. Wave the stick three times around your head. Then you’ll have the strength of a thousand men. Wrap the belt around your waist. Then no assailant will be able to vanquish you.” With that, the bull left unblenchingly for the emporium.

     
      

Initially, Billy Beg was too disconcerted to do anything without his friend. He cried for three days and three nights. Then Billy remembered what the bull had said. The sun rose the next morning. He went to the grove behind the barn. He pulled out the tablecloth from beneath a tree. He unfolded it. Lo and behold, it was covered with delicious food and drink. Billy ate and drank until he was gorged. Next, he grabbed the stick and the belt the bull had left for him. Then he set off to make his way in the world.

He walked on until he came to a fine old house. He knocked, and an oldtimer came to the door. “Excuse me,” said Billy. “I was wondering if you have any work.”

“As a matter of fact, I do,” said the old gentleman. “I need someone to watch over my cows, pigs, donkeys, and goats.”

“I am the best shepherd that you will ever see,” Billy interrupted.

“Well,” said the old man. “That may be. But a giant has moved into the forest next to my pasture. That beast has scared off the last three boys I enlisted to help me.”

“I’ll not cower in the beast’s presence,” said Billy. “If you’ll have me, I’ll take the job.”

     
     

So, the old man hired Billy to watch his cows, pigs, donkeys, and goats. The next day, Billy led the animals out to pasture. He sat down on a rock. Later on, a harrowing one-eyed goliath appeared from the rocks.

“Oh!” said the giant, licking his lips. “Here’s a tasty little treat. You are too big for one bite. But you’re not big enough for two! What should I do with a tiny morsel like you?”

Billy fastened on his belt. He then grabbed his stick. He swung the stick above his head three times. That give him the strength of a thousand men. It was a terrible brannigan between the two of them. But finally, Billy swung the stick. Thwack! He sent the grotesque giant flying off of the cliff and into the sea.

The old man heard that Billy had driven away the giant. He patted him on the back and complimented him. “You’re a fine boy! I’ll double your wages.”

So Billy became a herdsman. He kept watch over the old man’s animals and served him well. Then one day, the old man came out of the house. He yelled to his coachman, “Get the carriage! Saddle up the horses! I’m going to town!”

“What’s the occasion?” said Billy.

    
     

“Haven’t you heard?” the old man asked. Billy shook his head. “A malevolent dragon is in the village. The dragon has demanded the king’s own daughter. He wants to take the princess as his prisoner. The king’s champion fighter must defeat the dragon. Otherwise, the poor girl is as good as gone!”

“Oh,” said Billy, concerned. “That poor princess!”

The old man got into his carriage. He sped off to the city. Other people came on horseback, in carriages, and in wheelbarrows.

Billy made a decision. He’d go fight the dragon if he had to. He dressed himself in an old suit of armor. It had belonged to his master. He buckled his special belt securely around his middle. He slipped on his boots. He grabbed his magic stick. He went to the stable. There, he mounted the brown mare. He rode bravely into town.

Thousands of people had come to town. They wished to see the king’s champion face the dragon. Billy saw the champion. He was in the center of the crowd. He was pacing up and down, and back and forth. He was dragging his cumbrous sword behind him.

Next, he caught a glimpse of the princess. She was at the front of the throng. She was gathered with her maidens. She was certainly beautiful. But her countenance betrayed a sense of doom.

    
     

Just then, there was a fearsome roar. The dragon rose up out of the sea. He had conflagrant eyes.
     
Miasmal smaze billowed out of his nostrils. Giant flames radiated his mouth. 

The king’s champion turned pasty white with fear. He dropped his sword. He went hightailing out of there. The princess watched him flee. She began wringing her hands. She was in a delirium of fear. She wailed, “Oh, please! Won’t someone be my rescuer?”

At first, no one made a sound. Then Billy Beg stepped out of the crowd. He wore his borrowed suit of armor. The helmet and visor shielded his face. So, no one knew who he was. The old gentleman didn’t even know it was Billy. “I will enter a confrontation with the dragon!” Billy said.

The dragon charged at Billy. It was launching fire from his mouth. Billy dodged the flames. Then he swung his stick three times round his head. It was a bloody fight. But in the end, Billy Beg slaughtered the dragon.

There was great shouting and applause. The princess ran up to thank the enigmatic knight. But Billy mounted his horse to ride away. The princess reached out to stop him. But his horse galloped away. She had grabbed hold of one of his boots. It had slipped right off of his foot.

     
      

Billy Beg rode back to the old man’s farm. He took off the suit of armor. He put the mare back in the stable. He tossed his other boot into the barn’s haystack.

His master came back the next day. He told Billy what he’d seen. “Isn’t that amazing?” said the old man.

“I should say so,” said Billy.

The king was relieved that his daughter was safe. The next day, he gave orders to his men. “Find the brave knight who dispatched the dragon!” The king’s men went from house to house. They tried to find the man whose foot would fit the boot. This went on for many weeks. At last, they had made their way to the old gentleman’s farm. 

The king’s men had all the servants try on the boot. The coachman stuffed his big foot into the boot. He scrunched up his toes to make it fit. The cook put on his heaviest wool socks. He was trying to fill the boot. No one thought much of Billy Beg. But he slipped his foot into the boot. They all saw that it fit him as well as his own skin.

“What’s this?” asked one of the men. “Is this your boot?”

“It is,” said Billy. “I have the one just like it in the barn.”

Then the men knew the truth. Billy was the one who had slayed the dragon! They put a velvet suit on him! They hung a gold chain around his neck. Then they took him to the village. There, he married the princess. And he became the prince of that locality.

     
        
*********
    
    
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading 

       
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
 
         
Different Lands, Similar Stories
     

Lesson 9 – Part Two

   
NEW WORDS: Boshi, Boshi’s, Issun, Kyoto, abnormal, accedence, accommodative, accompanying, acquiesce, affection, affrighted, agh, amicable, animated, architect, aristocrat, assisting, avert, belching, blithesome, bombinating, brouhaha, burglars, burgle, burgling, burped, cacodemon, chimera, chopsticks, cinch, clods, companions, concentrated, conversing, cracksmen, dumbfounded, ensnaring, ensphered, exhilaration, expeditious, forfend, freakish, genially, geta, giddy, gnarred, hectoring, heedfully, hurtling, hustled, insane, kermis, knowledgeable, lord’s, mayor’s, milady, milkmaid’s, mouthful, murmuring, musclebound, noiseless, nudging, oni’s, ooh, pagoda, pappy, picklocks, precocious, prudent, recoiling, reeking, regardful, risked, roiling, rollicking, sanctioned, sapient, scampering, shadowed, sheeny, skedaddling, sleepily, sneaked, snickering, stuttering, suitably, swit, tenant, tenterhooks, tolerable, transferring, turbid, unbelievable, valiance, viscid, waking, wanderings, wealthiest, yearning
    
     

Tom Thumb
     
We’re going to learn of a farmer and his wife. The farmer would sit and poke at the fire in the evening. His wife would sit at her spinning wheel. The farmer would sigh a lot. He’d say, “How sad it is that we have no children. Our house is so quiet. Other people’s homes are so rollicking and blithesome.”

“Yes,” said the wife. “If only we had a child.” A year later, the woman gave birth to a little boy. He was strong and healthy. But he was no bigger than a thumb. His parents named him Tom Thumb.

As Tom grew up, he proved to be a very precocious and sapient lad. One day, his father was out cutting wood. He said, “I wish there was someone who could bring the cart out.”

“I’ll do it!” said Tom.

“But, Tom,” said his father. “How can you? You’re too small to hold the reins.”

“Never mind,” said Tom. “Have Mom harness the horse. Then I’ll sit in the horse’s ear. I’ll tell him which way to go.” And so, Tom’s mother harnessed the horse. She put Tom in the horse’s ear. Tom called out, “Giddy up!” The horse started walking.


     

The horse and cart were turning a corner. It happened that a strange man was walking by. He heard Tom call out directions to the horse. “Look!” he said to himself. “There goes a wagon. The driver is calling to his horse. But the driver is nowhere to be seen! Am I going insane?!” So, the man shadowed the horse and wagon. It arrived at where Tom’s father was chopping wood. Tom spotted his father. He cried out, “Whoa, boy!” Then he said, “Look, Father! Here I am!”

Tom’s father lifted his son down from the horse. He set Tom on a stump. The stranger saw this. He thought, “Look here. That little fellow could be useful! I should take him to town. I’d have him do little jobs for me.” He went up to Tom’s father. He said, “See here, old man. How about permitting the little man go to town with me? I’ll take good care of him. I’ll even give you this money for your trouble.”

“No!” Tom’s father said. “He is the apple of my eye. I would be too sad to see him go.”

Tom crept up onto his father’s shoulder. He whispered, “Go ahead, Father. Let me go. I’ll be back in no time.”

“But, Tom,” said his father, stuttering.

     
     

“Trust me,” Tom broke in. “I’ll take care of everything.” So, Tom’s father let him go with the man.

Off went Tom. He was riding on the brim of the man’s hat. They traveled for several hours. The sun had just set. The man came to a barn. It was located next to a quiet house. He thought that the barn would be a suitably tolerable place to sleep. They’d rest up for their wanderings the next day.

The man was all settled in for the night. He then took off his hat. At that moment, Tom went scampering away! He slipped into a mouse hole. He cried out, “So long, my good man! Have a good trip without me!” The man got down on his hands and knees. He was nudging sticks into holes. But he could not find Tom. After a bit, he gave up.

The man left. Tom came out of his hole. He found an empty snail shell. He said, “This looks like a safe place to spend the night.” He went to lay down. But just then, he heard voices. There were two burglars murmuring.

“Aye,” said one of them. “This is the house. The mayor won’t be back until tomorrow. So, now is the time to burgle his house. But how can we do it? The cook and the maid are still there. We’ll have to be noiseless to avert waking them.”

    
     

Tom knew he had to do something. He had to stop the robbers. So, he sprang out of his shell. He shouted, “I have an idea!”

“Who was that?” asked one of the affrighted picklocks.

“I should be accompanying you! I’ll be able to help you,” said Tom.

“Who’s talking? Where are you?” asked the cracksmen.

“Down here!” cried Tom.

The robbers looked down. There they saw Tom. He was waving to them. One robber lifted him up. He said, “What’s this, little one? How could you be assisting us in burgling the mayor?”

“It will be a cinch,” said Tom. “The mayor keeps his money behind iron bars, right? I can slip between the bars. I’ll hand the money out to you.”

“Hee-hee! That’s a fine idea,” they said. They were snickering all the way to the mayor’s house. Then they fell quiet. They whispered to Tom. “Speak softly, you hear? We don’t want to get caught!”

     
     

“Of course!” said Tom. He sneaked into the mayor’s house. He slipped between the bars. He found where the money was kept. Then he called out to the robbers. But he called in his loudest voice! “HOW MUCH DO YOU WANT? DO YOU WANT IT ALL?”

“Shh!” hissed the robbers. “Be quiet! You’ll wake the cook and the maid. We can hear you fine. Just start transferring the money to us.”

But Tom pretended not to hear them. Once again, he shouted at them. “WHAT’S THAT YOU SAY? YOU WANT TO TAKE ALL OF THE MONEY? I’LL GIVE YOU EVERYTHING. JUST HOLD OUT YOUR HANDS.”

This was quite a commotion. It woke the cook and the maid. They hustled from their rooms to see what all the noise was about. They burst in. At that point, the robbers went skedaddling from the scene.

Tom slipped out to the barn. The brouhaha had made him sleepy. So, he went to sleep on a pile of hay. The next morning, the maid came to the barn. She pitched a large bundle of hay. Tom was still sleeping in it! The cow ate up the hay. Poor Tom slid down into the cow’s stomach.

     
     

“Goodness me,” Tom said, sleepily. “Somebody forgot to put windows in this house!” Suddenly, “splish!” Something wet and heavy fell on Tom’s head. It was a mouthful of hay! The cow was eating again. More wet, viscid hay fell on Tom. He called out, “That’s enough! No more hay! I’m quite full, thank you!”

The milkmaid was milking the cow. She heard his voice come out of the cow. In shock, she fell off of her milking stool. That startled the cow. It then sneezed a big sneeze. “Achoo!” The sneeze caused Tom to come hurtling out!

Yuck! Tom landed onto a garbage heap. It was where the milkmaid’s family had thrown the remains of their dinner! Tom struggled to get up. He was ensphered by clods of meat and vegetables. He was starting to stand up. But at that moment, “ZING!” A hungry wolf snapped up the piece of meat that Tom was caught on. It ran off with the meat chunk.

Tom bounced along as the wolf ran. He thought, “Well, this is a freakish place to be!” Then he started conversing with the wolf. “Mr. Wolf, wouldn’t you rather eat some delicious treats? This old piece of meat is reeking. I can show you where to find such treats.”

     
       

“And where’s that?” growled the wolf.

“In a house I know,” said Tom. “It’s full of lots of delicious, fresh food.” Tom led the wolf back to his parents’ house. They got there in a bit. The wolf ate until he was stuffed. Then Tom called out, “Help! Help! A wolf’s in the house!”

Tom’s father came running. He had a big stick. He chased the wolf and sent him howling into the woods. “Good work, Pappy!” said Tom.

His father looked down. He cried out, “Tom, where’ve you been? We’ve been on tenterhooks thinking about you!”

“Well, Father,” said Tom. “I’ve been in too many places to count! And I think that from now on, I’d rather stay with you.”

“Oh, my dear boy,” said his father. “I never should have sanctioned your leaving us. And I’ll never acquiesce to let you go again!”

      
      

Issun Boshi: One-Inch Boy
       
It was long ago in a village in Japan. There lived an old man and his wife. They, more than anything, wanted a child. They were constantly yearning about this. They went to the temple and supplicated to the gods. “May we be blessed with a child,” they said. “And we don’t care if he is no larger than our thumbs.”

And then, their prayers were answered. In nine months’ time, a fine baby boy was born to the old couple. The child was lovely and very small. They called him Issun Boshi. That means “One-Inch Boy.” You see, he was no taller than his father’s thumb!

Issun Boshi grew up musclebound, prudent, and accommodative. But he never grew any taller. Twelve years had passed. Issun Boshi came to his parents. He said, “Father and Mother, please give me your accedence to go to the capital city. I wish to see the world, to become knowledgeable about many things, and to make a name for myself.”

His parents were very worried. They were scared to think of all the bad things that could happen to Issun Boshi in such a large city. But they knew that their boy was smart and strong. So, they agreed to let him go. They made for him a tiny sword out of a sewing needle. They also gave him a rice bowl for a boat, and some chopsticks for oars.

     
    

In the rice bowl, he floated down the river. He used the chopsticks as paddles when the water was roiling and turbid. And he used his sword for ensnaring fish. In a few days, he arrived at the city of Kyoto. “My, what an animated city this is!” he thought. “So many people concentrated in one space!” He walked heedfully through the streets, recoiling from feet and cart wheels. He kept walking, until he came to a beautiful house, the largest in the city. An architect had designed it to resemble a pagoda. At the foot of the steps sat a pair of shiny black “geta,” or wooden shoes. They belonged to the owner of the house, who was the wealthiest aristocrat in the city.

The door of the great house opened. Out walked the lord of the house, who put on the sheeny black shoes. Issun Boshi called out, “Hello! Hello there!” The man looked around and, seeing no one, began to go back in. But Issun Boshi called out, “Down here! I’m down here, near your shoes! Please be regardful that you don’t step on me.”

The man leaned down and was dumbfounded when he saw Issun Boshi. Issun Boshi bowed and genially introduced himself. “My name,” he said, “is Issun Boshi. I have just arrived in the city, and I would like to work for you.”

     
     

The lord picked up Issun Boshi in the palm of his hand. In an amicable voice, he asked, “But what can a little fellow like you do?”

A fly was bombinating around and hectoring the lord. So, Issun Boshi drew out his sewing-needle sword. With an expeditious swit-swat, away went the fly. “You are quite an unbelievable little fellow,” laughed the lord. “Come, you may work for me and tenant in my house.”

And so, tiny Issun Boshi went to live in the big, beautiful house, serving the noble lord. He made friends with each person there, especially the princess, the lord’s lovely daughter. It seemed that he was always at her side, helping her in whatever way he could. He might hold down the paper when she wrote a letter. He might ride on her shoulder and keep her company while she walked through the gardens around the house. In time, the princess came to feel a strong affection for her little helper.

In the spring, Issun Boshi traveled with the princess and her companions to the cherry blossom kermis. On their way home, they heard abnormal noises behind them on the narrow road. They could see nothing in the shadows, when a chimera leaped into their path. Everyone screamed and ran. That is, everyone except Issun Boshi and the princess.

    
      

“Who are you, and what do you want?” cried Issun Boshi.

“I am an oni,” gnarred the monster. An oni! The oni were terrible creatures who bothered the townspeople.

But Issun Boshi stepped forward. He shouted, “Get out of the way, you cacodemon! I am here to forfend the princess. Step back!”

“Ha! We’ll see about that!” growled the oni. Then he snatched up Issun Boshi, popped him into his mouth, and, “GULP!” swallowed him whole. Down, down Issun Boshi slid until he landed, “PLOP!” in the oni’s stomach.

“This oni should be more careful about what he eats,” said Issun Boshi. He pulled out his sewing-needle sword. He began to tickle the oni’s stomach.

“Ow! Ooh! Agh!” shouted the oni. Then he burped loudly. Out popped Issun Boshi! The oni ran away, belching the whole way.

Issun Boshi ran over to the princess. She was bending down and picking something up from the ground. With great exhilaration she said, “Look, Issun Boshi. The oni was so scared, he dropped this magic hammer. If you make a wish on it, it will come true.”

     
     

Issun Boshi bowed to the princess. He said, “Milady, I would ask that you make the wish.”

“No, Issun Boshi,” said the princess. “You won this because of your valiance. You should be the first one to wish on it.”

So Issun Boshi took the hammer. He said, “I already have my greatest wish, which is to serve you. But if I could have another wish, I would wish to be as tall as other people.”

Then he gave the hammer to the princess. She made a silent wish on it herself. Then and there, Issun Boshi began to grow taller. In moments, beside the princess stood a handsome young man!

That night, the princess told her father how brave Issun Boshi had been. She talked of how he had risked his life to save her. The lord was so happy that he gave Issun Boshi permission to marry the princess. And so, you see, the princess’s wish came true, too. She had wanted to marry him!

Issun Boshi’s brave deeds were celebrated throughout the land. He and the princess lived happily together, along with Issun Boshi’s proud and happy parents. Issun Boshi had been able to bring them to the lord’s house to be part of his new family!

     
     
*********
    
     
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading 

               
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
 
         
Different Lands, Similar Stories
    

Lesson 10 – Part Three

   
NEW WORDS: Bantu, Granny’s, Gu, Hu, Hua, Li, Po, Tselane, Tselane’s, Xin, abreast, adamant, amber, artful, assurance, ataga, awaited, beholden, benignantly, borderline, catnapped, chirrup, confounded, containing, cornflowers, crannies, croaky, deadbolt, deadbolted, deceptive, dialect, dillydally, discomposed, disquieted, donned, draught, easeful, elated, enervated, enounced, exhortations, facility, glistening, gypsophila, habitat, hankered, hotfooting, hour’s, ignoble, inhalation, intending, intensity, interrogatory, leopard’s, leopards, luncheon, masquerade, masquerades, meters, motioned, mulberry, neatening, nefarious, nigella, noisily, nooks, overfed, palate, panicky, pathway, porcelain, potable, provincial, refreshing, rumblings, sagacious, savanna, scorpions, secretively, shally, sheered, shilly, shush, silkworms, smothered, snoozed, spurted, stocks, straightaway, strayed, sunlit, sworn, tasteful, tiger’s, unmew, winsome, womanly
     
      

Little Red Riding Hood
      
Once there was a winsome little girl who was loved by all who knew her, but most of all by her grandmother, who could not do enough for her.
     
Once, the grandmother sent the girl a cloak with a red velvet hood. The little girl was so pleased with the cloak that she cherished it and donned it every day. So, she came to be known as Little Red Riding Hood.

One day, her mother said to her, “Little Red Riding Hood, your grandmother is feeling sick. I would like you to go and visit her. Take her some of the cakes that we baked yesterday. They will do her good. Go quickly, before it gets too warm. But remember to stay on the pathway, and do not dillydally along the way.”

Little Red Riding Hood gave assurance to her mother and said, “I will do just as you say.”

Little Red Riding Hood started on her way. Her grandmother lived in a house in the woods, a half hour’s walk from the village. Little Red Riding Hood had only just entered the wood when she came upon a wolf. The wolf hankered to make a luncheon of Little Red Riding Hood. But Little Red Riding Hood did not know what an ignoble animal he was, so she was not disquieted by his presence.

     
     

“Good morning, Little Red Riding Hood,” said the wolf.

“Good morning, wolf,” she answered benignantly.

“And where are you going so early?” he asked.

“To my granny’s house.”

“And what’s that in your basket?”

“Some cakes that we baked yesterday. Grandmother is sick, and the cakes will make her feel better.”

“And where does your grandmother live?”

“In the woods, a short distance from here, in a cottage under three big oak trees,” said Little Red Riding Hood.

“Mmm,” said the wolf, as he thought to himself, “What a tasty morsel this little girl would be. But she’s not big enough for a full meal. I must find a way to eat her and her grandmother, too.”

The wolf walked along beside Little Red Riding Hood for a while. Then he said, “Why, look at all the pretty flowers. Why don’t you stop to rest and pick some of them? You’re hotfooting along as if you were late for school, but listen to how the birds chirrup, and see how everything is so easeful here in the woods.”

     
     

Little Red Riding Hood looked up and saw the sunlight capering in the leaves of the trees. She saw the lovely flowers around her, and she thought, “I am sure that Grandmother would be elated if I took her a bunch of fresh flowers.”

Forgetting what she had sworn to her mother, which was to not shillyshally on her walk, she sheered from the path and went out of her way into the woods to pick some flowers. Each time she picked one, she saw others even prettier farther on, and so she strayed deeper and deeper into the woods. She gradually pulled together a lovely collection of cornflowers, stocks, gypsophila, and nigella.

As for the wolf, he spurted straight to Grandmother’s cottage and knocked on the door.

“Who’s there?” said a little voice.

“It is I, Little Red Riding Hood,” said the wolf, trying to sound like the little girl.

“Oh, lift the latch and let yourself in, dear,” said the old woman. “I am too enervated to get out of bed.”

    
    

The wolf lifted the latch and swung open the door. Before Grandmother could realize what was happening, the wolf gobbled her up in one mouthful! 

Then the artful wolf dressed himself in her nightgown and nightcap. With a wicked grin, he got into the bed, and pulled up the covers. He was putting on quite a masquerade.

Meanwhile, Little Red Riding Hood had picked all of the flowers that she could carry, and she found her way back to the path. She walked on quickly until she came to Grandmother’s house. She was surprised to find the door open, and as she stepped inside, she felt very strange.

“Oh dear,” she said to herself, “this morning I was so glad to be going to see my grandmother. Why do I feel so frightened now?” She took a deep inhalation and called out, “Good morning, Grandmother.” But there was no answer. She went up to the bed.

     
     

There she saw her grandmother. Or so she thought. The wolf had pulled the covers up under his chin and had pulled the nightcap down to his eyes. Little Red Riding Hood thought her grandmother looked very strange indeed.

“Oh, Granny,” she said, “what big ears you have!”

“The better to hear you with, my dear,” said the wolf.

“Hmm,” said Little Red Riding Hood. “Granny must be very sick indeed, for her voice is much deeper than it used to be. And Granny, what big eyes you have!”

“The better to see you with, my dear.”

“And Grandmother, what big teeth you have!”

“The better to eat you!” cried the wolf, as he sprang out of bed and swallowed Little Red Riding Hood in one big draught.

    
     

After his meal, the wolf was on the borderline of feeling overfed. He lay down on the bed and catnapped, and he began to snore very loudly. A hunter who was passing by the cottage heard the snoring. “My,” he thought, “the old woman sounds terrible! I’d better look inside and check on her.”

The hunter walked inside and saw the wolf. He instantly noticed the wolf’s big belly and realized that the wolf had eaten the old woman. He knew that he had to set her free. The hunter set them free, and out jumped Little Red Riding Hood and Granny.

“Oh, I’m so beholden to you for saving us!” said Little Red Riding Hood. Granny, too, thanked the hunter for his kindness. When the wolf woke up, he was so discomposed to see all of the people standing before him that he ran away, never to be seen again.

Little Red Riding Hood sat down with her grandmother and the hunter, and together they ate the cakes that Little Red Riding Hood had brought. And Little Red Riding Hood said to herself, “After this, I shall always do as my mother tells me, and I shall never leave the path again, not even to pick pretty flowers.”

     
           

Hu Gu Po
     
A long time ago in rural southern China, there lived a mother and her two young daughters. A Xin was the eldest daughter, and Li Hua was the youngest. A Xin, Li Hua, and their mother raised silkworms and sold their silk at the provincial market.

One sunlit fall morning, the girls’ mother set off to the local market to sell the silk thread that they had spun. However, on this particular occasion, she had decided to leave some silk thread behind so that she could make two new silk dresses for her daughters. Before the girls’ mother left, she gave them adamant exhortations to stay inside the house.

“Do not go outside,” the mother said to the girls. “I have heard rumblings that Hu Gu Po has come down into the foothills. She is a tiger that masquerades as an old woman and tries to trick people. Please latch the door as soon as I leave.”

“We will not go outside,” promised A Xin. “I will deadbolt the door, and we will spend our time neatening the house.”

    
     

“We will be right here waiting for you,” promised Li Hua.

And so the mother kissed her daughters and disappeared into the early morning mist that was rising up from the warm earth.

Straightaway, the two girls set to work. They scrubbed the floor and dusted all the nooks and crannies of their small farmhouse. It was almost midday by the time they were finished. The sun was shining brightly, and the birds were chirping loudly when the girls heard a knock on the door.

“Do not answer the door,” said A Xin to her younger sister. “I will find out who it is.” A Xin stood in front of the deadbolted door and asked, “Who is there?”

“Hello, my dear,” said a voice that sounded as ancient as the hills. “I have been walking for many miles. I wonder, could you spare a cup of water?”

A Xin was confounded. She knew that she should not open the door, but somehow she felt that this old woman, for an old woman it appeared to be, was in need of help.

“I cannot open the door,” explained A Xin, “but I can pass a cup of water through the open window.”

     
     

“Thank you, my dear,” replied the somewhat croaky voice. “You are very kind.”

A Xin filled a cup of water from the bucket that contained potable water from their well. “Here you are,” she said, as she passed the cup through the open window. The old woman now stood before the window. She took the cup in her old wrinkly hand and drank from it. When she was done, she handed the cup back to A Xin.

“How sweet your well water is,” said the old woman.

“Thank you,” said A Xin. As she spoke, A Xin looked more closely at the old woman. Just like her hands, her face was old and wrinkly. However, the woman had the most peculiar golden-amber eyes that A Xin had ever seen.

“I don’t suppose you have a little rice to spare?” asked the old woman.

As it happened, Li Hua had just cooked rice for lunch. “Yes, we have some rice that we can give you,” shouted Li Hua as she eagerly placed some in a small porcelain bowl. Then she rushed to the window and handed the old woman the bowl and some chopsticks.

     
     

The old woman looked at Li Hua and licked her lips. “Why, thank you, my dear,” said the old woman, all the while staring with intensity at Li Hua. “I don’t suppose that you would let me sit for a minute or two while I eat this delicious rice?” asked the old woman.

“Of course, you can,” exclaimed Li Hua. And before A Xin could stop her, Li Hua ran to the door, unlocked it, and opened it. In the blink of an eye, the old woman was in the house and sitting at the kitchen table. It was as if she had appeared by magic. A Xin began to feel panicky.

“Are you here all alone?” asked the old woman.

“Yes,” replied Li Hua. “Our mother has gone to sell the silk thread that our silkworms produce. She told us to stay inside for safety, and that is what we have done,” continued Li Hua proudly.

“I see,” replied the old woman. “You are sagacious girls. There are all kinds of dangers in the outside world.”

“Well, as soon as you have finished your rice,” interrupted A Xin, “I am sure that you will want to be on your way.”

     
     

“I am almost finished,” replied the old woman, who despite her words of praise, did not seem to like eating rice. “There are only two more things that I need.”

“Oh, what are they?” asked Li Hua.

A Xin guessed the answer just as the deceptive old woman enounced the words, “Two young girls!” exclaimed the old woman.

Once again, as if by magic, the old woman’s movements were quick and sudden. She produced a sack, and before A Xin could stop her, she snatched Li Hua and placed her inside it. “You are older,” announced the old woman, “and you would probably not be tasteful to my palate. I am not sure that I want the trouble of carrying you into the mountains.”

As the old woman was speaking, A Xin reached for some of the spun silk thread that her mother had left behind. It had been spun and wound around the small branch of a mulberry bush. A Xin secretively placed it inside the pocket of her dress.

A Xin had also decided that she would not let the old woman leave without her. “I want to be with my sister,” replied A Xin.

     
    

“Very well!” said the old woman. “Into the sack you go.” And in an instant, A Xin found herself stuffed inside the sack abreast her sister.

It was clear to A Xin that the old woman had remarkable strength. She carried them with relative facility.

After a while, the old woman stopped and placed the sack containing the two girls on the ground. Moments later, the sisters could hear someone, or something, noisily drinking water. As this was happening, A Xin whispered to her sister to shush. Then she used the mulberry branch that held the silk thread to poke a hole in the sack. What she saw scared her half to death. Instead of an old woman, there was a tiger sitting on the edge of a large glistening lake. The old woman was really Hu Gu Po!

    
     

Incredibly, instead of continuing onward, the tiger lay down in the afternoon sunshine and went to sleep. While the tiger snoozed, A Xin slowly pulled at the hole in the sack until it was wide enough for her to crawl through. She motioned to her sister to quietly follow her.

The girls crept toward the sleeping tiger. A Xin reached for the silk thread inside her pocket. Then, using the thread, the girls tied together the tiger’s front and back legs. Just as they were finished, the tiger woke up and roared loudly. The tiger tried to free itself, but the meters of silk thread that had been wound around its legs held it fast.

The girls ran like the wind back to their small farmhouse in the foothills. They hurried into their house and slammed the door and locked it. When their mother finally returned home, she hugged her daughters tightly.

“We have awaited your return, safely locked in the house, just as we promised,” said A Xin and Li Hua together.

     
        

Tselane
     
Once upon a time, in the southern region of Africa, where a dialect of the Bantu language is spoken, there lived a girl named Tselane. She lived with her mother and father. The family lived in a little round house with a thatched roof.

One day, Tselane’s mother said, “I must go to the village for some things that we need. You may stay here. But be sure to keep the door locked. Watch out for the hungry leopards who roam the land.”

Tselane’s mother set out for the village. Tselane stayed at home, by herself. Tselane had stayed home by herself before. Each time, her mother would return and call out in her sweet, high voice that sounded like the song of the ataga bird. “Tselane, my child!” her mother would call from outside the door. “I have brought you some food. Open the door!”

“That is my mother’s voice!” Tselane would say. “Her voice is high and sweet, like the song of the ataga bird.” Each time, Tselane would open the door and see her mother standing there. Her mother would always bring Tselane some bread and porridge. Tselane would then sit down and eat with her mother.

One day, when Tselane’s mother had gone to the village, Tselane heard a knock on the door. “Tselane, my child!” said a low, gruff voice. “It’s your mother! I have brought you some food. Open the door!”

    
     

“That is not my mother’s voice!” said Tselane. “My mother’s voice is high and sweet, like the song of the ataga bird. Go away, you wicked leopard!” The leopard went away, but he came back soon after and tried to make his voice sound like a woman’s voice.

“Tselane, my child!” said the leopard, “It’s your mother. I have brought you some food. Open the door!”

“That is not my mother’s voice!” said Tselane. “My mother’s voice is high and sweet, like the song of the ataga bird. Go away, you nefarious leopard!”

The leopard went away. He came back, but this time he drank a special drink that made his voice higher, to sound like Tselane’s mother’s voice. “Tselane, my child!” said the leopard, in a high, womanly voice. “It’s your mother. I have brought you some food. Open the door!”

“That is my mother’s voice!” said Tselane. “High and sweet, like the song of the ataga bird.” Tselane opened the door and saw the leopard. With a fright, she tried to slam the door shut again, but it was too late.

    
     

The leopard stuffed Tselane into a sack and carried her away, intending to take her back to his habitat on the savanna. After carrying the heavy bag for a while, the leopard stopped by a small stream. After traveling so far in the heat, and carrying the heavy bag, he needed a refreshing drink. Rather than carry the heavy bag down to the stream, the leopard left the bag on the side of the road, as he intended to be away from it only a short moment. The leopard climbed down the hill to the stream to get a drink.

As soon as he was gone, a little girl came walking down the road. Seeing the bag alongside the road, the little girl became interrogatory about it, so she peeped into the bag. She saw some fingers sticking up and quickly closed the bag. “Whose fingers were those?” she asked.

“Mine!” said a voice. “My name is Tselane. Please unmew me! I am smothered here in this small, hot space!”

     
    

“Tselane?” said the girl. “Why, your mother is my aunt! You and I are cousins! She has been visiting here in our village.” The little girl let Tselane out of the bag. Then she and Tselane ran to get Tselane’s mother. When she heard what had happened, Tselane’s mother filled the leopard’s bag with scorpions and snakes.

When he had finished getting his cool drink, the leopard came back to the road and grabbed the sack. Then he set off for his home. When the leopard arrived back at the savanna, he opened the bag, intending to start eating his tasty feast.

Instead, angry snakes slithered out. Dozens of scorpions poured out of the bag, shaking their poisonous tails. Many of them stung the leopard, and it was extremely painful! The leopard put his great speed to work and darted across the savanna, never to bother Tselane or her family again.

As for Tselane, she decided to always accompany her mother to the village and follow her mother’s instructions, and they all lived happily ever after.

     
       
*********

       

  
WEEK FOUR PHONICS READ-ALONGS

   
FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 76) THE “AW” SOUND SPELLED FOUR WAYS … continued:

     

AL:
     

Blaise Pascal was an important French philosopher and mathematician.

    

I really feel for folks who don’t have the wherewithal to even pay their rent.

    
ALD:
     

I’m going to smoke the chicken using alder wood.

    

I’m going to run for alderman in the next county elections.

    

Buzz Aldrin was the second human to set foot on the moon in the Apollo 11 mission.

    

I think that my husband is going to eventually be bald.

   

Don’t listen to that poorly informed idiot’s balderdash!

     

The witch dropped a newt, a bat’s wing, some wolfsbane, and a clove of garlic into her caldron.

     

That horse’s coat has an unusually piebald coloring.

     

That comedian’s ribald humor is way too much for me.

   

Don’t scald yourself with that boiling water.

   

I’ve got a few “Where’s Waldo” books, and I really enjoy reading them!

    
AHL:
   

When I was a child, I liked the Christmas story “Amahl and the Night Visitors.”

    
ALK:
   

Now kids, I don’t expect any backtalk from you about this, capiche?

     

You’ll probably balk when I say this, but I think that you should apply for this job opening.

    

When I hear, “Fe-Fi-Fo-Fum,” I immediately think of “Jack and the Beanstalk.”

     

I hope that they’re selling cotton candy on the boardwalk today.

     

I’ve studied so hard that this test ought to be a cakewalk.

    

I need you to get up on the catwalk and replace that burnt out light over the theater stage.

    

Lucy, can you give me that box of chalk to use on the blackboard?

    

That cornstalk is way taller than I am.

    

When you go across the street, you must remain inside the crosswalk.

   

In 1982, Argentina and Great Britain went to war over who had dominion over the Falkland Islands.

     

It’s actually possible to get a ticket for jaywalking across the street.

    

The sidewalk ends here, and we’ll walk on the grass from this point forward.

    

I probably sleepwalk at least one night a month.

    

The astronaut just completed her first-ever spacewalk.

    

Are you crazy, putting peanut butter on a celery stalk?

    

I’m going to give a talk to the Board of Directors about our new products.

    

That usually quiet little girl is mighty talkative today.

   

I need to take the dog out for a long walk.

    
ALL:
      

We’ve eaten up all of the potato salad.

    

Have you ever heard the phrase, “All’s well that ends well?”

    

I had a ball at your birthday party.

    

The boss said that he needs to make an important phone call.

   

Don’t fall down on that slippery ice!

   

Our fallback plan is to kick a field goal if we can’t get a first down.

    

After she insulted me, she then had the gall to ask me for a favor.

    

Let me hang up your coat in the hall closet.

    

My friends and I are going to get together at the mall today.

    

A pall hung over the church congregation when it was announced that a dearly beloved member had passed away.

    

Nothing entertains kids more than an amusing or scary tall tale.

    

We should put this painting up right here on this wall.

    

Howdy; how y’all doing?

    

I’d like a small scoop of vanilla ice cream.

    

In the Senate, they’re trying to stall a vote on this bill with a filibuster.

    

My grandpa’s favorite rock group is the Allman Brothers band.

     

A dead tree has fallen on our roof above the garage.

   

The evil witch cackled, “A horrid curse will befall your family!”

    

I know that guy from somewhere, but I can’t recall his name.

    

Lots of boats in the harbor were damaged during the intense squall.

    

Gollum, in “The Lord Of The Rings,” was the thrall of the ring that could make one invisible.

    

There was little fallout to the Congressman’s career despite his insensitive comments.

    

Blast it, you tracked dirt down the hallway; you need to vacuum it up, now!

     

Mom’s going to pan-fry walleye pike for dinner tonight.

   

The builder is starting to put up the drywall in the new house that we’re building.

   

The doctor used a bright light to look at my eyeball.

    

The serviceman is here to install the new dishwasher.

    

Let’s put in a lowball offer for that house that’s for sale, and we’ll see how desperate they are to sell.

   

That new kid in our class is a dreamy oddball.

   

At the diner, they just put in a new pinball game.

   

If she suffers from one pitfall, I think it’s that she’s so confident that she’s cocky.

    

They’re constructing a seawall along the shore to try to keep the beach from eroding.

    

We were appalled by the neighbor boy’s bad behavior at our son’s birthday party.

     

My overalls are filthy and need laundering.

    

I can promise you that this magician’s show will totally enthrall you!

    

Grandma’s watching some sappy show on the Hallmark Channel.

   
     

*********

*********

        
       

WEEK FIVE    

WEEK FIVE READING PASSAGES

       

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

       
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.)

     
Rattenborough’s Guide To Animals
      

Lesson 11 – Part One

    
NEW WORDS: Rattenborough, animal’s, aquatic, beavers, blooded, carnivores, chapters, classified, classify, classifying, cockroaches, crocodiles, earthworms, grassland, habitats, hardwood, herbivores, invertebrate, invertebrates, nonliving, omnivores, ponds, rounded, saltwater, toucans, upstream, vertebrate, zebras
      
       

Introduction: Meet Rattenborough
      
Greetings! Rattenborough, the famous explorer and animal expert here! Remember me? I taught you all about animals and habitats when you were just little kids in first grade. I’ve been busy since then, traveling around the world. But, I’m back now to teach you everything I’ve learned about animals during my travels.

First, let’s take a quick look at what you learned in first grade. Do you remember what a habitat is? A habitat is the place where animals and plants live. We learned that there are different habitats all over the world with different kinds of animals and plants living there.

We visited a desert habitat where it was very hot and dry. It hardly ever rains in a desert, so the plants and animals that live there have to be able to get by with very little water. I bet you remember that cactus plants live in the desert, along with snakes and lizards.

We also visited an African savanna. A savanna is also called a grassland. There were lots of interesting animals living there — zebras, elephants, and even lions! To be perfectly honest, I was always a little nervous while we were in the savanna!


     

Next, we checked out some different kinds of forests. We went to a hardwood forest full of trees with leaves that change color and drop off in the fall. We saw squirrels, deer, and even bears. We saw lots of different kinds of birds in those tall trees. Then, we visited a tropical rainforest that was very hot, humid, and wet. There were lots of birds in this forest, too. These birds were colorful, tropical birds like toucans and parrots.

Last, but not least, we visited freshwater and saltwater habitats. In the freshwater habitat, we saw fish, turtles, ducks, and beavers. In the saltwater habitat of the sea, we saw starfish, crabs, lobsters, and sharks!

Besides learning about habitats in first grade, we also studied the different kinds of things that animals eat. Do you remember talking about herbivores, carnivores, and omnivores? We learned that you can sort animals by what they eat.

So, get ready, because we are going to learn a lot more about how to sort animals. Rattenborough, your personal animal expert, at your service! See you next time!

      
              

Chapter One: Classifying Living Things
      
Rattenborough here! Do you remember who I am? I’m here now to help you learn about how scientists sort, or classify, living things into groups. Since I am an expert on animals, we will focus mainly on animals.

First, I’m going to ask you two very important questions. How do you know if something is living or nonliving? What important characteristics do all living things have?

• All living things create energy from food.

• All living things can have babies or make other living things just like themselves.

• All living things have a life cycle. They start out small and then grow.

• All living things change to fit in better with their habitat.

     
      

Plants make up one group of living things. We know this because plants have the same characteristics that all living things have.

• Plants create energy from food. They make their own food using the sun, water, and gases in the air.

• Plants make seeds that become new plants.

• Plants grow from small seeds into seedlings and become adult plants.

• Plants can adapt to their habitat. For example, all plants need water, but a cactus in a dry desert does not need as much water as other plants.

Animals of all shapes and sizes are living things, too. So, animals also have the same characteristics that all living things have.

• Animals get energy from the food that they eat.

• Animals can have babies.

• Baby animals are small but grow into adult animals.

• Animals can adapt to their habitat. For example, the fur of polar bears looks white so that they can blend in with the snow where they live.

     
    

Plants and animals are both living things, but plants and animals are different in important ways. For example, animals move from place to place, but plants do not.

Scientists study how living things are alike and different, and sort, or classify, them into large groups called kingdoms. There are five kingdoms of living things. You have just learned about two — the plant kingdom and the animal kingdom. (You will learn about the other kingdoms in later grades.) The living things in each kingdom can then be sorted into more specific groups.

    
     

Scientists study animals within the animal kingdom and classify them by the characteristics they share with other animals. One way scientists classify animals into more specific groups is by checking if an animal has a backbone. Insects do not have backbones, but birds and fish do. So, animals with a backbone are in different, more specific groups within the animal kingdom. Insects make up the largest group in the animal kingdom. But there are other large groups of animals, such as birds and fish. You will learn more about other major groups in future chapters.

We classify the things around us so that we can get to know our world better. As we learn about living things, we also learn about ourselves and our place in the world.

So far, scientists have classified over one million different kinds of animals. Most of these are insects! Many scientists think that there may be close to ten million other animals that still have not been classified!

That’s all for now! Rattenborough, over and out! I’ll be back in the next chapter to tell you more about how animals are classified into different groups.

     
      

Chapter Two: Warm-Blooded and Cold-Blooded Animals
       
Rattenborough, here again! In the last chapter, you learned how scientists classify living things into groups called kingdoms. You learned about the animal and plant kingdoms. You also learned that animals and other living things are classified into more specific groups.

Today, you will learn more about the animal kingdom. You will learn that there are many kinds of animals that have different characteristics. Scientists study these different characteristics to divide the animal kingdom into more specific groups.

Many animals — such as cats, mice, rats, cows, elephants, tigers, and even people — belong to a group called mammals. So, you and I are mammals! All mammals have hair, but some have more hair, or fur, than others. You have to get pretty close to an elephant to see its hair, but it is a mammal.

Another characteristic of mammals is that they give birth to live babies. Mammal babies begin breathing, moving, and looking for food as soon as they are born. Mammal mothers make milk to feed their newborns. This is another key characteristic of all mammals.

     
      

Do you think this crocodile is a mammal? Answer: No! Why not?

Crocodiles have scales, not hair or fur.

• Crocodiles lay eggs, and baby crocodiles hatch from those eggs.

• A baby crocodile does not get milk from its mother. Its first meal might be a bug. Later, he’ll eat bigger animals.

Crocodiles belong to a different group of animals called reptiles, along with snakes, lizards, and turtles.

Scientists also classify animals as mammals or reptiles based on how the animals control their body temperature. All animals need to keep a constant temperature inside their bodies for their bodies to work properly. If an animal gets too hot or too cold, its body will not work the way that it should. An animal may become sick or even die.

Mammals are warm-blooded animals. When warm-blooded animals are in a cold place, they use energy from food they eat to help keep their bodies warm. Some warm-blooded animals shiver to keep warm. When they shiver, their bodies make heat to keep warm.

     
     

When warm-blooded animals are somewhere hot, their bodies react in a different way to cool off. Some warm-blooded animals, like people, sweat to stay cool. Dogs pant to stay cool. Other warm-blooded animals drink lots of water as a way to cool off. Did you know that cows need to drink almost a bathtub full of water a day?

Warm-blooded animals act in different ways to maintain a constant temperature inside their bodies. Mammals can live in habitats with different temperatures because their bodies do not rely on the environment. Warm-blooded animals, like mammals, must eat often to make energy to heat or cool their bodies. Most warm-blooded animals need to eat every day. Some need to eat every hour!

Reptiles are cold-blooded animals. The body temperature of cold-blooded animals changes depending on the outside temperature. They become hot when it is hot outside and cold when it is cold outside. But cold-blooded animals must also keep a constant temperature for their bodies to work properly.

     
       

Cold-blooded animals do not use energy from their bodies to stay warm or cool. Instead they use what is around them to keep warm or keep cool. Crocodiles stay in water or mud in order to stay cool on hot days. If they need to warm up on cooler days, they bask in the sun.

While warm-blooded animals can live in just about any habitat, cold-blooded animals can only live in certain habitats. Cold-blooded animals do not need to eat as often as warm-blooded animals. This is because they do not need lots of food to make energy to warm or cool their bodies. Most crocodiles only eat once a week, but they can live for months – and sometimes years – without eating!

     
       

Chapter Three: Vertebrate or Invertebrate?
       
Rattenborough, here again! You have learned that scientists who study the animal kingdom classify animals into different groups, based on different characteristics. Some characteristics that scientists study are:

• What makes up the animal’s skin, such as hair or scales.

• Whether animals give birth to live babies or lay eggs.

• Whether mothers feed their babies milk from their own bodies.

• Whether animals are warm-blooded or cold-blooded.

Scientists classify living things by different characteristics, such as what is on their skin, if they lay eggs or have live babies, how they feed their babies, and whether they are warm-blooded or cold-blooded.

Another key characteristic that scientists study is whether animals have a backbone. Animals that have a backbone are called vertebrates. Humans are vertebrates. Place your hand on the back of your neck until you feel a bump. Now, rub your hand up and down the middle of your back. Do you feel bumpy bones that run in a row down your back, from your neck down to your waist? That’s your backbone.

     
     

Another name for a backbone is a spine. The backbone or spine wraps around and protects an important part of your body called the spinal cord. The spinal cord is a bundle of nerves. Messages travel up and down your spinal cord from your brain to other parts of your body. This is the way that your brain sends signals telling the other parts of your body what to do.

Many other animals also are vertebrates. All mammals, reptiles, fish, and birds have a backbone, so they are all vertebrates. They have some type of spinal cord, too. Animals with a backbone come in all different shapes and sizes. Apes, rhinos, horses, rabbits, bats — and yes, rats and humans, too — are all mammals and vertebrates. Lizards, turtles, snakes, and crocodiles are reptiles and vertebrates. Huge sharks and tiny goldfish are also vertebrates. Small hummingbirds and large eagles are vertebrates, too.

But there are many more animals that do not have a backbone. Animals without a backbone are called invertebrates. Insects are the largest group in the animal kingdom. Insects are also the largest group of invertebrates. Insects include flies, wasps, beetles, cockroaches, ladybugs, and butterflies. Other kinds of invertebrates include earthworms and spiders.

Some interesting invertebrates live in the sea. Lobsters, shrimp, and crabs do not have a backbone. The giant octopus is an invertebrate as well. Have you ever seen a jellyfish or a starfish? They are also invertebrates. So, these animals do not have a backbone or spinal cord.

     
     

Chapter Four: Fish
      
Rattenborough here again! You have learned that scientists study the characteristics of animals. They do this to divide the animal kingdom into different groups, such as mammals and reptiles. Today you are going to learn about another group of animals within the animal kingdom — fish.

Fish are aquatic animals, meaning that they spend their lives underwater. Most fish are cold-blooded. Their body temperature changes with the temperature of the water. Fish are also vertebrates. In fact, they are the largest group of animals on Earth that are vertebrates. Earth is covered mostly by water, so it makes sense that fish are the most common vertebrates. There are many different types and sizes of fish.

     
      

Fish lay eggs underwater. They also eat and sleep underwater. Fish do not sleep in the same way that mammals sleep. Fish can’t close their eyes, because they don’t have eyelids. When they sleep, they float around or find a place to hide while they rest.

Like other animals, fish need to breathe oxygen. But fish do not have lungs like people, and they do not breathe oxygen from the air. Instead, they have gills just behind their heads. Fish gills take oxygen out of the water, so that fish can breathe. But gills do not work well outside water. They cannot take oxygen out of the air. A fish will die quickly — within several minutes — if it is removed from water.

Fish have scales that cover their skin. Scales are rounded and smooth, and there is usually an inner and outer layer. The scales protect the skin and help fish move easily through the water. Fish also use the different fins on their body and their tails to swim. They are able to glide through the water, rapidly changing direction by using their fins and tail.

      
      

Most fish live in saltwater, because most water on Earth is salty. Tropical fish that live in the warm ocean are very colorful. They look as if an artist painted interesting patterns on their bodies. Many fish also live in freshwater, including streams, rivers, lakes, and ponds.

Some fish travel in groups called schools. One type of fish that travels in schools is salmon. Salmon live in both saltwater and freshwater. Some types of salmon are born in freshwater streams and rivers. After about a year, they make their way to the ocean where they live for one to five years. Then, they migrate back to the exact same stream where they were born. They lay eggs and the life cycle begins again.

Salmon don’t use a map to help them find their way back home. Most scientists think that they use their strong sense of smell to find their way. They swim upstream, against the river’s current, sometimes swimming hundreds of miles. They leap over waterfalls and rocks to get to the same stream where they were born. They go through all this hard work to reach their home to lay their eggs.

Hopefully, along the way, a grizzly bear or fisherman won’t catch them first. It just so happens that salmon are among the tastiest of all fish!

     
     
*********
   
   

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

       
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.)

     
Rattenborough’s Guide To Animals
    

Lesson 12 – Part Two

   
NEW WORDS: Aristotle, Cambridge, Goodall, Goodall’s, Leakey, Louisiana, activist, adaptive, amphibian, amphibian’s, billed, chimpanzees, classification, copperheads, deadliest, experimenting, fanciest, fanning, gorillas, heron, hibernate, importantly, injects, mamba, mates, molting, observing, ostriches, peacocks, platypus, plumage, primates, primatologist, rattlers, rattlesnakes, seagulls, spiny, survives, swamps, tadpoles, venom, yoo, zoologists
     
     

Chapter Five: Amphibians
       
Greetings once again from your pal and animal expert, Rattenborough! Are you ready to learn about another group of animals within the animal kingdom? The group we are going to talk about today is really interesting. They live both in water and on land. This group of animals is called amphibians. The word amphibian comes from Latin meaning “both sides of life.”

Amphibians are classified into three more specific groups. Frogs and toads are the largest group. Salamanders and newts make up another. Animals in the third group do not have legs, so they look more like large snakes. We don’t know as much about this group of amphibians because they live mostly underground.

To understand the life cycle of an amphibian, let’s take a closer look at an American toad. Like all amphibians, toads are cold-blooded. An amphibian’s body temperature changes as the outdoor temperature changes. Some amphibians hibernate during the winter. Some toads dig deep underground. Other amphibians, like frogs, bury themselves in mud at the bottom of a pond. Hibernating amphibians can survive for months. They do not eat or move, using only the fat stored in their body to stay alive. Frogs and toads — and all amphibians — are also vertebrates.

     
     

A toad’s life cycle begins as one of thousands of soft, slimy eggs. The mother lays her eggs close to shore in a pond, lake, or calm spot in a river or stream. But most of these eggs will never hatch. Instead, they will be eaten by fish or other animals. If the water moves the eggs away from the shore and into direct sunlight, the eggs will dry out and die.

Out of the thousands of eggs laid, a few hundred toad eggs manage to hatch into tadpoles. A tadpole is very fragile. Its young body is made up mainly of a mouth, a tail, and gills. At this stage, tadpoles are aquatic. Like fish, they use gills to breathe underwater.

After a while, tadpoles begin swimming around and eating tiny aquatic plants. Tadpoles tend to stay together in schools, like fish. However, this makes it more likely that other animals will be able to catch and eat them. Most tadpoles end up as fish snacks.

If a tadpole survives for a month, skin will begin to grow over its gills. After about six to nine weeks, the tadpole also starts to grow little legs. As its body changes, the young frog or toad starts to look less like an aquatic animal and more like a land animal.

After a few months, a toad will make its way out of the water to land. At this stage, it may still have a tail, but that won’t last long. By this time, its gills have become lungs. That means the toad now breathes oxygen from the air instead of oxygen from the water, like fish. Soon, it will be a full-grown adult toad living and hopping around on land. Adult amphibians are carnivores, eating insects, small reptiles, and even mice.

    

    

Adult toads are very good swimmers and can even swim underwater. But they cannot use their lungs to breathe underwater. Instead, their thin, moist skin absorbs oxygen from the water. Amphibians are a very interesting animal group.

Amphibians are the only type of animal that have both gills and lungs. As adults, they live on land but lay eggs in the water. The Latin meaning of the word amphibian makes perfect sense!

    
     

Chapter Six: Reptiles
     
Hi again, it’s Rattenborough! You have already learned a little about today’s group of animals, which are reptiles. You already know that reptiles are cold-blooded animals, and vertebrates. But did you know that reptiles live both on land and in water like amphibians? Reptiles have lungs from the time they are born, not gills, like amphibians. You may also already know that reptiles lay eggs. Some reptile eggs have soft shells and some have hard shells. They lay their eggs on land. A few snakes hold the eggs inside their bodies until they hatch. Very few rare reptiles do give birth to live young, never making real eggs.

Many different groups of animals are classified as reptiles. These include animals such as crocodiles, alligators, turtles, tortoises, snakes, and lizards. Some people may think reptiles, mainly snakes, are scary. Most reptiles will not harm people. But there are some reptiles that you should try to avoid. The black mamba is the best example. This is the longest and most poisonous snake in Africa. It is also the deadliest snake in the world. A mamba injects venom whenever it bites something. A mamba bite can kill any animal — even a human — in less than 20 minutes!

    
     

Rattlesnakes, copperheads, and water moccasins are types of poisonous snakes found in the United States. Rattlesnakes, or rattlers, are easy to spot because they have “rattles” that shake on their tails. You know when there is one nearby, because you can hear the rattles shaking.

Copperheads have a triangle-shaped head and dark stripes. They are normally less than three feet long. They prefer to live in rocky, wooded areas. They only bite humans if they are attacked or startled.

Water moccasins live in the water, so they are hard to spot. They have a dangerous bite, but rarely attack humans. If you live in a southern state like Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, or Louisiana, you are more likely to see one. They live in swamps or shallow lakes. You might want to avoid swimming in shallow waters if you live in those states.

    
        

 Some people think that snakes are slimy, because their skin looks shiny, but most reptiles have thick, dry, scaly skin. Reptiles are known for molting, or shedding their skin. Reptiles shed their skin several times during their lives. Snakes, for example, shed their skin in one big piece. They do this when they grow too big for their current skin.

The biggest reptile is the saltwater crocodile, which lives mainly in Australia, and in a few parts of India and Asia. Male saltwater crocodiles can grow to be 20 feet long or more! Attacks on humans are rare. If they do attack a human, it’s usually not a happy ending.

Crocodiles have the most powerful bite in the entire animal kingdom. Their bites are ten times stronger than that of a great white shark. Despite their power when they bite and snap their jaws shut, it is fairly easy to hold a crocodile’s mouth closed. They open their mouths using a weak set of muscles. In fact, a third grader may be able to hold a crocodile’s jaw shut . . . would you like to try?

    
     

Chapter Seven: Birds
     
Yoo hoo — over here! It’s Rattenborough! So far, you have learned about the following groups of animals within the animal kingdom: mammals, reptiles, fish, and amphibians. Do you remember all of their different characteristics? Do you remember that we said that fish were the largest group of vertebrates in the animal kingdom? Well, today we are going to talk about the second largest group of vertebrates — birds.

Birds belong to a group all their own. Birds, like all living things, are highly adaptive, meaning that they can survive in many different habitats. You can find them in deserts, and in the coldest places on Earth. Many love forests. There are only a few birds found way out at sea, many miles from land. But if you are out in a boat only a few miles from land, you may see many sea birds, such as seagulls.

Like mammals, birds are warm-blooded. Many birds migrate when the seasons change. In late fall, they fly from colder places to warmer places in groups called “flocks.” Then, in the spring after winter is over, they migrate back to the place where they were in the fall. Birds are the only animal besides some insects and bats that are able to fly like an airplane.

    
    

All birds have wings, but not all birds are able to fly. Penguins are probably the best known birds that do not fly. Penguins make up for not flying by being great swimmers. Ostriches, the largest of all birds, can’t fly either, but they surely can run very fast! They also lay the world’s largest eggs.

Besides wings, all birds have two legs and a mouth without teeth, called a beak. A key characteristic of birds is that they all have feathers. Feathers help these warm-blooded animals fly and help them maintain a constant body temperature. Bird feathers come in all kinds of colors and sizes. A bird’s feathers are also called plumage. Peacocks have the fanciest plumage of all. They like to show off by fanning their long, colorful feathers.

    
    

Most birds are nesting animals. Many birds make their own nest, often high up in the trees or in thick bushes. They use bits and pieces of nature, such as twigs and parts of plants, to create their nest. Other birds build their nests in tree holes. Some bird nests are made of mud. Most birds lay eggs in their nests. Some lay a bunch of eggs, and some lay only one or two. The nest needs to be in a safe place to protect the little eggs from both the weather and from other animals that might eat the eggs. Birds sit on their eggs to keep them warm and safe until the eggs hatch. Once they hatch, the baby birds need to eat. Mother and father birds fly out from the nest and find food for their babies. They fly back to the nest and place the food in each baby’s beak.

Many birds are omnivores. Some birds eat seeds and berries. Some eat insects. Some, like the great blue heron, eat fish. Hawks eat little mammals. Other birds, like tiny hummingbirds, eat nectar from flowers. All birds drink water. Birds are also known for their songs. Their songs are used to attract mates and to claim a place as their own. Sometimes it seems as if they sing because they want to. Maybe they sing just to remind us how beautiful and interesting the animal kingdom is!

    
      

Chapter Eight: Mammals
     
Aha! Now we get to an animal group that I really know a lot about!
     
I, Rattenborough, am part of this group of animals myself! I’m talking about mammals. Do you remember the characteristics that scientists use to identify mammals? Hair is one major characteristic. Live birth and giving milk to their young are others. They breathe oxygen from the air using their lungs. Mammals are also warm-blooded, and they are vertebrates.

Most scientists agree that mammals are the smartest creatures in the animal kingdom. All animals communicate in some way. Dogs communicate by barking and wagging their tails. Cows moo. Some cats meow, others roar. But mammals seem to use the most complex forms of communication. Humans use language to talk. They also communicate with their faces and hands. Some apes and chimpanzees have even been taught to use sign language to communicate.

    
    

There are two other mammals that also seem to use an advanced form of communication. In fact, you may not even realize that these animals are mammals because they live in the ocean. Dolphins and whales are classified as aquatic mammals. Dolphins and whales, like other mammals, do not have gills like fish, so they cannot breathe underwater. Instead, they use blowholes at the top of their heads to blow out water and to suck in air. Dolphins and whales rise to the surface of the water and poke their heads into the air to breathe.

Whales and dolphins communicate by sending out sound waves through the water. These waves, called “sonar,” help them find their way through the ocean. The sound waves bounce off of objects and echo back to the whale or dolphin. The whale or dolphin can tell the size, shape, and speed of objects – and the distance away from them – based on the time that it takes for the echo sound to travel back to them. They also use their sounds to “talk” to each other!

    
    

Dolphins and whales also give birth to live young. No eggs needed! They even feed milk to their young. If you study them closely, you will learn that dolphins and whales have hair, not scales. They also have very thick skin. Their skin protects them from the cold and from animals that are their predators.

You might also be surprised to learn that bats are also mammals. Bats fly like birds, but they do not have the other characteristics that birds have. Bats have fur, not feathers. Their arms have wing-like flaps of skin, but they are not like bird wings. Bats also give birth to live young, and they produce milk. So, scientists classify bats as mammals.

Here’s an interesting fact: not all mammals give birth to live young. The duck-billed platypus and the spiny anteater both lay eggs like birds and some reptiles, but they have all the other characteristics of mammals. Good luck finding one. They are very rare! Mammals have their fair share of odd members, like the duck-billed platypus. But the basic characteristics — hair, backbone, milk, warm-blooded — are always present in mammals, no matter what.

    
        

Chapter Nine: Scientists Who Classify Animals
    
Rattenborough, here once again! You have been learning about how scientists study the characteristics of living things. They classify all living things into one of five large groups called kingdoms. You have been learning a lot about how animals are sorted into more specific groups within the animal kingdom.

The scientists who study animals and their characteristics are called zoologists. Zoologists observe animals to see the ways that they are the same and the ways that they are different. For example, zoologists discovered that some animals are warm-blooded and some are cold-blooded. Zoologists also classify animals by whether or not they have a backbone. Animals with a backbone and a spinal cord are called vertebrates. Animals that do not have a backbone are called invertebrates. We learned that there are five groups of vertebrates — fish, birds, amphibians, reptiles, and mammals. The largest group of vertebrates is fish.

Zoologists also study other characteristics of animals. They study animal body parts and how they are alike or different. All animals need to breathe oxygen. But they may have different organs that help them breathe. Fish and young amphibians have gills that help them get oxygen out of the water. Mammals, reptiles, and adult amphibians get oxygen from the air using lungs.

    
    

Zoologists also study how different animal babies are born and cared for.

Everything we have learned about animals was discovered by scientists. There have been many scientists who have been interested in animals since long, long ago. A Greek man named Aristotle first classified animals over 2,000 years ago. He wrote a book called “A History of Animals.” As scientists have discovered and learned more about animals, the classification system has changed. There is still much to learn about animals. After all, there are thousands of new animals yet to be discovered and classified!

Every single day, scientists learn new facts about animals. Scientists even find new animals that they didn’t know existed. There is no end to new knowledge if you study living things! Today, there are about one million scientists around the world who are studying and classifying animals, even as you read this. Every one of them spends the day observing, experimenting, and finding new information. This adds to our knowledge about the world we live in.

If you want to be a zoologist when you grow up, there is plenty to study. You never know when someone is going to learn something that changes the way we think about the world. Who knows? Maybe you will be the first to find a feathered fish or a flying snail. It may sound silly now, but a hundred years ago, nobody knew that whales communicated with each other. What will you discover?

    
     

Chapter Ten: Jane Goodall
      
Jane Goodall is a very famous primatologist. She is a scientist who studies a group of mammals called primates. Primates are a group of mammals that includes humans, monkeys, gorillas, and chimpanzees. Jane Goodall has spent her whole life studying chimpanzees. She has focused on studying animal behavior in chimpanzees. Her discoveries have made her one of the best known scientists in the world.

Goodall was born in 1934 in London, England. When she was a little girl, her father gave her a toy chimpanzee. It looked so real that people who visited her house were afraid of it, but she loved it! When Goodall was 23, she went to Africa. She began studying chimpanzees with a well-known scientist named Louis Leakey. After a year of working in Africa, Goodall went back to England and studied at the University of Cambridge. Can you guess what her favorite subject was? Chimpanzees!

   
    

After finishing school, Goodall returned to Africa and spent the next 45 years studying chimpanzees in the wild. Her discoveries during those years completely changed the way people think about primates. Before Goodall’s work, people thought chimpanzees were herbivores. She discovered that they eat meat, too.

More importantly, Goodall discovered that chimps were quite intelligent. She observed them making and using tools! Before that, people thought humans were the only animals that made and used tools. When you hear the word tool, you may think of a hammer, saw, or shovel. Chimps don’t use those kinds of tools. A tool is something used to help make a job easier. Tools can be very simple. A rock becomes a tool if you pick it up and use it to crack open a walnut.

Goodall observed chimps using blades of grass and sticks as tools. Chimps like to eat termites, a type of insect that is like an ant. Termites live in holes underground. To catch these tasty insects, Goodall observed a chimp sticking a blade of grass into a termite hole. The termites crawled onto the grass. Then, the chimp took the grass out of the hole and ate all the termites. Before Goodall wrote about this behavior, people did not realize how clever chimps and other primates are.

     
     

Goodall gave names to all of the chimps in the group that she was studying. She got to know them pretty well. Over time, she learned that chimps were smart animals. She learned that chimps express many of the same feelings as people. They can feel happy, sad, and mad. Chimps can also be mean. Goodall saw them attack and eat small monkeys, not out of hunger, but because they didn’t want them around.

Goodall is more than a scientist. She is also an activist. An activist is someone who works hard to solve a problem and change something in the world. Goodall works as an animal rights activist to protect chimpanzees and their habitats. She tells others about human damage to habitats, such as hunting and pollution, and works to stop these problems. She loves working with young people and teaching them how to protect animals. She has written many books and has been the subject of books and movies. She has won many awards for her work in protecting chimpanzees. As of 2013, she was 79 years old and still working to spread the message that animals need to be protected!

     
       
*********
   
   

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

       
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.)

     
Rattenborough’s Guide To Animals
    

Lesson 13 – Part Three

    
NEW WORDS: Costa, Indonesia, Indonesian, Rattenborough’s, Rica, anglerfish, approaches, believes, belonging, biologist, carnivore, chirps, colorless, copperhead, discovering, dragons, explores, extinction, frog’s, graders, herbivore, hummingbird, inject, kills, lodge, lodges, meaty, migrates, migrating, moccasin, molt, molted, nostril, omnivore, operates, pelts, penguin, porches, predator, primate, referring, remotely, safest, scuba, shivers, slaps, snakeskin, southeastern, spider’s, squeezing, startle, strongly, submarines, submersible, submersibles, suction, sugary, swallowing, territorial, throated, unchanging, wetland
       
      

Chapter Eleven: Deep-Sea Fish
     
Oceans are very, very deep bodies of water. However, people cannot go very deep into the ocean. Even with all the right scuba gear, including a tank of oxygen, there is a limit to how deep you can go underwater. The deeper you go, the higher the water pressure gets because of the weight of all the water around you.

You can notice water pressure if you swim to the bottom of a pool. If you rest on the floor of the pool for a few seconds, you will start to feel the pressure in your eardrums. The deeper you go in the ocean, the higher the water pressure gets. If you dive a few hundred feet down, you will start to feel like someone is squeezing your head and chest. At 1,000 feet, you might pass out. Go deeper than that, and you might be crushed by all the water pressure!

    
    

How deep are oceans? That depends on where you are in the world. Some parts are a few yards deep, while others are around 10,000 feet. The deepest part of the ocean is more than six miles deep! Down there, the water pressure is very strong. It is so strong that it would feel as if someone had dropped 3,300 elephants on you at the same time. In other words, you would be crushed to the size of an ant, maybe smaller. No creature that lives on land can survive the water pressure of the deep ocean. Most fish can’t either. However, there is life down there — lots of it! How do we know? Scientists have created special submarines called “submersibles” that can go deep in the ocean.

Some submersibles can carry a person or two. Others are controlled remotely from the surface. With a light and a camera, a submersible can be used to explore the deepest parts of an ocean. Scientists developed the first submersible about 50 years ago and have been discovering some pretty crazy-looking fish ever since!

    
     

Fish that live deep down in the ocean are unlike any other living things. They have incredibly thick bodies because they need to withstand all that water pressure. No sunlight reaches the bottom of the ocean, so it’s completely dark down there. Many deep-sea fish glow! Lantern fish are the most common deep-sea fish. In fact, they are among the most common of all vertebrates. There are billions of them down there!

The anglerfish is easily one of the strangest creatures on Earth. Have you ever seen anything so ugly? Anglerfish are known for their huge mouths and scary teeth. What is more amazing is that they have a built-in flashlight on their head used to communicate with other fish. Humans have only managed to explore a tiny part of the deep seas. If you are interested in discovering new creatures, then you might want to think about becoming a deep-sea marine biologist, which is a scientist who explores ocean life.

      
    

Chapter Twelve: Tree Frogs
    
As you have learned, amphibians are vertebrates that spend part of their lives in water, and part of their lives on land. They start out like fish because they are born with gills and can breathe underwater. They later develop lungs, so they can breathe air and live on land. Tree frogs are one type of amphibian. They are different from most amphibians because they spend most of their lives in trees. The American green tree frog can be found in most parts of the southeastern United States. A typical American tree frog is only about two inches long, so they are pretty small. But they can be loud if there are a few hundred of them gathered together.

If you live in the southern United States, near water and lots of trees, your summer nights may be filled with the gentle chirps of tree frogs. American tree frogs range in color from lime green to yellow. A tree frog’s most distinct characteristic is its long toes with suction cups. The suction cups allow a tree frog to cling to and climb anything. A tree frog can even stick to a window. Tree frogs like to stay in the trees, so you are more likely to hear them instead of see them. They will leave the trees to lay eggs. They are most likely to come down to the ground after a heavy rain, when everything is nice and wet.

     
     

If you do see one, don’t worry! They are pretty friendly. They are easy to catch, too. If you catch one, it might sit on your hand or crawl around on your back. You will probably only find them at night because they are nocturnal. This means that they sleep during the day and are active at night. They eat small insects, such as crickets, moths, and other nocturnal insects. Like other amphibians, American green tree frogs lay their eggs in or near the water. Most of them like to lay their eggs very close to water, but not quite in it. Their favorite place is on a tree limb or leafy branch that has fallen into a pond.

Different kinds of tree frogs have been around since long before the dinosaurs roamed the Earth. You can find many different types of tree frogs in parts of North and South America, Europe, and Southeast Asia. This is a red-eyed tree frog, which you can find in Mexico and much of Central America. Most tree frogs prefer a fairly warm, wet climate. If you live in a place with tree frogs, consider yourself lucky. In the summer, you can fall asleep each night listening to the steady song of a tree frog orchestra.

    
    

Chapter Thirteen: The Komodo Dragon
     
You have probably heard or read at least one fairy tale with a dragon as a character. In these stories, dragons fly around breathing fire and frightening innocent people, until a brave knight comes along and kills the dragon. Well, you won’t find fire-breathing dragons in a book about animal classification. There is no proof that these fairy tale dragons ever existed. There is, however, one real dragon that does exist: the Komodo dragon. No, it does not breathe fire, and it does not fly. It’s just a big reptile. They can be pretty mean. It’s rare, but they have attacked and even killed humans. So, be careful if you are ever traveling through Indonesia.

These dragons are named after the island of Komodo, which is part of Indonesia. They can be found on four or five other Indonesian islands, as well, but overall they are pretty rare. They prefer hot, dry places. They dig burrows two to three feet deep in the ground. Like most reptiles, they spend most of their time sleeping, or simply relaxing. A Komodo dragon can be as big, or bigger, than a crocodile. They weigh up to 150 pounds and can be over ten feet long from tail to head. The largest one on record weighed 370 pounds, or as much as about six third graders.

    
     

Like many reptiles, they can’t hear or see very well. Instead, they have a strong sense of smell. They do not use their nostrils to smell — they use their tongue! They can smell food several miles away if the wind is blowing in the right direction! Speaking of food, Komodo dragons are carnivores, so they eat mainly meat. For the most part, they eat dead animals. But if there are no dead animals around, they hunt for food.

They have sharp claws and teeth and, when needed, can move pretty fast. They are the only lizards known to attack, kill, and eat animals that are bigger than they are. They might hunt a goat, a deer, and even a water buffalo! Young Komodo dragons eat insects, smaller mammals, and birds. How? They climb trees and catch them. They will eat anything that they can get their claws on, as long as it’s meaty. You definitely don’t want a Komodo dragon to bite you, or even lick you! Its saliva is loaded with dangerous germs that can make people very sick. The best way to observe a Komodo dragon is at a zoo, unless you are very brave or very foolish!

   
   

Chapter Fourteen: Beavers
     
Beavers are mammals that have an important role in nature. Beavers have two key characteristics: long, sharp teeth and a flat, wide tail. They use their teeth to gnaw down trees of all sizes for food and for building things. They use their tails to swim, but that’s not all! If a beaver smells or sees danger nearby, it will warn the other beavers. It slaps its tail on the water surface as a loud warning. Beavers live in ponds and lakes in some parts of North America, and in some parts of Europe and Asia. They are pretty hard to find today, because they were nearly hunted to extinction. Beavers were prized for their pelts, which people used to make fur coats and hats.

They are still hunted today, not only for their pelts, but also because many people think that they are pests. As you will learn, beavers can play a very important role in nature by creating a special habitat called a wetland. But sometimes they are pests, because they disturb places where people live. Beavers are the second largest rodent in the world. They do look a bit like their fellow rodents, such as mice, rats, and hamsters.

    
     

Have you ever heard the expression “busy as a beaver?” It comes from the fact that, in the wild, beavers never seem to stop working. They spend much of their time in water. They are best known for building dams in rivers and streams. They build dams in order to create deeper bodies of water. They move slowly on land, but they are great swimmers. Deep water protects them from bears and other predators. When they sense danger, they dive underwater. They can hold their breath underwater for up to 15 minutes! Beavers also build places to live called lodges. Lodges are big piles of sticks and mud that they build after they have built a nice dam. Beavers use their strong teeth to gnaw down trees of all sizes. Then they strip off and eat the bark of the tree. They use what’s left over to build their lodges and dams.

    
     

A single beaver family can really change its surroundings. Beavers’ dams can cause the water in the stream or river to rise up, flooding the nearby land. This creates a swamp, or wetland. Wetlands are important habitats for many types of birds, mammals, fish, and insects. But if there are people living nearby, they may not welcome the flooding! Beavers don’t stay in one place for very long. Once the good bark from all the trees is eaten in one place, they tend to move downstream and start all over again. But the wetland that they made often remains long after they leave.

Beavers are very territorial. This means that they don’t like other beavers to move into the same area where they build their lodge. They want to keep all the tasty tree bark for themselves! They often attack other beavers that try to move into a space that they have claimed. All in all, beavers are interesting mammals to watch and study.

     
    

Chapter Fifteen: Hummingbirds
     
Birds can be found nearly everywhere on Earth, and they come in many different sizes and colors. They also live in many different types of habitats. This affects how they eat, nest, and sing songs. Hummingbirds are among the smallest birds. The bee hummingbird is the smallest bird on Earth, just two inches long. It weighs less than a penny! A hummingbird is an amazing little animal. It can flap its wings up to 90 times in one second! That’s so fast that it looks like its wings are a blur. It’s hard to see its wings because they are constantly flapping.

Hummingbirds dart around from flower to flower, like bees. They use their long, pointy beaks to drink sweet nectar from flowers. Since they are so busy flapping their wings, they need to eat a lot to replace all of their energy. A typical hummingbird will visit hundreds of flowers every day, drinking more than its own weight in nectar. Nectar has sugar, which gives hummingbirds plenty of energy. As they find insects on flowers, hummingbirds eat them up. Hummingbirds are attracted to red flowers. They are also drawn to red feeders, which people hang on porches and trees. The feeders are filled with sugary water, which is then dyed red to attract the birds. People hang feeders for them because these birds are a lot of fun to watch!

     
     

Like many birds, the ruby-throated hummingbird migrates. This means that it spends part of the year in one place and part of the year in another place. It can be found in parts of the eastern United States during the late spring and early summer. When autumn rolls around, it heads south for warmer weather. Here is an amazing fact: this tiny bird, which is shorter than your finger, doesn’t migrate just a few miles. It migrates all the way across the Gulf of Mexico — 500 miles — without stopping! From there, it may continue south through Mexico to Costa Rica and beyond. Here is another interesting fact: they are the only birds that can fly backwards! They can also hover and fly upside-down.

Their nests are very small, about half as big as a walnut shell. They make their nests using little bits of moss and leaves. They use spider webs to hold these little bits of nature together. They sometimes eat the spider before using its web as glue. The spider’s web is nice and sticky. It is also flexible. A hummingbird will lay two tiny eggs. When its tiny eggs hatch and the babies begin to grow, the spider web will allow the nest to expand. This helps the babies stay warm and safe. In the image, a hummingbird is feeding its babies. Maybe it is giving them a nice, juicy bug to eat. Maybe it is sharing a taste of sweet flower nectar with the babies. See if you can find a more interesting little bird than that!

     
     
++++
    
     
Glossary for Rattenborough’s Guide to Animals:

Absorb — to take in or soak up (absorbs).
Activist — a person who strongly believes in changing something and works hard to try to make change happen.
Adapt — to change.
Adaptive — easily changes to live in different environments.
Adult — grown-up.
Amphibian — an animal that can live on land and in water (amphibians).
Animal — a living thing that is not a plant (animals).
Aquatic — living, growing, or found in water.
Aristotle — a Greek man who lived long ago and was one of the first people to write about classifying animals.
Attract — to draw or pull toward a person, place, or thing.

Behavior — how a person or animal acts.
Burrow — a hole in the ground dug by an animal for safety or for living (burrows).

Carnivore — an animal that mainly eats meat (carnivores).
Characteristic — something that makes a person, thing, or group different (characteristics).
Classify — to put things into groups based on similarities or type (classifying, classified).
Climate — the usual weather patterns in a particular area.
Cold-blooded — only able to control body temperature by using surroundings; reptiles are cold-blooded.
Communicate — to share information with others through language, writing, or gestures (communication).
Constant — unchanging.
Creature — an animal (creatures).
Crocodile — a large reptile that lives near water and has thick, scaly skin and very strong jaws (crocodiles).

Damage — harm.
Deadliest — most likely to cause death.
Duck-billed platypus — a mammal that has a bill like a duck and lays eggs.

Echo — a sound that is repeated when sound waves bounce off the surface of an object.
Exist — to be alive (existed).
Extinction — the state of no longer existing, usually referring to plants or animals that have died out completely.

Feather — one of many light, soft parts that covers a bird’s skin (feathers).
Fin — a bony spine covered with skin that sticks out from a fish’s body and helps it swim (fins).
Flexible — bendable.
Flock — a group of birds (flocks).
Fragile — easily harmed.

Gill — one of a pair of organs fish use to breathe underwater (gills).
Gnaw — to bite or chew something over and over.

Habitat — a place where plants and/or animals live and grow (habitats).
Herbivore — an animal that only eats plants (herbivores).
Hibernate — to spend a season resting or sleeping (hibernating).
Hover — to float in the air close to something.

Inject — to force in fluid, like poison, usually by piercing the skin (injects).
Intelligent — smart.
Invertebrate — an animal without a backbone (invertebrates).
Island — an area of land completely surrounded by water (islands).

Kingdom — a major group into which all living things are classified (kingdoms).
Knowledge — information.
Komodo dragon — the largest living lizard (Komodo dragons).

Language — words used to communicate.
Life cycle — the stages through which a living thing goes from birth until death.

Mammal — an animal that gives birth, has hair, feeds milk from its own body to its young, and is warm-blooded (mammals).
Marine biologist — a scientist who studies underwater sea life.
Migrate — to travel back and forth from one place to another.
Molt — to shed skin (molting, molted).
Moss — a very small green or yellow plant that grows on moist rocks, tree bark, or wet ground.

Nature — everything in the outside world that is not made by people.
Nectar — sweet liquid that comes from flowers.
Nocturnal — active during the night.
Nostril — one of the openings of the nose (nostrils).

Observe — to watch closely and carefully (observing).
Ocean — an enormous body of saltwater.
Omnivore — an animal that eats both plants and meat (omnivores).
Orchestra — a group of musicians who play instruments together.
Organ — an important body part that performs a specific function (organs).
Oxygen — a colorless gas that animals must breathe to stay alive.

Pelt — the skin of a dead animal with hair or fur on it (pelts).
Penguin — a bird that cannot fly, has black and white feathers, and uses its wings for swimming (penguins).
Plumage — birds’ feathers.
Poisonous — full of poison or venom.
Pollution — making land, water, or air dirty, thus causing damage.
Predator — an animal that hunts other animals for food (predators).
Primate — a mammal such as a monkey, ape, or human (primates).
Primatologist — a scientist who studies primates.

Reptile — a cold-blooded animal with tough, scaly skin that uses its surroundings to control its body temperature (reptiles).
Rodent — a small mammal with large, sharp front teeth, such as a squirrel, rat, or mouse (rodents).

Saliva — spit.
Savanna — a large flat area of land with a lot of grass and few trees, commonly found in Africa and South America.
Scale — a thin, small disc on the outside of the bodies of some animals, such as fish and reptiles (scales).
School — a large group of fish or other aquatic animals that swim together (schools).
Scientist — an expert in science who has knowledge of the natural world based on facts learned through observation and experiments (scientists).
Scuba gear — clothes and equipment used for diving and breathing underwater.
Sign language — a way to communicate using hands to make signs that stand for letters and words.
Sonar — a way to find things underwater using sound waves.
Spinal cord — a large group of nerves that connects to the brain and sends messages to other nerves in the body.
Spine — backbone.
Startle — to surprise (startled).
Submarine — a type of ship that carries people deep underwater for a long time (submarines).
Submersible — a type of ship used to travel deep underwater for research that usually operates without people inside of it (submersibles).
Suction cup — a round, shallow cup that can stick to a surface (suction cups).
Survive — to continue to live (survives).

Tadpole — the early form of frogs and toads that has gills and a tail, but no legs (tadpoles).
Temperature — the measurement of how hot or cold something is (temperatures).
Territorial — keeping animals or people from coming into an area already claimed.
Tongue — the part of the mouth used for tasting, licking, and swallowing.

Venom — poison produced by an animal used to harm or kill another animal.
Vertebrate — an animal with a backbone (vertebrates).

Warm-blooded — having a constant body temperature; mammals are warm-blooded.
Water moccasin — a type of poisonous snake found in the southern United States (water moccasins).
Water pressure — the weight or force of water as it presses against something or someone.
Weather — what it is like outside.
Weight — how heavy something is.
Wetland — an area of land covered with shallow water, such as a swamp (wetlands).

Zoologist — a scientist who studies animals and their characteristics (zoologists).
    
     
++++
    
     
Subtitles to illustrations:
     
Rattenborough in two habitats. Rattenborough in three habitats. Rattenborough in two water habitats. Different animals eat different things. CARNIVORES Eat mainly meat. OMNIVORES Eat plants and meat. HERBIVORES Eat only plants. All living things are classified by their characteristics. Plants have the characteristics that all living things have. Animals have the characteristics that all living things have. Scientists classify living things into five kingdoms. They classify animals into other groups by their characteristics. LIVING THINGS, KINGDOM, INVERTEBRATES, VERTEBRATES, PLANTS, ANIMAL. Scientists classify living things by different characteristics. Mammal mothers feed their babies milk from their bodies. Crocodiles, snakes, lizards, and turtles are all reptiles. When a person shivers, his/her body is using energy to keep him/her warm. Dogs pant to stay cool. Cold-blooded animals like these crocodiles cool off by taking a swim when it’s too hot. When it’s cool outside, they warm up in the sun. Reptiles are one group of cold-blooded animals. What other animals are cold-blooded? Mammals are warm-blooded animals. What other animals are warm-blooded? Humans have a backbone and are classified as vertebrates. These animals are all classified as vertebrates because they have a backbone. These animals are invertebrates that do not have a backbone. These invertebrates live in the saltwater environment of the sea. Fish come in many sizes and colors. These tropical fish live in a saltwater habitat. A salmon leaping over a waterfall to get upstream to lay its eggs must watch out for enemies. Amphibians can live both in water and on land. This toad may be preparing to hibernate for the winter. Bottom: A young amphibian leaving the pond for land. Top: The life cycle of a frog or toad. EGGS, YOUNG AMPHIBIAN, ADULT AMPHIBIAN, TADPOLES. This frog has laid her eggs in the water. Crocodiles, turtles, snakes, and lizards are all reptiles. A poisonous black mamba snake. Rattlesnake. Copperhead. Water Moccasin. This snakeskin has been left behind by a large snake after it molted. Crocodiles have powerful jaws and a mean bite. Different kinds of birds live in many different habitats. A flock of migrating birds. All birds have wings and feathers, but not all birds can fly. Baby birds are being fed by their parents. Different kinds of birds eat different types of food. Mammals communicate in different ways. You might think dolphins would be classified as fish, but they are classified as mammals. Bats are also mammals. A duck-billed platypus. This zoologist is studying a turtle. Do you remember which group of animal mothers feed their babies milk from their own bodies? A statue of Aristotle. What kind of animals would you like to observe if you were a zoologist? Jane Goodall. Goodall studies chimpanzees, a type of mammal belonging to the primate group. A chimpanzee uses a plant stem as a tool. Jane Goodall continues to work as an animal rights activist. Scuba divers feel more water pressure the deeper they dive in the ocean. A submersible exploring deep underwater. Lantern fish. An anglerfish. An American green tree frog. This tree frog’s long toes with suction cups help it climb this branch. The American green tree frog is nocturnal. This type of tree frog lives in Mexico and Central America. Fire-breathing dragons are found only in fairy tales and movies. The Komodo dragon is a large reptile found in Indonesia. A Komodo dragon can be as large, or larger, than a crocodile. Komodo dragons use their tongues to smell! The safest way to observe a Komodo dragon is at a zoo. Beavers have long, sharp teeth and a flat, wide tail. Beavers are mammals that belong to a smaller group of animals called rodents. A beaver swimming from its lodge towards a dam. Wetlands are important habitats for many kinds of animals. Beavers are territorial. A hummingbird compared to the size of a penny. A hummingbird approaches a flower for nectar. The locations where the ruby-throated hummingbird lives in summer and winter. A ruby-throated hummingbird feeds its babies.
   
     
*********

     

    
WEEK FIVE PHONICS READ-ALONGS
     

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 76) THE “AW” SOUND SPELLED FOUR WAYS … continued:

    

ALM:
     

What does this year’s Farmer’s Almanac say about how tough a winter we’re going to have?

    

I’m going to order the trout almandine for my entree.

    

The preacher said, “And now let us praise the God almighty!”

    

Mom, can I get an Almond Joy candy bar?

   

We almost won the football game, but we fumbled in the last minute, and our opponents scored a touchdown with seconds left on the clock.

   

She showed her generosity by giving alms regularly.

    

I need some lip balm for my chapped lips.

    

The balmy weather was quite unusual for mid-March.

    

Kids, you need to calm down and stop making so much noise.

    

Holmes calmly looked Moriarty in the eyes and said, “Professor, I’m on to your tricks.”

    

We must immediately embalm our now-dead Pharaoh.

    

I’d like for you to taste this malmsey Madeira wine.

    

Napalm is a highly incendiary jellylike substance used in fire bombs, flamethrowers, etc.

    

These hurricane winds are so strong that they can uproot palm trees.

    

Arnold Palmer was one of professional golf’s most popular competitors.

    

Our pastor asked us to turn to Psalm 62 in the Bible.

   

I have no qualms about jumping off of the high dive.

    
ALN:
     

We’re going to restain our home’s wood floors in a walnut color.

    
ALR:
   

This day has flown by; is it already dinnertime?

   

If it’s alright with you, I’m going to go ahead and change the clocks for daylight savings time.

    

A walrus has flippers, a pair of large tusks, and tough, wrinkled skin.

   
ALS: 
   

Is this suggested answer to the question true or false?

    

This opera singer has an amazing falsetto voice.

   

Sir John Falstaff is a fictional character who appears in three plays by William Shakespeare and is eulogized in a fourth.

     

Cerebral palsy is a form of paralysis believed to be caused by a prenatal brain defect or by brain injury during birth.

    

Do you have any salsa that is spicier than this one?

    

I’m now going to play Chopin’s Grande Valse Brillante in E-flat major.

         
ALT:
     

This politician is a dangerous member of the alt-right.

    

I knelt at the church altar to offer up a prayer.

    

We can’t go back in time and alter the past.

   

Honey, you and your brother can’t altercate about politics during Thanksgiving dinner!

   

Day will always alternate with night.

   

Although I generally prefer vanilla, tonight I’m in the mood for chocolate ice cream.

     

Altogether, the various car repairs added to $300.

    

In another similarity to Mars, the eruption involves basalt, a magma with a honeylike viscosity.

    

Cobalt-based blue pigments have been used since ancient times for jewelry and paints.

     

Dalton, GA is home to many of the nation’s floor-covering manufacturers, primarily those producing carpets, rugs, and vinyl flooring.

     

We should exalt the former President for her leadership during very difficult times.

    

Her health started to falter when she turned 90 years old.

    

In a gestalt moment, the detective finally put all the incomplete clues together to find out who committed the crime.

    

Halt, who goes there?

    

My favorite candy is malted milk balls.

    

Their economy only grew by a paltry half a percent in the last last six months.

     

Could you please pass the salt and pepper?

    

I’m going to have some saltine crackers with my lunch.

    

I need to fill up this empty saltshaker.

     

Everything on this restaurant’s menu comes out too salty.

   

This soap opera is absolutely full of schmaltz.

    

My favorite Walt Disney animated movie is “The Lion King.”

    

Walter Cronkite was probably the most beloved TV newscaster in American history.

    

Sir William Walton, a British composer, wrote a cantata called “Belshazzar’s Feast.”

    

The orchestra will now play Strauss’s Blue Danube waltz.

    
ALW:
     

Thanks for your help; I can always count on you!

    

The stalwart knight has never lost a jousting match.

    
Letter-A “by itself” in any word containing “water”:
     

The water in the swimming pool is freezing!

   

This watercolor by Turner is exquisite.

    

I think I’ll punch up the salad a bit by adding some watercress.

   

This waterfall extends 60 feet.

   

The Battle of Waterloo in 1815 was the final defeat for the French leader Napoleon Bonaparte.

   

I’ve got a huge watermelon to bring to the picnic.

    

My new watch is completely waterproof.

    

I grew up in a backwater town in Mississippi.

    

The floodwaters have finally started to recede.

    

Is this a freshwater or an ocean fish?

    

This dessert is absolutely mouthwatering.

    

This saltwater taffy is mighty chewy.

    

You can’t drink seawater because it’s concentrated with so much salt in it that the human body can’t process it.

     
     

*********

*********

        
    

WEEK SIX    

WEEK SIX READING PASSAGES

       

Lesson 14 – “Text Project” Vocab-Builder

   
NEW WORDS: Anatoly, Angeles, Asimov, Barbara, Borg, COVID, Carol, Carrie, Clapton’s, Clarke, Communist, Congressional, Danny, De, Eddie, Einstein’s, Ellen, Emily, Eric, Fermat, Gandhi, Iceland, Janet, Jason, Jimmy, KGB, Kansas, Los, Margaret, Marshall, Michael, Mozart’s, Negro, Oregon, Pierre, Portland, Puerto, Ramona, Rico, Sara, Spaniards, Stanley, Susan, Sweden, Taiwan, acceptance, accordingly, adjustments, administration, algae, alpacas, alpha, ammonia, analysis, angering, applying, assertive, assistant, astronomers, attempts, authorities, authors, axis, bacteria, beachhead, bonds, borscht, breeding, bronze, burden, candidate, candidates, canopy, carbohydrates, carbon, categories, centimeters, charts, chemistry, circles, circulation, collective, combinations, communications, communities, compass, competitive, conclusion, conflicts, consequences, consequently, consistent, consumer, converted, cooperation, corgi, corporations, corrupt, courts, crisis, criticism, critics, crude, crystals, debated, decreases, denied, deposits, depressed, depression, describing, detailed, determines, devices, diameter, dioxide, discrimination, discussing, distinction, distinguished, dominant, downward, drugs, earthquakes, economic, edgy, efficiency, efficient, eighteenth, electron, electronic, electrons, employed, employee, enclosed, encyclopedia, engineering, entrance, entry, enzymes, equality, equipped, erosion, essay, establishing, evaluation, ex, examination, exoplanets, explanations, explosion, exposed, expressions, extent, facial, farting, favorable, firms, flaws, formation, functioning, gates, granted, guitarist, handicapped, headquarters, healthcare, hoodoo, horizontal, hurricanes, identification, illustrated, immigrants, impression, improvement, impulses, increasingly, influenced, inherited, instances, instruction, interaction, interfere, intervals, invasion, investment, jumpy, labels, lake’s, landslides, lasting, lately, latitude, lawyers, legislation, legislature, libraries, lieutenant, lighted, linebacker, mainland, mankind, markets, masses, mathematician, maudlin, meanings, merging, methane, micro, miners, models, murdering, nitrogen, online, operated, opportunities, organism, organisms, origin, originally, outranks, paragraphs, participation, particles, payments, perception, permits, personality, personnel, persuade, physician, physics, pioneers, pitcher’s, plot, populations, possessed, presidential, primitive, promotion, prosecute, proteins, proton, psychological, pushy, qualities, ranks, reacted, readily, rec, receiving, recommended, recreation, reliable, reporter, reporters, researchers, restricted, resulted, rugged, sexual, shipping, similarly, singing’s, slim, slopes, smallpox, snacking, societies, sodium, software’s, spacecraft, sperm, stability, stimuli, striking, sufficiently, suits, sulfur, surreal, suspended, terminal, textbook, theories, titles, toothed, topics, towers, trait, traits, unemployment, unions, universal, uranium, urged, vaccine, vague, variable, variations, verbs, weights, when’s, women’s, worldwide, worthy, writings
     
      

COVID-19 was a worldwide crisis in 2020.

Lincoln had rugged facial features.

Those lawyers won the case!

Stop those crude farting noises!

We’ve ceased communications with their country.

We had a little explosion in chemistry lab today.

We’ll be discussing your grades tonight.

There were fierce battles on how to craft the healthcare legislation.

That dress suits you.

Tons of wheat is grown in Kansas.

Han Solo kept a messy spacecraft.

The doc operated on her knee.

The bully was suspended for a week.

Your work needs improvement.

Gandhi influenced Martin Luther King, Jr.

Our city’s libraries are world-class!

Kids, DON’T DO DRUGS!

Lots of stimuli make me jumpy.

You eat too much sodium with your diet.

My job evaluation went well.

    
    

He’s named Jason.

My skin was exposed to the sun.

Nitrogen makes up 78% of the air we breathe.

I won a bronze medal.

Einstein’s theories are well-known.

The U.S. is a land of immigrants.

There are bad consequences for breaking the law.

The tennis courts are wet.

My investment plan is sound.

The President’s administration is corrupt.

Sperm whales are the largest of toothed whales.

We met with headquarters folks.

Negro Major League baseball was from 1920 to 1951.

He lives in Los Angeles.

My child loves illustrated books.

Bacteria are microorganisms.

This word has five meanings!

The unemployment rate measures job losses.

Jimmy has red hair.

Originally, I’d planned to be at the game.

    
     

Meet with my assistant first.

I trained the new personnel today.

Erosion can lead to landslides.

Portland, Oregon is rainy.

This textbook is 500 pages long.

The storm knocked out our electronic devices.

We held back the enemy invasion.

Today’s weather should be favorable.

She’s a reliable nurse.

Electrons have a negative charge.

Your diet’s full of carbohydrates.

I wrote an essay about the Trail of Tears.

Singing’s not one of my strong traits.

He gave me a vague answer.

Your car engine needs some adjustments.

She grew up at a tropical latitude.

That’s the pitcher’s eighteenth strike-out.

I can’t find a distinction between the twins.

They named their child Michael.

To what extent are you trained at this?

    
     

Carrie made me cry.

The maid was efficient at cleaning up.

The new leader brought stability to his nation.

She made a lasting impression.

Mom fights for women’s rights.

The troops are establishing a beachhead there.

Danny Boy” is a well-known Irish ballad.

When will researchers find a COVID vaccine?

Housing discrimination is against the law.

Her best trait is being kind.

Mr. Smith’s a physics teacher.

That reporter was tough on the mayor.

These two paragraphs make no sense.

Stanley has a pet corgi.

Eric Clapton’s a great guitarist!

We had a huge economic downturn in 2008 / 2009.

We’ll study many categories of marine life today.

Show more cooperation with your sister!

The critics loved this movie.

This car has great gas efficiency.

    
     

All the miners were rescued from the cave-in.

These labels go on those boxes.

My uncle lifts weights.

Asimov and Clarke were great sci-fi authors.

The Borg Collective were creepy Star Trek aliens.

Look up “methane” in the encyclopedia.

Three labor unions are on strike.

I’ll have trouble describing the robber.

The mayor gave a rousing acceptance speech.

Tim denied snacking on a cookie.

That maudlin soap opera gets me all depressed.

Ellen makes me laugh!

Large masses of people came to hear the Pope.

The dominant wolf is called the “alpha.”

My sister’s named Carol.

Punish him accordingly, to fit the crime!

Pierre de Fermat was a great mathematician.

He’s possessed by a demon!

Large populations of birds were hurt by the oil spill.

Margaret, please clear the table.

    
    

I’m the employee of the month!

Halt, this is a restricted area!

Our country has not achieved equality for all.

The compass points north.

After three attempts, she set a new world record.

That’s an unfair criticism of his work!

My package is shipping tonight.

Algae is covering the pond.

Solve the problem for the “X” variable.

Her participation was helpful.

You’ll be receiving my email in an hour.

You need permits to park here.

After my examination, Doc said that I’m in good health.

We inherited that canopy bed from my aunt.

Mom’s employed at a bank.

Those astronomers search for exoplanets.

The entrance is locked.

You came highly recommended for the job.

To get in, you’ll need to show your identification.

Did you write down the combinations to these locks?


     

Sara went home.

There was lots of sexual tension in that movie.

She’s a distinguished author.

Should corporations pay more taxes?

The two law firms are talking about merging.

The genie said, “Your wish is granted!”

That candidate dropped out of the Senate race.

That’s the wrong door; it says “No Entry.”

Here’s the instruction manual for the rice cooker.

Is mankind harming the Earth?

The presidential candidates debated hard last night.

The ski slopes were heavy with snow.

Are you equipped for your camping trip?

Your flight is in the “C” terminal at gate 14.

The coach determines the starting quarterback today.

She’s an ear, nose, and throat physician.

That movie had lots of plot flaws.

Anatoly was a Communist KGB agent.

Barbara flunked the test.

When Gramps died, Gran went into a severe depression.

   
     

How are an electron and a proton different?

Control your impulses!

We’d love to discover some living organism on another planet.

I’m applying for a job at the theater.

There are still primitive tribes living on Earth.

Eddie hit a homer!

The markets went up based on good jobs news.

We converted our basement into a rec room.

An inch is 2.54 centimeters.

Gran traced her family origin back to Iceland.

Are they from Mainland China or Taiwan?

Mrs. Marshall is a great teacher.

Julius Caesar was born in the year 100 B.C.

What qualities qualify you for this job?

I love the Ramona books.

Sweden has a population of about 10.3 million people.

Don’t interfere with my plans!

You’d better slim down!

I’ve not read her writings.

Have you seen Mrs. Gates lately?

    
     

The tourist population here decreases in the winter.

What are those particles in your hair?

Earth’s diameter is 7,926 miles.

I’m an engineering student.

Choose from these five titles to do your book report.

My cousins started breeding alpacas!

The pioneers headed west!

Can I persuade you to try this borscht?

His actions are not consistent with his words.

Sulfur water stinks!

They found deposits of gold in those foothills.

Their linebacker towers above me.

What’s the conclusion of your analysis?

Is Susan home?

Have you studied sufficiently to ace the test?

Her mom’s a burden to her.

A Congressional committee was formed to study the problem.

We get too many consumer complaints!

Which of these topics interests you?

I’ve caught her lying in three different instances.

   
     

A check is enclosed in your birthday card.

When’s Aunt Janet coming?

I’ll readily commit to help you!

I have conflicts on both of those days.

The “X-axis” is the horizontal one.

Give me a detailed write-up.

We can’t park in a handicapped parking place.

Emily is six feet tall.

Play Mozart’sVariations on Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star.”

The sunset was striking.

Puerto Rico suffers from hurricanes and earthquakes.

I forgot to make two payments last month.

She’s getting increasingly edgy.

This lake’s a great recreation area.

That software’s functioning well.

Many societies in history never developed a written language.

Those fashion models are too thin.

The legislature is in session.

She cut all bonds with her ex-husband.

Spaniards brought smallpox to the New World.

    
     

Add these charts to the report.

She didn’t listen; consequently, she got in trouble.

That surreal rock formation is called a “hoodoo.”

Scrape off the ice crystals.

There are lots of job opportunities at this growing company.

He has an assertive personality.

My perception is that he’s not ready for a promotion.

Chocolate ranks high on my favorite foods list.

He’s a worthy opponent.

His explanations tend to go in circles.

She’s the most competitive player I’ve ever seen.

His comment resulted in angering his boss.

There’s a nasty rumor about him in circulation.

Murdering is wrong” is a pretty universal belief.

Mom reacted similarly to Dad upon hearing the good news.

    
    

You do NOT want to create an interaction of bleach and ammonia!

The authorities will prosecute him.

Don’t play psychological games with me!

Did you know that enzymes are proteins?

I urged her to get some sleep.

Uranium-235 is used in nuclear power plants.

A captain outranks a first or second lieutenant.

She participates in four online communities.

As she aged, her health went into a downward spiral.

This signal from space is coming in odd intervals.

Use more action verbs in your story.

News reporters can be pushy.

He makes funny facial expressions.

The Martian atmosphere is 96% carbon dioxide.

This is not a well-lighted room.

     
     
*********
   
    

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

       
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.)

     
Gods, Giants, And Dwarves

   

Lesson 15 – Part One 

   
NEW WORDS: Asgard, Freya, Freya’s, Frigga, Heimdall, Loki, Loki’s, Mjollnir, Nidavellir, Norse, Odin, Odin’s, Sif, Sif’s, Thrym, Tyr, Valkyries, anvils, boomerang, briefly, chested, corset, dwarves, flatter, flattery, glittered, grouchy, guardian, mead, mince, outrage, praised, scoundrel, skidding, snorting, squinty, stubble, tested, trailed, tufts, villainy, workshop
     
    

Chapter One: Sif’s Golden Hair
    
Odin, the father of the Norse gods, sat at the dinner table. By his side sat two ravens. Their names were Thought and Memory. They were Odin’s flying spies. Each day, they left Asgard, the home of the gods, and flew around the world. Each night, they flew back to Asgard to tell Odin what was happening in the world.

On this day, the ravens did not have much to report. Things were quiet on Earth. Odin tossed the ravens some crumbs. He cut off pieces of meat and fed them to two wolves who sat at his feet.

Odin himself did not eat. He never ate. He sipped some mead from a goblet. Then, he pushed the goblet away and scanned the room with his one good eye. He spotted two of the Valkyries who worked for him as serving maids. He nodded to them. The Valkyries began to clear the table.

Odin stood up to leave, but just then, he heard a clap of thunder, the snorting of goats, and the skidding of a cart. He knew that this could mean only one thing. His son Thor was arriving in his goat-drawn cart.

    
    

Sure enough, Thor, the mighty god of thunder, burst into the room. His wife Sif trailed behind him, her head covered with a veil. Thor was enraged. The veins on his forehead bulged. There was fire in his eyes.

“It’s an outrage!” said Thor, “an outrage! This time Loki has gone too far!”

“What’s the matter?” Odin asked.

“Her hair!” shouted Thor, “that scoundrel has cut off her hair!”

“Whose hair?” Odin asked.

As he said this, Sif let her veil fall to her shoulders. Odin looked at Sif and blinked. Her hair, her long, golden hair, which every goddess in Asgard admired, was gone. It had been cut off. There was nothing left but a few tufts of yellow stubble.

“Look at me!” shrieked Sif, “I am hideous! I will go live with the dwarves! Without my hair, I am as ugly as the ugliest dwarf!”

Odin frowned. He turned to Thor and said, “Are you sure it was Loki who did this?” Odin asked the question, but even as he did so, he felt there was no need to ask. It had to be Loki. It was always Loki. Whenever something was stolen, whenever things went awry, whenever any bad deed was done, it was always Loki who was behind it.

    
     

Odin blamed himself. It was he who had invited Loki to join the gods in Asgard. Loki was not a god. He was a giant who could change his appearance. Loki had been a constant source of problems ever since.

“I will kill him!” shouted Thor, “I will!”

“Be calm,” said Odin, “I will deal with Loki.”

Odin called an assembly of the gods. He summoned Loki as well. When Loki arrived, he saw the stern look on Odin’s face. He saw that Thor was steaming mad, clutching at his hammer, barely holding back his temper. Loki saw that lies would do him no good this time. He knew that he would have to admit what he had done. He bowed his head.

“You will restore Sif’s hair!” said Odin, in a booming voice. “I know not how it is to be done, but you will do it. I require it of you!”

Loki nodded.

     
     

Chapter Two: Loki and the Dwarves
     
Loki came up with a plan to replace Sif’s hair. He left Asgard. He went down the Rainbow Bridge to Earth. Then, he went down below Earth to Nidavellir, the realm of the dwarves.

The dwarves were short creatures who lived deep underground. They were grouchy, surly, and unpleasant. However, they were master craftsmen. They could make just about anything.

Loki was a smooth talker. He knew how to flatter the dwarves. He went to their workshop and watched them work. “What fine work you do!” Loki said. “Why, I’ve never seen better craftsmen! How do you do it?” The dwarves smiled. (Who does not like to be praised?)

Loki went on with his flattery. “You must be the best blacksmiths in the world,” he said. “Your work is amazing, but there is only so much that blacksmiths can do. I have a task that I fear is too hard even for you.”

The dwarves stopped banging on their anvils and looked up. “Too hard for us?” said one of them. “I think not! There is nothing that we cannot make!”

    
     

“Could you make golden hair as beautiful and fine as Sif’s hair?”

“We can make it!” shouted the dwarves. Make it they did. They grabbed a bar of gold and heated it in their forge. Then, they began banging away at it with their hammers. They stretched the bar into tubes. Then, they stretched the tubes into threads. They beat on the golden threads with tiny hammers until they were as fine as real hair.

The dwarves worked day and night for a week. When the hair was finished, it was a wonder to behold. It glittered and shone like gold, but it was soft to the touch, like real hair.

Loki had what he needed. He could have gone straight back to Asgard, but he was very clever. He knew he that had angered Odin and Thor. He decided to trick the dwarves into making presents for them. “This hair is amazing!” he said. “You are truly masters of your trade. But surely there are some things that even you cannot make.”

“There is nothing that we cannot make!” said the dwarves.

    
     

“Could you make a spear so fine that it never misses its target?”

“We can make it!” shouted the sooty, squinty-eyed little men. Make it they did. A week later, the dwarves handed Loki a silver spear. Loki tested it and found that it never missed its target. “Astonishing!” said Loki. “You are not tradesmen, really. You are artists! But surely there are some things that even the finest artist cannot create.”

“There is nothing that we cannot make!” said the dwarves.

“Could you make a boat that can sail in the air as well as on the sea; a boat that can be folded up and carried in a pocket?” Loki asked.

“We can make it!” cried the confident little blacksmiths. Make it they did. A week later, Loki left Nidavellir with the golden hair, the silver spear, and the magical boat. Loki went up from the underground world of the dwarves. He passed Earth and made his way up the Rainbow Bridge. Heimdall, the guardian, saw him and let him pass.

Odin called a meeting of the gods. Loki placed the golden hair on Sif’s head. It was beautiful. Sif was delighted. Next, Loki gave Odin the silver spear. Odin was pleased with his present. He convinced himself that Loki was not so bad after all. Next, Loki gave Thor the magical boat. Thor had never liked Loki. Many times he had longed to pound him to pieces. But even he had to admit that the magic boat was a splendid gift.

So, Loki made peace with the gods and all was well in Asgard, at least for the moment.

    
    

Chapter Three: Stolen Thunder
     
Thor had a hammer that he carried with him everywhere. It was called Mjöllnir. Mjöllnir was a magical weapon. It had been crafted by the dwarves in their underground workshop. When Thor threw the hammer, it would sail through the air and strike its target. There would be a flash of lightning and a boom of thunder. Then, the hammer would fly back to Thor’s hand like a boomerang.

Thor loved his hammer. He never went anywhere without it. He even slept with it. The first thing that he did when he got up in the morning was to grab Mjöllnir. But one morning, Thor woke up and found that Mjöllnir was gone. He looked everywhere but could not find it. “Loki!” said Thor. “Loki has stolen my hammer!”

Thor found Loki. He took him by the throat and lifted him up so that his legs dangled in the air. Loki could barely breathe.

“I, did, not, take, it,” he stammered.

    
    

“Liar!” roared Thor. Thor glared at Loki and waited for the truth to come out. However, Loki said nothing. Thor waited a little longer. Still, Loki said nothing. Thor was puzzled. He began to think that maybe Loki was telling the truth this time. (Every so often, Loki did tell the truth.) Thor set Loki down. He went to speak with Odin. Odin sent his two ravens out. They flew around the world and came back with a report.

“It was Thrym, the giant,” the ravens said. “He stole the hammer.” Thrym was a giant who was quite ugly, but very rich. Odin sent Loki to speak with Thrym. Loki made the long journey to the world of the giants.

Thrym greeted him with a smile. “Hello, Loki,” he said. “How are the gods today?”

“They are not well,” said Loki. “Someone has taken Thor’s hammer.”

“What a pity!” said Thrym, but he did not seem too upset.

Loki did not mince words. “Was it you?” he asked.

Loki expected Thrym to deny it, but that is not what happened.

“Yes!” said Thrym, “I stole the hammer! I have buried it six miles underground, where no one can ever find it!” Thrym paused briefly to cackle and enjoy his own villainy. Then, he spoke again. “Tell Thor he will never see his hammer again, unless.”

    
     

“Unless what?” Loki asked.

“Unless Freya will agree to marry me,” said Thrym.

“Not likely,” said Loki. “She’s married already, you know.”

“What do I care?” said Thrym.

“It will never happen,” said Loki.

“Then I will keep Thor’s hammer,” said Thrym. “No Freya, no hammer!”

Loki went back and told the gods that Thrym had stolen the hammer. “He says that he will give it back, on one condition,” Loki reported.

“What is that?” Odin asked.

“If Freya will agree to marry him.”

“What?” said Freya. “I will never marry that disgusting beast, NEVER!”
   
Odin was very wise. He had drunk from the famous Well of Wisdom. He had even traded one of his eyes in order to get more wisdom. But, even with all this wisdom, he was not sure how to get Thor’s hammer back.

“What shall we do?” Odin asked the other gods. “How shall we get Thor’s hammer back?” There was a long silence, for none of the other gods seemed to know what to do either.

     
    

Chapter Four: A Plan Is Made
     
The gods sat puzzled. None of them had any idea how to get Thor’s hammer back from Thrym.

At last, Loki spoke. “Perhaps we could trick Thrym,” he said.

“Go on,” said Odin.

“We can’t send the real Freya,” Loki said. “That’s clear. But maybe we could send a fake Freya.”

“A fake Freya?” said Odin. “What do you mean?”

“I mean one of us could dress up as Freya.”

“I see,” said Odin. “Who did you have in mind?”

“Well,” said Loki, with a grin. “It’s Thor’s hammer. Maybe he should go get it himself.”

“What?” said Thor. “You want me, the great and mighty Thor, to dress up as a girl? Why, you rogue!” Thor reached out for Loki. He was eager to grab him. Tyr, the god of war, had to hold him back.

“Relax,” said Loki/ “It will just be for a few hours, until we get your hammer back. I will go with you myself. I will dress up and pretend to be your maid of honor.”

    
    

But Thor was having none of it. “Never!” he roared. “I will not do it!”

“Well,” Loki said. “Has anyone else got a better plan?”

Silence.

At last, Odin’s wife, Frigga, spoke. “Loki’s plan just might work,” she said. “It’s our best chance.” Frigga placed a lovely, white hand on Thor’s massive shoulder. “Thor,” she said. “I know that you don’t like the plan, but would you do it for me, and for Freya?”

Thor grumbled and groaned, but in the end he agreed.

“It’s just for a few hours,” Odin said, patting Thor on the back. “A man can stand anything for a few hours.” The gods sent a message to Thrym. Thrym wrote back. He announced that the wedding would take place in eight days. Eight days later, the gods were hard at work getting Thor ready.

“Pull!” shouted Frigga.

    
     

“I’m pulling as hard as I can!” replied Tyr. Thor was barrel-chested and muscular. It was not easy fitting him into Freya’s clothing. Tyr and Loki had already spent ten minutes trying to tighten the waist-strings on Freya’s corset.

“Why did I let you fools talk me into this?” said Thor.

“Take a deep breath,” said Loki. Thor took a breath. Then, Loki and Tyr began yanking on the corset strings.

“It’s no use,” said Tyr. “We’ll never make him look thin and dainty.”

“You’re right,” said Loki. “Let’s hope that he’s not too large to fit into Freya’s dress!”

Eventually the gods got Thor into his corset. They brought him a fancy white dress and dainty white shoes. They fitted him with veils that covered his face and concealed his thick, red beard. Loki got dressed, as well. Freya came to put on the finishing touch. She took off the famous golden necklace that she always wore and placed it around Thor’s neck.

At last, Thor and Loki were ready. Freya called for her chariot, which was pulled by two cats. Thor and Loki stepped in. The cats mewed, and the chariot lurched forward. Thor and Loki were off on their excellent adventure.

     
    
*********
    
    

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

       
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.)

     
Gods, Giants, And Dwarves

       

Lesson 16 – Part Two 

   
NEW WORDS: Balder’s, Fenrir, Hel, Hermod, Hod, Jormungand, Ragnarok, Siguna, Sleipner, Thrym’s, Valhalla, Woden, Wodensday, Yggdrassil, attendant, belch, belched, cavern, chained, clings, craftsman, despair, destiny, encircles, flattered, girlish, helpless, indirect, loaned, madly, midair, mistletoe, mourned, mourning, mythical, nightmare, playfully, prediction, prophecies, prophecy, raved, serpent’s, sincere, specifically, sprig, steed, thoughtful, undergarment, urrrrrrp, vanish, villain, vow, welling, writhe
    
    

Chapter Five: The Wedding Feast
      
When his wedding arrived, Thrym was as happy as a giant could be. When he saw Freya’s chariot approaching, he felt his heart racing. He had been madly in love with Freya for years. He did not think that he would ever get her to marry him. But now it seemed that his dreams were coming true.

“Welcome, fair bride!” he called out.

Thor and Loki stepped out of the chariot. Thrym came forward. He tried to welcome his bride with a kiss, but Loki pushed him away.

“Not yet!” Loki said, in his most girlish voice. “Not until you are married!”

Thrym led his guests to a table. They sat down to enjoy the wedding feast. Thor was hungry. He ate a whole tray of snacks. He ate eight big salmon. He gobbled down half of the ox that Thrym’s servants had roasted. He washed it all down with three barrels of mead. When he was done, he belched loudly. “Urrrrrrp!”

   
    

Thrym was taken aback. “Goodness!” he said. “I have never seen a woman eat so much or belch so loudly.”

Loki saw the danger. “Well, you see,” Loki explained, “ever since Freya heard that she was to marry you, she has been so excited that she has not had a bite to eat, or a drop to drink. For eight days she has fasted and thought only of you!”

“Ah,” said Thrym. “Well, then it’s no surprise that she’s hungry. Let her eat as much as she wants, the sweet darling! Tell her that her suffering is almost over; she will not have to wait for me much longer!”

Thrym sat next to his bride. He tried once more to steal a kiss. He started to lift up her top veil, but he quickly dropped it. “Why do her eyes burn like raging fires?” he asked.

“Oh,” said quick-thinking Loki. “That is because she has not slept these past eight nights. She sat up the whole time, thinking of you!”

“Ah,” said Thrym. “She is indeed a thoughtful one! I am sorry to have kept you waiting so long, fair one!”

Loki changed the subject. “Is the wedding present ready?” he asked.

    

“Yes,” said Thrym.

“Perhaps you will go and get it,” squeaked Loki.

“I will, indeed,” said Thrym.

When Thrym wandered off, Thor growled beneath his veil, “Grr! I will kill the villain!”

“Hush!” said Loki. “Not until we have the hammer.”

Thrym returned with Thor’s hammer. He set it down next to Thor. “Ooh!” said Thor, in his best girlish voice. “It’s so big! May I touch it?”

“If it pleases you, fair one,” said Thrym.

“It pleases me,” said Thor, still using his girlish voice. Then, lifting the hammer above his head and bursting out of his wedding dress, he called out in a voice like thunder, “IT PLEASES ME GREATLY!” Boom! Smash! Crash! Thor threw his hammer every which way. Five minutes later, Thrym and all of his servants lay dead on the ground. Loki and Thor went back to Asgard. There they told their story to the gods. For three days and three nights, the gods ate and drank to celebrate the return of Thor and his hammer.

    
    

Chapter Six: Balder, the Beautiful
    
Balder, one of the sons of Odin and Frigga, was the god who was most loved. He was beautiful, but he was also kind and friendly. He always had a smile on his face, and the other gods smiled when they saw him. Everyone loved Balder; everyone except Loki.

One day, Loki noticed that nobody was paying any attention to him. They were too busy looking at Balder. Loki felt a great hatred welling up inside himself. He began to think about how he might get rid of Balder. He knew it would not be easy, because Balder’s mother, Frigga, had gone out of her way to make sure that her son was safe.

It had all started many years earlier, when Balder was young. One night Balder had a nightmare. He dreamed of his own death. But the dream was foggy, and he could not tell how he died.

He told his mother, Frigga, about the dream. Frigga was frightened. She worried that the dream was a sign of things to come. She loved her son and wanted to protect him. She went to Odin and told him about the dream.

“Is Balder in danger?” Frigga asked.

   
     

“I will look into it,” Odin said. Odin sent his two ravens out. They came back with alarming news.

Hel, the goddess of the underworld, is making preparations,” said one of the ravens. “She is preparing to receive one of the gods in the kingdom of the dead,” said the other.

“Which one?” asked Odin.

“That is more than we know,” said the ravens.

When Frigga heard this, she decided to take action. She decided that she would talk to everything in the world and make each thing promise to do her son no harm.

Frigga went and spoke to the rocks. “Rocks,” she said, “promise me that you will do no harm to my son, Balder.”

“We will not fall on him,” said the rocks. “We promise.”

Frigga spoke to the water. “Water,” she said, “promise me that you will do no harm to my son, Balder.”

“I will not drown him,” said the water. “I promise.”

Frigga kept going. She spoke to all of the animals and made them promise to leave Balder alone. She spoke with the trees, as well.

    
    

Loki knew what Frigga had done. He knew that there was almost nothing that could harm Balder. Many times he had watched the gods play a game. They would throw rocks at Balder and watch the rocks bounce off. Sometimes they even shot arrows at him. The arrows broke into pieces and fell to the ground at Balder’s feet.

The gods laughed and laughed. But Loki did not laugh. “There must be something that will not bounce off of him,” Loki said. “I will find out what it is.”

Loki disguised himself as an old woman. He went to Frigga. “Frigga,” Loki said, “I have heard rumors. I have heard that your son Balder is in danger. I am a mother myself. I wanted to warn you, mother to mother.”

    
     

“Thank you,” said Frigga, “but you need not worry about Balder. I have spoken with everything that might harm him. I have made them all promise not to harm him.”

“Has everything sworn to do him no harm?” Loki asked.

“Everything,” said Frigga, “well, almost everything. When I was talking to the oak tree, I spotted a little sprig of mistletoe growing on the oak. I was about to ask it to promise not to harm Balder, but I decided not to bother. What could mistletoe possibly do to anyone? It’s such a tiny little plant! It hasn’t even got roots of its own, you know. It grows on other trees and clings to them, as helpless as a baby clinging to its mother!”

“Yes,” said Loki, “what could mistletoe do?” But as he nodded his head in agreement, he was thinking, “Mistletoe will do much!”

     
    

Chapter Seven: The Death of Balder
     
Mistletoe was the only thing that had not sworn to protect Balder. When Loki found this out, he went and got a sprig of mistletoe. He cut the mistletoe into the shape of an arrow. Then, he went to find Balder. He found Balder and the other gods playing their favorite game. They were tossing things at Balder and laughing as they bounced away.

But there was one god who sat apart and did not join in the game. It was one of Balder’s brothers, a god named Hod. “Hod,” said Loki, “why are you just sitting there? Why don’t you join in the fun?”

“Loki,” said Hod, “you know that I’m blind. How can I throw things at Balder when I can’t even see him?”

“Here,” said Loki, taking Hod by the hand, “I will help you. Place this arrow on the bow. I will point you in the right direction.” Loki guided Hod into position and told Hod to shoot the arrow. The sprig of mistletoe sped through the air, and, to everyone’s amazement, struck Balder in the chest. Balder fell to the ground.

“What has happened?” cried Hod, “did the arrow bounce off? Was it funny? What are you doing, brother? Are you playing at being dead?”

      
      

But Balder was not playing. He was really dead. Loki smiled an evil smile. Then, he sneaked away. When Frigga heard, she was in despair. She cried and raved. “I will not let my son go to the underworld!” she swore. “I will not let Hel have him!”

The gods sent Hermod, another of Balder’s brothers, to talk to Hel, the goddess of the underworld. Odin loaned Hermod his eight-legged steed, Sleipner. Hermod rode to the underworld. Hel said that the gods could have Balder back, but only if every living thing in the world mourned for him. Hermod mounted Sleipner and rode back to tell the gods.

Odin sent word; all things were to mourn for Balder. Throughout all the halls of Asgard, the gods mourned for Balder. Tyr went to Valhalla, where the bravest men from Earth feasted, waited upon by the Valkyries. “Warriors!” Tyr called, “Valkyries, hear me, Odin asks that you all join us in mourning for Balder.” All the men on Earth mourned. The animals mourned. The plants mourned, too.

    
     

All things mourned for Balder, all except for Loki. He disguised himself as an old lady and appeared before Hermod. “Good day, old lady,” said Hermod. “I trust that you will join us in weeping for Balder?”

“I will not,” said Loki. “What do I care for Balder? Let Hel have him!”

That was it. The old lady had refused to mourn for Balder. Hel refused to let him return to the world of the living. The gods placed Balder in a boat. Then, they set the boat on fire and shoved it out on the water. As the flames rose into the sky, Frigga wept for the loss of her child. Her tears flowed freely, but tears would not bring Balder back. Nothing could bring him back.

    
    

Chapter Eight: Loki’s Punishment
    
In time, the gods found out what Loki had done. They learned that it was Loki who had visited Frigga in disguise and found out about the mistletoe. It was Loki who had made the arrow and convinced blind Hod to shoot it at Balder. It was Loki, disguised as an old woman, who had refused to weep for Balder and kept him from returning to the land of the living.

Loki had been in trouble many times before. He had done all sorts of bad things. But he had never done anything quite so evil. The gods had lost all patience with him. Even Odin, who had defended Loki so many times in the past, refused to speak for him. The gods vowed to hunt him down and punish him.

Loki disguised himself as a salmon. He swam in the rivers. The gods tried to catch him, but Loki leaped out of their nets and escaped. At last, Thor caught him. He grabbed him in midair. Loki struggled, but Thor held him tight with his powerful hands.

   
    

The gods took Loki, who was no longer disguised as a salmon, to a cavern deep underground. They chained him to the rocks. They took a serpent, whose mouth dripped with poison, and fastened it to the roof. Drops of poison fell out of the serpent’s mouth and landed on Loki. Loki was in terrible pain. The poison dripped all night and all day, and each drop stung like a knife wound. Loki, the giant who had lived in Asgard with the gods, writhed in agony on the floor of the cave.

Loki went on suffering until his wife Siguna heard about his troubles. Loki had treated Siguna badly, but she still loved him. She left Asgard and went to live with Loki in the cavern. She stood next to her husband, with a cup in her hand. She caught the drops of poison in the cup to keep them from falling on Loki. Loki still suffered, especially when Siguna had to empty the cup, but his suffering was much reduced.

    
     

As Loki lay in the cavern, Siguna whispered to him and soothed him. She reminded him of prophecies that they both knew, prophecies about Ragnarok and the fall of the gods. “For the moment, we are beaten,” she said. “The gods in Asgard rejoice at their triumph over you. But they know that the day is coming. They have heard the prophecies. They know as well as you and I that the final battle, the battle of Ragnarok, is coming.”

Siguna paused to toss a cup of poison away. Loki writhed in pain as two drops of poison fell on him. Siguna soothed him and began again.
   
“When Ragnarok comes, Yggdrassil, the tree that holds up the world, will tremble. The giants will rise and fight against the gods. A great eagle with a white beak will shriek in the sky. Your son, Fenrir the Wolf, whom they keep chained in a cavern like this one, will break his chains and attack the gods themselves. He will swallow up Odin himself.”

“Meanwhile, Jormungand, the mighty serpent whose body encircles the earth, will do battle with Thor, and Thor will not escape his fate. None of the gods will escape! All of them will die! The sun will turn black. Earth will sink into the sea. The stars will vanish. The world will be destroyed!”

    
     
++++
    
     
Glossary for Gods, Giants, and Dwarves:
      
Adventure—an exciting or dangerous experience.
Agony—severe pain.
Anvil—a large, iron block used by blacksmiths on which heated metal is hit to shape it (anvils).
Assembly—a meeting.
Awry—wrong, happening in an unexpected way.

Barrel-chested—having a large, round chest.
Beast—scoundrel.
Belch—to burp (belched).
Boomerang—a curved stick that is thrown and then returns to the person who threw it.

Conceal—to hide (concealed).
Corset—a tight, stiff undergarment worn to make a woman’s waist appear smaller.
Craftsman—a person who is skilled in making things, especially by hand (craftsmen).
Creature—a living thing, specifically an animal (creatures).

Dainty—small and pretty, delicate.
Despair—a feeling of being hopeless or extremely sad.
Disguise—to hide by changing appearance (disguised).
Dwarf—a mythical, human-like creature that lives underground (dwarves).

Fast—does not eat for a period of time (fasted).
Fate—the things that will happen to a person, destiny, fortune.
Flatter—to praise too much in a way that is not sincere or genuine (flattered, flattery).
Forge—the furnace in a blacksmith shop used for heating metal.

Guardian—a person who watches and/or protects something or someone.

Harm—to hurt or damage someone or something.
Hideous—very ugly.

Journey—a trip.

Maid of honor—an unmarried female attendant of a bride.
Massive—huge.
Master—an expert (masters).
Mead—a drink made by mixing water, honey, malt, and yeast.
Mince words—to speak in an indirect and dishonest way.
Mistletoe—a plant with thick leaves and white berries; it grows on trees.
Mourn—to feel or show sadness after a death or loss (mourned, mourning).

Patience—able to put up with problems without getting upset.
Prophecy—a prediction of what will happen in the future (prophecies).

Raven—a large, black bird that was one of many flying spies for Odin (ravens).
Realm—a kingdom.
Rogue—a person who playfully causes trouble.
Rumor—a thing that people say to others about someone or something that may or may not be true (rumors).

Scoundrel—a cruel, dishonest person.
Serpent—a snake.
Steed—a horse.
Summon—to call for (summoned).
Surly—rude, mean, unfriendly.
Swear—to make a serious promise (sworn).

Triumph—victory.

Veil—material worn on the head to cover the face.
Vein—a vessel like a tube that carries blood to the heart from other parts of the body (veins).
Villainy—evil behavior.
Vow—to make an important and serious promise (vowed).

What a pity—that’s too bad.
Wisdom—knowledge and good judgment gained over time.
Wound—an injury caused when something cuts or breaks the skin.

Writhe—to twist and turn in pain (writhed).
      
      
++++ 
    
      
Subtitles to illustrations:
     
Odin, the father of the Norse gods, was also known as Woden. Many years ago, the Norse people named one of the days of the week for Odin. They called it “Wodensday,” and today, we call it Wednesday. Odin’s son Thor was the god of thunder. The Norse people named one of the days of the week “Thor’s day,” and today, we call it Thursday. “Look at me, I am hideous without my hair,” shrieked Sif. Loki was not a god; he was giant whom Odin had invited to live at Asgard with the gods. Loki flattered the dwarves. The dwarves beat on the golden threads with tiny hammers. “This hair is amazing! Could you make a spear that never misses its target?” asked Loki. Loki was astonished by the silver spear that the dwarves made. Sif, Odin, and Thor were all pleased with the gifts that Loki gave them. Thor looked everywhere for his hammer but could not find it. Thor glared at Loki and waited for the truth to come out. Odin sent Loki to speak with the giant, Thrym. Thrym said that he would return Thor’s hammer, but only if Freya would agree to marry him. None of the gods seemed to know what to do. “Well,” said Loki, with a grin, “it’s Thor’s hammer. Maybe he should go get it himself.” “You want me, the great and mighty Thor, to dress up as a girl? Never!” roared Thor. “Loki’s plan just might work,” said Frigga. “It’s no use,” said Tyr, “we’ll never make him look thin and dainty.” The cats mewed and the chariot lurched forward. Thor and Loki were off on their excellent adventure. “Not yet,” said Loki in his most girlish voice, “not until you are married.” “I have never seen a woman eat so much or belch so loudly!” Thrym exclaimed. “Why do her eyes burn like raging fires?” asked Thrym. Thor called out in a voice like thunder, “IT PLEASES ME GREATLY!” Balder, the son of Odin and Frigga, was beautiful, kind, and friendly. Frigga begged Odin to send out his ravens to see if their son Balder was in danger. Frigga decided to make everything in the world promise not to harm Balder. “Frigga,” Loki said. “I have heard rumors; I have heard that your son Balder is in danger.” The only thing that Frigga did not insist make a promise not to harm Balder was mistletoe. Loki approached Hod with a sprig of mistletoe. Can you guess what Loki is up to? “What happened?” cried Hod, “did the arrow bounce off?” Odin sent word, all things were to mourn for Balder. Loki, disguised as an old woman, refused to mourn for Balder. Loki disguised himself as a salmon. He struggled, but Thor held him tight with his powerful hands. Poison dripped from the serpent all night and all day, causing Loki great pain. Loki’s wife Siguna tried to catch the poison before it fell on him. When Ragnarok comes, the world will be destroyed.

    
       
*********

    

    
WEEK SIX PHONICS READ-ALONGS

   

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 77) THE #1 “OO” SOUND LIKE IN “BOOT” SPELLED TEN WAYS:

    
#1 OO:   
   

I jumped out of my sister’s closet and yelled, “BOO!” and I thought she was going to have a heart attack.

    

Is that the pleasant coo of a dove that I hear on our windowsill?

 

Let’s try using some Goo Gone to get this gunk off of the window.

     

In England, they call a lavatory a “loo.”

    

While walking past a farm, we heard the loud “moo” of a cow.

   

I went off of my diet and ate way too much for Thanksgiving dinner.

    

WooHoo, the Astros won their second World Series!

   

We saw an albino alligator at the zoo today.

    

Oops, I spilled some food onto the floor.

   

A little bit of blood might ooze into your bandage.

    

That poor boob can barely tie his own shoes.

   

The loud boom that we heard was a jet fighter hitting Mach 1.

    

The pandemic’s forced stay-at-home requirement was a huge boon to Netflix.

    

Mom, I can’t find my left snow boot.

   

We’re going to have pretty cool temperatures this week.

   

I hope that’s not a fox roaming around the chicken coop.

    

That grouchy old coot a couple of houses down from us actually said something nice to me today.

   

A sense of doom fell over the town as the hard winter arrived with its first blizzard.

   

This buffet has so much tasty looking food that I can’t decide what to eat.

   

Fool me once, shame on you; fool me twice, shame on me.

   

I hope that I don’t goof up at my piano recital.

    

That guy’s a goon when it comes to academics, but he’s a really good athlete.

    

My ice cream has melted, and it just looks like ugly goop now.

   

I want to see if I can slam dunk a basketball into the hoop.

    

The comedy that we watched at the theater was a total hoot.

    

I hope that the judge locks up that kook for at least 20 years.

   

Would you like a cold glass of peach-mango Kool-Aid?

     

Their hiking trail went from easy to difficult, as the loom of a moraine appeared directly in their path.

   

We heard the distinctive cry of a loon, and then we saw one diving into the water searching for a fish.

    

There’s a nice loop trail around this lake.

   

The bank robbers got away with lots of loot.

    

My sister is in a particularly good mood, because someone who she likes asked her to the prom.

   

My brother jokingly bayed like a wolf when the full moon appeared in the sky.

    

The defense attorney objected to the prosecution’s comment, arguing that it was a moot point.

   

It was high noon, with a hot sun bearing down upon the wild west town.

   

My favorite childhood book was Winnie the Pooh.

   

Stay out of the swimming pool until your lunch digests; you don’t want to get a cramp.

    

This cat is well-trained, and she will poop only in her litter box.

   

A large rood hung over the entrance to the church choir.

   

A few shingles came off of the roof in last night’s big storm.

   

We invited our guests into the living room.

   

I’m in the mood for a strongly-flavored root vegetable, like parsnips or rutabaga.

    

We’ll finally arrive at our destination very soon.

   

Dad’s trying to figure out which tool will work best to stop this leak.

   

Toon is a large tree in the mahogany family, found in the East Indies and Australia, and having clusters of flowers from which a dye is obtained.

   

We moved our arms up and down trying to get the trucker next to our car to toot his horn.

   

I see a car in my rearview window that is about to zoom by us, way over the speed limit.

    

Shoo fly, and stop landing on my plate!

   

The bird that the English named “booby” was possibly based on the Spanish slang term “bobo,” meaning “stupid.”

       

You need some food in your tummy to help boost your energy.

    

The waitress asked us if we’d prefer a table or a booth.

   

My uncle doesn’t drink booze any more because he drank heavily and often got himself into lots of trouble.

    

That was a doozy of a test that Mrs. Thomas gave us!

    

The slime that mommy just made for us is really gooey.

    

My favorite Disney cartoon character is Goofy.

    

Wipe that gooney (also “goony“) smile off of your face and please pay attention.

    

I way undercooked the cake, and it’s all goopy in the middle.

    

When I was a kid, I liked to play the game “Duck, Duck, Goose.”

    

Back in the day when moonshine was made in the Appalachian hills, they called it “hooch.”

    

Hooey, you know that’s totally untrue!

    

I can’t stand that kooky TV show that you’re always watching.

    

That poor looby has no coordination and isn’t good at any sports.

    

Mom, have you gone loony; there’s no way I’m wearing that wretched dress to school!

    

That prescription that the doctor gave me is making my head feel loopy.

    

I think I’ve got enough loose change to get a soda from that drink machine.

   

That guy is always trying to mooch money from his friends.

   

She’s really moody, and you can never predict whether she’ll be happy or grouchy.

    

I’m going to have to save up a lot of moola (also “moolah“) to buy that skateboard.

    

That moony girl is always fantasizing about romance.

    

I got a great photo of a moose on our trip to the Grand Tetons.

    
     

*********

*********

        
    

WEEK SEVEN    

WEEK SEVEN READING PASSAGES

       

Lesson 17 – “Longman” Vocab-Builder

   
NEW WORDS: Brahms, Brits, CD, CIA, Catholic, DVD, Faulkner, Keith, Ned’s, Oscar, Pulitzer, Shakespeare, Taylor, Webster’s, Wright’s, absence, abuse, academic, accommodation, administrative, admission, adopt, advert, adviser, agency, agriculture, aircraft, allowance, ambulance, analyst, apology, appeals, application, appointment, artificial, assault, assessment, assistance, assumption, auxiliary, ban, barrier, basically, beforehand, bladder, blockade, bloke, blonde, blushed, boyfriend, breaker, brownie, budget, calculation, calculator, cancel, cellphone, certificate, characterize, chemist, cheque, cinema, circuit, classical, cluelessness, cocaine, commitment, concentration, conference, congratulations, consciousness, consumption, continuous, conviction, corridor, county’s, criterion, critic, criticize, cultural, database, definition, delete, deliberately, delivery, demonstration, departure, description, designer, determination, directory, discount, distinguish, earning, economics, edition, embarrassed, emergency, emphasize, employer, enjoyable, enquiry, enterprise, enthusiasm, enthusiastic, entitle, environmental, essentially, establishment, executive, expectation, expenditure, experimental, extension, filing, firstly, fizzy, flight’s, fonder, freeway, fulfill, fussed, gallery, goofs, gram, grandad, handbag, icon, implication, import, indication, inevitably, infection, inflation, informal, initiative, innovation, inspection, inspector, install, institution, intellectual, interpretation, intervention, journalist, keyboard, landlord, latter, lawyer’s, leisure, limitation, lineman, literary, literature, lorry, lunchtime, maintenance, manufacturer, marketing, medieval, millimeter, mineral, minority, mortgage, motorway, negotiate, negotiation, nil, nuisance, nursing, objection, offense, opposition, organic, overtime, overturned, ownership, peasant, penalty, pennant, petrol, photocopy, physically, poll, poverty, premise, preparation, presumably, priest, proceeding, prompt, proposal, prosecution, protests, provision, publicity, qualification, quartz, queue, rabid, ranked, reasonably, reception, recommendation, recovery, reduction, reggae, registration, regulation, relationship, remarks, rescue, resident, residential, resign, resignation, resistance, resolution, resort, respectively, restriction, retirement, rifles, sample, script, secondly, sensible, signature, significance, significantly, siren, sluggish, solicitor, spokesman, statesman, strategic, studio, supporter, surprisingly, swap, telly, terrorist, theoretical, threaten, trainer, transaction, transition, traveler’s, ultimately, unemployed, unity, universe, urgent, variation, vegan, virus’s, ward, website, weekly, whatsoever, wrongful
     
       

Grandad just turned 75.

He played the match with determination.

Mr. Taylor will be our spokesman about the oil spill.

Rescue Frisky from that tree branch.

Where’s a good import car repair place?

He ran down that corridor!

My uncle’s in a mental institution.

Police worked overtime during the protests.

This is a variation on mom’s recipe.

Make an apology to your sister!

I’ll rent a studio apartment.

Another terrorist attack; where?!

On the criterion of “be nice,” you’ve failed!

Faulkner was a literary genius.

Being a medieval peasant was a tough life.

Congress was in unity on this bill.

What’s your proposal for earning an allowance?

He’s a lineman on the offense.

Check the fuse on the circuit breaker.

I’m enthusiastic about my flute recital.

    
    

Take ownership for your goofs!

Buy a maintenance contract on the car.

I take objection to that comment!

Yes, it’s theoretical, but it makes sense.

You can use a calculator on the math test.

Set up a transition team for the new President.

Leave the key at the registration desk.

Brahms wrote classical music.

We’ll make an accommodation for your being vegan.

This meal will fulfill your hunger.

Play a reggae CD.

What’s your interpretation of this graph?

Mom likes her personal trainer.

CIA stands for “Central Intelligence Agency.”

She lost consciousness when she saw the wound.

Does your diner do home delivery?

The prosecution rests its case.

I’ll threaten to resign!

I made a dentist appointment.

We got an extension for filing our tax forms.

The Brits call a “truck” a “lorry.”

What’s your assessment of the damage?

    
    

The patient’s in the recovery room.

I got a 10% discount!

You can spell “blond” with an “E” at the end, “blonde.”

I got fussed at for that expenditure.

We’re reading Shakespeare in my literature class.

That website is sluggish.

They moved from downtown to a residential neighborhood.

Auxiliary power just kicked in.

And secondly, you were rude to our guests!

This is the eleventh edition of Webster’s dictionary.

I can’t distinguish which twin is which person.

His rude remarks prove his cultural cluelessness.

A good cook is somewhat of a chemist!

Beforehand, make sure that you stretch your muscles.

Mom got a bladder infection.

We paid off our mortgage!

He went into retirement at age 55.

Let’s head to the wedding reception.

I need silence to help with my concentration.

We went to an art gallery show.

She takes lots of initiative with her work!

The negotiation was a win-win.

    
     

Surprisingly, I aced the test.

There’s been a reduction in traffic deaths.

My expectation is that you work hard.

It was a wrong assumption that they’d eat meat.

The aircraft landed on time.

She’s a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist.

Our landlord called about our late rent.

I’m proceeding to get on the plane.

I read some at lunchtime.

Congratulations on your good grades!

I’m at a vocational school, not an academic one.

The Brits call “gas” “petrol.”

I got popcorn at the cinema.

She leads the opposition party.

In England, a “lower court” lawyer’s a “solicitor.”

My uncle’s a Catholic priest.

The departure flight’s at 5:00 PM.

Help me to install this software.

They got a 15-yard penalty.

The freeway is packed.

Have you reached resolution regarding your tiff?

Mr. Wright’s our financial adviser.

    
     

I do resistance weight training.

Cancel that meeting.

Try this sample of cake.

The critic loved the film.

Meet my boyfriend, Keith.

Should there be a ban on assault rifles?

She handed in her resignation.

Write your signature on this line!

This chant will ward off evil.

I’ll answer your enquiry in an hour.

Turn off your cellphone.

I’m significantly slower than she is.

The Chief Inspector has questions for you.

This is an urgent matter.

Pour me some fizzy mineral water.

They ran a good marketing campaign.

Did you hit me deliberately?!

Drive me to the emergency room.

There’s a restriction in the hose.

That country has a tax on consumption.

She’s an icon of the teaching establishment.

Make me a photocopy of this note.

    
    

I will vote with the minority.

Go negotiate a lower price.

How would you characterize his mood?

There’s no indication of snow.

Dad’s an executive at the bank.

His stealing is a continuous pattern.

My best qualification is being a hard worker.

Show enthusiasm when you make a speech.

Their chance of winning is nil.

I’ve no idea whatsoever why she did that!

The inflation rate has dropped.

We’re a manufacturer of home tools.

Mom tries to buy only organic foods.

We’re working on an experimental motor.

Find her in the phone directory.

She’s gained admission at three colleges.

The boss liked our strategic plan.

Wash your hands in preparation for lunch.

What’s the definition of “quartz?”

Ned’s in a nice relationship with a sweet girl.

I’m a resident of Maine.

That was an enjoyable snack.

Absence makes the heart grow fonder.

Can I use cash for this transaction?

    
     

Where’s the Shrek DVD?

This poll shows her three points ahead.

I play keyboard in a band.

We think we’ll adopt a child.

Becoming 18 will entitle me to vote!

There was lots of publicity over his gaffe.

My assistant has strong administrative skills.

Smith and Jones were ranked third and fourth, respectively.

Let’s take a trip to a beach resort.

Do I have your commitment to do your homework at 5:00?

Pay for lunch with a traveler’s cheque.

That film’s script won an Oscar.

What’s your recommendation about hiring her?

Their firm has grown to be a $90 million enterprise.

The invention of the wheel was a big innovation.

Ultimately, I think they’ll win the pennant.

Mom’s gone to a nursing conference.

I’m physically exhausted.

Presumably, he was still at work at 7:00 PM.

Firstly, I’m honored to receive this award.

A millimeter is just 0.03937007874 inches.

What’s the implication of his admission of guilt?

    
     

I need assistance lifting this.

Essentially, he’s the wrong guy for that job.

In the U.S., we “get in line”; in the U.K., they “queue up.”

That fact is of no significance.

Inevitably, if you cheat, you’ll get caught!

I’m afraid your calculation is off by a mile.

The Brits say “motorway,” where we say “highway.”

I’m reasonably sure that I aced the test.

Our database got hacked!

Mom left her handbag in the car.

Our county’s main business is agriculture.

Basically, this is just a lousy product.

He’s a rabid supporter of the Red Sox.

My employer hired 50 more people!

Thank goodness, the demonstration was peaceful.

Let’s watch the news on the telly.

I need to enjoy some quiet leisure time.

That’s a sensible decision.

Our aunt’s been unemployed for two months.

Class, I need your prompt attention!

Our costs came in under budget.

Most of their citizens live in poverty.

     
    

We have a weekly phone chat with our grandma.

Poor eyesight is a limitation for her.

The economics of your plan don’t add up.

What’s your premise about the virus’s origin?

She’s an analyst at an investment firm.

Give us a description of the robber.

That statesman is an intellectual powerhouse.

We can’t do an intervention in their family’s affairs.

Their naval blockade was a successful barrier to trade.

Delete that provision from the contract.

The new bloke at work is strange.

Does the universe ever end?

The inspection of the troops went well.

That ambulance siren is grating!

Fill out this job application.

    
    

Will you swap a brownie for a cookie?

Wear informal dress to their party.

Book him, there’s a gram of cocaine in his trunk.

I hate artificial sweeteners!

My younger brother’s such a nuisance!

Don’t criticize my art work!

This certificate proves that you took the class.

The Appeals Court overturned his wrongful conviction.

I’ll emphasize her eyes when I work on the photo.

I want to be a fashion designer.

Stop the chitchat and let’s advert to the task at hand.

I embarrassed him, and he blushed.

Things got dull in the latter part of the show.

It’s bad for a leader to abuse their power.

This environmental regulation will make the water safer.

    
     
*********
   
    

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

       
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.)

     
Adventures Of Light And Sound

     

Lesson 18 – Part One

   
NEW WORDS: Biv, channels, concave, convex, denser, distorted, funhouse, heavier, infrared, kaleidoscope, kindergarten, magnified, magnifies, magnifying, masking, microscopes, opaque, peephole, peepholes, prism, projected, projector, reflect, reflections, refract, refracted, refracting, refraction, refracts, sealed, separates, skylight, slower, slowing, surfaces, telescope, telescopes, tracing, tracings, ultraviolet, wavelength, wavelengths, wedge
     
     

Chapter One: What Is Light?
     
Did you know that the sun is the greatest source of light for our planet, Earth? But what is light? Why is it so important? Hot gases of the sun give off both light and heat energy. Light carries energy, with the long wavelengths carrying the least, and the short wavelengths carrying the most. When you think of something with lots of energy, what comes to mind?

Do you think of something fast like a race car? Do you think of something with great force like a very strong wind knocking down a tree? Believe it or not, light can be many times more energetic than a car or the wind.

Light travels at 186,000 miles every second in a vacuum. At that speed, light can go around Earth more than seven times every second! No human-made machine can go that fast—not even a jet plane or rocket!

One way that light travels, including light from the sun, is in the form of waves. Scientists can measure how long light waves are. Waves can be different sizes—some are long and some are short. Some light waves are visible and some are invisible. Whether you can see light or not depends on the length of the wave. The longest wavelength of visible light is seen as red and the shortest wavelength is violet. Short wavelengths carry the most energy.

    
    

The sun gives off what is called white light. Perhaps you think of the light from the sun as having no color at all. Maybe you think the light from the sun is more yellow in color. It may surprise you to know that the sun’s light, white light, is made up of all the colors of the rainbow. White light includes light of different wavelengths, including all of the colors that we can see.

Of all the wavelengths in the sun’s light, there is just a little more of the yellow wavelengths than the other colors. This is why the sun looks yellow when we see it against the blue sky. Still, the light from the sun includes all of the other colors and wavelengths. You will learn more about white light, visible light, and colors in a later chapter in this Reader.

Although the sun is the greatest source of visible light, there are also other sources of light. What else in the sky provides light? The other stars in the night sky provide light, though it is not as bright as the light from the sun during the day. The moon is not a star and does not give off its own light.

    
    

Can you think of other sources of light? Is there light in your classroom right now? Perhaps it is from the sun shining through the windows. Chances are good, though, that some of the light in the room may be coming from light bulbs. Like the sun, most light bulbs give off white light. Electric lights are such a part of our everyday life that we don’t even think about them—unless the electricity goes off! This doesn’t happen often, but sometimes it does during a bad storm. When the electricity goes off and we do not have light from light bulbs, people sometimes use other sources of light, like flashlights or candles.

Light is important for many reasons. Light and heat energy from the sun warm the Earth. Without the light and heat energy from the sun, Earth would be freezing cold. You also learned back in kindergarten that the sun’s light is needed for plants to grow. Also, without light, there would be no colors. Can you think of another reason that light is important? Try to imagine a world in which there is no light — no sun, no stars, no candles, and no light bulbs.

What would be different? If you just said that it would be dark, you are only partly right. What else would change? Without light, you would not be able to see anything! A world without light is almost impossible to imagine.

      
     

Chapter Two: How Are Shadows Made?
     
Do you remember any interesting facts about how light travels? In the last chapter, you learned that it travels in waves that can be measured as wavelengths. You also learned that it travels at a very high rate of speed. Here’s another interesting fact: light waves travel from a source in straight lines that spread out in all directions, like rays.

Take a look at the image on the opposite page. In this image, there are several light sources. Each source or dot of light has several rays of light shooting out. Put your finger on the source that you can see. Now, using your finger, trace the lines of light coming out from that source. Each ray of light is a straight line.

Have you ever wondered what happens when a line or path of light bumps into something in its way? Different things may happen depending on what exactly is in the light’s path.

If a path of light hits something that is transparent, most of the light will pass right through. Air, water, and glass are all transparent. When light hits these transparent objects, it passes through to the other side. It is almost as if the object isn’t there.

    
    

Most buildings have glass windows so that natural sunlight can travel from the outdoors inside. Have you ever been in a building that has a glass roof or skylight? Sometimes you can even see blue sky and clouds through the skylight!

Light cannot travel through all materials. If a path of light hits something that is opaque, the light is absorbed and blocked by the object. It cannot continue in a straight line through the object. Wood, cardboard, and even a person’s body are all opaque objects. Light cannot pass through to the other side. Instead, a shadow is created because the light is absorbed.

Look around your classroom. Do you see transparent objects through which light is passing? Can you also find opaque objects? You will probably find that your classroom has many more opaque objects than transparent objects. Do you see any shadows?

The shadow created by blocked light takes on the shape of the object. Can you guess the object or objects that are making the shadows in these images?

    
    

The size of a shadow depends on several different things. The closer an object is to a light source, the larger the shadow will be. If you move the same object farther away from the light source, the shadow will become smaller. So the size of the shadow changes, even though the size of the object does not. What makes the shadow larger or smaller is the distance of the object from the source of light.

You can experiment making larger and smaller shadows just by using your hand. You will need:

• a light source, such as a flashlight or projector.

• several sheets of large white paper and a marker.

masking tape.

• a blank wall.

• several helpers.

• a cardboard cutout of a tree.

First, tape a piece of white paper to the wall. Then, mark a spot on the floor and tell a classmate to stand on that spot to project the light. He or she should not move. Now, try holding the cutout of the tree in front of the light so that a shadow is projected onto the white paper. Have one classmate put a piece of masking tape marked “1” on the floor next to where you are standing. At the same time, another classmate should trace the shadow of the tree on the white paper. Mark this tracing of your shadow with a “1.”

    
     

Next, tape up another sheet of white paper. This time, move away from the light, closer to the sheet of paper. Have your classmates mark the floor and shadow tracing with a “2.”

Last, try it one more time. This time move closer to the light — even closer than the spot marked “2.” Have your classmates mark the floor and shadow tracing with a “3.”

Now, compare the tracings. Which is the biggest? Where were you standing in relation to the light when the tree made the biggest shadow? Where were you standing when the tree made the smallest shadow?

You can have even more fun making shadows with your hands. Try making the shadows in these drawings. Look carefully at one drawing at a time. Try placing your hands exactly as shown in the drawing. Practice several times. When you think you have it right, try making the shape in front of the light. If you get really good, you might want to put on a show for your family!

     
    

Chapter Three: Mirrors and Reflections
     
Have you been to the dentist recently? Do you remember if he or she used a tool with a mirror to look at your teeth? Think for a minute about how useful that mirror is. Why does the dentist use it? This simple tool allows him or her to see the back of your teeth. He or she can also see teeth way in the back of your mouth. Without it, he or she couldn’t do his or her job nearly as well! Ask to see this tool the next time you’re at the dentist.

So, what is a mirror? A mirror has a smooth, shiny surface that reflects light. Light that is reflected bounces off of something in its path. You have already learned that light travels in a straight line, unless it runs into something in its way. If light hits a transparent object, it passes right through the object. If it hits an opaque object, the light is absorbed and blocked so that a shadow is made. If light hits a smooth, shiny surface like a mirror, it is reflected.

When a mirror is made, glass is coated with hot, silvery metals and then cooled. This coating makes the mirror shiny so that it reflects back all of the light that hits it.

    
    

Did you know that there are different types of mirrors? You probably use a plane mirror every morning when you get ready for school. A plane mirror has a more or less flat surface. The reflection of something in a plane mirror is almost the same size as the real object.

Plane mirrors are used in many tools. Cameras, telescopes, and microscopes sometimes use plane mirrors. Some toys even use plane mirrors. Have you ever looked through a toy called a kaleidoscope? A kaleidoscope is a tube with plane mirrors inside. There are also tiny bits of colored glass and beads sealed up inside the kaleidoscope. You look through a small hole at one end of the kaleidoscope and point it toward the light. As you rotate the tube, you will see beautiful, colored patterns.

There are two other types of mirrors that are different from plane mirrors. Plane mirrors have flat surfaces, but concave and convex mirrors have curved surfaces. The smooth, shiny side of a concave mirror curves inward like a spoon. The smooth, shiny side of a convex mirror curves outward.

   
    

Here’s another way that concave and convex mirrors are different from plane mirrors. Remember that in a plane mirror, the reflection of an object is about the same size as the object. In concave and convex mirrors, the reflection can look larger or smaller than the real object.

Concave and convex mirrors are also useful. Concave mirrors can be used to provide heat using the light from the sun. Remember that sunlight is a form of light and heat energy. The large concave mirror in the image on the next page reflects the sun’s energy so that people can warm their hands or bodies outside.

What about convex mirrors? The next time you get on a bus, take a look at the mirrors on the sides of the bus. Most buses and large trucks have a small, extra convex mirror on the side-view plane mirror. The convex mirror makes objects look smaller but shows a wider area so that you can see more. It helps drivers avoid hitting something that they might not see in the regular plane mirror.

So now you see how useful mirrors are in our everyday lives. Mirrors can also be a lot of fun. A circus or carnival sometimes has a place called the “Funhouse,” or “House of Mirrors.” If you go in, there are lots of concave and convex mirrors. When you look in these mirrors, you might not recognize yourself! Your reflection is distorted. What makes that happen? Now you know that it’s concave and convex mirrors.

    
    

Chapter Four: Refraction and Lenses
     
In the previous chapters, you have been reading about how light travels. You already know that light travels at a very fast speed — faster than any machine made by humans. You also know that light travels in a straight line, unless it runs into something in its way.

One of the things that we haven’t studied yet is what happens to the speed of light when it passes through something transparent. As fast as light is, when it passes through something transparent, it does slow down. So, when light passes through windows, water, and even air, it slows down.
     
The denser or heavier something is, the slower light travels through it. For example, light travels more slowly through glass than it does through water or air. It travels more slowly through water than it does through air.

When light moves through one thing that is transparent to something different that is transparent, it changes speed. When light changes speed, the angle of the light rays change and appear to bend.

Take a straw and put it in a glass of water. Now, look at the straw where it enters the water. Can you see that it appears to be at a different angle? That is called “refraction.” It’s caused by the slowing down of light as it moves from air to water. As the light enters the water, it changes angle direction because it slows down. It seems like magic, but it’s really just how light travels — no trick.

   
   

You may be surprised to learn that there are many ways that we use light refraction every day. Do you or any of your classmates wear eyeglasses? The lenses in eyeglasses correct different kinds of vision problems by refracting light. Transparent glass or plastic lenses are made to refract light in different ways. Like mirrors, these lenses can be convex lenses or concave lenses.

Remember that something convex curves outward. A convex lens refracts and bends light rays closer together. When you look through a convex lens, an object will look larger and closer. It looks magnified because the light rays are closer together.

A concave lens curves inward. A concave lens refracts and spreads light rays apart. If you look through a concave lens, an object will look smaller. It looks smaller because the light waves are spread apart.

A magnifying glass is an example of a simple convex lens. If you hold and look at something closely through a magnifying glass, it will look larger. People use a magnifying glass to more clearly see the details of something small.

    
     

Convex lenses are also found in scientific instruments. A scientist might look through a microscope with a convex lens. The lens magnifies very small things that cannot be seen with the naked eye.

Scientists study outer space with telescopes. Telescope lenses are also convex. They make the moon, stars, and planets look larger and closer so that scientists can learn more about them.

Concave lenses are also useful. Remember that concave lenses spread out light rays. Concave lenses are used in security cameras because they provide a wider view of a place.

Do you have a peephole in your door at home? If so, you may have a concave lens. In many homes and apartments, the peepholes of doors have two lenses, one of which is concave. The other lens is convex and magnifies the image made by the concave lens. The people looking in from the outside can barely see what’s inside. (Remember, concave lenses make things look smaller.) However, if you are looking from the inside out, you can see who is standing in front of your door.

     
     

Chapter Five: Color and Light
     
Do you remember what color sunlight is? Hopefully, you didn’t say, “no color!” You learned that sunlight is white light. You also learned that instead of being “no color,” white light is made up of all the colors of the rainbow. Remember, the sun looks yellow because it gives off more yellow light than it does the other colors.

You can prove that white light is really many colors if you have a wedge-shaped piece of transparent glass called a prism. If you hold a prism near a sunny window, light will shine through and make a rainbow-like band of colors. This shows that white light is really made up of all colors.

Do you remember what you learned about refraction? What happens to light when it passes through something transparent like glass? The light slows down and changes its path. A prism has a special shape that refracts white light into all of the colors of the rainbow.

Have you ever seen a rainbow in the sky when the sun comes out after it rains? Raindrops in the sky refract the light, just like a prism. This is what creates the rainbow.

   
    

When white light is refracted, it often separates into a combination of colors called the spectrum. The colors in the spectrum always appear in the same order: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet. These colors are part of the visible light spectrum. They are the light waves that humans can see. The colors of visible light are a result of differences in wavelength. Red light has long wavelengths and violet light has short wavelengths. You can remember the names of the colors in the visible light spectrum in the right order if you can remember this funny name: “Roy G. Biv.” Each letter in that name stands for a color in the rainbow. Say it out loud. Try to remember it!

Did you know that the color of any object depends on what light wavelengths it reflects? Different objects absorb light wavelengths of some colors, but reflect others. This is what creates color. Blue jeans appear blue because something in the material reflects blue light and absorbs all of the other light colors. Do you see anyone in your class today wearing a red sweater? The sweater appears red because something in the material reflects red light and absorbs all of the other light.

What about things that appear to be white? They look white because the object reflects all of the white light wavelengths and doesn’t absorb any light. Can you guess why something looks black? Things that appear black do not reflect any light. They absorb all of the light wavelengths.

    
     

Remember that the colors we see are from light of specific wavelengths. But, there is much more to light than just the wavelengths that we can see. In fact, visible light is only a small part of the energy waves that come from sunlight.

For example, on the shorter wavelength end of the light spectrum, there are invisible ultraviolet light waves that cause sunburn. X-rays are even shorter wavelengths of light. We can’t see these light x-rays, but they can travel through the human body. You learned in “How Does Your Body Work?” that x-rays are used to create black and white photos of what’s inside the body. Do you know of any other ways that x-rays are used?

Another type of invisible light is infrared waves. The wavelengths of infrared light are longer than those of red light. These are the type of light waves that you use when you click on the remote control to change television channels!

     
        
*********
    
    

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

       
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.)

     
Adventures Of Light And Sound

       

Lesson 19 – Part Two

   
NEW WORDS: Aleck, Aleck’s, Alhazen, Alva, Arab, Aristotle’s, Daguerre, Eastman, Eastman’s, Edinburgh, Edison, Edison’s, Edwin, Eliza, Frenchman, Menlo, Milton, Morse, Nancy, Niepce, Niepce’s, SOS, Scotland, Watson, album, albums, bell’s, clearer, communicating, comparing, cylinder, daguerreotype, daguerreotypes, dense, devoted, digital, disk, earliest, emptiness, engineers, explosions, figured, films, graphein, grooved, helio, heliograph, heliographs, illnesses, improvements, incandescent, inspiration, interestingly, inventing, inventors, iodine, kinetoscope, labs, larynx, liquids, loudness, lowness, magnify, mechanic, mediums, operator, outgrew, patent, patents, philosopher, phonics, phonograph, photographs, photography, pinhole, puppets, purplish, recorded, recording, reproduces, solids, telegraph, tinfoil, trachea, transmission, varies, vocal, weaker, windpipe
    
    

Chapter Six: What Is Sound?
     
An alarm clock rings, a dog barks, a voice calls, “Time to get up!” Every day is full of familiar sounds. But what exactly is sound?

Sound is caused by a back and forth movement called vibration. Try this. Close your lips and hum. While you are humming, feel your throat under your chin. Do you feel something buzzing or vibrating? What you feel is caused by something moving back and forth very fast. When you hum, the vocal cords in your throat vibrate back and forth. This makes the air around them vibrate, which then creates the sound that you hear.

Sound, like light, is a form of energy. Also like light, sound moves in waves. Sound waves move out from a vibrating object, making the air move back and forth in a way that we can’t see.

Two things must happen to create a sound. First, something needs to vibrate and create sound waves. Then, something like air or another medium needs to carry the sound waves. You hear sounds more clearly if you are close to whatever is vibrating and making the sound waves. The farther away that the sound waves spread out, the weaker they get. That is why you can hear a friend standing right next to you better than if they are calling to you from across the street.

    
   

This is what a sound wave might look like if we could see it. Sound travels not only through air, which is a gas, but through other mediums. In fact, sound can travel through solids, liquids, and gases.

Think about sound traveling through solids, like a window or even a closed door. If you are close enough, you can still hear sounds on the other side of a window or door.

How about liquids? Have you ever been underwater in a swimming pool when you have heard someone’s voice or another sound? It probably sounded different than it would if you were not under water, but you were still able to hear it. This is an example of sound traveling through a liquid — the water in the pool.

One place that sound cannot travel is in outer space. Sound cannot travel through the emptiness, or vacuum, of space. There is no sound in outer space because there is no medium to carry it.

You might wonder about the speed at which sound travels. Sound waves travel much slower than light waves. Sound waves travel at about 750 miles per hour. That’s fast, but not close to the 186,000 miles per second that light can travel. It would take a sound 33 hours to travel around Earth once. Remember that light can go seven times around Earth every second!

   
     

Here’s an example to prove that light travels faster than sound. Think about the last time you were around a storm with thunder and lightning. Did you notice that you saw each flash of lightning before you heard the clap of thunder? That’s because light travels faster than sound!

The medium through which sound travels affects its rate of speed. Interestingly, sound waves travel fastest through solids. In old western movies, you may have seen a cowboy put his ear down to the steel railroad tracks to hear if a train is coming. That is because the sound travels faster through the steel than through the air.

Try this. Listen while you drum your fingers on your desk. Now, rest your ear right on the surface of the desk and drum your fingers again. Which way sounded louder? The sound was louder when you put your head on the desk. This is because the sound traveling through the solid wood of your desk traveled faster than if it had first traveled through the air. Every time sound changes mediums, it loses some of its loudness.

    
     

Chapter Seven: Characteristics of Sound
     
Let’s review what you have learned so far about sound by comparing it to light. How is sound different from light? Sound must have a medium to travel through — a solid, liquid, or gas. Light does not need a medium. Remember, light can travel through the emptiness, or vacuum, of outer space. Sound cannot.

The speed at which light and sound travel is also different. Light travels much faster than sound.

There are important ways that light and sound are similar. They are both forms of energy that travel in waves. There are also other similarities.

When you learned about light, you learned that light waves can be different lengths. Some are long and some are short. It is the length of a light wave that makes it appear to be a particular color.

    
    

Perhaps you are wondering whether sound waves differ from one another. Imagine these two sounds — a baby crying for its mother and an adult yelling. Both of these are sounds. The sound waves of each travel through the same medium, air, so they are alike in that way. But a baby crying surely sounds different than an adult yelling! The baby makes a high-pitched, “screeching” sound. When an adult yells, it is a low pitched, deep tone. Could this difference in pitch, or how high or how low a sound is, come from different kinds of sound waves?

The answer is “yes,” and it has to do with the length of the sound waves! It helps if we first understand how vibrations affect sound waves. Faster vibrations produce shorter sound waves, which make sounds with a higher pitch. The baby’s screeching sound vibrates very rapidly, making shorter, but more, sound waves. Can you think of some other sounds that have a high pitch?

Slower vibrations produce longer waves, which make sounds with a lower pitch. A yelling voice makes longer, fewer waves so you hear a lower pitch. Pitch describes the highness or lowness of a sound. Can you think of some sounds that have a low pitch?

    
    

Try changing your voice pitch. Can you speak in a high, squeaky voice? Can you speak in a low, rumbling voice?

Sound also varies in loudness. If you’re listening to the radio and a favorite song comes on, you might say, “Turn it up!” and reach for the knob marked VOLUME.

When you turn up the volume, you are making the sound louder. A scientist might say that you are increasing the sound’s intensity. More intense sound waves carry more energy and make louder sounds.

How far away you can hear a sound depends on its intensity. A quiet sound, like a whisper, doesn’t travel very far. A really loud sound can travel for hundreds of miles. When fireworks are set off, the sound can be heard miles away.

Very loud sounds can damage your hearing. People who work around loud sounds all day long often wear ear coverings or plugs to protect their hearing. You should be careful, too, not to turn the volume too loud if you like to listen to music.

    
     

Chapter Eight: The Human Voice
    
Have you ever noticed how well you know your mother or grandmother’s voice? You have heard it so often that you can tell right away who it is. Each person has a distinct voice. It’s a voice that can make many sounds with different pitch and intensity. It can make high- and low-pitched sounds, loud and soft sounds.

So, how does your body make all of those different sounds? You already know that something needs to vibrate to create sound waves. You also know that sound needs a medium, like air, to travel through. Here’s how it works in the human body.

Air passes in and out of your body all of the time when you breathe. Inside your chest, your lungs expand to take in air and then contract to let it out. Leading out of your lungs is a long tube called the trachea, or “windpipe.” At the top of your trachea is another part of your body called the larynx, or “voice box.”

Inside the larynx are two bundles of muscle that are known as vocal cords. When you breathe in, the vocal cords relax so that air can move past them and into your lungs. When you speak, you force the air out of your lungs and over the vocal cords in your larynx. The vocal cords vibrate to make waves in the air that continue up your throat and out of your mouth.

    
     

When you were a baby, you did not need to learn how to breathe. Your lungs worked automatically, bringing air into and out of your body. You also did not need to learn how to use your vocal cords to make sounds. When you were a baby, you made lots of funny noises and grunts. Ask your parents!

You did, however, need to learn how to change those grunts and noises into words so that you could talk. You did this by listening to the people who talked to you when you were a baby. You practiced saying the same sounds and words. You learned to speak whatever language all of those people were speaking to you. If your family spoke only English to you, you learned to speak English. If your family spoke only Spanish to you, you learned to speak Spanish. People can learn to speak more than one language. Maybe you or some of your classmates speak more than one language.

Your vocal cords grow as you grow. When you have shorter vocal cords, you tend to speak at a higher pitch. This is why small children have higher-pitched voices than adults. The pitch of your voice depends on the size of your vocal cords and larynx.

    
     

The volume of your voice, or how loudly you speak, depends on how much air is produced by your lungs and comes out of your mouth. When more air is pushed out of your mouth, your voice will be louder.

     
    

Chapter Nine: Light and Photography
     
The word photography comes from two Greek words. Photo means “light” and “graphein” means “to draw.” So, you might say that photography means “to draw with light.”

The earliest ideas for making pictures using light came in the 4th century BC from a Greek man named Aristotle. He observed and made notes about how light acts.

The first person to put Aristotle’s ideas into practice was an Arab scientist, Alhazen, around 1000 AD. He made the first pinhole camera. It was a box with a small hole in one side. Light from the outside came through this little hole and projected an image on the opposite side of the box. Alhazen used it to help him draw. His camera did not take photographs as we know them today. Others continued to experiment with and improve pinhole cameras. Even today, some people still enjoy making their own simple pinhole cameras.

The first thing similar to a photograph was made in 1826 by a Frenchman named Joseph Niepce. He invented what were called heliographs. “Helio” is the root for “sun.” He used sunlight to create images. The sunlight mixed with a form of coal and some other natural chemicals on a square, glass plate to make an image. It took eight hours in the sunlight before the image appeared! Then, it faded.

    
    

Another Frenchman named Louis Daguerre took Niepce’s ideas and improved them. He was able to use light to create an image in less than thirty minutes. His images were called daguerreotypes, named for their inventor. Daguerreotypes used light-sensitive chemicals like silver and iodine to make an image on a metal plate. These became popular around the world.

The late 1800s brought even more improvements to photography, thanks to some very creative inventors. One such inventor was the American George Eastman. In 1888, he invented flexible, rolled film that could replace the glass plates that were used in earlier cameras.

The invention of film led to the creation of the box camera, which was a tight box with a simple lens. The camera had film that could take as many as 100 photos. People could take photos and then send the camera back to Eastman’s company to print the photos. The company then sent both the photos and camera back to you. Ask to see your family’s older photo album. Chances are that some of the much older photos may have been taken with a box camera.

    
    

Color films were not invented until the late 1930s and early 1940s. By then, most families owned at least one camera, and photo albums became a common household item.

Cameras improved at a fast rate around the 1950s. Instant photography was invented by Edwin Land, who sold his first camera in 1948. With his camera, one minute after you took the photo, you would have a fully developed photograph from the camera. These cameras were popular because people did not have to wait to get their photos. They had them right after they shot the photo with their camera.

Chances are that if you or your family has a camera now, it is a digital camera. Digital cameras do not use film like the early cameras described previously. Digital cameras have a special computer “chip” that takes the place of film. In fact, many cell phones now also have digital cameras. Imagine how amazed the early inventors would be to see all of the cameras that we have today!

    
    

Chapter Ten: Alexander Graham Bell, Part One
    
What makes someone famous? Who would you think of if you were asked to name someone famous today? Would you name a famous athlete? An actor or musician? Maybe you would think of a president or famous leader. One of the most famous inventors of all time lived over 100 years ago. His name was Alexander Graham Bell.

Alexander Bell was born March 3, 1847. He was the middle of three sons born to Alexander and Eliza Bell of Edinburgh, Scotland. His parents nicknamed him “Aleck” as a young boy. Aleck’s childhood was happy. He lived the best of both worlds by spending time at his home in the city of Edinburgh and also in the country on the weekends. More than anything, Aleck loved to learn new things.

At Milton Cottage near Edinburgh, young Aleck enjoyed exploring nature. He collected plants and studied animals.

In school, Aleck’s best subjects were science and music, which he learned from his mother. Aleck’s mother was nearly deaf, so she played music mostly by feel. To hear the music, she would put a hearing trumpet to the strings of the instrument. The trumpet magnified the sound.

    
    

Aleck’s father was an important speech professor. He studied the sounds of the English language, similar to the phonics that you studied to learn to read. He very much wanted to help his wife, Eliza, and other deaf people. In 1864, he invented a “sound alphabet” called Visible Speech. He spent years coming up with symbols to stand for any sound that the human voice could make. The symbols that he used looked the way a person’s mouth looked when making certain sounds. Visible Speech helped deaf people learn how to talk better so that they could communicate with others.

The example of both his mother and father was an inspiration for Aleck. He became interested in inventing things on his own. He especially wanted to invent things to help other people. Aleck and his brother actually made a “speaking machine.” The machine used the voice box (larynx) of a dead sheep. Part of the machine acted like a mouth and throat and could say the word “mama.”

As an adult, Aleck worked with deaf students. He later took a job as a professor at Boston University. Inventing things was a big part of Aleck’s life. After one invention, he set his mind on others, never satisfied with the past invention. The invention that he is most famous for, however, was yet to come.

    
    

Chapter Eleven: Alexander Graham Bell, Part Two
     
Aleck Bell loved thinking of new things to invent more than anything else in the world, especially to help other people. In 1837, another inventor, Samuel Morse, created a machine called the telegraph. The telegraph was a way to send messages long distances across wires. It was limited to dots and dashes and could not transmit human sounds. Aleck began to think about ways that he might improve upon this new invention. “I used to tell my friends that one day we should speak by telegraph,” said Bell. He devoted all his time to this new goal. So did many others, and the race for a new invention was on.

Boston, Massachusetts became an important place for many inventors. The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) made space in one of its labs for Aleck to do his experiments. His days were filled with teaching and then trying over and over to make human sound travel across a wire. All of his energy was spent on this creative idea. He wrote that his idea of using electric current to carry a sound would likely make others think him “crazy.” So, he kept most of his ideas and experiments secret.

     
    

Aleck hired a young mechanic to help him. Thomas Watson knew how electricity worked. At first, their experiments failed more than they succeeded. Aleck thought they were getting closer to success. “I think the transmission of the human voice is much more nearly at hand than I thought.” On June 2, 1875, his dreams came true.

Like many inventions, an accident led to an important discovery. With the electricity turned off, Watson sent a message to Aleck that Aleck could hear. He heard tones, not just one single-pitched sound. He knew instantly it was a huge step forward! “I have (by accident) made a discovery of the very greatest importance,” wrote Bell.

Three days later, the first telephone recorded, “Mr. Watson, come here, I want to see you.” To Bell’s great joy, Watson had heard and understood what Bell had said!

Fame and fortune came to Alexander Graham Bell and Thomas Watson. They soon formed the Bell Telephone Company to make and sell their new invention.

Bell continued to invent for the rest of his life. “Self-education is a life-long affair,” said Bell. “There is no failed experiment,” he said to convince people to keep going with their ideas. He passed his love of learning on to his grandchildren and inspired a whole group of new inventors.

     
    

Chapter Twelve: Thomas Edison: The Wizard of Menlo Park
     
Have you figured out why inventors are so important? They have helped every person’s life in one way or another. Shouldn’t there be an inventors’ “Hall of Fame?” If there were, then a man named Thomas Alva Edison would be quickly voted in.

Thomas Alva Edison was born February 11, 1847, in a small, northern Ohio town. He was the last of seven children born to Sam and Nancy Edison. Al, the nickname that his friends gave him, was a sickly child. He didn’t even attend school until he was eight years old. Because of scarlet fever as a child, Al was left more than partially deaf. His illnesses did not stop his interest in nature. He asked questions that teachers didn’t know how to answer: “Why is the sky blue?” or “How does fire work?” He was curious about everything and liked to figure out things on his own.

At the age of 12, he worked selling newspapers on the railroad near his home. On the train, he heard people talking about many new ideas and inventions. He learned by listening to their stories. At 15, Al landed a job working the telegraph machine. He became an expert telegraph operator over the next six years. Even though he was deaf, he could feel the vibration of the wire.


     

Al liked to work with electric machines. He found a way to make the telegraph faster and sold the idea to Western Union Telegraph Company for $40,000. With the money he made from the sale, he set up his first lab to continue his experiments.

When the work that Al was doing outgrew this lab, he built a bigger lab in Menlo Park, New Jersey. He hired some of the smartest scientists and engineers from around the world to work with him. Much of his early work was on sound. They called him the Wizard of Menlo Park because some of the inventions seemed magical.

In this new lab, he discovered a way to make Alexander Graham Bell’s new telephone louder. He sold the patent for his new invention for $100,000. That was a huge sum of money at the time.

    
    

His next invention was the phonograph. He was able to record sound on a cylinder wrapped in tinfoil. He played a version of “Mary Had a Little Lamb” to his fellow scientists. This was the first time anyone was able to listen to recorded music.

The invention that Edison is best known for came next. In 1879, he invented the first incandescent (glowing) electric light bulb. Three years later, he lit up 85 homes at once in New York City and the age of electric light began.

By the time Edison “retired,” he had patents on over 1,000 inventions. They include the kinetoscope, which is a machine for showing movies, and the microphone.

What people sometimes forget is that many of Edison’s experiments “failed” at first. He caused explosions at his labs and was forced to start all over many times. However, he kept moving forward each time. He always had a positive attitude. He knew that he was closer to his next success!

     
    
++++
    
     
Glossary for Adventures in Light and Sound:
      
Absorb — to take in or soak up (absorbed).
Angle — the space formed when two lines or surfaces meet.
Aristotle — a Greek philosopher who made notes about how light acts; his notes later helped inventors make cameras.
Automatically — operating on its own without direct control.

Camera — an instrument for taking photographs (cameras).
Concave — curved inward, like a spoon.
Convex — curved outward.
Curve — to bend (curved, curves).

Daguerreotype — a type of early photograph invented by Daguerre; it appeared in less than 30 minutes and did not disappear as quickly as a heliograph (daguerreotypes).
Damage — hurt, harm.
Dense — thick, heavy (denser).
Discovery — an event in which someone finds or learns something for the first time.
Distort — to twist out of normal shape (distorted).

Electric current — the flow of electricity.
Electricity — energy carried over wires (electric).
Energy — a supply of power.

Hearing trumpet — a cone-shaped tool that helps a person hear better by placing the small end in one ear.
Heliograph — a type of early photograph made by mixing coal and other natural elements that are then left in the sun to make the images; they took a long time to appear and disappeared quickly (heliographs).

Incandescent — glowing.
Indigo — a dark purplish-blue color.
Infrared — long light waves, beyond red on the spectrum, that can only be seen with special instruments.
Inspiration — something that gives a person an idea about what to do or create.
Intense — strong (intensity).
Invent — to make something new that no one else has ever made (invented, inventor, inventors, invention).

Kaleidoscope — a tube with plane mirrors and pieces of colored glass that you hold up to the light and rotate to make colorful patterns.
Kinetoscope — an early machine for showing movies.

Larynx — the organ in your throat that holds the vocal cords and makes it possible to speak; voice box.
Lens — a clear piece of curved glass or plastic that is used to make things look clearer, larger, or smaller (lenses).
Lung — one of a pair of organs that allows animals to breathe by filling with air (lungs).

Magnify — to make something look larger or sound louder (magnified, magnifies).
Magnifying glass — a convex lens that makes things look larger when they are held close to the lens.
Material — cloth or fabric.
Medium — a substance that light or sound can travel through, like a solid, a liquid, or a gas (mediums).
Microphone — an instrument for recording sound or making sound louder.
Mirror — a shiny surface that reflects light (mirrors).
Morse Code — a way of communicating with dots and dashes using the telegraph.

Opaque — not clear, blocking all light so that none gets through.

Patent — the rights to make and sell something (patents).
Phonograph — an instrument that reproduces sounds that have been recorded on a grooved disk.
Photograph — a picture made with a camera (photography, photographs, photos, photo).
Pitch — how high or low a sound is (pitched).
Plane — a more or less flat surface.
Prism — a wedge-shaped piece of transparent glass that breaks up light into all the colors of the spectrum.
Professor — a college teacher.
Project — to cause light to appear on a surface (projected, projector).

Reflect — to throw back light, heat, or sound from a surface (reflections, reflects, reflected, reflection).
Refract — the appearance of light bending when it moves from one medium to another (refraction, refracting, refracts).
Remote control — a device that uses infrared waves to operate equipment, such as a TV, from a distance.

Scarlet fever — a disease that causes a fever, sore throat, and a red rash.
Security — protection from danger.
Shadow — a dark shape or outline of something that is made when light is blocked (shadows).
Silvery — shiny or silver in color.
Skylight — a window in a ceiling or roof that lets in light.
Sound wave — a series of vibrations that can be heard (sound waves).
Source — a starting place, where something comes from (sources).
Spectrum — the distribution of all the colors that make up the light that we see.
Speed — how fast or slow something moves.
Surface — the outside layer of something.
Symbol — an object or picture that stands for something (symbols).

Telegraph — a tool for communicating by sending electrical signals by wire or radio.
Trachea — a tube that air passes through going to and from the lungs; windpipe.
Transmit — to move or send something from one place to another (transmission).
Transparent — clear, see-through so that light gets through.

Ultraviolet — short, invisible light waves, beyond violet on the spectrum, that cause sunburn.

Vacuum — emptiness.
Visible Speech — a system of communication used by deaf people, in which symbols represent sounds.
Vocal cords — muscles that produce sound when air passes over them.
Volume — the loudness or intensity of a sound.

Wave — an amount of energy that moves in a rippling pattern like a wave (waves).
Wavelength — how long a wave is, the distance from the top of one wave to the top of the next wave (wavelengths).
White light — light that is made up of waves with different wavelengths and includes all of the colors that we can see.
      
      
+++++
      
      
Illustration subtitles:
       
The sun is the greatest source of light for Earth. One way light from the sun travels is in waves. Waves can be different sizes. Short wavelengths, like those at the far right, carry the most energy. Long Wavelengths. Short Wavelengths. White light is a well balanced mix of different wavelengths. Can you think of sources of light other than the sun? Here is a scene with lots of light. Here is the same scene without any light. Light travels in straight lines like rays from its source. How do you know that the glass in this skylight is transparent? Are people’s bodies transparent or opaque? How do you know? What objects created these shadows? Are these objects opaque or transparent? Shadows can be different sizes. What causes the size of a shadow to change? Here’s what you need to experiment with shadows. A light source. Paper and marker. Helpers. Tree cutout. Masking tape. A blank wall. Is the cutout of the tree making these shadows closer to the light in the top image or bottom image? You can make shadow puppets with your hands. Light reflected from the surface of this mirror allows the dentist to see the back of this person’s teeth. This little girl is looking at her reflection in a plane mirror. Here’s what the outside tube of a toy kaleidoscope looks like. Here’s what you might see if you looked inside a kaleidoscope. Three types of mirrors. Concave mirror. Convex mirror. Plane mirror. Curved mirrors change the look of things because of the ways they bounce light rays back. CONCAVE. CONVEX. Concave and convex mirrors can distort the reflection of an object. When light hits a transparent object, it passes right through the object. When light hits an opaque object, the light is absorbed and blocked so a shadow is made. When light hits a smooth, shiny surface like a mirror, it is reflected. Does light travel fastest through glass, water, or air? Why does the angle of the straw look different after it enters the water? Lenses can be used to refract light to correct vision problems. Convex and concave lenses bend light in different directions. Do objects look larger or smaller through a convex lens? What about through a concave lens? CONVEX. CONCAVE. A magnifying glass has a convex lens that makes small details appear larger if you hold the magnifying glass close to the object you are looking at. Scientists look through microscopes with a convex lens to see tiny things that are not visible to the naked eye, like these germs. Scientists also use telescopes with convex lenses to study outer space. Concave lenses that spread out light rays are useful for security purposes. A prism refracts white light into all of the colors of a rainbow. A rainbow occurs when raindrops refract sunlight into all of the colors of visible light. You can remember the order of the colors in the visible light spectrum if you remember “Roy G. Biv.” Can you explain why each thing appears to be the color it is? We can’t see x-ray wavelengths, but these light waves can pass through your hand and create an image of your bones on special x-ray film. Certain wavelengths of light are invisible. We can’t see the infrared light from a remote control but we can see its effect when a channel is changed. When you hum, your vocal cords vibrate to make sounds. This is what a sound wave might look like if we could see it. The next time you turn on your radio or TV, lightly put your fingers on the speakers. Do you feel the sound vibrations? Sound travels through solids, liquids, and gases (air). During a storm, you will see lightning before you hear thunder. That is because light travels faster than sound. Sound travels fastest through solids, such as the wood of your desk or a wall. Both light and sound are forms of energy that travel in waves. Light waves. Sound waves. Both of these sounds travel through air. How are they different? Which sounds are high-pitched? Which are low-pitched? Sounds with greater intensity are louder and travel greater distances. Listening to loud sounds repeatedly can damage your hearing. Do you recognize the voices of your friends and people in your family? Air passes in and out of your body through the larynx, trachea, and lungs. Lungs. Trachea. Larynx. When you speak, air is forced from your lungs and trachea to your larynx. The vocal cords in your larynx vibrate to make waves in the air. These vibrations make sounds. Vocal cords. When you were a baby, you learned to speak the same language that the people around you were speaking. Who do you think has shorter vocal cords and speaks in a higher-pitched voice? Pinhole cameras do not have lenses. Alhazen. Aristotle. There is just a small hole on one side of the box that lets light into the box. A figure is projected on the opposite side of the box. Joseph Niepce invented heliographs. Louis Daguerre. Here is an 1850 daguerreotype of a young woman. George Eastman invented film for use in cameras. An early box camera and a roll of film. With the invention of the instant film camera, a fully developed photo was ready one minute after you took the picture. A digital camera. A digital memory card in a digital camera takes the place of film. Alexander Graham Bell. Aleck as a child with his family. Aleck’s parents, Alexander and Eliza Bell. Do you see the hearing trumpet that Mrs. Bell is using to listen to her granddaughter? A Visible Speech poster showing the symbols invented by Aleck’s father to help the deaf. When he was young, Aleck and his brother invented a “speaking machine.” With the invention of the telegraph by Samuel Morse, people could send messages long distances. A system of dots and dashes called Morse Code was used to tap out the messages on the telegraph. Three dots, followed by three dashes, followed by three more dots stands for SOS, code for “Help!” Alexander Graham Bell and Thomas Watson worked together to try to transmit sound using electricity. Bell’s first telephone. “There is no failed experiment,” said Alexander Graham Bell. A photograph of Thomas Edison. Edison in his lab at Menlo Park. Thomas Edison with a phonograph, 1878. Thomas Edison in 1928 and two of his inventions, the kinetoscope and the light bulb.

      
     
*********

     

     
WEEK SEVEN PHONICS READ-ALONGS

    

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 77) THE #1 “OO” SOUND LIKE IN “BOOT” SPELLED TEN WAYS … continued:

    
#1 OO … continued:   
     

The noose appeared to be getting tighter around the politician’s neck, due to discoveries about his various indiscretions.

   

You have such a cute pooch; is it a Corgi?

    

A “pooka” is an Irish spirit, mischievous but not malevolent, corresponding to the English Puck.

    

I hope that the spring flowers will be in full bloom by this weekend.

   

You’d better not bloop any easy catches in today’s baseball game!

   

The brood of ducklings was following their mama to the lake.

    

The witch grabbed her broom and flew off into the night sky.

   

Grandma is going to go croon to the baby to see if she can get him to stop crying.

    

Gross, the dog got drool all over me!

    

After winning the exhausting marathon, I was amazed that she didn’t droop down to the ground.

    

A gloom hung over the haunted house up on the hill.

    

The groom put the ring on his bride’s finger.

   

The prosecution’s proof that the defendant was guilty was overwhelming.

    

I’d like one scoop of ice cream, please.

   

You’d better scoot, or you’ll miss the school bus.

   

I can hardly wait to shoot some pictures of this gorgeous landscape.

    

Let’s take the sloop out for a relaxed sail in the harbor today.

    

Let’s snoop around the attic and see what kinds of things Nana and Papaw have stored up there.

    

This spoof is a comedy about Dr. Watson being way smarter than Sherlock Holmes.

    

I need to buy a spool of thread today to put the finishing touches on your new dress.

   

I changed my mind and will have some cereal, so I’ll need a spoon for that.

     

I need the stool to get something down from the top shelf.

    

I watched him stoop down to pick up his daughter.

   

I saw her swoon from her seasickness, and then she hit the ground.

    

Our Boy Scout troop is going to do a project to make this hiking trail more accessible.

    

He put the pedal to the floor, and VROOM!, the sports car took off like a rocket.

    

I saw a gnat fly up her nose, and within seconds I heard a loud, “ACHOO!”

    

I wonder what it must be like to live in an igloo!

   

Dad found his old kazoo in a drawer, and it was hilarious to listen to him playing it.

     

Yahoo, our team won the game!

    

We had oodles of fun at the circus.

    

I heard oompah after oompah as the marching band went down the field.

   

Mommy, I got a booboo on my knee at the playground.

   

I’m going to Google the trailer for this new Marvel movie.

    

I thought that the candidate was a little looseygoosey with his coarse language in his last speech.

    

The lunatics are running the asylum in this looney bin!

   

I need to loosen my belt after eating so much for supper.

   

My favorite soup is chicken noodle.

   

My grandma has a poodle that yaps too much.

   

This cough drop should soothe your sore throat a little bit.

    

Yosemite Sam yelled to Bugs Bunny, “I’m gonna get ya’ you long-eared galoot!”

   

We read a creepy story about voodoo in the Louisiana bayou.

   

Which of these two library books should I choose to read?

    

The gloomy night made our trick-or-treating that much more fun.

   

The tennis pro got his swing into a good groove and defeated his opponent easily.

   

Phooey, Mom fixed me a tuna fish sandwich, and I don’t really like tuna that much.

   

The dentist had to smooth out my new crown a bit so that my bite was back to perfect.

   

My favorite Peanuts comics character is Snoopy.

   

Dad is taking a snooze in the hammock in the back yard.

    

There were all kinds of spooky noises in the old house.

    

The talk show host’s stooge always set up great jokes, but often at his own expense.

   

In our trip to the zoo today, it’s the first time that I’d seen a live baboon.

   

It’s hard to believe that a beautiful butterfly will emerge from this ugly cocoon.

   

I love the old horror film “The Creature From The Black Lagoon.”

    

We had a fire drill at school today.

       

No one knew exactly how many millions of dollars that oil tycoon was worth.

           

The official mascot name for the University of Virginia is the Virginia “Cavaliers,” but they’re also called the “Wahoos!”

     

Blast it, that raccoon got into our trash can again last night.

   

Who would have thought that they’s ever make a shampoo that smells like strawberries?

   

I think that the cockatoo is the coolest tropical bird that there is.

     
     

*********

*********

        
    

WEEK EIGHT    

WEEK EIGHT READING PASSAGES

       

Lesson 20 – Stories Misc
   
The Velveteen Rabbit (or “How Toys Become Real”)

By Margery Williams

       
NEW WORDS: Williams, acknowledgment, acutely, aggravating, ahhing, allege, alluded, almonds, anachronistic, apace, arrogance, authentic, balcony, bashful, bedclothing, bestirred, betimes, blotchy, bonfire, bracken, brigands, broader, bunchy, cavort, cavorting, chafe, chuffed, clockwork, conceiving, configuration, confound, consideration, contemplate, counterpanes, cuddled, dartled, decolored, dehydrated, delineate, dilapidated, disabled, discerning, dither, diverting, enamoring, enshrouded, enthralling, euphoric, eventide, evidently, fairy’s, fathomed, febrile, feral, ferine, flowerbed, flushed, footfalls, forbearingly, fronds, glimmering, goggled, greensward, guffaw, headaches, hied, homelike, hustle, incinerate, incognizant, infirm, inflicted, insightful, insignificant, interrogation, invigorating, jabbered, jejune, luncheons, lymph, mainsprings, malady, manufactured, markings, melancholy, mesmerize, microbes, mimosa, modernistic, moonlit, mornings, mystifying, napless, nattered, nauseated, necklaces, nodes, noteworthy, notions, objected, objectionable, oohing, outsiders, padded, parent’s, patches, paunchy, perdure, pincushion, pixy, plaguing, playfellow, playthings, plumpish, pneumonia, posterior, prearranged, predisposed, preoccupied, presumed, pretentious, preternatural, principally, prosaic, purported, rainstorm, rearward, regress, reiterated, remembrances, rendible, rigging, roister, rouse, rumpus, rustling, sandcastles, sateen, savvy, scooting, seams, shabbier, shabbiness, shabby, shepherdess, shopworn, sideboard, sideboards, skidoodle, snubbed, soughed, sourpuss, spinney, splendorous, spruce, submerged, succession, swagger, swoop, sylphlike, tatters, thirsted, threadbare, tickly, tidying, timorous, tonsils, transcendent, treasured, trickled, truthful, twitching, unfathomable, uninviting, unjust, unsewn, unstirring, unwrapping, vehement, vertiginous, wagered, warranted, wearying
    
     

There was once a velveteen Rabbit. Early on, he was really splendorous to look at. He was paunchy and bunchy. That’s as a rabbit should be. His coat was spotted brown and white. He had real thread whiskers. And his ears were lined with pink sateen.

It was Christmas morning. He sat wedged in the top of the Boy’s stocking. There was a sprig of holly between his paws. The effect was enamoring.

There were other things in the stocking. There were nuts and oranges. There was a toy engine. There were chocolate almonds. There was a clockwork mouse. But the Rabbit was quite the best of all. For at least two hours, the Boy loved him. Then Aunts and Uncles came to dinner. There was a great rustling of tissue paper. There was much unwrapping of parcels. There was much excitement, with everyone oohing and ahhing over all of the new presents. So, the Velveteen Rabbit was briefly forgotten.

For a long time, he lived in the toy sideboard. Or he might be on the rumpus room floor. No one gave him much consideration. That didn’t chafe him. He was predisposed to be shy, anyway.

    
     

The Rabbit was made only of velveteen. So, some of the more expensive toys snubbed him. The mechanical toys were very superior. They were quite pretentious, and they looked down on everyone else. They were full of modern notions. And they purported to be real. The model boat had lived through two seasons. He’d lost most of his paint. But he picked up on the mechanical toys’ arrogance. He never missed an opportunity to refer to his rigging in technical terms.

The Rabbit could not allege to be a model of anything. That’s because he was incognizant of the existence of real living rabbits. He presumed that they were all stuffed with sawdust wadding, like himself. And he knew that sawdust was anachronistic. It should never be alluded to in modernistic circles. There was another toy in the home. It had been made by the disabled soldiers. That was Timothy. He was a wooden lion. Even he should have had broader views. But he put on airs, too. He pretended that he was connected with the Government. Between them all, the poor Rabbit was made to feel very insignificant and prosaic. There was only one person who was kind to him at all. That was the Skin Horse.

   
     

The Skin Horse had been in the nursery longer than the others. He was quite old. His brown coat was bald in patches. And it showed the seams underneath. And most of the hairs in his tail had been pulled out. They’d been used to string bead necklaces. He was wise, though. He had seen a long succession of mechanical toys. They’d arrive to roister and swagger.

But by-and-by, they’d break their mainsprings. They’d become less useful. He knew that they were only toys. They’d never turn into anything else. You see, nursery magic is very preternatural and wonderful. Playthings that are old, insightful, and savvy beyond their years understand all about it. The Skin Horse was one of these noteworthy toys.

“What is REAL?” asked the Rabbit one day. He was side-by-side with the Skin Horse. They were near the nursery fender. It was before Nana had come to spruce up the room. “Does it mean that you have things that buzz inside of you. Or, is it that you have a stick-out handle?”

“Real isn’t how you’re manufactured,” said the Skin Horse. “It’s a thing that HAPPENS to you. For a moment, contemplate a child loving you for a long time. You’re not just a plaything. The child REALLY loves you. THEN you become Real.”

“Does it hurt?” asked the Rabbit.

   
      

“Sometimes,” said the Skin Horse. He was always truthful. “When you’re Real, you don’t mind being hurt.”

“Does it happen all at once? Is it like being wound up?” the Rabbit asked. “Or does it occur bit by bit?”

“It doesn’t happen all at once,” said the Skin Horse. “You ‘become’. It takes a long time. That’s why it doesn’t happen much for most people. There are those who break too easily. Others have sharp edges. Some have to be too carefully kept. Generally, by the time you’re Real, most of your hair has been loved off. And your eyes drop out. And you get loose in the joints. And you end up very shabby. But these things don’t matter at all. It’s because once you’re Real, you can’t be objectionable. Well, except to people who just don’t understand.”

“For a long time, I’ve wagered that you’re real,” said the Rabbit. And then he wished that he had not said it. He thought that the Skin Horse might be sensitive. But the Skin Horse only smiled.

The Boy’s Uncle made me Real,” he said. “That was long years past. But there’s good news. Once you’re Real, you can’t regress to be unreal again! It lasts for always.”

     
     

The Rabbit soughed. He thought it would be a long time till this magic called “Real” would happen to him. He thirsted to become Real. He wished to know what it felt like. But what about the thought of growing shopworn? What about losing his eyes and whiskers? All of that was sad to him. He wished that he could become Real without these uninviting things plaguing him.

There was a person called Nana. She ruled the nursery. Sometimes she took no notice of the playthings lying about. And sometimes, for no reason at all, she’d swoop about like a great wind. She’d hustle them all away in sideboards. She called this “tidying up.” The playthings all hated it. The tin toys complained the most. The Rabbit did not mind it so much. Wherever he was thrown, he came down soft.

One night, the Boy was going to bed. He couldn’t find his China dog. That dog always slept with him. Nana was in a hurry. It was just too aggravating to hunt for China dogs at bedtime. So, she simply looked about her. She saw that the toy cupboard door stood open. So, she made a swoop.

“Here,” she said, “take your Bunny! He’ll do to sleep with you!” And she dragged the Rabbit out by one ear. Then she put him into the Boy’s arms.

    
      

That night the Rabbit slept in the Boy’s bed. At first, he was uncomfortable. That’s because the Boy hugged him very tight. Worse, sometimes he rolled over on him! Why, sometimes he pushed him far under the pillow. Then the Rabbit could scarcely breathe. And he missed, too, those moonlit hours in the nursery. That’s when the house was silent. And he missed his diverting talks with the Skin Horse.

But soon he grew to like it. First, the Boy talked to him a lot. And he’d make tunnels for him under the bedclothing. He said that these were like the burrows of real rabbits. And they played fun games, in whispers. That’s when Nana had gone to her supper. She’d have left the nightlight burning on the mantelpiece. The Boy would drop off to sleep. The Rabbit would snuggle down close. He’d nuzzle under the Boy’s warm chin. He’d have sweet dreams. The Boy’s hands would be clasped close ’round him all night long.

And so time went on. The little Rabbit was euphoric about his new life. He was so chuffed that he ignored how threadbare he’d become. His velveteen fur was getting shabbier. It was in tatters. His tail was becoming unsewn. All the pink had rubbed off his nose where the Boy had kissed him.

Spring came. They had long days in the garden. Wherever the Boy went, the Rabbit went, too. He had rides in the wheelbarrow. They had luncheons on the grass. The Boy built lovely fairy huts for him. They were under the raspberry canes behind the flower skirting.

    
     

Once, the Boy was called away, apace, to go out to tea. The Rabbit was left out on the greensward until long after eventide. Nana had to come and look for him with the candle. The Boy couldn’t go to sleep unless he was there. He was wet through with the dew. And he was earthy from diving into the burrows the Boy had made for him in the flower bed. And Nana nattered to herself as she rubbed him off with a corner of her apron.

“You must have your old Bunny!” she said. “Fancy all that dither for a toy!”

The Boy sat up in bed. He stretched out his hands.

“Give me my Bunny!” he said. “Don’t be a sourpuss! You mustn’t say that. He isn’t a toy. He’s REAL!”

When the little Rabbit heard that, he was happy. He now fathomed that what the Skin Horse had said was true, at last. The nursery magic had happened to him. He was a toy no longer. He was Real. The Boy himself had said it.

That night he was almost too happy to sleep. So much love bestirred in his little sawdust heart. Why, it almost burst! And you could see something in his boot-button eyes. They had long ago lost their polish. But there now came a look of wisdom and beauty. Even Nana noticed it the next morning. She picked him up and said, “Well, I’ll declare! That old Bunny has such a knowing expression!”

     
     

Near the house where they lived there was a wood. In the long June evenings, the Boy liked to go there after tea to play. He took the Rabbit with him. He’d make the Rabbit cozy first. Then he might wander off to pick flowers. Or he might play at brigands among the trees. He’d always made the Rabbit a little nest among the bracken. He was a kindhearted boy. He liked Bunny to be homelike.

One evening, the Rabbit was lying there alone. He was watching the ants that ran to and fro between his velvet paws in the grass. He saw two strange beings! They crept out of the tall bracken near him.

They were rabbits like himself. But they were quite furry and brand-new. They must have been very well made. Their seams didn’t show at all. And they changed shape in a queer way when they moved. One minute they were long and thin. But the next minute they were plumpish and bunchy. That was different from him. He always looked the same.

Their feet padded softly on the ground. They crept quite close to him. They were twitching their noses. The Rabbit goggled hard to see which side the clockwork stuck out. He knew that people who jump principally have something to wind them up. But he couldn’t see it. They were evidently a new kind of rabbit altogether.

      
      

They stared at him. The little Rabbit stared back. And all the time, their noses twitched.

“Why don’t you rouse yourself and cavort with us?” one of them asked.

“I don’t feel like it,” said the Rabbit. He didn’t want to delineate that he had no clockwork.

“Ho!” said the furry rabbit. “It’s as easy as anything.” He gave a big hop sideways. Then he stood on his posterior legs.

“I don’t believe you can!” he said.

“I can!” said the little Rabbit. “I can jump higher than anything!” He meant when the Boy threw him. But, of course, he didn’t want to say so.

“Can you hop on your hind legs?” asked the furry rabbit.

That was a rendible interrogation. The Velveteen Rabbit had no hind legs at all! The back of him was made all in one piece, like a pincushion. He sat still in the bracken. He hoped that the other rabbits wouldn’t notice.

“I just don’t want to!” he reiterated.

But the wild rabbits have very discerning eyes. And this one stretched out his neck and looked.

“He hasn’t got any hind legs!” he called out. “There’s no conceiving a rabbit without any hind legs!” And he began to guffaw.

     
     

“I have!” cried the little Rabbit. “I have got hind legs! I’m sitting on them!”

“Then stretch them out and show me, like this!” said the wild rabbit. And he began to whirl ’round and dance. The little Rabbit watched him spin and became vertiginous.

“I don’t like dancing,” he said. “I’d rather sit still!”

But all the while he was longing to dance. A funny new tickly feeling ran through him. He would have given anything in the world to be cavorting about like these rabbits.

The ferine rabbit stopped dancing. He came quite close. He came so close that his long whiskers brushed the Velveteen Rabbit’s ear. Then he wrinkled his nose, flattened his ears, and jumped rearward.

“He doesn’t smell authentic!” he exclaimed. “He isn’t a rabbit at all! He isn’t real!”

“I am Real!” said the little Rabbit. “I am Real! The Boy said so!” And he nearly began to cry.

Just then there was a sound of footfalls. The Boy ran past near them. With a stamp of feet and a flash of white tails, the two feral rabbits went scooting off.

“Come back and play with me!” called the little Rabbit. “Oh, do come back! I know I am Real!”

     
     

But there was no acknowledgment of his appeal. Only the little ants ran to and fro. And the bracken swayed gently where the two strangers had passed. The Velveteen Rabbit was all alone.

Confound it!” he thought. “Why did they skidoodle like that? Why couldn’t they perdure here and talk to me?”

For a long time he laid there, unstirring. He watched the bracken. He kept hoping that they would come back. But they never returned. Betimes, the sun submerged beneath the horizon. The little white moths dartled about. Finally, the Boy came and carried him home.

Weeks hied on. The little Rabbit grew very old and dilapidated. But the Boy loved him just as much. He loved him so hard that he loved all his whiskers off. And the pink lining to his ears turned gray. And his brown spots decolored. He even began to lose his configuration.

He scarcely looked like a rabbit any more, except to the Boy. To him he was always beautiful. And that was what the little Rabbit treasured. He didn’t mind how he looked to other people. That’s because the nursery magic had made him Real. And when you are Real, shabbiness doesn’t matter.

     
     

And then, a parent’s worst nightmare occurred. One day, the Boy became acutely ill. He’d become inflicted with a formidable malady, scarlet fever. It is a febrile disease that gives you a blotchy rash. You can get a sore throat and bad headaches. You can get nauseated. You can become dehydrated. Your tonsils and / or your lymph nodes may swell up. If it gets to your lungs, you can get pneumonia. And though you’re burning with fever, you can get chills.

The Boy’s face grew very flushed. He jabbered in his sleep. His little body was so hot that it burned the Rabbit when he held him close. Outsiders came and went, in and out of the nursery. And a light burned all night. Through it all the little Velveteen Rabbit lay there. He was hidden from sight under the counterpanes. He never stirred, for he was timorous. If they found him, someone might take him away. And he knew that the Boy needed him.

It was a long wearying time. The Boy was too infirm to play. The little Rabbit found it to be a jejune time, with nothing to do all day long. But he nestled with the Boy, forbearingly. He looked forward to the time when the Boy should be well again. Then they would go out in the garden. They’d be amongst the flowers and the butterflies. They’d play splendid games in the raspberry spinney like they used to.

     
      

All sorts of delightful things he planned. And while the Boy lay half asleep, he crept up close to the pillow and whispered them in his ear. And presently, the fever turned. And the Boy got better. He was able to sit up in bed and look at picture-books. The little Rabbit cuddled close at his side. And one day, they let the Boy get up and dress.

It was a bright, sunny morning. The windows stood wide open. They had carried the Boy out on to the balcony. He was wrapped in a shawl. And the little Rabbit lay tangled up among the bedclothes, thinking.

The Boy was going to the seaside tomorrow. Everything was prearranged. Now it only remained to carry out the doctor’s orders. They talked about it all. The little Rabbit lay under the bedclothes, with just his head peeping out, and listened. The room was to be disinfected. All the books and toys that the Boy had played with in bed must be burnt.

“Hurrah!” thought the little Rabbit. “Tomorrow we shall go to the seaside!” For the boy had often talked of the seaside. He wanted very much to see the big waves coming in. And he wished to see the tiny crabs, and the sandcastles.

Just then Nana caught sight of him. “How about his old Bunny?” she asked.

     
       

“That?” said the doctor. “Why, it’s a mass of scarlet fever microbes! Burn it at once.” Nana objected. She knew how the Boy loved that Rabbit. But the doctor was vehement.  “What? Nonsense! Get him a new one. He mustn’t have that one anymore!”

And so the little Rabbit was put into a sack. He was there with the old picture-books and a lot of rubbish. The sack was carried out to the end of the garden behind the fowl-house. That was a fine place to make a bonfire. But the gardener was too preoccupied with his work just then to attend to it. He had the potatoes to dig and the green peas to gather. But he warranted that he would come quite early the next morning to incinerate the whole lot.

That night the Boy slept in a different bedroom. And he had a new bunny to sleep with him. It was a splendid bunny. It was all white plush with real glass eyes. But the Boy was too excited to care very much about it. For tomorrow he was going to the seaside. And that in itself was such a wonderful thing that he could think of nothing else.

The Boy fell asleep, and he dreamt of the seaside. At the same time, the little Rabbit lay among the old picture-books. They were all in the corner behind the fowl-house. He felt very lonely. The sack had been left untied. So, by wriggling a bit he was able to get his head through the opening and look out.

     
     

He was shivering a little. He had always been used to sleeping in a proper bed. By this time, his coat had worn so thin and napless from hugging that it was no longer any protection to him. Nearby he could see the thicket of raspberry canes. They grew tall and close like a tropical jungle. Alas, there were so many bygone mornings where they had played beneath their shadows. He thought of those long sunlit hours in the garden. How happy they had been.

Now a great melancholy enshrouded him. He seemed to see all of those hours pass before him. Each one was more beautiful than the other. Wonderful remembrances flowed like a rainstorm. The fairy huts in the flowerbed. The quiet evenings in the wood when he lay in the bracken and the little ants ran over his paws. The wonderful day when he first knew that he was Real.

Then he thought of the Skin Horse, so wise and gentle, and all that he had told him. But what use was it to be loved and to lose one’s beauty. It seemed so unjust to become Real if it all ended like this. And a tear, a real tear, trickled down his little shabby velvet nose. It fell to the ground.

      
      

And then an unfathomable thing happened. For where the tear had fallen, a flower grew out of the ground! It was a mystifying flower. It was not at all like any that grew in the garden. It had sylphlike green leaves. They were the color of emeralds. And in the center of the leaves was a blossom. It was like a golden cup. It was so beautiful that the little Rabbit forgot to cry. He just lay there, letting it mesmerize him. The blossom opened. Out of it stepped a fairy!

She was the most enthralling pixy in the whole world. Her dress was of pearl and dew-drops. There were sweet mimosa flowers ’round her neck and in her hair. Her face was like the most transcendent flower of all. And she came close to the little Rabbit. She gathered him up in her arms. She kissed him on his velveteen nose that was all damp from crying.

“Little Rabbit,” she said. “Don’t you know who I am?”

The Rabbit looked up at her. It seemed to him that he had seen her face before. But he couldn’t think where.

“I’m the nursery magic Fairy,” she said. “I’m the shepherdess of all the playthings that children have loved. They become old and worn out. The children mature, and they don’t need them anymore. So, I come and take them away with me. Then I turn them into Real.”

     
       

“Wasn’t I Real before?” asked the Rabbit.

“You were Real to the Boy,” the Fairy said. “It’s because he loved you. Now you shall be Real to everyone.” She held the little Rabbit close in her arms. She flew with him into the wood.

It was light now. The moon had risen. All the forest was glimmering. The fronds of the bracken shone like frosted silver. There was an open glade between the tree-trunks. There, the wild rabbits danced with their shadows on the velvet grass. They saw the Fairy. They all stopped dancing. They stood ’round in a ring to stare at her.

“I’ve brought you a new playfellow,” the Fairy said. “You must be very kind to him. Teach him all that he needs to know in Rabbit-land. He is going to live with you forever and ever!” And she kissed the little Rabbit again. She put him down on the grass. “Run and play, little Rabbit!” she said.

But the little Rabbit sat quite still for a moment. He never moved. He saw all the wild rabbits dancing around him. He suddenly remembered about his hind legs. He didn’t want them to see that he was made all in one piece. He did not know what the Fairy’s kiss did to him. She had just changed him altogether! And he might have sat there a long time, too bashful to move. But something tickled his nose. And before he thought what he was doing, he lifted his hind toe to scratch it!

     
       

And he found that he actually had hind legs! Instead of dingy velveteen, he had brown fur. It was soft and shiny. And goodness, his ears twitched by themselves. And for heaven’s sake! His whiskers were so long that they brushed the grass.

He gave one leap. Oh, the joy of using those hind legs was so invigorating. He went springing about the turf on them. He jumped sideways. He went whirling round as the others did. He grew very excited. When at last he did stop to look for the Fairy, she had gone.

He was a Real Rabbit at last. He was at home with the other rabbits.

Autumn passed. Then came Winter. In the Spring, the days grew warm and sunny. The Boy went out to play in the wood behind the house. And while he was playing, two rabbits crept out from the bracken. They peeped at him. One of them was brown all over. But the other had strange markings under his fur. It was as though, long ago, he had been spotted. And the spots still showed through.

The Boy looked about this Rabbit’s little soft nose and his round black eyes. There was something very familiar. The Boy thought this to himself. “Why, he looks just like my old Bunny that was lost when I had scarlet fever!”

But he never knew that it really was his own Bunny. The Velveteen Rabbit had come back. He was there to look at the dear child who had first helped him to be Real.

     
       
*********

     
      
Lesson 21 – 2013 New General Service List Vocab-Builder

    
NEW WORDS: CEO, Corvette, GDP, Greer, Reese, abortion, agenda, asset, boost, civilian, clinical, comedy, compensation, competitor, composition, compromise, consultant, controversial, damn, decrease, dedicate, deficit, density, dialog, disorder, divisive, dramatically, embrace, episode, excess, exposure, faithfully, frequency, genetic, historic, immigrant, inspire, institutional, investor, lacks, liability, listener, luxury, milestone, module, monthly, motivation, narrative, participant, pregnancy, protein, racism, recruit, refugee, romantic, server, shareholder, show’s, specialize, sponsor, supplier, swarming, symptom, therapy, tourism, tournament, veteran, voter, whooped, wrestles
     
    

Our supplier gave us a price decrease!

He’s an Army recruit.

Housing density is high downtown.

Please compromise to close this deal.

Gramps is a war veteran.

My knee needs physical therapy.

A financial consultant makes you a good investor.

My competitor whooped me!

The ref made a controversial call.

Greer won the chess tournament.

The end of World War II marked a historic milestone.

I got too much sun exposure.

This news will boost your mood!

I’ll dedicate my book to my mom.

The U.S. wrestles with institutional racism.

She was a participant in the poll.

The show’s last episode was a nail-biter!

20% of their GDP comes from tourism.

Our teacher told us of her pregnancy.

It’s time for my monthly shot.

We had a high frequency of flu cases last winter.

Reese is a good listener.

     

Read a narrative about the Civil War.

Their team has a deficit of good talent.

My college was a sponsor of the arts convention.

The last day of school was total disorder.

The topic of abortion is a divisive issue in the U.S.

We had a romantic dinner.

Here’s the meeting agenda.

He lacks the motivation to make the team.

I just don’t give a damn!

That immigrant is now a U.S. citizen!

We’ve learned a lot about genetic code.

Our dog faithfully guards our house.

The refugee camp is swarming.

You must inspire them with your speech!

The web server went down.

The Lunar Module will land on the moon.

You need more protein in your diet.

There were no civilian deaths in the air strikes.

Drop the price on the excess inventory.

He’s more a liability than an asset!

A Corvette is a luxury that we can’t afford.

I want to specialize in treating cancer.

    
    

We must embrace that concept!

There’s no evidence of voter fraud.

She wept dramatically.

Pro sports coaches get huge compensation!

That’s just a symptom, not the cause.

The shareholder meeting went poorly for the CEO.

The two leaders had a productive dialog.

Her art composition stunned the crowd.

She’s a clinical nurse.

The comedy movie had us in stitches.

      
     
*********
   
   
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.)
   
What’s In Our Universe?
   

Lesson 22 – Part One

   
NEW WORDS: Andromeda, Earths, Edmund, Halley, Halley’s, Incas, Mercury, Pluto, Pluto’s,  Saturn’s, Uranus, asteroid, asteroids, astro, astron, comets, crater, eclipse, eclipses, galaxies, galaxy, hydrogen, meteorites, meteoroid, meteoroids, meteors, milky, moons, orbiting, predicted, prefix, probe, probes, relates, robots, rotates, specks
     
     

Chapter One: The Sun, Earth, and Our Solar System
     
Look up in the sky at noon. What do you see? If it is not cloudy, you will see the sun shining brightly in the sky. The sun provides energy – both light and heat energy. The sun’s light and heat give life to plants and animals. Without the sun, Earth would be freezing cold. Have you ever wondered what the sun is made of, or why it gives off so much light and heat?

You may be surprised to know that the sun is a star. It is in fact the closest star to Earth. It is made up of different, hot gases. How hot? A hot summer day on Earth is 100 degrees. On the sun, it is 10,000 degrees! The sun stays that hot all the time! The sun’s gases create the light and heat energy that it gives off.

Long ago, people believed that the sun moved around Earth. This seemed to make sense. Each morning at the start of the day, the sun rose in the east. At the end of the day, the sun set in the west, exactly opposite from where it had come up. To explain this change, people said that the sun moved around Earth. But now we know that this is not what really happens. The sun does not move around Earth. It is Earth that moves around the sun!

    

The sun is in the center of a group of eight planets. All of these planets, including Earth, circle, or orbit, around the sun. The sun, planets, and other objects in space that orbit the sun are called the solar system. The word solar has the Latin root word “sol,” which means “the sun.” Everything in the solar system relates to the sun.

Our planet, Earth, moves in two ways. We have just learned that Earth circles around the sun. It takes about 365 days, which is one year, for Earth to orbit the sun. Earth also moves by spinning, or rotating, on its axis. It is this spinning that makes day and night on Earth and the motion of the sun across the sky from sunrise to sunset. It takes one day for Earth to make one complete rotation on its axis. As Earth rotates and spins, different parts of it face the sun. When the part facing the sun gets sunlight, it is daytime on that side of Earth. The part that faces away from the sun gets no sunlight. So, on that side of Earth, it is nighttime. Did you know that when it is daytime where we live, it is nighttime on the other side of Earth?

When Earth rotates on its axis, it is tilted. At certain times of the year, one part of Earth is tilted toward the sun. The sunlight is more direct, and it feels hotter. For people living on this part of Earth, it is summer. For people living on the part of Earth tilted away from the sun, there is less sunlight, and it is winter. So, when it is summertime for us, there are people living on other parts of Earth where it is winter! So, the fact that Earth is tilted on its axis is what creates the seasons of the year.

     
    

Chapter Two: The Moon
    
Look up in the sky at night. What do you see? If it is not cloudy, you may be able to see the moon. When you see the moon at night, it might look white. It might look gray or silver. Sometimes, it seems to shine and glow. But the moon does not give off light the way that the sun does. The moon is a ball of rock that gives off no light of its own. It simply reflects light from the sun. That means that light from the sun hits the moon and bounces off.

You already know that Earth orbits around the sun. But did you know that the moon orbits around Earth? It takes just about one month for the moon to completely circle Earth. If you look up at the night sky each night of the month, you may think that the size and shape of the moon is changing. However, the size and shape are not really changing. The moon is still a round ball. It looks different at different times of the month because of the way that the light from the sun is reflected and how much of the moon we can see from Earth.

The way that Earth, the moon, and the sun move can also make other interesting things to look at in the sky. When Earth, the moon, and the sun all move together in a direct line, something called an “eclipse” can take place. We can see two kinds of eclipses from Earth. One kind happens when the moon gets in between the sun and Earth. When that happens, we can’t see the sun for a while. At least, we can’t see part of it. We call this a “solar eclipse,” or an eclipse of the sun.

     

The other kind of eclipse, called a “lunar eclipse,” also involves the sun, the moon, and Earth. It takes place when the moon passes behind Earth and into its shadow. In the image on the next page, you can see that a shadow covers part of the moon. It is Earth’s shadow that you see. Earth has blocked out the sun and has left part of the moon in darkness.

Eclipses do not happen often, because the sun, Earth, and the moon all have to line up just right. Solar eclipses can only be seen from a narrow strip of Earth at a time. While they happen once or twice a year, it is very, very rare to see one. Eclipses of the moon happen more often, several times each year. They can be seen from half of Earth at a time, so they are more often visible.

Whether or not you can see an eclipse depends on where you are on Earth. You must NEVER look directly at a solar eclipse. The sun is very bright and could burn your eyes. But, it is safe to look at an eclipse of the moon. If an eclipse is predicted, it is usually big news, so you will likely hear about it.

     
     

Chapter Three: The Planets Closest to the Sun: Mercury, Venus, Earth, and Mars
     
Our planet, Earth, is one of eight planets in our solar system that orbit around the sun. The other planets are Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune. People have been looking at the planets for thousands of years. People from Mesopotamia, the Greeks, Mayans, Incas, and Aztecs were all interested in the planets. They used just their naked eye to study the planets. Now, we have telescopes and other tools that help us get a better look at the planets.

The four planets closest to the sun, Mercury, Venus, Earth, and Mars, are small planets. These planets have a rocky, or solid, surface. Mercury and Venus are closer to the sun than Earth. The other planets are farther away. Earth needs 365 days to make one orbit around the sun. That is the length of one year on Earth. The closer a planet is to the sun, the less time it needs to make an orbit around the sun. Mercury is the closest planet to the sun. It needs just 88 days to make one orbit. Venus is the next closest to the sun. It needs just 225 days to make an orbit. The planets that are farther away take much longer. It takes Neptune 165 years to orbit the sun!

    

Besides being closest to the sun, Mercury is the smallest of all the planets. The English name for the planet comes from the Romans. They named the planet after the Roman god Mercury. The Greek name for this same god is Hermes. Venus is the second planet from the sun and is closest to Earth. This planet was named after the Roman goddess of love. For a long time, scientists thought that Venus might be a lot like Earth. After all, it is close to Earth. It is about the same size as Earth, and it is covered with clouds, like Earth. But this idea turned out to be wrong, too. We know now that Venus and Earth are different in lots of ways. Scientists had to change their ideas to fit the new facts. They have now concluded that Venus is much hotter than Earth. It would not be a good place for us to live or even visit.

Mars is the fourth planet from the sun. It is named after the Roman god of war. When you look at Mars in the night sky, it looks quite red. This is because the rocks on Mars contain rust. Many space probes and robots have landed on Mars. They have taken photographs and have also dug up rocks. One probe that went to Mars not long ago found some ice. That was big news. Ice is frozen water. If there is water on Mars, there might be life. Some experts argue that nothing could live on Mars. They say that it’s too cold and too dry. Others think that there might be life on Mars. They think that there might be something alive down under the rocks. Still others think that there might have been life on Mars at one time, but that there isn’t any now.

     
     

Chapter Four: The Outer Planets: Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune
      
Do you remember the names of the four planets closest to the sun? If you said, “Mercury, Venus, Earth, and Mars,” you are right! There are four more planets called the outer planets. So, there are eight planets in all. Jupiter is the very next planet after Mars. After Jupiter come Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune in that order. Neptune is the planet that is farthest from the sun. Uranus is difficult to see with the naked eye, and Neptune is impossible to see without help. Neptune is only visible using a telescope.

The outer planets are very large and are mostly made of gas. Scientists often call these planets gas giants. Of all the planets, Jupiter is the largest. 1,300 Earths could fit inside Jupiter! It is made mostly of hydrogen gas, the most common gas in the universe. The gases on Jupiter seem to be blowing around. In the image of Jupiter on the next page, you can see the giant red spot. It looks like an eye! Experts think that it’s a big wind storm, like a huge hurricane. Jupiter also has 92 (as of Feb. 2023) known moons that orbit it. Some of these moons are very large, even larger than Earth’s moon.

Saturn is known for its many large rings that orbit the planet. These rings are made of ice and dust. The ice reflects light and makes the rings glow. Saturn also has many moons that orbit it.

     

The last two planets are Uranus and Neptune. These planets are the farthest from the sun, so they are very cold. Uranus and Neptune also have rings, but they aren’t easily seen like Saturn’s. Both planets also have moons.

So, now you know the names of all eight planets. Try asking the adults in your family how many planets there are. They may tell you that there are nine planets. When the adults in your family were in school, people said that there was a ninth planet called Pluto. But in 2006, scientists decided that Pluto did not have all of the characteristics needed to be classified as a planet. They removed Pluto’s name from the list of planets, so now there are only eight planets.

     
     

Chapter Five: Asteroids, Comets, and Meteors
    
There are other objects that orbit the sun in the solar system besides the planets. Millions of space rocks called asteroids also orbit the sun. Asteroids are made of rock, metal, and sometimes ice. Many asteroids are found orbiting the sun between the planets Mars and Jupiter. They cluster together in a shape like a belt as they orbit the sun. This part of the solar system is called the asteroid belt.

Comets also orbit the sun. Comets are made mostly of ice and dust. When a comet gets close to the sun, the sun’s heat causes some of the comet to change into a gas. This gas streams off the end of the comet like a tail. The most famous comet is Halley’s Comet. It is named for the British scientist Edmund Halley who first discovered it. Halley’s Comet is visible from Earth with the naked eye every 76 years. It was last seen in 1986. Can you figure out when it will be seen again?

    

Other kinds of space rocks called meteoroids are also found throughout the solar system. When a meteoroid enters Earth’s atmosphere, we call it a meteor. Small pieces of the meteor burn brightly and look like a white trail across the sky when viewed from Earth. Sometimes people call this a “shooting star.” Have you ever seen one? A meteor “shower” is when many meteors can be seen falling in the sky on the same night. Sometimes they last over several nights. It’s an amazing space show! If a meteor doesn’t fully burn up in the atmosphere, it falls to Earth and can make a large hole called a crater. Pieces of a meteor found on the ground are meteorites.

      
      

Chapter Six: Galaxies and Stars
     
Look up in the sky at night. What do you see besides the moon? If it is not cloudy, you may be able to see lots of stars glittering in the sky. Remember that the sun is also a star. The stars in the night sky do not look like the sun. They do not look as big or as bright. But they are, in fact, very much alike. The stars in the night sky are big balls of hot gas, just like the sun.

So, why don’t they look the same? The night stars are much, much farther away from Earth than the sun. That is why they look like tiny specks of light. If we could get close to the stars, they would look bigger, brighter, and more like the sun. But the stars we see at night are so far away that no one from Earth has ever been able to get close to them.

Scientists who study the stars and outer space are called astronomers. The Greek root word “astron” means star. The prefixastro” is used in many other English words. All stars are big balls of hot gas, but astronomers have discovered that stars differ in many ways. Stars can be different sizes and colors. Some stars are closer to Earth than others, and some stars are hotter than others. Stars that are the hottest and closest to Earth appear brighter than other stars.

    

Astronomers also discovered that stars cluster together in large groups. A large group of stars that cluster together in one area is called a galaxy. There are billions and billions of stars in one galaxy. That’s a lot of stars! The galaxy to which our sun and solar system belong is called the Milky Way Galaxy. It has a spiral shape when viewed from space. From Earth, it looks like a “milky” band of white light.

The nearest spiral galaxy to the Milky Way Galaxy is called the Andromeda Galaxy. It is billions and billions of miles from the Milky Way Galaxy. There’s that number “billions” again. You have probably heard of a million before. A million is a huge number. So, what’s a billion? It’s one thousand million! It is safe to say that the Andromeda Galaxy is a long, long, long way away! Even so, it is sometimes possible to see the Andromeda Galaxy at night.

Scientists think that there are billions of galaxies in the universe. There’s that number “billions” again. There are billions of stars in each galaxy and billions of galaxies in the universe. That is almost more than you can think about!

     
       
*********

      

    
WEEK EIGHT PHONICS READ-ALONGS

     

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 77) THE #1 “OO” SOUND LIKE IN “BOOT” SPELLED TEN WAYS … continued:

     

Letter-U by itself:
     

Batman and Robin are called the “Dynamic Duo.”

   

An emu looks a lot like an ostrich but is smaller.

   

A guy on the news said that he knew a gnu named Newt.

   

Stu gave a great performance at the school’s talent show.

    

Yul Brynner was an actor best known for playing the role of the King of Siam in “The King and I.”

    

My car’s in the shop, so to get anywhere, I need to rent an Uber.

    

My brother-in-law has dual citizenship between the U.S. and Costa Rica.

   

The duel between the two powerful wizards ended in a stalemate.

    

The duet sung by the elder crooner and the young pop star became an instant hit.

    

The CEO said, “Your concern is duly noted, and I’ll make sure the the technology director is aware of it.”

    

I feel that it’s my duty to help protect my country, and that’s why I’m joining the Navy.

    

To get close to remembering the height of Mt. Fuji, think of a year being “12 months” and “365 days,” and you get 12,365 feet tall, which is only about 20 feet from the true number.

     

Because of his study focus when he got his Ph.D, the archbishop was considered a guru of the Reformation.

    

My daughter is obsessed with her Hula-Hoop, and she’s really good at keeping it going.

   

Most of the streaming that my parents do is on the Hulu channel.

    

She is going to aim for getting a black belt in judo.

   

The team chalked up that string of unfortunate losses to bad juju on the road.

     

The fireworks in our town on the fourth of July are fantastic.

    

In the Peanuts cartoon, Lucy is often mean to her younger brother Linus.

    

The new kid in our class, Luis, is from Guatemala.

    

That black eye that he got is quite a lulu!

   

This Luna moth that we saw was gigantic.

   

A puma is an alternate name for a cougar.

   

The Wicked Witch was obsessed with obtaining Dorothy’s ruby slippers.

    

The unexpected late-season hurricane is going to ruin my travel plans, as I now need to cancel my trip.

    

I can’t eat a Baby Ruth candy bar because I’m allergic to peanuts.

    

This recipe isn’t healthy, because it calls for suet, which is high in saturated fat content.

   

George Takei played Lieutenant Sulu in the original Star Trek series.

   

A sumo wrestling match will sometimes last for only a few seconds.

   

My friend Suzy brought in a cool kaleidoscope for show-and-tell today.

    

My roommate at music school plays the tuba.

   

I’m going to order a tuna melt for lunch today.

    

Ballerinas traditionally wear a tutu when they perform.

    

Desmond Tutu was a South African Anglican bishop and theologian, known for his work as an anti-apartheid and human rights activist.

   

The “driest flavor” of Champagne is called “brut.”

    

Ecru” is a color that is very light brown.

   

In lieu of family members giving each other Christmas gifts this year, we are donating money to our preferred charities.

    

Tofu is a soft, bland, white cheeselike food, high in protein content, made from curdled soymilk, used in Asian and vegetarian cooking.

    

They clothed the Duke in a robe of crimson trimmed with ermine, and they placed the ducal coronet of Brabant upon his head.

    

This movement of the piano sonata is in duple meter.

    

A duvet is a quilt, usually filled with down, and often with a removable cover.

    

I need to buy more lighter fluid to use with our charcoal grill.

     

A “gulag” was a system of forced-labor camps in the extinct Soviet Union.

    

The popular, traditional cocktail to drink while watching the Kentucky Derby is a mint julep.

    

Julie Andrews is famous for her acting and singing roles in “The Sound of Music” and “Mary Poppins.”

   

The boss gave kudos to the project team for their flawless launch of the new product line.

    

I tried to talk to Granny when she was waking up in the recovery room, but she just wasn’t lucid enough yet to have a conversation.

    

The Air and Space Museum had a replica of the lunar module from the Apollo missions.

    

Because of his attacks on Ukraine, Vladimir Putin may go down as one of the most evil world leaders in history, right next to Hitler and Stalin.

    

Class, this is a ruler, which is twelve inches long, and we can also call it one foot long.

    

Have you heard the rumor that the boss is going to retire next month?

    

When we went to Key West on our vacation, I tried scuba diving for the first time.

    

Ground sumac, a tangy crimson spice, is available at Middle Eastern markets and spice shops.

     

I have a super bad headache, so it’s probably a migraine.

   

My sister Susan, whose birthday is today, is now officially a teenager.

   

I love it when tulip trees finally bloom in the spring.

   

Although we found a tiny tumor, the good news is that it’s completely benign.

   

I volunteer tutor three hours per week at an after-care center.

   

We drove through some back roads in Alabama, and kudzu had taken over the hills.

   

My uncle invested in a duplex, and he rents it out to two nice families.

    

Rupert Grint played Ron Weasley in the Harry Potter movies.

   

Bhutan, a Buddhist kingdom on the Himalayas’ eastern edge, is known for its monasteries, fortresses, and dramatic landscapes.

   

The UCLA Bruins were a men’s college basketball dynasty under the great coach John Wooden.

    

Druids were the members of the high-ranking class in ancient Celtic cultures.

   

I found my grandparents to be very frugal, as they had lived through the Great Depression.

    

Mom’s going to have an art studio built at the back of our property line.

    

When you’re going through a “brainstorming” process, no idea should be considered stupid.

    

I intuit that you are exhausted, based on your body posture and the look on your face.

   

I think that Jupiter is the coolest looking planet in our Solar System.

    

Enough voters considered that guy to be a lunatic that he was soundly defeated in the election.

   

If humanity can figure out how to create economical nuclear fusion, it will be a boon for our global civilization.

    

Pick a numeral between twenty and forty.

   

The new student in our class is from Afghanistan.

    

The Catholic Jesuits are known for giving young people a powerful and comprehensive education in their schools.

   
     

*********

*********

        
    

WEEK NINE    

WEEK NINE READING PASSAGES    
    

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.)
   
What’s In Our Universe?
   

Lesson 23 – Part Two

    
NEW WORDS: Aldrin, Armstrong, Collins, Copernicus, Dartmouth, Decatur, Einstein, Endeavour, Friedmann, Galileo, Galileo’s, Jemison, Lemaitre, Mae’s, Nicolaus, Polaris, Polaris’s, Ptolemy, Ptolemy’s, Stanford, achieves, aeronautics, artist’s, astronomer, astronomy, astrophysicist, astrophysicists, booster, cartwheels, constellation, constellations, contributed, dipper, directs, excelled, expanding, flights, heavenly, inc., manned, meteorite, missions, observations, observatories, observatory, orbited, phases, pointer, prevention, pumped, runway, samples, schoolwork, shuttled, shuttles, singers, spaceships, speeding, spheres, splashdown, tuned, unmanned, viewing, weightlessness, willingly
      
     

Chapter Seven: Constellations
      
Go outside one night and look at the stars. Of the billions of stars in our galaxy, it is possible to see only 2,000 with the naked eye. When you first look at them, you might not see much. They might look like just a bunch of tiny dots. Look a little closer. You will see that some stars shine more brightly than others. Focus on the bright stars. Which ones really jump out at you? Then, focus on the spaces in between the bright stars. Ask yourself, “What would it look like if I drew lines from one bright star to the next? What would it look like if I were to connect the dots? Would I see any shapes? Would I see any patterns?” Since ancient times, people have been studying the stars. When ancient people looked at the stars, some seemed to be closer together and formed patterns.

    
    

One of the first people to describe these star patterns, called constellations, was a man named Ptolemy. He picked out the brightest stars and traced lines from one star to the next. He saw all types of shapes and patterns. One looked like a bull. He saw another that looked like a crab. A third looked like a bear. In all, he found 48 constellations. Much later, 40 more constellations were added to Ptolemy’s list. Today, astronomers say that there are 88 constellations that can be seen in the night sky. On the next page is a drawing of a constellation that Ptolemy described. It is called “Ursa Major,” or “Big Bear.” The white dots or circles stand for the stars in the constellation. The dotted lines connect the stars and trace the pattern so that you can see the shape. Do you see a Big Bear in the pattern? It does not look exactly like a real bear. So, you may need to imagine that it looks like a bear. Hint, its head is to the left with its nose being the star that is on the far left.

    
     

 Within Ursa Major, there are seven very bright stars that form another small group of stars called the Big Dipper. Look at the image at the top of the next page. Can you see why it is called the Big Dipper? When you trace a line from star to star, the shape looks like a dipper. A dipper is like a ladle that you can use to scoop something into a bowl. The stars on the left look like the handle. The stars on the right look like the scoop. Ptolemy also described another constellation called “Ursa Minor,” or “Little Bear.” This constellation is also made up of seven stars. In the image on the bottom of the next page, the seven dots stand for the stars. An artist has added a drawing of a bear to help you better imagine how the star pattern looks like a bear.

Ursa Minor is also called the Little Dipper. The brightest star at the end of the handle is called Polaris. Can you see it? Polaris stays in the same place in the night sky all year long. (Other stars are found in different places in the sky at different times of the year.) Polaris’s place in the sky is almost directly over the North Pole of Earth. By finding Polaris, also called the North Star, you can find the direction north and the other directions. In ancient times, sailors and explorers used this star to find their way when they traveled. Try to find Polaris the next time you look at the night sky. Start by first looking for the Big Dipper, because it is easier to find. Then, find the two “pointer” stars at the edge of the Big Dipper’s scoop. Then, pretend there is a long arrow pointing the same way as the pointer stars. The first star you will see at the end of the arrow is Polaris.

    
         

Chapter Eight: Exploring Space
     
As you have learned in the last chapters, people have been interested in studying space since ancient times. It was possible to see only some stars and planets with the naked eye. Since they were far, far away, it was impossible to see anything in very much detail. In 1609, an astronomer named Galileo created a telescope that he used to observe the night sky. Galileo’s telescope made things appear three times larger. Using his telescope, he discovered four of the many moons that orbit the planet Jupiter. He also observed the planet Saturn and the Milky Way.

Since Galileo’s time, scientists have created more and more powerful telescopes. Some telescopes are housed in large observatories on Earth. Often, these observatories are on the top of mountains, far away from any cities or lights. This allows astronomers to clearly see the stars and planets.

     
     

Other telescopes are launched into space using rockets. They travel far above Earth and have a better view of the universe than telescopes on Earth. One of these telescopes is the Hubble Telescope. It was launched in 1990 by NASA, the American group of scientists who study outer space. The Hubble Telescope is still in space today, orbiting Earth. Since its launch, it has sent back thousands of photos to NASA. Hubble’s photos have led to many new discoveries about the universe. For example, using photos from Hubble, scientists now think that the universe is about 13 to 14 billion years old!

Besides sending telescopes into space, NASA has also launched rocket ships into space. Scientists believed it was too dangerous for humans to ride the first rocket ships into space. They did not know what effects space travel might have on humans. So, NASA first sent apes into space on rocket ships. “Why apes?” you might ask. Think back to what you learned in a previous reader about animals. Apes are mammals and belong to the same group of animals, called primates, as humans. By studying the apes, scientists hoped to learn how space travel might affect humans. In 1961, NASA sent the first American astronaut into space on a rocket ship. His name was Alan Shepard. He stayed in space for only 15 minutes.

     
     

After 1961, NASA sent more manned flights into space. These flights orbited Earth but did not stop or land anywhere in space. Then, in 1969, the United States sent a rocket ship to the moon. The rocket ship was called Apollo 11.

Have you ever tried to throw a ball up in the air? The ball goes up at first. Then, it comes back down. No matter how hard you throw it, it comes back down because of gravity. Gravity is a force of attraction that pulls things toward one another. Earth’s gravity pulls the ball back down to Earth. Earth’s gravity is a challenge for rocket ships like Apollo 11. In order to fly off into outer space, the rocket ship has to push up with a lot of force. It has to push up with so much force that gravity cannot pull it back down. Apollo 11 fired a lot of strong rockets. It lifted off and went up slowly at first. Then, it got faster and faster. This is what it looked like after a few seconds. After just a few seconds more, it shot up out of Earth’s atmosphere and into outer space.

     
    

Chapter Nine: A Walk on the Moon
     
Once Apollo 11 was up in space, the astronauts had to steer it to the moon. There were three astronauts on Apollo 11. You can see them in the image on the next page. Each had a job to do. One of them was in charge of flying the spaceship, called Columbia. The other two had to get into a landing craft called the Eagle. Then, they had to steer it down and land it on the moon.

The astronaut who had to steer the Eagle was named Neil Armstrong. He had to find a good, flat spot to land on. He also had to set the Eagle down gently. Lots of people tuned in to watch Armstrong and the Eagle on live TV. At first, Armstrong had a hard time getting the Eagle to go where he wanted it to go. But, in the end, he landed it just fine. Armstrong sent a message back by radio, “The Eagle has landed!” The crowds watching it on TV went wild. They danced and sang. They shouted and waved the United States flag. For the first time ever, humans had landed on the moon! What happened next was even more amazing. The astronauts went for a walk on the moon!

     
     

There is no air for breathing on the moon. It is also very cold. So, the astronauts could not just walk out in shorts and a T-shirt. They had to put on space suits like the one in the image on the next page. They had to wear masks. They had to carry tanks full of air for breathing. Armstrong went out first. He went down the steps of the Eagle until he was on the last one. Then, he made a little hop. He landed on the moon and kicked up a little moon dust. Then, he said, “That’s one small step for man, one giant leap for mankind.” Another astronaut joined Armstrong on the moon. His name was Buzz Aldrin. Once again, people watching it on TV cheered. They were proud that the United States had put a man on the moon!

While Armstrong and Aldrin were on the moon, pilot Michael Collins stayed on a part of the spaceship that was still orbiting the moon. Armstrong and Aldrin spent more than 21 hours on the moon. They found that it was easy to move about on the moon, which has less gravity than Earth. They could jump up high and seemed to float down slowly. They used different tools to explore the moon. They knew the scientists back on Earth were hoping to learn new information about the moon. They dug up samples of moon rocks to take back to Earth. After exploring the moon, Aldrin and Armstrong got back in the Eagle. They lifted off. They met up with Michael Collins on board the other part of the spaceship. Then, all three of them flew back to Earth. The spaceship came speeding back from space and splashed down into the sea. A Navy ship came to pick up the astronauts and take them back to NASA.

     
    

Chapter Ten: What’s it Like in Space?
     
Since Apollo 11, many more astronauts have traveled in space. Scientists have learned that there are many differences between Earth and space. One of the biggest differences has to do with gravity. Remember that gravity is a force of attraction that pulls things toward one another. The force of gravity on Earth is pretty strong. Even the best jumpers can only jump a few feet off the ground. (Try it and see!)

Remember that on the moon, astronauts Aldrin and Armstrong were easily able to jump up high. They didn’t come down quickly either. Instead, they seemed to float down slowly. That was because the force of gravity on the moon is not as strong as on Earth. The moon is not as big as Earth. So, the force of gravity is not as strong on the moon. If you think that this is cool, wait until you read what happens out in space, away from the moon or planets. Out in space, astronauts do not feel the effects of gravity. They and their spaceship are moving freely in space. Since the astronaut and spaceship are moving freely together, the astronauts look and feel as if they are floating!

    
    

Up in space, lots of things are different. You can do a flip and not worry about whether you will make it all the way around before you come down! Eating is different in space, too. I’ll bet that when you eat lunch at school, your food stays where you put it. If you set it on a table, it stays there until you pick it up. The force of gravity holds it down. But if you were up in space, you and your food would be moving freely together. If you let go of it, your food might drift away!

There are other differences in space besides less gravity. Do you remember that the astronauts on the moon had to carry tanks of air for breathing? Another way outer space is different from Earth is that there is no air or oxygen at all in outer space. Look again at the image on page 87 of the astronauts inside the spaceship. The astronauts are not carrying tanks of air. That’s because oxygen is being pumped inside the spaceship. Since there is no air in space, you also do not hear sounds in outer space. It is also very cold in space. The astronauts must train many months before going into space, so that they know what to expect. Do you think that you would like to go into space some day?

      
     

Chapter Eleven: The Space Shuttle
      
Interest in manned space exploration soared after Apollo 11. Other astronauts went to the moon. But scientists were also interested in exploring other parts of space beyond the moon. It was very expensive and took a lot of time to build and send spaceships into space. Do you remember that when Apollo 11 returned from space, it landed in the sea? It was not able to land safely on the ground, so this type of spacecraft always had to land in the sea. Once it landed in the sea, this kind of spacecraft could not be used again. In 1981, a reusable spacecraft, called a space shuttle, was built. It was able to fly up into space and then zoom back down to Earth. When it returned to Earth, the pilot was able to land the spacecraft on a runway almost like an airplane. It glided down from space and landed on a runway, but it had to be a very long runway.

The space shuttle was flown back into space again and again. It shuttled back and forth between Earth and space. That is why it was called the space shuttle. The image on the previous page shows the launch of a space shuttle. The space shuttle itself is the white part that looks like a jet plane. The other parts are booster rockets. The booster rockets helped the space shuttle get off the ground. They helped the space shuttle overcome Earth’s gravity. Once the space shuttle was up into space, it dropped the booster rockets because it no longer needed them.

     
    

In the thirty years between 1981 and 2011, different space shuttles carried astronauts up into space on many missions. The space shuttle was also used to bring research equipment and tools into space. The astronauts did many experiments to find out more about space. Scientists were especially interested in learning about what effect the lack of gravity would have on humans and other living things. The space shuttle was also used to help build an amazing space station. Astronauts could live at the space station for months at a time.

Often, the space shuttle carried supplies back and forth from Earth to the space station. It also provided a ride home to Earth when it was time for the astronauts to return. The last space shuttle mission took place in July 2011. NASA scientists and Americans were proud of everything that the astronauts had accomplished in thirty years. With the end of the space shuttle missions, NASA is planning other ways to explore space. Those plans include launching unmanned probes and satellites. NASA scientists hope to learn more about the moon’s gravity and are even talking about trying to explore asteroids!

     
     

Chapter Twelve: The International Space Station
     
Would you like to have a bedroom in outer space? Some astronauts do! The United States and other countries use the space shuttle to send astronauts to an international space station. The space station orbits Earth. Three astronauts can live there at one time. They stay for six months at a time. This image shows the space station.

The space station orbits far above Earth. So, the astronauts in the space station don’t feel the effects of gravity like we do on Earth. When we lift our arms and legs here on Earth, we have to work against gravity. That is good for us. It helps us stay in shape. But astronauts in space don’t have the effects of gravity to work against. They do not get much of a workout from drifting around. They have to run at least once a day to stay in good shape. In this image, you can see an astronaut jogging in space.

These two men are sleeping in space. They don’t feel the effects of gravity, so they are moving freely within the spaceship. This means that they can sleep right side up or upside down. It is all the same. Do you think you would like sleeping this way?

     
     

Taking a shower in space is tricky. On Earth, the water comes out of the spout. It falls down and splashes on your body. Then, it runs off. But this is not what happens in space! In space, you have to rub the water on your skin. Also, it does not just drip off. You have to scrape it off. You have to shower in a little pod. The pod keeps the water that you scrape off of your skin from drifting off into the air. If it drifted off, it might cause problems. It might mess up the computers and equipment inside the space station. You can see that lots of things are different when you live in space. That is why leaving the space station and coming back to Earth can be hard. It takes time for the astronauts to get used to Earth again. After months in space, they struggle with the gravity on Earth. Their arms and legs feel heavy. They find it hard to stand up. They feel off balance. But in a few weeks, they begin to feel normal again. Sometimes when they look up at the sky, they even feel a little homesick for their home in outer space.

       
      

Chapter Thirteen: Dr. Mae Jemison
     
Do you know what a role model is? A role model is someone who sets an example for others by the way that he or she lives. Many students admire people who are famous athletes, movie stars, or singers – and use them as role models. They see them on TV, in newspapers and in magazines, and decide they want to be like them. But some of the best role models are people that you probably would not see on TV or in newspapers. They have jobs such as doctors, teachers, or policemen. Some are scientists and astronauts. One such person is Mae Jemison.

Mae Jemison was born October 17, 1956, in Decatur, Alabama. Her family moved to Chicago, Illinois when she was young. Mae always took great pride in her schoolwork. She was interested in science, but she was also interested in the arts. She finished high school early at age 16! From there, she went to Stanford University in California. Most college students focus on only one topic of study, because college is so challenging. Mae focused and excelled in two topics of study, chemical engineering and African-American studies! After Stanford, Mae entered medical school to become a doctor. She wanted to use her medical training to help people in Africa and countries where people were poor. So, she joined the Peace Corps as a volunteer. Health care in Africa was often not very good. Mae treated patients and also helped train other health care workers. She worked hard to help improve health care in the countries where she worked.

     
     

After the Peace Corps, Mae came back to the United States. She set her sights on a different goal. Her greatest dream was to become an astronaut and travel into space. She decided to apply to NASA to become an astronaut. But the first time she applied, she was not accepted. Instead of giving up, she tried again, and NASA accepted her the second time! She was one of only 15 people chosen from a group of 2,000 people who wanted to become astronauts! Her training to become an astronaut was hard. She had to get into great shape and train to get used to being free of the effects of gravity in space. She also had to study and pass many tests about space travel. Mae Jemison succeeded in both.

In 1992, Mae was chosen for a mission on the Endeavour space shuttle. A rocket launched the Endeavour into orbit around Earth. Mae became the first African-American female astronaut in space! The mission was to study the effects of weightlessness on plants and animals. Mae conducted experiments during the mission with fellow astronaut Jan Davis. They collected information that the scientists at NASA could study. The mission was a great success. After her successful mission, Mae retired from NASA. She became a professor at Dartmouth College, sharing her love of science and space with other students. She also started her own company called The Jemison Group, Inc. Mae’s company continues to work with people in poor countries, searching for ways that science can help improve these people’s lives. Mae Jemison is truly a role model that we can all admire!

     
     

Chapter Fourteen: Nicolaus Copernicus
    
Do you remember in the very first chapter of this reader you learned that, long ago, people believed that the sun moved around Earth? This seemed to make sense. Each morning at the start of the day, the sun rose in the east. At the end of the day, the sun set in the west, exactly opposite from where it had come up. To explain this change, people said that the sun moved around Earth. This is what the Greeks and other ancient people believed. But you also learned in the first chapter that this was not true. About the same time that Christopher Columbus arrived in America, a man named Nicolaus Copernicus was studying math and astronomy at a university in Poland. He later moved to Italy where he also studied medicine and law.

But Copernicus’ real love was astronomy. He knew that since ancient times, people believed that the sun moved around Earth. Copernicus began to carefully observe and record the movement of the sun, planets, and stars. After much research, Copernicus decided that the belief that the sun moved around Earth could not be true. Copernicus’ observations led him to believe just the opposite! He realized that instead, Earth was moving around the sun! He also believed that as Earth orbited the sun, it also completed a full rotation each day.

     
     

All of Copernicus’ ideas came from viewing space without the help of a telescope. He wrote down what he observed from a cathedral bell tower. He also used math to help him prove his point. Finally, Copernicus wrote a book explaining his new ideas about how the universe worked. His fellow scientists went to work trying to prove him wrong, but they couldn’t. Most were amazed by his discovery!

However, Copernicus’ ideas were different from what people had believed for thousands of years. They believed that Earth and humans were the center of the universe. Many of the teachings of the church at that time were also based on this belief. Copernicus had dared to suggest that Earth was not the center of the universe. Instead, he said, the sun was at the center! Many in the church disagreed with Copernicus’ ideas and spoke out against them. So, his beliefs were not widely accepted while he was alive. In fact, even after Copernicus died, the church continued to argue against the view that the sun was at the center of the universe. Some scientists agreed with Copernicus’ ideas. Galileo agreed with Copernicus and was punished and put in jail for a long time. Today we know, of course, that Copernicus was right. It took great courage to speak up and suggest an idea that was so different from what people had always believed. But that is how science works. Even today, scientists continue to learn new things about the universe, so our knowledge is always changing and growing.

     
     

Chapter Fifteen: The Big Bang
     
Have you ever wondered how the universe and our solar system came to be? Astronomers have studied the universe for thousands of years. During that time, people suggested many different explanations of how our solar system began. With the help of telescopes, modern astronomers noticed that all of the distant galaxies in the universe seem to be moving outward. The more distant the galaxies, the faster they are moving outward. Stars are moving away from Earth and so are whole galaxies. In 1929, a scientist named Edwin Hubble discovered this distance versus speed that is now called “Hubble’s Law.” (This is the same “Hubble” after whom the Hubble Telescope is named!)

Hubble’s observation led scientists to offer explanations of how the solar system started. There are many explanations, or theories, about how the universe came to be. One recent theory or idea is known as the Big Bang Theory. A theory in science tries to explain how something happened or how something works. Three astrophysicists proposed the Big Bang Theory in the 1960s. Astrophysicists are scientists who use math to study the universe. George Lemaitre, Alexander Friedmann, and Edwin Hubble studied the theories of another scientist by the name of Albert Einstein. They used his ideas to develop their explanation of how the universe first started.

     
     

They suggested that long ago, the universe and everything in it was once a tiny ball. All of the stuff that makes the universe (called matter) was squeezed together into one tiny space. Imagine if all the planets and all the stars were squeezed together to fit in your hand. That is how tight and tiny the ball was! Scientists think that everything began expanding outward about 14 billion years ago. All the matter in the universe exploded out at once! That is why the event is called the Big Bang. When all the matter in the ball began moving out, it was very hot. It was hotter than even the hottest star. Everything was moving so fast as it expanded that nothing could stick together. It was too hot and fast for anything to be like what it is today. There were no galaxies, no stars, no planets, and no people. But over time, the matter began to cool. As the matter cooled and stopped moving so fast, gravity was able to hold little bits of matter together in spheres. These little spheres, with the help of gravity, came together and became the first stars and galaxies. Over billions of years of matter moving and growing, the universe became the way it looks today. The sun and planets in our solar system formed about four billion years ago.

Scientists are continuing to look into space for more clues about the Big Bang. There is still a lot to learn about the early universe. Scientists sometimes make minor changes to the Big Bang Theory to match what they have learned. It is amazing to think how old our solar system is and that scientists are still trying to find out how it all started!

    
     
++++
     
     
Glossary

African-American studies—the study of the history, culture, and politics of African-Americans, Americans who have ancestors from Africa.
Andromeda Galaxy—the spiral galaxy that is closest to the Milky Way Galaxy.
Apollo 11—a rocket ship that took three American astronauts to the moon in 1969.
Asteroid—a space rock, smaller than a planet, that orbits the sun (asteroids).
Asteroid belt—an area between Mars and Jupiter where thousands of asteroids orbit around the sun in a shape like a belt.
Astronaut—a person who travels into outer space.
Astronomer—a scientist who studies stars, planets, and outer space (astronomers).
Astrophysicist—a scientist who studies the physical characteristics of heavenly bodies (astrophysicists).
Atmosphere—an invisible, protective blanket of air around Earth and other heavenly bodies.
Attraction—when things are drawn to move closer together.
Axis—an imaginary straight line through the middle of an object, around which that object spins.

Big Bang Theory—a scientific explanation of how the universe began.
Billion—a very large number (billions).
Booster rocket—one of two parts of a space shuttle that helps launch it into space by overcoming gravity (booster rockets).

Chemical engineering—a field of study in which scientists use their knowledge of chemistry and how things in the natural world are made and interact.
Comet—a frozen ball of dust and ice that travels through outer space (comets).
Constellation—stars that form a pattern or shape that looks like such things as a person, an object, or an animal as seen from Earth (constellations).
Courage—bravery.

Eclipse—the blocking of the light from the sun by another heavenly body (eclipses).
Endeavour—a NASA space shuttle.
Especially—very much, particularly.
Exploration—the study of unknown places or things.

Galaxy—a very large cluster of billions of stars, dust, and gas held together by gravity and separated from other star systems by a large amount of space (galaxies).
Gas giant—one of the large outer planets, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune, that is composed of mainly hydrogen gas (gas giants).
Gravity—a force that pulls things toward one another.

Halley’s Comet—a famous comet named for British scientist Edmund Halley that is visible from Earth with the naked eye every 76 years.
Health care—the prevention or treatment of illnesses by trained medical specialists.
Hubble Telescope—a large telescope that collects information in space; it was carried into space in 1990 and may be operational into the 2030s.
Hydrogen—the most common gas in the universe, which is lighter than air and easily catches fire.

Imagine—to pretend.
International—involving more than one country.

Launch—to send a rocket into outer space (launched).

Manned—carrying and operated by people.
Matter—the stuff everything in the universe is made of; anything that takes up space.
Meteor—a piece of rock that burns very brightly when it enters Earth’s atmosphere from space, also called a shooting star (meteors).
Meteorite—a meteor that does not fully burn up in Earth’s atmosphere and falls to Earth.
Meteoroid—a space rock, smaller than an asteroid, that orbits the sun (meteoroids).
Milky Way Galaxy—the galaxy that contains Earth and the solar system in which it lies.

Naked eye—your eye.
NASA—National Aeronautics and Space Administration; an organization in the United States that directs space travel and research.

Observatory—a place used to observe the sun, moon, stars, and outer space (observatories).
Orbit—the curved path that something in space takes around another object in space; planets move in an orbit around the sun (orbiting).

Peace Corps—a group of American volunteers who carry out projects in other countries to help improve the lives of people living there.
Planet—a round object in space that orbits a star (planets).
Polaris—the North Star; the brightest star at the end of the handle of the Ursa Minor / Little Dipper that stays in the same place in the night sky all year long.
Probe—a tool used to explore something, such as outer space (probes).

Research—the kind of equipment used to collect information through experiments.
Reusable—when something can be used more than once.
Rotate—to turn about an axis or a center (rotating, rotates, rotation).

Satellite—a natural or man-made object that orbits a planet or smaller object (satellites).
Shuttle—to go back and forth from one place to the next (shuttled).
Solar system—the sun, other bodies like asteroids and meteors, and the planets that orbit the sun.
Space shuttle—a manned spacecraft used for exploration.
Space station—a manned satellite that is made to be in outer space for a long period of time.
Sphere—an object shaped like a ball (spheres).

Theory—a suggested explanation for why something happens (theories).
Tilted—slanted or tipped to one side.

Unmanned—not carrying people.
Ursa Major—the constellation named by Ptolemy that is also called Big Bear; it includes the Big Dipper.
Ursa Minor—the constellation made of seven stars, named by Ptolemy, that is also called Little Bear; it is the Little Dipper.

Volunteer—a person who willingly performs a service without getting paid.

Weightlessness—to have little or no weight.
   
    
++++
     
     
Subtitles to Illustrations
   
The sun gives us light and heat energy. A close-up of the sun. Planets orbiting the sun. Earth spins on its axis. On the side of Earth facing the sun, it is daytime. On the side facing away from the sun, it is nighttime. When Earth is tilted on its axis towards the sun, it is spring and summer. When Earth is tilted on its axis away from the sun, it is fall and winter. Our moon is easily visible on most clear nights. This chart shows the phases of the moon. It shows what you might see if you looked at the moon each night for a month. You can read the chart just like you would read a book. Start at the top and go from left to right. When you finish reading the first row, go on to the next one. You can see how the moon seems to change during the month. During an eclipse of the sun, the moon moves between Earth and sun and blocks out the sun. The moon during a lunar eclipse. A telescope. The sun and planets. Mercury (top) and Venus. Mars. Our solar system. The sun and eight planets. Jupiter and some of its moons. Saturn and its rings. This is Neptune as it might look if seen from one of its moons. The shadow of another moon makes a dark spot on the planet’s surface. Top. An artist’s image of an asteroid belt around a star. Bottom. An up-close image of an asteroid from our solar system. A comet in the night sky. Meteor Crater in Arizona formed when a meteorite hit Earth. Notice the road and buildings to the left of the crater. This crater is very big! An artist’s drawing of a meteor shower at night. Stars in the night sky. All stars are made of gases, but they can differ in size, color, and brightness. The Milky Way as it appears in the night sky. Andromeda Galaxy. On a clear night away from city lights, you can see the stars that fill the night sky. Ursa Major. Ursa Minor, The Big Dipper. The “pointer” stars of the Big Dipper pointing to Polaris, the North Star. A portrait of Galileo holding a telescope. Building an observatory on top of a mountain helps to get a better view of the sky. The Hubble Telescope orbits Earth above its atmosphere. Top image. Ham, one of the first apes launched into space. Bottom image. Alan Shepard was the first American astronaut in space. Apollo 11 fires its rockets during lift-off. Apollo 11 shooting up into space. The Apollo 11 astronauts. Here is one of the Apollo 11 astronauts walking on the moon. Can you see his footprints? Buzz Aldrin plants the U.S. flag on the moon. Splashdown of Apollo 11. Want to jump high? You will have to fight against gravity. This astronaut is inside a spaceship in space, where the force of gravity is less. When you are free of the effects of gravity, it is easier to do flips and cartwheels. Look, no hands! These astronauts’ lunches appear to be floating! This is what Earth looks like from the moon. Can you name some ways that being in space is different from being on Earth? A space shuttle lifts off. A space shuttle in orbit above Earth. A space shuttle comes in for a landing. The space station orbits Earth. Astronauts have to jog in space to stay in shape. These two astronauts are taking a nap in space. An astronaut taking a space shower. Mae Jemison. Stanford University, where Mae went to college. An experiment studying the effects of weightlessness. Mae Jemison achieves her goal of becoming an astronaut. Young Copernicus studied math, astronomy, medicine, and law. Copernicus spent hours observing the movement of the stars, planets, and sun. Copernicus argued that the sun, not Earth, was at the center of the universe. Edwin Hubble discovered that all the distant galaxies in the universe seem to be moving outward. Many astrophysicists contributed to the development of the Big Bang Theory. All matter in the universe expanded out from one tiny point. This satellite helped scientists learn more about the early universe.
     
   
*********
  
   

Lesson 24 – “Text Project” Vocab-Builder

   
NEW WORDS: Adam, Andy, Athens, Belgium, Daniel, EPA, Edward, Gatorade, Ginsburg, Harriet, Negroes, Ralph, Sarah, accuracy, advertisements, agricultural, ankle, applies, associations, asterisk, barbed, blacks, brainstorm, chromosomes, columns, conclusions, contracts, cookware, couples, cubicles, debut, destroyer, developments, dividing, eliminated, employers, equator, forbidden, formerly, frontier, fuels, genes, glider, guidelines, hotline, improving, managers, manufacture, manufacturers, merchandise, mumbo, offices, peninsula, phish, pictured, preceding, ranges, refers, relationships, renewed, responses, ridge, severely, skyrocketed, spa, specified, strep, suggests, supplied, suspected, texting, twisted, undoubtedly, usage, vertical, vocabulary, wildlife
     
     

That asterisk refers to a footnote.

Edward loves his pet sugar glider.

Climb to that mountain ridge.

This repair calls for a maintenance man.

They set up cubicles in our offices.

We hoped for a vote of unity in Congress.

What’s your conclusion, based on your observations?

Ralph is my uncle.

This soil’s composition is limestone.

I’ll be at a trade conference this week.

I’ll be dividing the class into groups of four.

Andy waved bye.

Humans have 23 chromosomes and 20,000 to 25,000 genes.

Look for advertisements on cookware.

We supplied the team with Gatorade.

I’ll take ownership for this project.

Aunt Harriet lives in Belgium.

I can’t distinguish what he’s saying.

The Supreme Court is a key institution in the U.S.

Fossil fuels all contain carbon.

The drought has caused an agricultural nightmare.

We suspected he’d back down.

     
     

I’m pumped up about our win!

Mom’s joined two trade associations.

My cold is improving.

Let’s hope the experimental drug works.

These contracts need to be renewed.

Our conclusions are that we must offer more features.

Daniel, it’s time for lunch.

Florida’s a large peninsula.

She’s a well-known judge among the legal establishment.

We manufacture barbed wire.

The chef suggests this special.

Martin Luther King wrote, “Negroes have experienced grossly unjust treatment in the courts.”

I twisted my ankle.

The temp here ranges from 62 to 84 degrees in June.

Athens is the capital of Greece.

Judge Ginsburg wrote the minority opinion for the case.

This rule applies to ALL of us!

I’ll compromise and drop my price from $20 to $15.

The dress code for their party is informal.

I’ll fix you a protein shake.

That kid has a huge vocabulary!

    
     

Texting in class is forbidden.

Coach likes your enthusiasm!

Our spa has mineral springs.

Those couples have good relationships.

Emphasize safety in your speech.

This forest is full of wildlife.

Adam roots for the Reds.

What’s the definition of “phish?”

Employers don’t like this tax.

I brought home the paint samples.

They left for the frontier of the wild west!

He was severely stung by wasps.

The aircraft is ready to take off.

Literary critics liked her debut novel.

My employer gave us all a bonus.

What were his responses to your questions?

Call the emergency hotline!

Put this old merchandise on sale.

She made a good first impression.

They’ve predicted snow for tonight.

Our school bought us computer devices.

The State budget is tight.

     
    

Undoubtedly, he’s the stronger player.

Sarah was formerly our town’s mayor.

The destroyer crossed the equator at noon.

I made a wrong assumption about his morals.

Use these numbers for the vertical axis.

I’ve got ten pounds of excess fat on my tummy.

It’s Batman to the rescue!

Chop these veggies in preparation for cooking.

I’d pictured him as being taller.

He specified concerns about my actions.

There was much consumption of chips at the party.

Server usage has skyrocketed!

Manufacturers are upset at new EPA guidelines.

Certain bacteria cause strep throat.

I want perfect accuracy on your math test.

Based on new developments, go to “red alert!”

All the managers are in a brainstorm session.

That’s too much intellectual mumbo-jumbo!

You’ll be preceding me walking up to the stage.

We eliminated $1 million in costs.

She contributed greatly to the team.

Stack the blocks into columns.

Your blacks are too shadowy in this photo.

     
     
*********
   
    
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.)
   
The Age Of Exploration
   

Lesson 25 – Part One 

   
NEW WORDS: Augustine, Cabot, Canariae, Caribbean, Castillo, Cathay, Champlain, Cibola, Cippangu, Coronado, Coronado’s, El, Francisco, Hudson, Ireland, Irlanda, Lisbon, Lisbona, Mangi, Marco, Marcos, Paolo, Querechos, Quivira, Richland, Spaniard, Toscanelli, Toscanelli’s, Vasquez, astrolabe, barbarous, bastions, cannonball, conquistador, conquistadors, continuously, coquina, cowhide, drawbridge, dukes, edited, explorations, forerunner, geniture, grandsons, hull, imported, kernel, knotted, landmarks, landowner, leagues, lure, majesty’s, mapmaker, mini, moat, mulberries, navigation, overrun, overwhelm, peppercorn, peppercorns, primo, primogeniture, producing, prunes, quadrant, ravelin, reckoning, shatter, spicier, stews, unharvested, vassal, viceroy
     
     

Introduction
    
In 1491, most Europeans did not know that North and South America existed. The people of the Americas did not know that Europe existed. Although other explorers had visited the Americas before, Europeans did not know that.

In 1492, that changed. In that year, Christopher Columbus sailed across the Atlantic Ocean and accidentally landed on islands off the coast of the Americas. His explorations marked the start of the Age of Exploration.

As news spread about what Columbus had found, men from all over Spain raced to find treasure. Spanish conquistadors, such as Francisco Vasquez de Coronado, set out in search of silver and gold. They slashed their way through swamps. They marched across deserts. They explored and conquered many lands.

A few years later, other European countries got involved. John Cabot went exploring for England. Henry Hudson explored for England and for the Netherlands. Samuel de Champlain explored for France. These explorers changed the world. They connected Europe with the Americas. You will read about some of their journeys here.

    
     

Chapter One: The Lure of Spices
       
Many European explorers were hoping to find gold and other precious metals. You can probably understand why explorers were eager to find gold. Gold is a valuable metal even today. However, you may be surprised to learn that many explorers were also excited about finding spices. You might be saying, “Spices? Really? Why were they so eager to find spices?” Here’s the answer. Things that are scarce, or hard to find, tend to be expensive. That’s why gold is expensive today. That’s also why spices were expensive five hundred years ago. Back then, spices were scarce in Europe. They were hard to find. So they cost a lot. Some spices were almost worth their weight in gold.

The red balls in the center of this image are red peppercorns. A cook can add a few whole peppercorns to soup. He can use a spice grinder to grind the peppercorns into tiny bits. Either way, the pepper will add flavor to the soup. It will make the soup spicier and tastier. To the left of the red peppercorns, you can see white peppercorns. These come from the same plants as red peppercorns, but they are prepared in a different way. White peppercorns start out as red peppercorns, but the outer hull of the red peppercorn is removed to reveal the inner kernel, which is white. They can be used in the same way as red peppercorns.

The black bowl in the upper right of this image is filled with cloves. Cloves are dried flower buds. They are used to add flavor to meats and stews, some teas, and pumpkin pie. Cloves are very strong. Cooks who use them must be careful, because adding too many of them may overwhelm other flavors in the dish.

    
    

Peppercorns can’t be grown in Europe. They can only be grown in warm, wet places, like India. The image shows unharvested peppercorns. Today, we can get peppercorns from India pretty easily. An airplane or a ship can transport large amounts of them. You can go to a grocery store and get almost any spice you want. A little jar of cloves might cost a dollar or two. A can of peppercorns might cost five or six dollars. Five hundred years ago, Europeans were not so lucky. The world was not as well connected as it is today. Spices were hard to get and transport. They cost a lot of money. A Spaniard who wanted pepper would have to pay for a lot more than just the pepper. He would have to pay the cost of shipping the pepper over land all the way from India, using donkeys, mules, and camels.

It was the same with cloves and cinnamon. These plants could not be grown in Europe. They had to be imported, or brought in, to Europe from faraway places, like the Indies. Many of the spices that we use are the flowers, the fruits, or the seeds of the plant. Cinnamon is different. In this case, the part of the plant that we use is the bark. Strips of bark are cut off of the tree. The outer bark is cut away. The inner bark is kept and rolled up like little scrolls. These are called cinnamon sticks. Cinnamon can also be ground up, like pepper. Do you like the taste of cinnamon? Do you like cinnamon on toast? How much do you like it? Would you be willing to sail across an ocean to get some cinnamon for your toast? In a sense, that is what European explorers were trying to do.

    
    

Chapter Two: Second Sons
    
Did you know that many explorers had older brothers? Very few of them were the oldest sons in their families. Can you guess why that might be? It’s not because firstborn children didn’t want to go out and explore the world. It has to do with the laws in Europe at the time. Most countries in Europe had laws about who could inherit an estate. These laws stated that the oldest son in a family would inherit all of his father’s land, goods, and money. This was true for kings. When a king died, he would be replaced on the throne by his eldest son. A daughter could only become queen if a king had no sons.

This was also true for nobles. For example, if the Duke of Richland died, his eldest son would become the new Duke of Richland. This eldest son would inherit everything that his father owned. What did the younger sons and daughters get? Nothing. This system is known as “primogeniture.” Primo means “first.” “Geniture” means born. Primogeniture is a system in which the firstborn son inherits everything when his father dies. This way of doing things seems very strange to us today. It also seems unfair. Most parents today would not leave all their money and property to their oldest son. They would split the money and property up among all their children. Why, then, did Europeans do things differently back in the 1400s and 1500s?

    
    

There is actually a good reason. Let’s go back to the Duke of Richland. Imagine that he is a wealthy landowner living in a land with no law of primogeniture. Let’s say that he owns 1,000 acres of good farmland. But, alas, he dies. His land is split between his two sons. So now we have two men, each of whom has 500 acres of land. Now, suppose each of these two men has four sons. When the fathers die, their lands are split again. So now we have eight men with 125 acres each. Do you see what is happening? The estate of Richland is being split up. It is no longer big and impressive. It is becoming small and unimportant. The men of Richland are probably also becoming less powerful because they each have less land. Also, who is the Duke of Richland now? Are all eight of his grandsons now dukes? Will their grandsons also be dukes? At this rate, the land will be overrun by dukes!

The nobles did not want this to happen. They wanted to keep their lands together, so that their families would remain powerful. They wanted there to be one Duke of Richland, and they wanted him to remain one of the most powerful men in the country. That is why they passed laws of primogeniture. This was good news for the oldest son in each family. It was bad news for the other sons and for all the daughters. They had to find other ways to make money and gain power. One way to do this was to be an explorer. If you could not inherit anything in your homeland, why not sail off and discover some other way to make your fortune? This is, in fact, what many second sons did in the late 1400s and 1500s. They went in search of ways to make money that they would never have inherited if they had stayed in Europe.

     
      

Chapter Three: Toscanelli’s Map
   
An Italian man named Paolo Toscanelli may have been responsible for the Europeans landing in the Americas. Toscanelli was a math whiz, an astronomer, and a mapmaker. In 1474, he made a map of the world, which he sent with a letter to the King of Portugal telling how to reach the Indies by sailing west. The King was very interested, but Toscanelli was not correct. On the right side of Toscanelli’s map, you can see some parts of Europe in orange. You may know some of them. Ireland, labeled “Irlanda.” London, England. And Lisbon, Portugal, labeled “Lisbona.” To the south of Europe, you can see part of Africa. The part Europeans called “Guinea” is labeled. The Canary Islands, just off the coast of Africa, are labeled “Canariae.”

Look at the left side of the map. This side shows parts of Asia, or, rather, it shows parts of Asia where Toscanelli thought they might be. Do you see the big island labeled “Cippangu?” That was what Toscanelli and other Europeans called Japan. They had heard about Japan. They knew it was somewhere in Asia. But they did not know exactly where. Toscanelli put it on his map where he thought it might be. Do you see the land labeled “Cathay Mangi?” That was what Toscanelli and others of his day called China. They had read about China in a book called “The Travels of Marco Polo.” But they did not know exactly where it was. Again, the map shows where Toscanelli thought China was, not where it really is. Do you see the islands just south of Cathay Mangi? Those are parts of the Indies. They are the “spice islands” that Europeans were so eager to reach.

     
     

Notice that Asia does not seem to be too far from Europe. That was one of Toscanelli’s big ideas. He thought that Earth was not that big. He thought that Asia was probably not too far from Europe. So that’s how he drew it on his map. Now, imagine you are Christopher Columbus. You want to find a way to get to the Indies. You look at Toscanelli’s map. “Wow!” you say. “Look at that! Asia is right there. It’s not so far from Europe. There’s nothing in between but a little water! It would not be hard to get to Asia! Why, I could get there in a few weeks. All I would need to do is sail west!” We can never be sure what was in Christopher Columbus’s mind when he first looked at Toscanelli’s map. We do know that he made a plan to travel to the Indies based on Toscanelli’s map. Then, he set out to find someone who would pay for his voyage. In the end, he convinced King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella of Spain to pay for it.

Now, here is the same map with something added. The light blue shows what is really there, not what Toscanelli thought was there. You can see the outline of North America and part of South America. The orange parts of the map show the Asian lands that Columbus expected to reach. The light blue outline shows the lands where he actually accidentally landed. Toscanelli’s map explains a lot. It helps us to see where Columbus got the idea of sailing west to reach the Indies. It also helps us to see why he ran into the islands of the Caribbean and why he thought he was close to China.

    
     

Chapter Four: Navigation in the Age of Exploration
      
Do you ever go on trips with your family? How do the adults in your family find the places that they want to visit? Do they write down directions? Do they use maps? Do they look for landmarks along the way? Do they have an electronic device that tells them where to turn? Early European explorers didn’t have most of those things. Most sailors in those days stayed close to land and looked for familiar landmarks. However, this would not work for explorers. They could not look for familiar landmarks because they were sailing into unknown waters. Early explorers did have some maps, but they were not always accurate. So, how did the explorers keep track of where they were?

They had several tools that they might have used. One of them was a compass. A compass is a very simple device. It is just a little magnet that sits on a pin so that it can spin. The pointer on the magnet points north. Back then, nobody knew why. Now, we know it’s because Earth has a magnetic field, which is strongest at the poles. Magnets are attracted to the magnetic field of the North Pole. Using a compass, a sailor could figure out which direction was north. Plus, if he knew which direction was north, he could figure out south, east, and west. That was a big help.

        
    

Explorers also used the stars to keep track of their position. Sailors in this day used two gadgets. One was called a quadrant. The other one was called an astrolabe. The details of how these gadgets work are complicated, but the basic idea is not. The idea is that you can keep track of your position on Earth by keeping track of where certain stars appear to be in the night sky. If you can tell where the sun, the North Star, and other key stars are, you should be able to figure out where you are on Earth.

Others may have kept track of how far they had traveled using a method called dead reckoning. Here’s how dead reckoning worked. A sailor had a piece of wood that was tied to a rope. The rope was knotted at regular intervals. There might be a knot every five feet. The sailor would toss the piece of wood overboard while the ship was sailing. When the wood hit the water, the sailor would turn over an hourglass. The sailor or the captain of the ship would then watch to see how much rope was pulled out of the ship and into the sea. If the ship was going fast, it would quickly leave the piece of wood behind. It would pull many yards of rope out of the ship before the hourglass ran out. If the ship was going slower, it would not pull as much rope out. Then, the person would count how many knots of rope got pulled out of the ship before the hourglass emptied out. If you have ever heard of a ship’s speed referred to as knots, this is a forerunner of that measurement of speed.

A ship’s captain could use dead reckoning to make an estimate of how fast the ship was moving. Then, he could estimate how far the ship would travel in an hour or a day. He could use a compass to know which way he was heading. He could put all this together to make an estimate of where he was.

    
     

Chapter Five: El Castillo de San Marcos
    
The building on the right is a fort in St. Augustine, Florida, where the Spanish established a settlement in 1565. It is the oldest continuously occupied European settlement in the United States. You can visit there today and still see the old buildings standing. This fort was built by the Spanish in the 1600s. It is called El Castillo de San Marcos. That is its Spanish name. Its English name is the Castle (or Fort) of Saint Mark. El Castillo de San Marcos was not the first fort that the Spanish built in St. Augustine. The Spanish built seven or eight forts before they built this one. But these earlier forts were made of wood and were not very strong. Some of them were destroyed in wars. Others were wrecked by hurricanes. In 1672, the Spanish decided to build a new fort. This time, they decided that they would use stone to make it strong.

The inside of the fort is shaped like a square. On each corner, there is a bastion shaped like an arrow. A “bastion” is a raised gun platform. The bastions stick out from the fort. They let the Spanish fire out of the fort in just about any direction.

    
    

This is what a bastion looks like from the ground. Imagine that you are a soldier. Would you like to attack a bastion like this? How would you do it? If you tried to get close, Spaniards on top of the bastion would open fire. They would shoot at you with guns and cannons. If you got close enough to set up a ladder, the men in the fort would tip it over. They might drop hot oil on you. Ouch! You could try to attack with cannons. But the walls of the fort are thick and strong. A few cannonballs would not harm them. But don’t forget, the Spanish had cannons of their own. They would fire back at you, and you would not have thick stone walls to hide behind!

Can you guess what the walls of El Castillo de San Marcos are made of? Believe it or not, they are made of seashells! The Spanish used a kind of rock called coquina. Coquina is a mixture of fossils and seashells. Look at the stone on the right. It is coquina. Can you see the seashells? Those shells are the remains of tiny animals that lived in the sea long, long ago. The Spanish found coquina along the Florida seashore. They used it to build the fort. Coquina turned out to be a good stone for building forts. It is softer than other rocks. That means that it does not crack or shatter when cannonballs hit it. A cannonball might make a dent in a coquina wall, or it might be absorbed into the wall. But, in most cases, it would not crack the wall.

   
    

The fort was surrounded by a moat. It is no longer filled with water. It is now a dry moat. There was only one way into the fort. You had to enter a mini-fort that stood just in front of the main fort. This mini-fort was called the “ravelin.” A bridge led from the ravelin across the moat and into the main fort. The last part of this bridge was a drawbridge. It could be lifted up to keep people from getting in. It was not easy to open the drawbridge. It took five men fifteen minutes to open it. In this image, you can see the bridge that leads into the fort. It is on the left. El Castillo de San Marcos was a strong fortress. It was attacked many times, but it was never captured.

    
     

Chapter Six: Coronado Reports to the King
   
Francisco Vasquez de Coronado was a Spanish conquistador. He explored what is now the American Southwest in search of the Seven Cities of Cibola, which were said to have streets paved with gold. During the trip, Coronado wrote letters to the King of Spain. In his second letter, written in October of 1541, he described his march across the Great Plains to Quivira, in modern-day Kansas. He told the king about the native people who he and his men had met. He also described the buffalo that they saw, which he called “cows.” On the pages that follow is an edited version of Coronado’s letter.

Your Majesty,
After I sent my last letter, I met some native people from a distant land. They boasted of their land, which is called Quivira. They said that the men there lived in large houses. They said that their chiefs dined on dishes made of gold. I did not know whether to believe these reports. I made up my mind to go and see Quivira. We set off last spring and reached the plains.
  
These plains were vast — so vast that we could not see the end of them. They were flat and open with grasses that blow in the breeze. We traveled over them for more than 300 leagues. The plains were full of cows. There were too many of them to count. There was not a single day when we did not see some of them.

     
    

After 17 days, we met some native people. They are called Querechos. They do not plant crops. They travel around with the cows. They eat the flesh of the cows that they kill. They tan the skins of the cows and make clothes from them. They have little tents made of cowhide. They live in these tents while they travel around with the cows. They have dogs that carry their tents and poles from place to place. We traveled 42 days more. At times, it was hard to find the way. On the plains, there are few landmarks. There are no hills. There are no stones, trees, or shrubs. All we could see was a sea of grass. We lived on the flesh of the cows that we killed. We went many days without water. Sometimes, what we drank was more mud than water. There are no trees on the plains except by the rivers. So, we could rarely find firewood.

    
    

After 77 days, we arrived in Quivira. This was the place that our guides had described. They had told us of stone houses that were many stories tall. But we found only little grass huts. There were only a few people in the place, and they were as barbarous as the others who we have met. They swore to obey Your Majesty and placed themselves under your royal lordship. The natives gave me a piece of copper. I have sent this back to the viceroy of New Spain. I have not seen any other metal in these parts except for this and some little copper bells. We stayed in Quivira for 25 days. I searched the nearby lands to see if there is anything which could be of service to Your Majesty. Besides the land itself and people who live on it, I have not found or heard of anything. I am sure that there is no gold here.

The land in Quivira is the best that I have seen for producing crops. The soil is black. The land is well-watered by springs and rivers. I found some prunes like those in Spain. There are some nuts. There are also very good sweet grapes and mulberries. I have treated the natives as well as was possible, as Your Majesty commanded. They have received no harm in any way from me or from those who went in my company. This is my report. I have done all that I possibly could to serve Your Majesty. I remain Your Majesty’s humble servant and vassal, Francisco Vasquez de Coronado.

    
    
*********

     

     
WEEK NINE PHONICS READ-ALONGS

    

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 77) THE #1 “OO” SOUND LIKE IN “BOOT” SPELLED TEN WAYS … continued:

     

U -> consonant -> silent-E
     

Hey dude; long time no see!

   

Those two boxers are really going to duke it out in tonight’s championship match.

    

We hiked along a gigantic sand dune at Lake Michigan today.

   

Don’t let these street vendors dupe you into paying too high a price for their goods.

   

Let’s stop and get a drink at this juke joint.

    

My birthday is June 14.

   

My car is overdue for an oil, lube, and filter.

    

Clare Boothe Luce was an American writer, politician, U.S. ambassador, and public conservative figure.

    

In the Winter Olympics, the Norwegian team is favored to win the gold medal in the luge competition.

   

Darth Vader said, “Luke, I am your father.”

    

I love listening to the lute music of the composer John Dowland.

   

Those sheep look nude after we’ve sheared their fur to make it into wool fibers.

    

I’m going to nuke a potato in the microwave oven.

   

In Sherlock Holmes’s laboratory, there was a a Rube Goldberg arrangement of flasks and test tubes.

   

It’s terribly rude to interrupt someone while they are talking.

   

The teacher said, “one rule in our classroom is that you are to quietly raise your hand if you have a question.”

    

Hermione Grainger searched the library for a rune that would help to create a powerful spell.

   

Having devised a clever ruse, the cops caught the criminals with their hands in the cookie jar.

   

Mom, this tube of toothpaste is empty.

   

I can’t stop humming that catchy tune in my head.

    

Mom’s making a Yule log cake for our dessert at Christmas dinner.

   

The Jutes, Angles, and Saxons invaded the British Isles in the 5th century A.D.

    

The area of the Sudan, in Africa, was war torn in the latter half of the 1900s.

   

Judy Blume is a popular young-adult author.

 

I love all of the “Die Hard” movies that Bruce Willis starred in.

      

My neighbor’s cat is a brute, and he’s constantly going after birds, chipmunks, moles, and voles.

    

In this house, there’s a chute for sending your dirty clothes from upstairs down to the basement laundry area.

    

Interstellar traveling aliens who could visit Earth would undoubtedly find our level of technology development to be quite crude.

    

Who would have thought that this weak little deuce of clubs would be the secret to finally winning the card game?

    

Anne said, “I must elude that boy who keeps trying to ask me out on a date, because he’s just not my type!”

    

The opera diva will always exude happiness when she is singing her favorite arias.

    

It was a fluke that the new amateur member of the photography club won a first prize for one of his photos.

   

Before going on our hike, we were warned about a dangerous flume about a mile out, due to heavy recent rains.

    

Tonight’s music program includes a Mozart flute concerto.

    

Her hat has a most impressionable plume at its center.

    

I’ve never been much of a fan of prune juice!

    

Let’s pray that this truce between the warring parties will turn into a long-term peace treaty.

    

Stuart Little,” by E.B. White, was one of my favorite childhood books.

    

The author’s novel will allude to the bizarre childhood experiences that she’d had.

    

I assume that you’d like dessert after dinner, right?

    

Holmes made many astute observations as he surveyed the scene of the murder.

    

“Bravo Watson, you were able to deduce an important hypothesis by using my methods,” said Holmes.

    

Grandad had better not delude himself into thinking that he’s in good enough physical shape to play football with a bunch of teenagers.

    

Now dilute the chemical solution by adding one more cup of water.

    

That guy got fired – deservedly –  for one too many obtuse comments about his female colleagues.

    

I can hardly wait to peruse the menu to see what kinds of pizza ingredients they offer.

    

I wish that the neighbors would reduce the volume of that banging music that they’re playing at their party!

    

Now that we’re past the traffic jam, we can resume our normal speed.

    

As the general got out of her car, each soldier gave her a crisp salute.

     

The wood on my guitar is made from the sitka spruce tree.

   

Neptune has the coolist blue color.

    
EW:
     

Ew (also “eww“), what is that gross slimy stuff dripping from the alien’s mouth?

    

There’s a ton of dew on the grass this morning.

    

Your new puppy is absolutely adorable.

    

That spider web has a dewy sheen to it.

    

For once, there was nothing horrible on tonight’s TV news report.

    

A newt skittered across the railing of our back deck.

    

Ahh, another baseball season will now begin anew.

    

The blustery day finally blew most of the remaining dead leaves off of the trees in our yard.

     

I’m going to brew a treacle-like dark roast coffee.

    

Remember to be cognizant that you shouldn’t chew with your mouth open.

   

The ship’s crew was relieved to see some sunlight after having been in a monsoon for a week.

    

Mommy, look at the picture that I just drew.

    

While I was on the ski lift, a hawk flew right by me!

   

The sunflower grew at a rapid rate.

   

I knew that this was a likely hiding space for you!

    

The Prince slew the dragon and was a hero of the kingdom.

   

I’m going to make a hearty venison stew this weekend.

   

The librarian explained the Dewey decimal system to us.

    

The jewel thief made one mistake and was captured by the detective.

    

In class today, Mrs. Lewis showed some cool YouTubes about dangerous animals.

   
     

*********

*********

        
    

WEEK TEN    

WEEK TEN READING PASSAGES    

        

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view.)
   
The Age Of Exploration
    

Lesson 26 – Part Two 

   
NEW WORDS: Algonquin, Cabot’s, Caboto, Carib, Champlain’s, Chesapeake, England’s, Englishman, Eriksson, Frenchmen, Huron, L’anse, Newfoundland, Richland’s, Scandinavia, Viking, Vinland, adaptation, anise, archaeologists, archeological, attracts, aux, barbeque, barbricot, batata, bilge, businessmen, charter, charters, clockwise, deserving, desirable, disagreement, exchanging, expeditions, fawns, gadget, hardtack, hata, icebergs, landmark, maize, manna, mopped, northeast, patata, pumps, raiding, rebel, rebelled, reconstructed, rectangles, reddish, restaurants, sailor’s, salted, shortage, smoky, soften, substantially, swirl, thinly, treaties
    
     

Chapter Seven: John Cabot
    
John Cabot (known as Giovanni Caboto in his native Italy) had the same dream as Columbus: to reach Asia by sailing west. However, unlike Columbus, Cabot thought the best chance of reaching Asia would be to sail around the northern part of Earth, where the distance around would be substantially shorter than the distance at the equator. Cabot, like other explorers, wanted to find the Northwest Passage, which was thought to be a shorter route west from Europe to Asia. Finding a shorter route to Asia meant finding a shorter route to spices.

Many details of Cabot’s life and voyages are unknown. He did not keep records during his voyages, nor was much written about his life. However, it is known that he was Italian and had support from King Henry VII of England for his voyages. King Henry VII gave Cabot a charter to explore and claim land for England.

    
     

Cabot made his first attempt to find the Northwest Passage in 1496. This attempt was a failure. He had a disagreement with some members of his crew. There was also a shortage of food, and he ran into bad weather. Cabot decided to turn back for England. Cabot tried again in 1497, with a single ship and a crew of 18. This time, he reached land, which he thought was Asia. However, this land turned out to be the coast of North America. It is not known exactly where he first sighted land, though. It may have been the coast of Newfoundland. Cabot spent a short time exploring the coast, and it is possible that he sailed as far south as the Chesapeake Bay. During this voyage, Cabot found a large area of shallow water that was abundant with fish. This area, known as the Grand Banks, is still one of the best fishing areas in the world today. At any rate, Cabot and his men became one of the first European expeditions to see the landmass now known as North America.

Cabot sailed back to England with his news. Certain that he had found a new, shorter route to Asia, Cabot gained support for another, much larger expedition. This expedition left England in 1498, but it never returned. Nobody knows for certain what happened to Cabot and his men. In time, it became clear that Cabot had not, in fact, located the Northwest Passage. However, England based its later claims to North American territory on Cabot’s explorations. When Cabot had first sighted land, he had gone ashore and claimed it for England. Cabot’s exploration began England’s desire to explore and create settlements in North America.

    
    

Do you think that you could be a sailor on Cabot’s ship? Here is a description of what it might be like to be a young sailor. On a ship, young boys served as pages. On land, a page worked for a knight. At sea, he worked for a captain. Pages did all sorts of odd jobs. They carried messages, mopped the deck, helped pass out food, and cleaned up after meals. Older boys might be asked to work the bilge pumps. Even the best ships sometimes sprang a leak. If a ship leaked too much, it might sink. To keep that from happening, sailors had to pump water out of the ship using a bilge pump. This was a terrible job. The bilge water was disgusting. It smelled bad and it made the sailors sick. After pumping bilge water all day, it would have been great to sit down to a nice, warm meal. Unfortunately, sailors did not get many warm meals. For most meals, they got hardtack.

    
     

Hardtack was a kind of bread that was baked over and over. Hardtack was so hard that it was tough to eat. Sailors had to soak it in a drink to soften it up. The good thing about hardtack, though, was that it would not spoil on a long voyage. It was so hard that bugs had trouble getting into it — unless it got wet. Once it got wet, weevils and other bugs could and did get into it. But you could usually see them and brush them off with your fingers. If a voyage was going well, sailors might get other kinds of food. They might get a little salted meat now and then. They might get some fish or a few beans. But if supplies were running low, they might get nothing but hardtack. The diet on sailing ships was so bad that many sailors got sick. Lots of them got a disease called scurvy. Today, we know now that scurvy is caused by a lack of vitamin C, found in fresh fruits and vegetables. In the Age of Exploration, people did not know this. So, many sailors died.

After a long day of work, sailors were ready to fall into bed and rest their aching bones. They were ready — but there were no beds for them to fall into. The captain had a bed to sleep in, but the sailors did not. They slept on the deck. As the ship rolled back and forth with the waves, the sailors rolled with it. Most sailors had to stand watch for part of the night. When that was done, they could sleep for a few hours. In the morning, they would get up and do it all over again. A sailor’s day started bright and early. So, what do you think? Does a sailor’s life sound good to you?

    
     

Chapter Eight: Henry Hudson
    
An Englishman named Henry Hudson tried four times to find the Northwest Passage. He died trying. First, in 1607, he tried sailing north from England. If you look at a globe, you can see what he was trying to do. He understood that Earth was round, and he thought that he could sail across the North Pole. He didn’t understand that solid ice always covers the Arctic Ocean. “I hoped to have a clear sea,” Hudson wrote of his first journey. “But that proved impossible due to the ice surrounding us.” Hudson tried again in 1608. He sailed northeast and again found icebergs and freezing weather. He turned his boat around and tried sailing northwest. When his crew realized that they weren’t heading home, they rebelled against Hudson, saying that they wouldn’t work unless they sailed to England. So, home they went.

In 1609, Henry Hudson sailed west. This time, he was working for a group of businessmen called the Dutch East India Company. On this trip, he reached North America and claimed land for Holland. Hudson saw many native people. One man who sailed with him wrote in his journal, “They are well-dressed in loose deer skins and brought green tobacco which they gave us in exchange for knives and beads.” The native people also gave the sailors bread made of maize. Hudson sailed past “a very good piece of ground and a cliff close by of white-green color … on the side of the river called Mannahata.” It was the island that we now call Manhattan (the center of New York City today). Next, Hudson sailed up a river that still bears his name. You’ll find the Hudson River on a map of the state of New York.

    
    

In 1610, Hudson tried once more to find a shortcut from Europe to Asia. He sailed a ship called Discovery into a wide expanse of water in the northern part of Canada. Today, it is named after him: the Hudson Bay. On the map, the Hudson Bay looks like a big, open body of water. But in many places, the water gets too shallow for sailing. In many other places, it is frozen solid almost all year long. Once again, Henry Hudson had sailed into icy waters, just as winter was coming.

Hudson and his crew went ashore during the winter. They ran short of food and water. Some of the crew got sick. Some died. The sailors blamed Hudson for caring more about finding the Northwest Passage than about keeping his crew safe and healthy. When the ice began to melt, the crew rebelled. They forced Hudson, his son, and a few crew members loyal to Hudson to get into a small boat with no oars. Then, they left them behind and sailed the Discovery back to England. No one ever heard from Henry Hudson again.

    
     

Chapter Nine: The Fur Trade and Samuel de Champlain
   

Many of the Frenchmen who came to North America in the 1600s and 1700s were fur traders. These traders traded with the native people. They gave them European goods in exchange for animal skins and furs. The traders collected many kinds of fur, but they were most interested in beaver pelts. Beaver hats were popular in Europe. You could sell beaver hats in England, France, Germany, and Russia. Why were beaver hats so popular? For one thing, beaver fur is thick. It is thick enough to keep your head warm in a cold Russian winter, and it is waterproof. Rain runs off a beaver hat. Your head stays dry. Some hat makers used the beaver fur as it was. They made soft, puffy hats. Others processed the beaver fur to make felt. The smooth, waterproof felt was then formed into hats. Felt hats did not look like they were made of beaver fur. But they were.

In many parts of Europe, there were no beavers left. Hunters had killed too many of them. The beaver had almost gone extinct. Europeans could not get beaver pelts at home. So, they were willing to pay for beaver pelts imported from North America. Samuel de Champlain and other Frenchmen took the lead in the fur trade. They set up trading posts in North America. There were trading posts along the Atlantic Coast. There were trading posts in Quebec and along the St. Lawrence River. There were even trading posts farther west, along the shores of the Great Lakes. On the page that follows is an adaptation of Champlain’s journey down the River of the Iroquois to the lake that came to bear his name: Lake Champlain.

    
    

July, 1609. We continued on our journey until we came to an island. The island was about three leagues long and had the finest pine trees that I had ever seen. We went hunting here and captured some wild animals. The next day, we started out again, floating down the river as far as the entrance to a large lake. There were many pretty islands there. They all contained many fine forests and lush meadows. There were too many birds to count. Also, we saw all kinds of wild animals such as deer with their young fawns, bears, and many animals that move from the mainland over to the islands and back again. We captured many of these animals, as well. There were many rivers that emptied into the lake, as well as dense forests of fine trees. I found chestnut trees on the border of the lake. I had never seen trees like this before. There were great numbers of fish in the lake. I noticed that many of the mountains in the distance to the north had snow on top of them. I was told that the Iroquois lived there and that there were many beautiful valleys with fruit and grain there.

   
    

Many different native groups lived in these lands. The French made treaties with some of them, including the Algonquin people and the Huron people. The French agreed to trade with these people and not fight with them. The native people would bring beaver pelts to trade. In some cases, they would bring pelts that they had gathered themselves. In other cases, they would bring pelts that they had obtained by trading with other native people. The French would barter with the native people. They would give the native people things that they wanted in exchange for the beaver pelts.

Many of the things that the native people wanted were made of metal. Most native people did not make their own metal products. They had to trade for these items. Many native people traded furs for knives and ax blades. Others traded for kettles and fish hooks. Still others traded for glass beads from Europe, which were highly desirable. The French would gather up lots of beaver pelts. Then, they would ship the pelts back to France and sell them. They made a lot of money doing this, so they did it again and again. As time went on, the French learned what the native people liked. They learned that many native people would trade beaver pelts for wool blankets. Some would trade for tobacco. Others would trade for guns and gunpowder.

In 2011, the people of Canada put an image of a beaver on the back of their nickel. They did not put the beaver on their nickel because he is cute. They put the beaver there because the fur trade is an important part of the history of Canada. For two hundred years, the fur trade was a source of income for the French and the native people alike.

     
    

Chapter Ten: A History of People in North America
    
Lots of people think that Columbus was the first to arrive in America. But that’s not right. There are at least two other groups of people who settled in North America, and both of them got there many years before Christopher Columbus.

One group was the Vikings. The Vikings lived in Northern Europe, in Scandinavia. They sailed around a lot, raiding and robbing as they went. The image on the next page shows you some of the places that they explored and some of the Vikings who were explorers. In 982, some Vikings left Iceland and settled in Greenland, which is part of North America. They arrived there about 500 years before Columbus sailed. The Viking settlements on Greenland grew for a while. Archaeologists estimate there were probably 3,000 to 5,000 Viking settlers there at one point. Eventually, however, the Vikings left. Viking settlements in Greenland seem to have been abandoned in the 1400s, not long before the voyage of Columbus.

    
    

The Vikings also explored lands west of Greenland. Around the year 1000, the famous Viking explorer Leif Eriksson visited a land that he and other Vikings called Vinland. Most experts believe that Vinland was somewhere along the coast of Newfoundland, in modern-day Canada. There is evidence that some Vikings settled in Newfoundland. In 1960, the ruins of a Viking village were found there. This village may have been part of Vinland. The Vikings definitely got to America before Columbus. So maybe we should say that the Vikings were the first Europeans to settle in North America. But before we decide, we need to look at another group that settled in North America.

    
    

Another group to settle in North America was the Native Americans. Although we call these people “Native” Americans, they did not always live in the Americas. They came to America from Asia. When and how this happened are subjects of much debate. Some historians think that the first settlers made their way to North America a little more than 15,000 years ago. Others think that the first people came to America many years earlier — perhaps even 40,000 years ago. Some experts think that these people came by land, at a time when Alaska and Asia were connected by land. Others think that they may have traveled along the coast in boats.

The map on the next page shows how we think human beings spread around the Earth. Experts think that the first humans lived in Africa. About 100,000 years ago, some humans moved out of Africa and into the Middle East. About 70,000 years ago, a group of humans moved into southeast Asia. About 15,000 years ago — or possibly earlier — some of these people crossed from Asia to the Americas. It is believed that many people also came to North America by various ship routes. New archeological discoveries continue to be made every day about early settlers in North America. These discoveries change our understanding of who lived in North America in the past.

     
     

Chapter Eleven: Caribbean Words
    
Did you know that some words we use every day come from the Caribbean, an area of islands between North and South America? These are words that were used by native people before Columbus and the conquistadors came. Later, they were picked up by Europeans who came to the New World, including English speakers.

For each of the following words, there are clues that will help you try to guess it.

Clues for Word Number One.

This word describes a big storm.

The winds in this storm swirl around in a big circle. This kind of storm is sort of like a tornado, but it’s much bigger. However, unlike a tornado, this kind of storm usually travels over water. It gets weaker when it travels over land.

People who live on the east coast of the U.S. have to worry about this kind of storm. The winds that it brings can damage houses near the beach and can even knock houses to the ground.

The name of this storm sort of rhymes with window pane.

What is the word? Scroll to the end of Chapter Eleven to see all of the word answers.

  
     

Clues for Word Number Two.

This word is a kind of boat.

This is a small boat that seats two or three people.

The people in the boat face forward and use paddles to make it go. The person in front usually pulls straight back using a paddle. The person in back uses a paddle to steer.

It’s best not to stand up in this kind of boat. If you do, it might tip over.

This word sort of rhymes with bamboo.

 
Clues for Word Number Three.

This word names a kind of food and also a kind of cooking.

If your dad cooks outside over a smoky fire, he probably likes this kind of cooking.

Some people like to cook pork this way. Other people like to cook beef or chicken.

Another way to say this word is BBQ.

    
     

Clues for Word Number Four.

This is a vegetable that was unknown in Europe before the Spanish arrived in the New World, but then it quickly spread around the world.

Some people like to eat this vegetable baked. They might put butter on top, or maybe sour cream.

Other people like to thinly slice this vegetable and cook it in hot oil. This makes chips that crunch in your mouth.

Still other people like to cut this vegetable into long, skinny rectangles and fry it. If you’ve ever had French fries, you have tasted this vegetable.

 
Answer to word number one: hurricane. The word, hurricane, comes from the Carib language. The people of the Caribbean know all about hurricanes, because several of these big storms sweep through the Caribbean every year. Most of the storms occur in the summer and the fall.

   
         

Answer to word number two: canoe. The people of the Caribbean used canoes to paddle from island to island. They cut down a tree. Using tools and fire, they dug out a canoe from the tree trunk. People in other places also used this kind of boat. But the word, canoe, comes from the Caribbean.

Answer to word number three: barbecue. The people of the Caribbean cooked food over an open fire and called it barbricot. This is where the word “barbecue” – sometimes spelled as “barbeque” – came from.

Answer to word number four: potato. The potato is a New World crop. This root vegetable was grown in what is now Peru, in South America. It was also grown elsewhere in the Americas. The people of Peru called it the papa. The Caribbean people called it the batata. The Spanish called it the patata. We call it the potato.

The potato was eventually carried back to Europe. People discovered that it was cheap and grew well in many countries. By the late 1700s, lots of farmers in Europe were growing potatoes. The potato became an important crop. French fries seem to have been invented a little later, probably in France. Thomas Jefferson mentioned fried potatoes around 1805, probably learning about them from a French cook. Today, French fries are very popular. You can order them in tons of restaurants all around the world.

  
   
++++    
    


Glossary

Abandon—to leave somewhere, never to return (abandoned).
Accurate—correct.
Ashore—on land.
Attempt—an act of trying.

Barbarous—wild, sometimes violent.
Barter—to trade by exchanging goods and services instead of paying or accepting money for them.
Bastion—a raised gun platform in a fort.
Bilge pump—a device used to remove water from the bottom part of a ship.
Boast—to brag (boasted).

Charter—a formal document that gives rights to a person or group of people; kings often issued charters to explorers, so explorers would search for land and treasure on behalf of the king.
Cheap—does not cost much.
Claim—to say something belongs to you (claims, claimed).
Compass—a tool used for finding directions with a magnetic pointer that always points north.
Conquistador—a former warrior, usually from Spain, who took control of something by force (conquistadors).
Continuously—without stopping.
Convince—to talk someone into something by giving good reasons (convinced).
Copper—a reddish-brown mineral found in the Earth.

Dead reckoning—a way to measure speed when traveling through water by throwing a knotted rope with a piece of wood on the end overboard and observing how much of and how fast the rope is pulled into the water.
Destroy—to completely ruin so that it no longer exists (destroyed).
Device—a piece of equipment that does a specific job.
Distant—far away.

Equator—an imaginary line around the middle of the Earth that is equally far from both the North Pole and South Pole.
Establish—to start something that is meant to last a long time (established).
Estate—everything a person owns.
Estimate—(verb) to make a guess based on information that you have; (noun) a guess made based on information that you have.
Evidence—information that helps show if something is either true or not true.
Expanse—a large, open area.
Expect—to think something will probably happen (expected).
Expedition—a long trip made for a specific purpose (expeditions).
Expensive—costs a lot of money.
Explorer—a person who sets out to find new things (exploration, explorations, explorers, explored, exploring).

Felt—thick cloth made from wool, fur, or other fibers.
Fine—excellent (finest).
Flavor—taste (flavors).
Forerunner—something that came before.
Fort—a large building constructed to survive enemy attacks.
Fortress—a strong fort.
Fossil—a bone, shell, or other remains of a plant or animal from millions of years ago that has formed rock (fossils).
Funding—money provided for a special purpose.

Gadget—a small tool (gadgets).
Grind—to crush something into small pieces or powder (ground).

Hardtack—hard bread that has been baked many times.
Hourglass—a tool for measuring time; it is a glass container with an upper part and lower part connected in the middle by a narrow tube, and sand falls from the upper part into the lower part in a fixed amount of time, usually an hour.
Hull—the outer covering of a seed or fruit.
Humble—respectful, not thinking that you are better than others.

Iceberg—a large mass of ice floating in the ocean (icebergs).
Import—to bring in from somewhere else (imported).
Impressive—deserving attention or respect.
In exchange—the act of giving something and receiving something of similar value in return.
Income—money earned, mostly from working.
Inherit—when someone dies, you receive money, property, and other things from them that they had owned while alive (inherits, inherited).

Keep track—to continue to be aware of (keeping track, kept track).
Kernel—seed.

Landmark—an object on land that is easy to see and recognize (landmarks).
Landmass—a large, continuous area of land, such as a continent.
League—a distance between 2.4 and 4.6 miles.
Lordship—authority and power of a lord or high-ranking person.
Lush—covered with healthy, green plants.

Magnet—a piece of metal that attracts iron or steel and has a north and south pole; Earth is a magnet (magnets).
Magnetic field—the area around each pole of a magnet that has the power to attract other metals.
Maize—corn.
Method—a way of doing things.
Moat—a deep ditch, usually filled with water, dug around a fort or castle to prevent enemy attacks.
Mulberry—a dark purple berry (mulberries).

Noble—a person from a family of high social rank, similar to patricians in ancient Rome (nobles).

Obtain—to get (obtained).
Occupied—lived and worked in.
Overrun—to exist in large numbers.
Overwhelm—to take over completely.

Page—a boy servant (pages).
Pelt—an animal skin with fur still on it (pelts).
Peppercorn—a dried berry from a plant that is used to make pepper (peppercorns).
Plain—a large, flat area of land with no trees (plains).
Popular—liked by many people.
Precious—very valuable.
Property—buildings, land, and livestock that someone owns.
Prune—a dried plum (prunes).

Raid—to attack by surprise (raiding).
Ravelin—a small building that you must pass through first in order to enter a fort or castle.
Rebel—to fight against the person or people in charge (rebelled).
Royal—relating to a king or queen.

Scarce—hard to find.
Scroll—a paper rolled up into a tube (scrolls).
Scurvy—a disease caused by not eating enough fruits or vegetables with vitamin C, leading to spongy gums, loose teeth, skin spots, and sometimes death.
Shallow—not deep.
Shatter—to suddenly break into many small pieces.
Shortage—when there is not enough.
Slash—to make a path by cutting plants (slashed).
Solid—firm and hard.
Spice—a substance from a plant that has a specific smell or taste and is used to add flavor to food (spices).
Spoil—to become rotten and not able to be eaten.
Steer—to control the direction of.
Substantially—great in size, value, or importance.

Tan—to turn animal skin into leather using a specific process.
Territory—a large area of land with defined boundaries.
Throne—the power and authority of a king or queen.
Trade—(verb) to exchange something you have for something that someone else has; (noun) the act of exchanging goods (traders, traded, trading).
Trading post—a place far away from towns where people buy, sell, and trade things (trading posts).
Treaty—a formal agreement between groups of people, often to stop fighting (treaties).

Vassal—a person who is loyal and serves a lord or king.
Vast—very great in size or amount.
Viceroy—a person sent by the king to rule a colony.
Voyage—a long journey, usually by water.

Watch—the time that someone is on duty to guard or protect something.
Weevil—a small beetle (weevils).
Whiz—a person who is extremely skilled at something.
Wreck—to destroy, ruin (wrecked).


++++


Illustration Subtitles

An artist’s illustration of Columbus landing in the New World. Some European Explorers. Explorers Names’ Sources of Funding: Christopher Columbus, Spain. Francisco Vasquez de Coronado, Spain. John Cabot, England. Henry Hudson, England, Dutch East India Company (Netherlands). Samuel de Champlain, France. Gold. Spices displayed in a spice market. Unharvested peppercorns. Star anise, cinnamon, and cloves (clockwise from star anise). Charles V (an oldest son) became King of Spain after his father died. According to the system of primogeniture, the oldest son, Son 1, would inherit everything that his father owned. Duke of Richland, Son 1, Son 2, Daughter, Son 3. Duke of Richland’s property 1,000 acres. Duke of Richland’s sons’ property, 500 acres, 500 acres. Duke of Richland’s grandsons’ property 125 acres each. This image shows how the Duke of Richland’s property would be split. Many second sons sailed off to find their own riches. The right side of this map is mostly correct. The left side of the map is what Toscanelli thought was there. The route Columbus planned to take. The route Columbus actually took. Things that we use today to find places where we want to visit. A compass. An astrolabe (top) and quadrant. Dead reckoning helped sailors keep track of how fast and how far they had traveled. Explorers used many tools to help them navigate. The inside of the fort is shaped like a square. On each corner, there is a bastion shaped like an arrow. A bastion is a raised gun platform. The bastions stick out from the fort. They let the Spanish fire out of the fort in just about any direction. A bastion. Coquina. The drawbridge leading from the ravelin to the main fort drawbridge. Coronado. A buffalo, which Coronado called a “cow.” Tents made of “cowhide.” Copper. The plains with buffalo, called “cows” by Coronado. John Cabot. The circled area is the Grand Banks. The route Cabot intended to take to find the Northwest Passage. A bilge pump used in Cabot’s time. Hardtack. Sailors stood watch on the platform high up on the mast. Hudson encountered icebergs and freezing weather. Manhattan is the center of New York City today. Hudson and others were left in a boat with no oars. A beaver hat. A trading post. Lake Champlain in the fall. A beaver has thick fur that was used to make hats. Items like tobacco, kettles, and fish hooks were traded for pelts. A beaver. Map of North America. This image shows some of the places the Vikings explored and some of the Vikings who explored. A reconstructed Viking structure at L’Anse aux Meadows in Canada. When the first settlers came to North America is a subject of much debate. 15,000 years ago, 4,500 years ago. This map shows how people today think human beings spread around the Earth. The numbers represent “years ago.” The area inside the gray line on the map is part of the Caribbean. A tornado. The effects of a hurricane. A dugout canoe. Barbecue cooking on a grill. Potatoes and French fries.


*********


Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading

(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)

    
Lesson 27 – Important People In U.S. History

   
NEW WORDS: Hussein, Lincoln’s, Malia, Obama’s, Sasha, Sonia, Sonia’s, Sotomayor, acclimate, adroit, assiduously, bailiff, bilingual, birthdate, boroughs, borrowing, celebrates, commemorate, competent, concurrently, constructive, cornucopia, court’s, courtroom, desiderated, dialogue, dons, earnestly, emigrate, esteem, explicate, festivity, fraught, harvesting, iconic, indefatigable, mandates, memorialized, meritorious, notable, piloted, praiseworthy, restrictions, reverend, rituals, rocketing, ruffled, sedulously, tractors, trailblazing, transshaped, trusted, venerable, voracious, zealously
    
    

Introduction: Family Letter
     
Dear Student,

In school, you’ll learn about trailblazing people in American history. They’ll be men and women like scientists, presidents, religious leaders, or astronauts. They transshaped the way we live today. As you learn about them, you’ll also learn of things that happened long ago. And you can compare those times with today’s times.

Below are some suggestions for some things that you might do at home. This can help you to learn about meritorious people. This can help you to learn about the past and the present.

1.    Talk About the Past and the Present.

Here’s a challenge that you’ll face in school. You’ll want to learn how some things were different long ago. But other things were similar. Learn to talk about things that happened long ago. Talk about old family photos or family stories. Realize that these things happened “a long, long time ago.” They were in the past, and they may have happened before your birthdate. Learn to talk about things that are happening today. Talk about very recent family photos or events. Realize that these things happened “today,” “recently,” or “not very long ago.”

     
     

2. Read Out Loud Each Day.

Bring home stories about the praiseworthy people who you’re learning about in school. Read these stories with your parents before bed. Talk about whether the important person lived a long time ago, or are they still living today?

3. Talk About Your Heroes.

Talk about someone who you hold in high esteem. They could have lived long ago, or they may be alive today. Learn a true story about what this person did. Tell why this person is important to you.

4. Identify Today’s Important People.

Learn about venerable people in America today. They could be important to your family. Point to and name important people who are on TV. Or you might see them on magazine covers. Be sure to explicate why these living people are important.

   
    

Chapter One: The Native Americans
    
Dear Student,

You might be learning about Native Americans in school, when you are nearing the Thanksgiving holiday. Read the story below to help remember what you learned about them in school. You might also have some dialogue about how Native Americans dressed differently long ago. Compare that with how people dress today, by pointing to some of the pictures as you read.

We live in the United States of America. In this country today, there are many, many people, cars, and buildings. People like to talk on the phone. They shop in the grocery store. They play on computers. They watch television. Some people live in big cities with tall buildings and lots of traffic. Some people live in the country, where there is lots of green grass. Lots of those people drive tractors. But things in the U.S. weren’t always the way that they are now.

We’ll go back long before your parents and grandparents were born. The U.S. looked very different. There were no phones or computers, or tall buildings. There were no cars or tractors, or grocery stores. And far fewer people lived here.

     
    

We’re going back four hundred years! There were trees, rivers, rocks, and mountains. There were wild animals, like deer and birds. And the only people who lived here way back then were the Native Americans.

The Native Americans knew many things about how to live here back then. They knew how to plant seeds in the ground. They grew corn, pumpkins, and beans to eat. They knew how to catch fish to eat. They knew how to make clothes from the skins and furs of the animals that they hunted. They knew how to use fires to cook their food. The Native Americans back then did not live the way that we live today.

    
    

Chapter Two: The Pilgrims
    
Dear Student,

You might learn about Pilgrims around the Thanksgiving holiday. Read the story below to help remember what you learned about the Pilgrims in school. You might also talk about the way that your family celebrates Thanksgiving today. Talk about something special that you do each year at Thanksgiving. Does your family have any annual Thanksgiving rituals?

Long ago, there were people living in England who were ruffled by their monarchs. In England, the king made all the rules. The king and his rules made some people furious. So, they decided to go live somewhere else. The people who decided to move away from England were called the Pilgrims. The Pilgrims decided that they would emigrate to America. So, they would no longer have to follow the king’s mandates and restrictions. To get to America from England, they had to sail a long time, all the way across the Atlantic Ocean. They sailed on a boat named the “Mayflower.” Their journey was fraught with danger and difficulty.

   
    

The Pilgrims arrived in America. They met a Native American man named Squanto. He was already living there. Squanto became a notable friend of the Pilgrims. He taught them many things about how to live in America. He showed them how to use wood from the forest to build houses. He gave them seeds to plant. That way, they could grow food to eat. The Pilgrims were grateful to Squanto for helping them to acclimate to their new home.

Squanto told the Pilgrims about a Native American celebration. They had this festivity every year at crop-harvesting time. After the harvest that year, the Pilgrims and the Native Americans celebrated together. They roasted turkey, fish, and deer meat. They cooked corn, pumpkins, and beans. When they took notice of the cornucopia of good food that they had, they all gave thanks together.

Today, we still celebrate the holiday called Thanksgiving! We have memorialized the celebration that the Pilgrims and Native Americans had long ago. Lots of families eat a special meal of roast turkey, corn, and beans. This is just like what the Pilgrims and the Native Americans ate. Americans commemorate Thanksgiving to remember all that we have to be thankful for. Think about the beautiful country that we live in. Think about the food that keeps us healthy and strong. Think about the friends that help us to feel safe and comfortable in our homes.

    
    

Chapter Three: Happy Birthday, Martin Luther King
    
“I have a dream that one day …”

Long ago, the Reverend Doctor Martin Luther King, Jr. gave an iconic speech where he said, “I have a dream.”

His dream was that all children would “walk together as sisters and brothers,” and could be friends and go to school together.

Today, we celebrate his life as a National Holiday each January, and we remember his birthday.

     
   

Chapter Four: Barack Obama
     
Dear Student,

You might be learning about Barack Obama during African-American history month. Read the story below to help remember what you learned about Barack Obama in school. You might also talk about the important things the president does as the leader of our country.

Our country, the United States of America, has had many presidents. The forty-fourth president of the United States was Barack Hussein Obama. When President Obama became president, he and his family moved into the White House in Washington, D.C. The White House is different from most houses, because it is not only a place to live, but it is also a place to work. In one part of the White House, there are rooms where the Obama family sleeps, gets dressed, and eats their meals, just like you do in your own house.

But another part of the White House is an office building where lots of indefatigable people come to do hard work every day. President Obama has an office, with a big desk, where he can read and sign important papers. It’s called “The Oval Office.” He also has a special phone so that he can talk to important people from all around the world. Since President Obama’s office is in the White House where his family lives, his daughters, Malia and Sasha, can visit him when they get home from school.

     
     

President Obama once told Malia and Sasha that he knew their lives were wonderful in many ways. He also told them that he wanted every child in the United States of America to have a wonderful life, just like theirs. Barack Obama said that he was going to work long and hard to make the United States a better place to live, so that all children would have the chance to “learn and dream and grow.”

President Obama talked to the people of the United States and told them the same thing that he told his daughters. He said that he wanted everyone in the United States to have a chance to go to a good school, to learn how to read and write, and to have a good life in the United States.

     
    

Chapter Five: Abraham Lincoln
    
Dear Student,

You might be learning about Abraham Lincoln when it is around Presidents’ Day. Read the story below to help remember what you learned about Abraham Lincoln in school. Using the illustrations on this page, retell the story about Abraham Lincoln borrowing his neighbor’s book. You might also talk about what it means to be honest. Be reminded that Abraham Lincoln’s nickname was “Honest Abe.”

Abraham Lincoln grew up in the U.S. in the early 1800s. People called him by his nickname, “Abe.” When Abe was a young boy, he lived with his family far out in the country, in a log cabin. Abe’s family had to work hard all day long. Abe had so many chores to do that he did not have time to go to school.

But Abe wanted to learn all kinds of things. So, every night, he would read many books. He was a voracious reader! In those days, no one had electric lights that you could turn on after dark. So, after dark, in order to read, Abe Lincoln sat next to the fireplace. The light from the fire helped him to see the words on the pages of the books that he was reading.

    
    

Abe wanted to read more, so he borrowed a book from a man who lived nearby. One night, a big thunderstorm came by, and rain leaked in through the roof of Abe’s cabin. The book he had borrowed from his neighbor got soaking wet! The pages were stuck together, and it was hard to read the words. The book was ruined.

Abe felt terrible. He bravely carried the ruined book back and showed it to the man from whom he had borrowed it. Abe knew that the book was very important to the man, and he felt badly that it was ruined. He agreed to work on his neighbor’s farm for three days in order to pay for the book that had been ruined. Abe proved that he was, concurrently, both an honest boy and a hard worker.

As Abraham Lincoln grew up, more and more people saw how honest and hard-working he was. They called him “Honest Abe.” They trusted him so much that they elected him to be president of the United States of America. He was our sixteenth president, and some historians consider him to have been our best president ever.

    
    

Chapter Six: Sally Ride
    
Dear Student,

You might be learning about Sally Ride, when it is around Women’s History Month. Read the story below to help remember what you learned in school. You might also watch the night sky. Go outside and look at the stars and moon concomitantly, and talk about what you see.

This is a true story about Sally Ride, who became famous as the first American woman to travel into space. She was both a scientist and an astronaut.

Sally Ride loved playing sports, like tennis and football. She enjoyed doing her schoolwork, and she studied zealously to learn as much as she could about science. When she was a little girl, she watched rockets launch into space on TV. She thought it was really exciting to see astronauts go into space. Those lucky people got to fly higher into the sky than anyone had ever been before!

Sally Ride worked sedulously in school. She learned about how machines like cars and rockets work. She desiderated to be an astronaut and to fly into space. People said to her, “Sally, it’s really hard to get to be an astronaut.” And she answered, “Just you see. I AM going to be an astronaut.”

    
    

When she was finished going to school, Sally got a job as an American astronaut. Sally Ride became a member of a team of astronauts. These astronauts all worked together to fly a big space ship, called the “space shuttle,” high up into the sky, higher than any airplane could fly.

On launch day, Sally and the other astronauts put on their space suits and got ready to go into space. They heard the countdown. “Ten, nine, eight, seven, six, five, four, three, two, one, blast off!” The space shuttle went rocketing into space.

Sally learned that life is different for astronauts living in a space ship high up in the sky. She wore a special space suit. She ate special food. Her body floated in the air, even inside the space ship! When their work was done, Sally Ride and the astronauts piloted the space shuttle carefully down out of the sky and landed safely back on Earth again.

Many years later, Sally Ride still remembered her first trip into space. She remembered when the rocket blasted off. “There is so much power; there is so much thunder,” she said. She remembered looking out the window. “I saw the blackness of space, and then the bright blue Earth,” she said.

Every chance she could, she shared the excitement of science and space with kids. She wanted everyone, girls and boys, to know that they could become scientists and astronauts if they wanted to be.

    
     

Chapter Seven: Sonia Sotomayor
    
Dear Student,

You might be learning about Sonia Sotomayor, when it is around Women’s History Month. Read the story below to help remember what you learned in school. You might also talk about what languages people in your family can speak, since Sonia was bilingual, and speaks both English and Spanish.

When Sonia Sotomayor was a little girl, she lived in the Bronx, which is one of the boroughs of New York City. Everyone in her family spoke Spanish, but everyone in her school spoke English! She had to learn quickly to speak English, even though she still spoke Spanish at home every day. Sonia Sotomayor was proud to be a bilingual student.

As a child, Sonia’s mother told her that if she worked assiduously in school, she could be anything that she wanted to be. “I don’t care what work you do when you grow up,” her mother said. “Just do it well.”

Sonia Sotomayor went to school for many years, so that she could become a judge. After many years of studying and working earnestly, Sonia Sotomayor finally became a judge. When Judge Sotomayor would come into the courtroom, the court’s bailiff would call out, “Order in the court! All Rise! Judge Sotomayor is here.” Everyone would stand up and listen to what Judge Sotomayor had to say.

    
     

Sonia Sotomayor was an adroit and constructive judge. She was so competent at her job as a judge that President Obama asked her to become a justice on the Supreme Court of the United States of America. Now Sonia Sotomayor goes to work every day at the Supreme Court.

She dons her black robe, and everyone calls her Justice Sotomayor. She knows all about the laws, or rules, that people in the United States have to follow. Her job is to think about the best way to help people to obey those laws. A judge in the Supreme Court is called a “justice,” so she is called Justice Sotomayor.

       
     
*********
   
    

Lesson 28 – “BNC-COCA” Lists Vocab-Builder

   
NEW WORDS: Choate, DNA, Darth, Democrat, Juliet, Mt., Principal’s, Republican, Rhoda, Rodney, Romeo, Vader, abbreviation, abort, accelerate, accountable, addict, administrator, affirm, archaeology, artworks, authorize, bacterium, bikers, bishop, bruise, chanoyu, circulate, civilize, client’s, clinic, coalition, collaborate, condemn, contract’s, convict, correspondent, curriculum, defendant, delegate, deliberate, deputy, designate, devastate, dictate, discourse, discreet, disrupt, donate, elevate, elite, emit, endorse, etc., etcetera, exclusive, execute, faculty, fantasy, feminist, gradual, grievance, hazard, heritage, hostile, immune, imperial, infect, inflate, inhabit, innocence, instinct, interstate, legitimate, liberate, likeness, lobby, manifest, memo, merge, merits, narrate, nominate, oblige, offend, oriented, overlook, parish, prep, profound, prosper, protesters, provoke, psychiatry, radiate, rally, recession, remedy, render, respective, resume, revive, ritual, sculpt, simultaneous, sophisticated, south’s, sprained, statute, subtle, suburb, summit, supervise, thrill, tragedy, transact
    
    

They found his DNA at the crime scene.

Coach will rally the team with a good speech!

Elevate your sprained ankle on a pillow.

The deputy sheriff fired his gun.

My Gran has profound wisdom.

The oil spill is a hazard for fish and birds.

We can transact our business on Monday.

A psychiatry degree lets you help people who are depressed.

Riding that roller coaster was a thrill!

Execute the plan starting next month.

He has a likeness to Abe Lincoln.


Our Catholic church has a new Bishop.

Merge into traffic safely.

People used to inhabit those cliff dwellings.

Be careful to not offend the Queen!

Supervise the kids while I go shopping.

I’ll endorse her in the Senate race.

We heard two simultaneous explosions.

I’ll dictate some notes for you to write down.

She’s a charter member of our club.

Sculpt that clay into a funny face.

I’ll donate $20.00 to her campaign.

     
    

She’ll emit a shriek when the doc gives her a shot.

The news correspondent asked the Mayor tough questions.

I’ll narrate this story to you.

The administrator thinks that the books have been cooked.

The defendant was found “not guilty.”

It’s hard to civilize a primitive tribe.

He’s not discreet at keeping secrets.

The singer gave a competent performance.



Don’t overlook the contract’s fine print!

We must render aid to the hurricane victims.

We must devastate their team in the Super Bowl.

Our school’s new science curriculum is interesting.

Pain will radiate around your bruise.

Times were tight for our family in the Recession.

Cover your mouth when you cough, so you don’t infect me!

Protesters came to disrupt his speech.

Having a weak immune system means that you get sick a lot.

Oblige him to apologize to you in public!

In the Civil War, the South’s troops were called the Rebel Army.

It’s a tough life being a drug addict.

My mom’s a nurse at a medical clinic.

I like fantasy and science fiction books.

    
     

Etc.” is the abbreviation for “etcetera.”

If you provoke the dog, it will bite at you.

Mom’s a feminist who fights for women’s rights.

The troops crossed the river into hostile territory.

The play “Romeo and Juliet” is a tragedy.

Who will they nominate to run for president?

The city has to condemn this dangerous building.

We moved from downtown to a suburb.

I found some arrowheads on an archaeology dig!

The Principal’s called a faculty meeting.

I designate Rhoda to cast my vote in my absence.

The bikers were glad to come to a more gradual slope.

Their discourse started calmly, but it ended in shouting.

The author will collaborate with his son to write a new novel.

I’ve oriented the camera to face away from the sun.

Congress overturned a statute that doesn’t fit modern times.

Mr. Spock said, “Live long and prosper.”

I think you have a legitimate grievance.

We’ll try to convict him of murder.

The gun lobby has lots of sway in Congress.

I need to inflate my back-left tire.

Her new wardrobe makes her look more sophisticated.

What are the respective merits of the candidates?

The defense will affirm our client’s innocence.

Abort the launch countdown!

    
     

I’m holding you accountable for any mistakes on this!

Resume the launch countdown!

Accelerate the car when you merge onto the interstate.

Do your parents vote Democrat or Republican?

Overwhelm your mom with kindness on her birthday.

I authorize you to spend this money as you see fit.

In Louisiana, they call a county a “parish.”

We must liberate the prisoners of war.

Rodney, I’m going to delegate this project to you.

They gave Paramount Pictures exclusive rights to film the novel.

The Japanese “chanoyu” tea ceremony is a calming ritual.

The Prime Minister pulled together a coalition in Parliament.

The ghost will manifest itself with an eerie glow.

Choate Rosemary Hall is an elite college prep school.

Circulate this memo among the Staff.

This medicine is a good cold remedy.

We’ve reached the summit of Mt. Everest!

Her subtle insult cut deep, nonetheless!

We must revive this patient from his coma.

Darth Vader led the Imperial Army in Star Wars.

That was a deliberate act against my orders!

She honors her Native American heritage with her artworks.

You can see this bacterium under a microscope.

My instinct tells me that this dog might bite.

      
        
*********

     

     
WEEK TEN PHONICS READ-ALONGS

    

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 77) THE #1 “OO” SOUND LIKE IN “BOOT” SPELLED TEN WAYS … continued:

    
EW … continued:
   
   

It was just an urban legend that there was an alligator roaming the city sewer system.

   

I hate to say this, but the meat is kind of chewy.

   

I’m going to renew my annual subscription to Chess.com.

    

Please screw the top back on this pickle jar.

    

“The Taming of the Shrew” is a comedy written by Shakespeare.

   

The Queen threw a big party for her advisers.

   

Isaac Newton is one of two mathematicians credited for inventing the math that we call “calculus.”

    

There is a lawsuit against that company for dumping sewage into the river.

   

With shrewd cunning, Dr. Moriarty plotted one of his worst crimes.

     

Shards of glass were strewn across the roadway where the car crash had occurred.

     

Let’s make sure that we order cashew chicken at the Chinese restaurant tonight.

   

It’s so damp in our basement that mildew is everywhere.

    

I have a friend who howls and sounds just like Chewbacca from Star Wars.

    
OU:
    

An oud is a musical instrument of the Middle East and northern Africa, and it belongs to the lute family.

     

You are my best friend!

    

Ouzo is a liquor from Greece that tastes like licorice.

   

Their country’s president was overthrown in a military coup.

    

The foundation to a great demi-glace sauce is a patiently made roux with butter and flour.

   

I’m in the mood for some classic tomato soup to go with my grilled cheese sandwich.

    

My dad loves antique cars, and he just got a 1950s coupe to refurbish.

   

Louis Armstrong, nicknamed “Satchmo,” is one of the greatest trumpeters in U.S. history.

   

The jeweler got out his loupe to get a closeup look at the diamond that he’d been asked to appraise.

    

I love Monet’s paintings of the Rouen Cathedral.

   

Today’s term “blush” – make-up used to color the cheeks – used to be commonly termed “rouge.”

   

Fortunately, the soldier’s wound was not serious.

   

Oy, what do youse guys want to do for entertainment tonight?

   

Granny said, “Ah, in the days of my youth, I loved nothing more than dancing away the evening hours.”

   

The doctor said, “That bad hacking and coughing that you’ve got suggests a bad case of croup.”

   

Scooby-Doo almost fainted as he was approached by a hideous looking ghoul.

    

Tommy, please don’t lag behind us, and try to keep up with the group.

    

Deep in the misty bayou, alligators were waiting to find tasty prey to eat.

    

Gran brought out a delicate bijou that I thought was the most beautiful jewel that I had ever seen.

    

Boules is a popular game in France – played on rough surfaces – in which metal “bowling-like balls” are thrown to land as near as possible to a target ball.

     

Secretive and largely solitary by nature, the cougar is properly considered both nocturnal and crepuscular, although daytime sightings do occur.

     

The Louvre, in Paris, is without a doubt one of the very top museums in the world.

    

I can’t eat that nougat candy because it has nuts in it.

   

When I teach kids what a toucan is, all I have to do is say, “it’s the bird that’s illustrated on a box of Fruit Loops cereal.”

    

The orchestra conductor was embarrassed when his toupee fell off the top of his head.

   

An agouti is a rabbitlike rodent that is destructive to sugarcane.

    

The gypsy troupe roamed from town to town entertaining the villagers.

        

A ragout is a highly seasoned stew of meat or fish, with or without vegetables.

    

The sun is right in my eyes; could you please close the louvers?

    

This fox seems to have been wounded by a badger, but the vet thinks that she can save it.

   

Let’s do a walk-through of this new house.

    

Throughout human history, we have faced clashes between good and evil.

    

A breakthrough in observations of the planet’s moons will result in our sending a probe to study them.

    
UE:
    

Your monthly subscription fee is due.

   

You will rue the day that you threw me under the bus in front of the boss.

    

My bet is that the candidate will sue her opponent for defamation of character.

   

Sue, please wash up and come to dinner.

    

Your annual dues to remain a member of the club will be $50.

    

Cindy’s favorite color is navy blue.

   

We don’t have a clue about why he left the company without any notice.

   

Close the flue in the fireplace, because cold air is coming into the den from there.

    

I need something strong to glue these two pieces back together.

   

The captain yelled, “Slue the mast to get us in better position to catch the wind!”

     

True or false: birds are descendants of dinosaurs.

    

I hate it when I see people being cruel to animals.

   

When they handed their prisoner a bowl of gruel, he almost retched.

    

This is your final issue of this magazine unless you renew your subscription.

   

My cousin is fluent in Spanish.

   

After my cats sniffed the catnip, a little action ensued, and they started to chase each other around the house.

    

Our finance manager said that we needed to accrue a few thousand dollars to cover for an expected repair on our heating system.

    

Our CEO said, “This powerful new product will be our avenue to doubling our growth rate.”

    

Our neighbors served a cheese fondue, which I’d never had before, and I quite liked it.

    

I’m going to pursue that nearby wild horse; I hope that we can capture and tame it.

    

There’s a lot of controversy about taking down that statue of a Confederate General.

    

We were able to subdue the enemy troops after a fierce three-hour battle.

    

I need a tissue with which to blow my runny nose.

    

By virtue of my abilities as a ship’s captain to marry couples, I now pronounce you man and wife!

   
     

*********

*********

        
    

WEEK ELEVEN    

WEEK ELEVEN READING PASSAGES    

     

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)

     

Lesson 29 – Needs Of Plants And Animals

   
NEW WORDS: Carson, Carson’s, Frederick, Google, Hixon, Hixon’s, Olmsted, Patagonian, Patel, Patel’s, architects, babirusa, banned, blueprint, botanical, brainstorming, cacti, chili, commune, compliance, concepts, conceptual, conduits, contractors, decommissioned, defunct, demolish, disembark, dismantle, duckweeds, ecologist, ecologists, emanating, ensures, followup, humanoid, innovative, interfaces, jerboa, lawmakers, learner, lifeforms, location’s, mara, materialize, nutrition, organizes, pangolin, peculiarities, pipelines, probabilities, purified, rad, reopens, rummages, searches, serval, shelters, sincerely, squatter’s, statistical, users, viable, visibly, volunteering
    
     

Chapter One: What to Do with a Defunct School
    
It’s the first day of fourth grade. As students wave goodbye to their families, they’re excited to go to school. Greenville School is all new. The building, the playground, and the parking lot are all new.

“What will happen to the old school that Greenville school has replaced?” one child asks.

Mrs. Patel answers, “Our city will raze the abandoned school building. They’ll dismantle the playground. And they’ll demolish the old parking lot.”

“What will go in that humongous empty place?” another student asks.

A number of potential ideas come cascading out, with assertive shouts emanating from some of the students.

“Wouldn’t it be rad if a development project put an Olympic-sized swimming pool there?”

“We could challenge the city to build the tallest skyscraper in the world!”

    
     

“No, how about we encourage the city to construct a new toy store there? We’d ask them to guarantee that they’d stock all of the best-known video games!”

“Those are all well-thought-out and intriguing possibilities,” Mrs. Patel says. “So keep brainstorming tonight. Then tomorrow, let’s examine the possibilities of coming up with something really innovative!”

The next day, Mrs. Patel reopens the topic of what to do with the decommissioned school’s grounds. One student speaks up. “Let’s make it a place for wild things to live. It could be like a nature preserve or a botanical garden,” the child says. “Then the townspeople can go on excursions there to see flowers, butterflies, and birds.”

There’s hearty debate amongst the students. But the majority in the class agree that this is a superior idea. It will be good for tourism, and a positive for the local economy. And it will visibly demonstrate environmental consciousness. Mrs. Patel says, “You can introduce your idea to our city leaders, but first, you’ll need to build awareness about what living things need. Are you ready to enhance your knowledge about that?”

     
     

Chapter Two: Plants and Their Needs
     
Mrs. Patel’s class takes a field trip to the city’s largest park, which has a number of pretty gardens scattered throughout. Many decades ago, it had been designed by the famous Frederick Law Olmsted. Olmsted was a journalist, a social critic, and a public administrator. But he was best known for being a landscape architect. You can find his influences in many places across the U.S.

In this particular landscape design, there are many varieties of plants. When this park was in its conceptual stages, they found this area to be a good, sunny place. So, when they broke ground on the project, they prepared the soil, they planted lots of seeds, and they provided plenty of water to the plants as they grew. Why do gardens need so much care?

   
     

Plants are living things, and thus, they need certain things to live and grow. Plants need light, and they get light from the sun. Plants also need water to live and grow. They get their water from rain, and they can’t live if there’s a scarcity of water. Plants need air and soil, too. Their leaves take in air, while their roots take in water from the soil.

A massive variety of plants live in nature. Gigantic trees are plants, and lots of them live where there’s plenty of rain. These round cacti are plants, and they have adapted to live where there is very little rain. Tiny duckweeds are plants, but they need to live ON water, so they float on the water’s surface.

Mrs. Patel asks, “What kinds of plants can meet their needs in our old school lot?” The children think about patterns in their city’s weather. How much sunshine is there, and how often does it rain? The class searches online, and it rummages through some useful botany books. They find out what kinds of plants have high probabilities of thriving in the old school lot.

    
    

Chapter Three: Animals and Their Needs
    
Now Mrs. Patel’s class wants to become more knowledgeable about what animals need. They take a followup field trip, and this time, they ride a bus to the city zoo. The animals at the zoo came from many locations around the globe. The children are mesmerized watching the zookeepers work. They’re particularly interested in their interfaces with the more dangerous animals! The animals get food from the workers, but there are different kinds of food. And all the animals get water, but some get more than others. Why is this so?

Animals are living creatures, and it’s necessary for them to have certain things to live and to grow. Animals need to eat food. At a zoo, zookeepers provide to the animals the kinds of nutrition that they need. They differentiate what they feed them based on what the animals eat in their original habitats.

    
     

In nature, animals obviously get food from the places where they live. Some kinds of animals eat plants for food (“herbivores”), some eat other animals (“carnivores”), and some eat both plants and animals (“omnivores”).

Animals also require water to live and to grow, so at a zoo, zookeepers give them water. Of course, in nature, animals live where they can locate the water that they need. But here at the zoo, this camel drinks from a hose. This lion drinks from a rain puddle.

Animals need air, too, and they get air from the places they live. Fish get air that is in the water. Worms get air that is in the soil. Birds get air above the land.

Animals also need shelter, so they discover or make shelters in the places where they live. A mother bear dug this underground den. This mother bird used tall grasses to make a nest. This crab found a shell on the beach and moved right in! “Squatter’s rights!” This cheetah finds shelter from the hot sun under a tree.

Mrs. Patel asks, “What kinds of animals can meet their needs in our old school lot?” The children think about that location’s peculiarities. How much water is nearby, and what plants or animals must they eat? How can animals make robust shelters there?

    
    

Chapter Four: People and What They Need
    
Mrs. Patel says, “Today we’ll engage in a field trip to City Hall!” The students and some volunteering parents ride a big tour bus, and they disembark at a stone building with a colorful flag in front.

“We will investigate the needs of one more kind of animal here,” says Mrs. Patel. The children try to guess what that animal is.

“A serval?”

“A babirusa?”

“A Patagonian mara?”

“A Gobi jerboa?”

“A pangolin?”

“Good heavens, kids” says Mrs. Patel. “What in heaven’s name are those animals?” (Mrs. Patel didn’t know that in third grade the kids had done a big project learning about rarely known and unusual animals.) “Remember those so that I can write them down later and Google images of them! I consider myself a lifelong learner, and I’ll gleefully add those to my ‘known-animal inventory’!”

    
    

“But no, certainly none of them. It’s us! We are going to learn about the needs that PEOPLE have. Another word for ‘people’ is ‘humans.’ Or in sci-fi and outer space movies, we might be described as ‘humanoid lifeforms‘ or ‘carbon-based units!’. Humans are a kind of animal. We need water, food, air, and shelter to live and grow. Workers at City Hall help to meet human needs in a city.”

First, the children have a session at the water office. Water comes from nearby lakes. The city ensures that the water is fresh and potable. The lake water flows through pipes to the city Waterworks. There, a complete system of reservoirs, pipelines, and conduits are utilized. The water is collected, purified, stored, and then pumped to urban users.

Next, the children visit the food office. In a metropolitan area, humans get food at markets of all types. The food originates on regional farms, so the food office makes sure that the food in the markets is safe to eat. Of course, humans eat foods from plants and other animals. Tomatoes, rice, chili peppers, and beans are parts of plants. Cheese, eggs, milk, and fish come from animals.

    
    

Humans build shelters using “materials” from nature. Many homes are made from wood, which comes from trees that grow in forests. Some schools are made of brick, which is made from bits of rock and clay. A city’s building office makes sure that shelters for humans are safe. There are lots of building codes that must be followed. The city wants to make sure that architects, general contractors, and builders are all in compliance with these imperative safety measures.

Mrs. Patel’s students are almost ready to present their ideas about what to do with the old school property. She has asked them constantly, “How could we also make the old school lot a nice place for people to visit?” People enjoy places to commune with nature. So, the class thinks of various ways to welcome humans. Finally, they talk to the city’s parks office.

Mrs. Patel’s students have gleaned lots of knowledge about what plants, animals, and people need. They have a lot of information to share, but they now know that making the old school lot into a nature area will take some significant work.

If animals are to thrive there, the natural area must have new plants so that the animals can get what they need. The plants must be the kinds that can get enough of the water and light that they need to grow in the place where the school used to be. Mrs. Patel’s students have completed their preparations for going to the city leaders to proceed with their presentation. They aim to share their concepts on how to make the nature project materialize!

    
   

Chapter Five: Science in Action. Meeting an Ecologist
   
Mrs. Patel is proud of her class. The students worked diligently on their presentation for the Greenville City Council. They’ve laid out a viable blueprint for a new natural home for plants and animals. Mrs. Patel’s students had learned a lot about what plants and animals need to survive. The students know that plants and animals get what they need from the places where they live.

How do people find out about what living things need? Mrs. Patel knows someone who can help explain more about this topic. She invites her friend Mr. Hixon to visit the class at school. “I am an ecologist,” Mr. Hixon says. “An ecologist is a type of scientist. We ecologists study living things, and we learn how living things relate to each other, and to the places they inhabit.”

    
    

Mr. Hixon explains that one important thing he does is collect data. He tells the class that he counts the types of living things in an area. He organizes groups of volunteers to help. It isn’t possible to count every living thing in a whole forest. But the volunteers list and count what they find in a small space. The small space is a sample of the bigger area, and ecologists can use statistical samples to form ideas about the bigger area.

Ecologists sometimes count the living things in one area at different times. This lets them see how the numbers and types of living things are changing. For example, if a place once had a lot of rabbits, but later had no rabbits, something must have changed. Scientists can investigate further to find out what caused the change.

Places can change, and when a place changes, the plants and animals that live there might not be able to get what they need anymore. That makes it important to protect the places from unwanted changes.

Mr. Hixon tells the students that he became an ecologist to learn about wildlife areas so that he can help to protect them.

    
    

He learned that this was important because of another scientist named Rachel Carson. A wildlife area in Maine was named after her. Rachel Carson was a scientist who studied how certain chemicals affect plants and animals. She observed certain areas for a long time, and she collected data about the living things there. She wrote a book called “Silent Spring.” She wondered, “what would spring be like if no birds were singing?” Rachel Carson’s data provided evidence that the chemicals were harmful to living things. She explained the evidence to lawmakers, and because of Rachel Carson’s work, some dangerous chemicals were banned. Living things and their environments were protected from future harm.

When Mr. Hixon’s time ended with the class, he took the opportunity to put a plug in for his field of work. “Class, thanks so much for your rapt attention today! You were wonderfully inquisitive and extremely polite. Maybe one or two of you might decide to get an environmental science degree in college when you are older. I sincerely hope so!”

      
     
*********
    
     
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)

    

Lesson 30 – Plant And Animal Survival

   
NEW WORDS: Airedale, Anna’s, Burmese, Cousteau, Croft, Jacques, Joshua, Lauren, Lauren’s, Moreno, Sonoran, adulthood, affecting, akin, altering, assimilate, astoundingly, attributes, barren, cactuses, ceases, circulating, conversely, cricket’s, dedicates, droopy, employing, enablers, encircle, energized, enfeebled, enormity, ensnare, espies, evade, exhaustive, farrago, fennec, filters, fleeting, flytrap, gilded, hairlike, hiking, horned, imbibe, inspecting, intermingled, jackrabbit, kneels, lightspeed, marigold, maturate, matured, misconstrue, mitigate, mobility, mosquitoes, motors, naturalist, naturalists, navigating, negatively, nonpareil, orphaned, outlandish, plushlike, positively, propagate, puppet, reassuring, recounts, reinforcing, reintroduce, reliably, reliance, relocate, resemblant, roving, sac, safeguarding, saguaro, scallop, scant, scavenge, speculates, speedily, stubby, submits, subsist, succor, surviving, suspects, tactile, tarantula, threats, tubular, twittering, unconditionally, versed, veterinarian, volunteered, watchful, wilting, womb
     
      

Chapter One: Lauren Saves an Owl
   
Lauren lives in the Sonoran Desert in Arizona. It’s a hot, arid, barren place. She hikes there with her family every Saturday.

One spring day, Lauren finds a small owl sitting on the ground. It has plushlike, white feathers, with brown and gray ones intermingled.

As Lauren kneels down to look at the owl, it raises its wings and bobs its head. But it does not fly away. Lauren is watchful, and she suspects that it might be enfeebled.

Lauren’s mother submits that they should take the owl to a veterinarian. Dr. Moreno is the animal doctor who cares for Lauren’s Airedale terrier puppy and Burmese cat. As Dr. Moreno is inspecting the owl’s legs and wings, she smiles. With a tone that’s reassuring, she tells Lauren, “This little owl is not hurt. It is just too young to fly. It is a baby great horned owl, and it probably just fell from its nest.”

Lauren thinks about where she found the owl. She saw a large saguaro cactus with a hole in it. A gilded flicker woodpecker flew out of the hole. Lauren speculates that owls may make their nests in saguaro cactuses.

    
    

“What do we do now?” Lauren asks. “Should we take it back to the desert?”

“No” says Dr. Moreno. “We can’t reliably know where its home is. Other animals might hurt an owl this small. We’ll take it to a place where humans can care for it. We’ll relocate it there until it learns to fly and to hunt for food. Then we can reintroduce it to the desert to make its new home, but not until it can take care of itself.”

Dr. Moreno takes the owl to a place called the Desert Wildlife Center. Lauren and her mother go to see where the owl will be cared for. There are other animals there. Lauren sees a desert tortoise, a gray fox, and she even sees a tarantula!

Most of the animals there have been rescued. Some of them had been hurt. People now care for them while they heal. Some young animals were separated from their parents. People are taking the place of their parents until these animals have matured enough to subsist on their own.

The workers demonstrate to Lauren how they will care for the owl. They show her another owl that is almost old enough to be released back into the desert! It will practice flying in the big yard. It must also learn to eat food that it will scavenge for in the desert.

They ask Lauren if she would like to become a volunteer at the center. She will learn how to help take care of the animals there. Lauren says “yes.” She is excited to help!

    
    

Chapter Two: What Parts Do Animals Have?
    
Let’s think about workers at a wildlife center like the one caring for the owl that Lauren found. These workers must be well-versed in “all things animals.” Some creatures that need succor can’t take care of themselves. They may be hurt. They may be too young.

Wildlife caregivers must know what animals need to live. They must know what the animals eat. They must know how the animals move around. The workers are good at employing what they know to care for the animals. In this picture, a wildlife caregiver feeds a baby sloth.

All animals have parts. These parts have different purposes. Some parts help an animal to find and to catch food. Some parts help an animal to move from place to place. Some parts help an animal to breathe. All of an animal’s parts help it to maturate and to survive.

Wings, legs, and eyes are some owl parts. This is an adult great horned owl. What do its parts help it do?

    
     

Most animals must be capable of roving about. Some animals run. Some animals swim. Some animals hop from place to place. Animals have parts that help their mobility. The owl that Lauren found has wings. Wings are enablers for flying. Fish have parts that help them to swim. A jackrabbit has parts that help it to hop quickly. A cheetah has parts that help it to run at lightspeed.

Animals must eat to stay alive. They have parts that help them get and eat food. Some animals have bills that help them eat berries, nuts, and seeds. Some animals have sharp teeth that help them to tear and to eat meat. Some animals have long tongues. These help them to catch insects. A bird’s beak helps it gather seeds and berries. A frog catches insects with its tongue.

Animals must get oxygen to stay alive. Some animals have parts that help them live and breathe on land. Some animals have parts that help them get oxygen that’s in water. Some animals can live and breathe both on land AND in the water! Sharks have parts that help them get oxygen underwater. Salamanders can breathe in oxygen on land. AND they can get oxygen from the water!

What parts do these elephants have? What do those parts do that helps the elephants survive? Think about your favorite animal. How does it move? How does it eat? How does it breathe?

    
    

Chapter Three: What Parts Do Plants Have?
    
Animals have parts that help them grow and survive. Plants have parts that help them grow and survive, too. Plants can’t move like animals can. But plants can still get water and sunlight. Plants can get air. Plants have seeds. Astoundingly, some plants can even “eat” other living things! The desert marigold has parts that help it get what it needs.

Plants must get water to stay alive. They have parts called roots that take in water. A plant’s roots grow under the ground. Roots can be long or short, and they can be thick or thin. They can grow deep into the soil, or they can stay close to the surface. But they all help a plant get the water it needs to survive. This prickly pear cactus lives in the Sonoran Desert. Its roots are stubby and close to the surface. They can take in water right after a fleeting rainfall.

You can see the roots of this fallen tree, which grew deep into the soil. When roots take in water, where does it go? It moves through a part called a stem. A stem helps get water to the plant’s other parts. It also helps hold a plant upright. Stems can be thick or thin. They can be hard or soft. A tree trunk is a kind of stem. It is thick and rough. This desert plant has many stems.

      
    

Plants need sunlight to stay alive. Leaves are the part of a plant that imbibe sunlight. They use sunlight and water to make food for the plant. Leaves come in a farrago of shapes and sizes. Plants in shady places often have larger leaves so that they can take in more of the scant sunlight.

Colorful flowers are probably the first thing you notice about a plant. Insects notice flowers, too! They land on the flowers, picking up pollen with their legs and wings. Then they carry it to other plants. This pollen is necessary for plants to make seeds. Seeds grow new plants. Can you see the yellow pollen on the bee’s body?

Plants can’t bite or chew like animals can. But did you know that some plants can still “eat” other living things? An insect lands on the plant. It smells something sweet and crawls inside. Then the plant snaps shut! The Venus flytrap closes itself to trap insects. The plant then gets some of the nutrients it needs to survive. A pitcher plant traps bugs in a leaf that is tubular. These outlandish plants are quite unconventional. Most plants do not consume animals in this way.

    
     

Chapter Four: How Do Animals Use Their Senses?
     
Animals need to move, eat, and breathe to stay alive. Animals also need to stay safe. Animals use their senses to assimilate information about their environments. An environment is where a plant or animal lives. Animals also use their senses to find food. Here’s a weird one for you! Did you know that a snake uses its tongue to smell?

Most animals use their eyes to see their environments. But some animals don’t have eyes, or cannot see well. They must use other parts to detect what is around them. Bats send out sound waves. They sense how the waves bounce off of things around them. This is how they find food. It also helps them detect threats. An eagle has large eyes and nonpareil sight. It can see food from almost two miles away! A star-nosed mole’s eyes do not see well. But it has an amazing tactile sense, and it uses its nose to feel its surroundings. It can touch twelve objects in one second, to get an exhaustive feel for what is surrounding it! Here’s another odd example. A drum fish has a sac filled with air inside its body. The sac shakes when other animals swim nearby.

     
    

Animals use hearing to stay safe and to find food. Some animals have ears of great enormity. They can hear things that are far away. Other animals do not have ears at all. They can feel when things move. They sense the air and the ground as it vibrates around them. Here are a couple of examples. A fennec fox’s large ears can hear food moving underground.

Have you ever been bitten by a mosquito? Mosquitoes can find you because they smell your sweat or breath. Then, as they get closer, they can feel the heat from your body, too. Many animals rely on their senses of touch and smell to survive. A snake smells with its tongue. It also has a part on its head that can feel heat. A grasshopper has tiny hairlike parts all over its body. It can feel when the air around it moves.

Animals respond to what they feel, hear, and smell around them. What does an animal do when it senses danger? What does it do when it senses food? An eagle espies a fish from the sky. It swoops down speedily to catch it. An octopus squirts ink to escape from a threat. An iguana feels that the sand in its nest is finally warm enough. Then it lays its eggs inside. A scallop has many tiny eyes. It closes its shell and swims away when it sees a threat. A cricket rubs its legs together to make a chirping sound. The cricket’s body has the most energy when it is warm. That is why you hear the most cricket twittering in the summer.

     
    

Chapter Five: How Do Plants Respond to the Environment?
     
You read about how animals use their senses. Plants cannot see, hear, or smell like animals can. But they do sense and respond to what happens around them. Plants sense and respond to light. They sense and respond to temperature. They sense and respond to water. Some even sense and respond to touch.

Plants need sunlight to grow and survive. Some plants need more light than others. Plants respond to light in many ways. All plants use sunlight to propagate the food that they need to grow. Some plants turn themselves toward sunlight. Some plants bloom based on the altering length of daylight. Plants respond to how hot or cold it is outside. Many trees lose their leaves when it becomes cold in the fall, when days have less sunlight. Some plants wilt when it is too hot. Wilting makes a plant’s leaves droop away from sunlight.

    
    

You sweat when you’re hot. Plants release water through their leaves to cool off. Plants need water to grow and survive. The plant here is standing up straight. It has enough water circulating through its stems and leaves. The plant here is wilting. Its stems and leaves have become soft and droopy. It needs more water.

Do you remember the Venus flytrap plant from Chapter Three? It has spiky hairs on the surface of its leaves. When something touches the hairs, the leaves snap shut. Plants respond to touch in other ways, too. Some plants grow toward things that they touch. They can wrap around or climb objects that are nearby. Conversely, a plant’s roots can grow AWAY from rocks and other objects under the ground.

What are some plants around your home? You can observe them. You can see how they respond to sunlight. You can see how they respond to temperature. You can see how they respond to water. You can see how they respond to touch.

    
    

Chapter Six: Plants Are Alike and Different
    
Remember the desert where Lauren was hiking when she found the little owl? One type of plant that she saw there was a saguaro cactus. A saguaro cactus is green, prickly, and tall, and it has branches that look like arms. These are some of the traits of a saguaro cactus. Traits are how a plant or animal looks and acts.

You can tell types of plants by these attributes. For example, trees are larger than most plants. They have trunks, and they grow leaves from their branches. They spread out to capture sunlight. How are these trees alike? Trees are resemblant in some ways, but they are different in other ways. Some trees are tall and thin, some are wide, some are extremely tall. How are these trees different?

Offspring of living things get traits from their parents. They will look and act mostly the same. A young plant looks similar to its parent, but it looks different in some ways, too. How are these young plants like their parents? How are they different?

     
    

Chapter Seven: Animals Are Alike and Different
    
The Desert Wildlife Center caring for the owl that Lauren found has a new bird! It is a cactus wren. The wren is brown, white, and gray like the great horned owl. It also builds its nest in a cactus. But this bird is not big like the great horned owl. It is so small that it fits in a person’s hand.

How are birds similar and different? Animals of the same type can have many of the same traits. For example, most birds fly. All birds have feathers, wings, and beaks, and all birds lay eggs. Sometimes it can be hard to tell birds apart. How are these birds akin?

But birds can be different too. Some birds are very small, while others are large. Some birds eat meat, while others eat seeds and berries, or drink nectar from flowers. Some birds make nests in the ground, while others make nests in trees and cacti. Different birds have parts that differ to help them survive in different places. How are these birds alike and different?

   
     

Animals get traits from their parents. They look and act mostly the same. Baby animals become more and more like their parents as they grow. Some types of baby animals look like their parents as soon as they come out of the womb. Other types of baby animals look different, at first. They change as they grow, and they start to look more like their parents. Which of these baby animals look like their parents?

    
     

Chapter Eight: How Do Adult Animals Care for Their Young?
    
Each time that she dedicates a few hours at the Desert Wildlife Center, Lauren finds it to be positively reinforcing. She’s really glad that she volunteered to help there. She is always energized to see the baby owl that she rescued. Sometimes the owl is eating when she arrives. The workers at the center feed it with an owl puppet!

A wildlife caregiver explains to Lauren that the young owl needs food to grow. The little owl is more likely to take food from a puppet that looks like its mother or father. It is used to getting its food from a parent. Its parents cared for it while it was in the nest. The workers do not want to teach the owl that it gets food from humans. Adult owls catch food to feed to their young. Living things can produce young, and many baby animals need help from their parents to survive. They are too young to find and catch their own food. Their parents help feed them. A red fox mother’s body makes milk for her young. An adult penguin catches fish for its chick. An Anna’s hummingbird gets nectar from plants. It returns to the nest to feed the nectar to its offspring.

    
    

Adult animals also help their babies stay clean. An adult monkey picks bugs and dirt from its baby’s fur. A mother cheetah licks its cub to help it stay clean. Many baby animals are too young and too small to stay safe on their own. Their mothers and fathers will be safeguarding them until they get bigger, stronger, and self-sufficient. Adult crocodiles carry their babies in their mouths to keep them safe. A mother kangaroo keeps her baby safe in a pouch on her belly. A group of adult elephants will encircle a calf to keep it safe.

You were a baby once, too! Human babies need a lot of special care. Human babies cannot do anything for themselves when they are born. They cannot talk when they are born. They cannot move on their own. They rely unconditionally on their parents for food and safety. Unlike most animals, humans stay with their parents for a long time.


     

Chapter Nine: Surviving Young
    
One day, Lauren is at the Desert Wildlife Center. The owl has changed so much! It is bigger, and it is learning to find and catch food. The best part is that it can fly. So, soon it will be able to return to its natural environment.

As baby animals grow, they learn to care for themselves. They can find food, and they can evade danger. They do not need their parents as much. Many baby animals can survive on their own after a few months. Some animals stay with their parents for many years. A young white-tailed deer ceases to drink milk from its mother after two months. Baby monkeys begin to climb trees when they are very young.

Some baby animals don’t need their parents at all! They are able to survive on their own from birth. Most snake babies slither away to scavenge for food as soon as they leave the egg. A baby brush turkey digs its own way out of the nest. It can walk, run, and fly right away. Baby sea turtles are good at navigating straight to the ocean as soon as they hatch.

    
    

People in a wildlife center take care of animals in the hope that the animals can one day take care of themselves. Some animals that live with people will always need human care. Pets are different from wild animals. Both baby and adult pets depend on humans for food, water, and shelter. They might not survive on their own, even when they have reached their animal adulthood. Pets rely on humans for food, and some pets even have a reliance on humans to stay clean. And when pets are sick, humans often give them medicine.

    
    

Chapter Ten: Science in Action: Meeting an Ocean Naturalist
    
Lauren has been volunteering at the Desert Wildlife Center for many months now. Her owl friend has grown bigger and stronger. The naturalists at the center believe it is now ready to survive on its own!

At school, Lauren recounts her story about the owl. She tells her teacher and classmates about the people who helped her at the wildlife center. Lauren’s teacher, Mrs. Croft, tells the class that the people who work at the Desert Wildlife Center can help desert animals because they know a lot about how desert animals survive.

Mrs. Croft tells her students, “We have been studying the desert. There are rescue centers where naturalists help hurt or orphaned animals in all kinds of habitats. I know an ocean naturalist who can talk with us about what he does to help marine wildlife. He helps ocean wildlife just like Lauren’s friends help desert animals.”

Today, Lauren’s class has a virtual visitor. Mrs. Croft has set up a video call with an ocean naturalist named Joshua. Joshua works at a sea turtle rescue center, where he helps sea turtles that have been injured.

Sometimes fishing nets ensnare the turtles, or they get hit by boat motors. Sometimes turtles misconstrue plastic garbage in the ocean for food, and they eat the plastic and get sick. If the turtles are hurt or sick, people take care of them in tanks at the rescue center until the turtles can survive on their own again.

     
     

Naturalists at the sea turtle rescue center mitigate some problems to help the turtles survive. They design and build tanks to hold the turtles in water. The water in the tanks must run through pumps and filters to keep it clean.

Joshua learns a lot about sea turtles. One way he studies them is by observing them where they naturally live. But the sea turtles live in the ocean. How can Joshua stay underwater to study the turtles? People need to breathe air to survive. Well, Joshua is a trained diver. He uses scuba gear to breathe underwater. He tells the class that he uses breathing equipment invented by an iconic ocean scientist named Jacques Cousteau.

“In fact,” Joshua says, “Jacques Cousteau inspired me to work to save sea turtles! He was a French scientist. He designed a breathing tool that allowed people to spend long periods of time underwater. Scientists used his invention to collect information from below the ocean’s surface. Cousteau made underwater films about the ocean, too. He wanted to show people how human activities were negatively affecting living things there. He inspired people around the world to care about the ocean and Earth’s other environments, too.”

     
       
*********

    
    
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
   
Presidents And American Symbols   
    

Lesson 31 – Part One

    
NEW WORDS: Godspeed, Howe, Howe’s, Knox’s, Ticonderoga, accord, adhere, admonish, allegiant, apprehended, apprised, archetype, assembling, assert, attained, avouched, bequeathed, besiege, bewildered, birdseye, birthright, blenched, bookseller, brumal, buoyant, celerity, charily, citizenry, claimants, clashing, coerce, comfortably, commend, confession, confidently, conjuncture, cooped, countrymen, decamp, defenses, definitive, denominated, determinations, devoir, disappointment, discountenanced, doyen, dupe, duplicate, embankments, emblem, engendered, entrenched, exemplar, fashioning, foreman, foresaw, fortify, hollering, horrendous, husky, illustrious, imperfect, inaugurated, inceptive, incorporated, indivisible, installed, intents, judicial, lauded, legislative, liberties, loathe, mandated, nestling, obligations, onboard, opted, paltry, perpetrate, postulate, precepts, preparedness, presenttime, probity, procured, promoting, protracted, purposefully, quiescent, radiantly, retribution, screened, shifty, shrewd, sovereignty, sparkled, striding, subjugate, superiority, tempted, transmogrify, unearths, unwavering, vulnerability, wan
    
    

Chapter One: The Home of the President, Washington, D.C.
    
The American flag is a symbol of our nation, the United States of America. You can see that the flag is red, white, and blue. You can see that it has red and white stripes. It also has fifty stars. And each star is an emblem for one of the states in the U.S.

There’s one important city in the U.S. that’s not in any of the fifty states. It’s the nation’s capital. Most of the decisions that affect the country are made here. Our government is ensconced here. Our nation’s capital city is the part of the U.S. where the president lives. We call it Washington, D.C.

    
     

Men from each of the inceptive colonies helped to write the Constitution. That was the archetype for how the new country should be run. We’ve denominated these men the “Founding Fathers.” The Founding Fathers wanted the country to be run by a president, and not by a king. Once a person is king or queen, they’re entrenched in that position for the rest of their life. He or she is not elected by the people. They might not represent the interests of the people. The Founding Fathers didn’t want one person to tell everyone what to do, as a king does. Instead, they wanted a doyen who would listen to what the people wanted. They would then work hard to get them what they needed. To make sure that the president couldn’t transmogrify into a king, they wrote the Constitution. This was a set of precepts that the president must adhere to. They also mandated that the president must be elected by the people. The president would not have a birthright to the position like a king has. Furthermore, he could only be a president for four years. Then, the citizenry would vote for a president again.

The Founding Fathers started to think about where the president would live. They started to worry. What if the president lived in the state that he was from? It would make that state feel more important than the others. The Founding Fathers feared that such a state would be tempted to take over and assert that they had superiority over the others. They wrote into the Constitution that a special city should be built. It would be no bigger than ten miles wide. It would serve as the nation’s capital.

     
    

This capital city would not be in any state. That way, no one state could say that it was in charge of the country. This city was to be called Washington. That was in honor of George Washington, our first president. Eventually, Washington grew into the area that we call the “District of Columbia” at the presenttime. For short, we call it “Washington, D.C.”

If you went to Washington, D.C., today, you’d be able to see the White House. That’s where the president lives. The president moves into this house when he or she is inaugurated as president. Then he moves out when the next president is installed. But not just presidents live there. Their families, and even their pets, come with them to live in the White House.

Have you ever seen a picture of this dog? His name is Bo. He lives with President Barack Obama and his family. When President Obama was first chosen to be our president in 2008, he avouched to his daughters that they could get a dog. Bo moved into the White House about three months after the Obama family moved there. One of his favorite activities is playing outside with President Obama’s daughters.

    
    

The president doesn’t just live in the White House. He or she works there, too. The part of the White House where the president works is called the “West Wing.” The president’s office has a definitive name, too. It’s called “the Oval Office.” Sometimes the president signs laws or gives speeches from the Oval Office.

One of the president’s most important obligations is to fortify the rules of the Constitution. The president doesn’t run the government alone, though, as a king would. The government is made up of a team of three “groups.” We have the president. That’s the “Executive Branch.” We have the “House of Representatives” and “the Senate,” which are incorporated as “Congress.” That’s the “Legislative Branch.” And we have “the Supreme Court.” That’s the “Judicial Branch.” The Founding Fathers made sure that all three of these branches of government had equally important jobs. That way, the president wouldn’t hold all the power like a king. This would help to protect people’s liberties.

Since our past presidents have lived in Washington, D.C., it’s a place where people often build statues and other buildings to honor them. If you went to Washington, D.C., you’d find lots of monuments to past presidents. One famous monument is called “the Lincoln Memorial.” Another illustrious one is “the Jefferson Memorial.” These monuments are symbols. They admonish us to recall how important these past presidents were in our nation’s history.

    
    

The Washington Monument is one of many people’s favorite monuments to go see in Washington, D.C. It is the world’s tallest stone building. When you go to the top of the tower, you get a birdseye view of all of Washington, D.C. But you don’t have to go to Washington, D.C., to appreciate our country and its leaders. Every time you say the Pledge of Allegiance, or sing the National Anthem, you can let everyone around you know that you are proud to be a part of our country.

Let’s say the Pledge of Allegiance together. “I pledge allegiance to the flag of the United States of America, and to the Republic for which it stands, one Nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all.”

Do this the next time you see the U.S. flag. Remember that our fifty states all share a belief in liberty and justice for everyone. And remember that these United States of America all share the same government. We are led by the president, the Congress, and the Supreme Court, all in Washington, D.C.

     
      

Chapter Two: A Dishonest Story About An Honest Man
     
Almost everyone likes a good story. Some people especially like true stories that tell how real people did real things. Other people say, “I love made-up stories best. A person who tells this kind of story can leave in just the most interesting parts. They can even make sure that there will be a happy ending.”

However, there is a third kind of story. That story mixes together true and made-up stories. Today’s story is an exemplar of this third type of story. It’s what we call a “legend.” The title of this legend is, “A Dishonest Story about an Honest Man.” This story is about George Washington. He’s obviously a real historical person. In the legend, he acts in the story in an honest way, as he often acted in real life. The true part of the story is that George Washington was a real person. And he was very honest. The made-up part is that he cut down his father’s cherry tree.

Augustine Washington loved his farm by the river. He loved the rolling, green meadows in which he raised horses and other animals. He loved the woods. He loved the rich soil that allowed him to grow plants for food on the farm or to sell in town. He loved the fruit trees on his farm. They gave him beautiful flowers in spring. They brought him delicious fruit through the summer and autumn. And they were graceful shapes to look at in winter.

    
    

Augustine especially loved his cherry trees. The story occurs when George was about five years old. Augustine was talking with him. “George, I will teach you which sorts of cherry trees grow best here. I’ll show you how to take care of them. That way, they’ll grow tall and strong and provide delicious fruit.”

So, you can imagine how discountenanced Augustine was to find one day that someone had chopped down one of his prize trees. This particular day he was walking with his foreman. That’s the man who worked for him. The foreman helped him run his farm. Augustine said, “This was no accident. Someone did this purposefully. Look how neat a job of cutting this was. No wild animal could have attained such a result. Who would perpetrate such a crime?”

His foreman replied. “I just can’t imagine who would have the nerve to do it, sir, or the reason.”

The men were caught up in their conversation. They did not notice that little George was approaching from the house. The boy silently listened to the two grown-ups. He looked at his father’s face. He saw disappointment and anger.

     
     

George stepped forward. He was looking wan and worried. But he shocked his father and the foreman. George spoke quietly, but he was unwavering. “Father, I cannot tell a lie. I chopped down the tree with my little axe. I wanted to see if I could do it. But now I know that it was a bad thing to do.”

Augustine Washington looked at his son. He could see from the expression on his face how badly George felt. Meanwhile, the foreman, surprised by the boy’s confession, turned back to look at Augustine Washington. He thought, “Mr. Washington sometimes has a horrendous temper. Poor George! I loathe to think what is about to happen to him.”

But he was about to be surprised. He heard the father tell his son, “It really was a bad thing to do, George. And there should be negative retribution for your having done it. However, I commend you for coming forward of your own accord and telling me the truth. So, if you’ll promise not to do such a thing again, I shall not punish you.”

“I promise, Father,” said George. And he kept that promise.

So, you see, even as a young boy, George Washington was honest. He took responsibility for his actions. Wouldn’t it be wonderful if all of us could duplicate such honorable behavior?

    
    

That is the famous legend of “George Washington and the Cherry Tree.” It’s important to remember that this story about George Washington and the cherry tree is just a legend. That’s because it is partly true, and partly made-up.

You might ask, “Was George Washington really an honest man?” Actually, he was! Let’s turn to the adult George after he had become president of the United States. One of the things for which he was most famous was his probity.

What is even more interesting is the way in which people looked up to the real George Washington. Washington was imperfect, as are all humans. He made mistakes, as everyone does at times. A few times, he made decisions with which his friends disagreed. When that happened, they usually said, “We would have chosen differently. But we know he made this choice for a good reason. He didn’t do it just to help himself.”

Even the king of Great Britain, King George III, lauded Washington. King George, by now, had lost sovereignty over the North American colonies, who now thought of themselves as Americans. He foresaw that Washington would make himself king of the new nation. Instead, Washington opted to give up control of the army he led. And, he simply went home to Mount Vernon, his farm in northern Virginia. King George heard George Washington’s plan. And he said, “If he can do that, he is the greatest man in the world!”

    
     

George Washington is often described as “first in war, first in peace, and first in the hearts of his countrymen.” There are many reasons for that. George Washington was the most important leader in winning the war that freed us from the control of Great Britain and the king. Washington was one of the most important people involved in setting up the new government. He was highly influential in helping to start the new country in the right direction. He was also the most admired and trusted person in that new country.

Today, we still look up to George Washington. In fact, he’s considered one of our greatest national heroes. His face is on the front of the one-dollar bill. And it’s on the front of the quarter. All across America there are cities, towns, and streets named after him. You’ll be reminded of him from Washington, D.C. to the state of Washington. It’s been more than two hundred years since he died. But even now, some people still ask this when making important determinations. “What would Washington do?” George Washington never chopped down that cherry tree. But he bequeathed to us something that blossoms radiantly in all seasons. That’s the example of a brave and honest man.

     
      

Chapter Three: A Clever General
     
Henry Knox was a shrewd man. Before the American Revolution began, he and his wife had owned a bookshop in the city of Boston, Massachusetts. Henry Knox had loved the quiet, quiescent life of a bookseller. But all of that was in the past now. Henry Knox, bookseller, had become Colonel Henry Knox of the American Continental Army. He worked directly with General George Washington, another clever man who commanded that army. And the two men had become great friends.

Both of them were at the Continental camp just outside Boston. Henry Knox had a bewildered look on his face. He was looking at General Washington. He asked, “But, sir, how can we keep the larger British army from striding out from Boston and destroying our soldiers here? We don’t even have enough bullets or gunpowder for all of our soldiers. If the British only knew. And what if they were apprised of our delicate situation?”

    
     

George Washington answered him. “Yes, Colonel, ‘if they only knew.’ But they don’t know. The British postulate that we have more men than we really have. They don’t know that many of those whom we DO have lack anything to shoot at them with. So, we must make sure that no one on their side unearths the details about the vulnerability of our current conjuncture. Let them think that we are stronger than we are. Thus, they will wish to stay comfortably in Boston through this cold, protracted winter. Our intents must focus on holding them at bay, at least until we’re in a better state of preparedness. But in order for us to get ready, we need more gunpowder and bullets.”

Colonel Knox thought for a few moments. Then he smiled. “General,” he asked. “Would fifty cannons, and the cannonballs and gunpowder to use with them, help?”

Washington momentarily blenched. “How could those possibly be procured?” He stopped. A light of understanding sparkled in his eyes. “Fort Ticonderoga!” he exclaimed. “Brilliant, Colonel! Now that we have apprehended Fort Ticonderoga from the British, we are claimants of their cannons, too. Please promptly take to assembling a team of charily screened men. In the morning, you shall decamp to head to Ticonderoga to bring those cannons here. Meanwhile, my devoir whilst here will be to convince the British general, General Howe, that our defenses are too strong for him to besiege us.”

   
    

Washington knew that his paltry army could not subjugate General Howe’s larger army. So, he had to find a shifty way to dupe General Howe into thinking that Washington’s army was much larger than it really was.

“I will order our men to build high embankments of dirt in front of our camp. General Howe will not be able to see past the dirt. Then I will march our men up and down at either end. He will not know that we are moving the same men from place to place. Instead, he will think that we have more soldiers than we really do. By fashioning the dirt mounds, we also will appear to be nestling in for a long time.”

“General Howe will think, ‘Those colonial soldiers are expecting to keep us trapped here in Boston. They are certainly positioning themselves confidently.’ He may think that it would be better to leave Boston with his army onboard his ships rather than to stay. If only we could coerce the British to leave. Then we’d be in charge of the harbor again. Then, unlike the British, we can bring in supplies from other American cities on the coast. We’ll move the supplies to our armies all across the countryside, because our friends there will help us.” Washington went over the idea in his mind. “It might work,” he said. “No, it MUST work! Henry, if I don’t see you before you leave, travel with celerity, and let me now bid you Godspeed!”

    
     

It did work! Colonel Knox and his men marched off into the brumal New England weather. They returned in a little less than two months. They brought with them the cannons and supplies. They had loaded everything onto carts. Then they used husky, heavy oxen to pull the carts back to the camp outside of Boston.

When they arrived, the waiting American soldiers sent up a mighty cheer. Hearing all of the hollering, Washington came out of his tent. George saw Henry Knox riding his horse at the head of the line of men, oxen, and supplies. He stepped forward to greet him. “Welcome back, Colonel. I am glad to see you — and our cannons.”

Knox climbed down from his horse. He turned and saluted. “Thank you, sir. It is good to see you, too, and to know that I will not have to spend another night on the march. And I have additional good news. We have also brought lots of gunpowder and bullets. So, our soldiers will finally have something to fire out of their gun barrels.”

Over in Boston, the British guards heard the shouts of joy, too. They ran to tell General Howe. “Something is going on, General. But we can’t see what it is because of the dirt mounds that the colonists built.”

    
    

Later that same day, however, General Howe looked up in shock. He saw fifty-nine cannons aimed his way from on top of the dirt mounds! “Now,” he thought, “there is no way to safely attack Washington and his men.” Of course, he did not know that he might have done that successfully anytime in the two months that it had taken Knox to bring the cannons. Soon, the British left Boston. Washington’s and Knox’s plans had engendered a strategic victory for the American Constitutional Army, and for the city of Boston.

Afterward, several things changed in important ways. First, the city of Boston was back in American hands. This was buoyant news for the people there. And it also made Americans throughout the thirteen colonies think more positively. “If we are strong enough to force British soldiers out of Boston, maybe we can win our freedom after all.” Of course, some American colonists remained allegiant to Great Britain. They chose to leave with Howe. But many Americans who had been afraid before now came forward to help. They had begun to hope that they really could defeat the British.

    
    

The second change was that George Washington had learned something important. “The British army almost always wins when they’re clashing with us on an open battlefield. From now on, we will attack, and then quickly move away to attack in another place. Or, we will trap them up on the coast, as we did in Boston. We’ll keep them cooped up in coastal areas. Then they can’t come onto land to attack us. If they can’t attack us, they can’t beat us. If they can’t beat us, they’ll grow tired of this war and leave us in peace.”

There was a third change, too. Washington called in Colonel Knox and told him, “Congratulations, Henry. I am promoting you to be a general. I am putting you in charge of ALL of our cannons. Not just the ones you brought from Fort Ticonderoga.”

George Washington and Henry Knox, the wealthy farmer from Virginia and the bookseller from Boston, became lifelong friends. General Knox helped General Washington win the American Revolution. A few years later, Washington had become president. He asked Henry Knox to become America’s first Secretary of War. That’s a person who helps the president to keep soldiers and sailors ready. That’s in case there should be another war. However, having fought one war already, the two friends worked together. They forged a wonderful peace, instead.

    
     
*********

     

     
WEEK ELEVEN PHONICS READ-ALONGS

    

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 77) THE #1 “OO” SOUND LIKE IN “BOOT” SPELLED TEN WAYS … continued:

    

Letter O “by itself”:
     

How do you do?

    

I’d like you to set the table, please.

    

I like Shakespeare’s comedy “Much Ado About Nothing.”

    

I’ll have two more slices of toast.

   

Can you tell who is at the front door?

    

The new employee is quite a go-getter and a real doer!

    

The rabbit in our back yard ran back into the woods when it saw me.

    

If the cat jumps onto the dining room table, Mom goes nuts.

    

Bobby, I’m afraid you’ll need to redo this assignment, because you didn’t provide the information that I asked for.

    

I’m glad that the computer has an “undo” function, so that you can correct a mistake that you make.

    

Casper, Melchior, and Balthazar “presented unto him gifts: gold, frankincense, and myrrh.”

   

To whom are you referring?

    

I haven’t been doing much for the last couple of hours.

    

Whose dirty clothes are these?

    

My twin daughters are always trying to outdo each other when it comes to sports, academics, etc.

    

Mrs. McElroy’s new hairdo looks kind of funky.

    

He submitted a report, under date of November 24, 1891, which is appended hereto.

    

Whoever made this mess should have cleaned it up.

    

Batman tries to keep any evildoer off of the streets of Gotham City.

   

Dad says that he’s reading a really exciting whodunnit.

    
UI:
     

Should I wear my gray or blue suit to the opera?

     

Can we buy some fresh squeezed orange juice?

    

Yum, my prime rib is nice and juicy.

   

I can’t believe that my dog will eat Fruit Loops cereal!

    

I think that she will be well suited to this new job, and she’s certainly earned a promotion.

    

Her suitor appears to be a nice, hard-working young man.

    

How on earth did you get that whopper of a bruise on your arm?

    

We went on a great cruise in the southern Caribbean.

   

This white wine has a fruity taste to it.

   

They opened a sluice gate so that our ship could continue on in the Panama Canal.

    

At her funeral, everyone talked about how she had always demonstrated a pursuit of excellence.

    

The sergeant was riding the new recruit pretty hard.

   

The water was cold enough where each of the surfers was wearing a wetsuit.

    

I hope that my suitcase weighs under 50 pounds so that the airline will allow it on the plane.

    
Letter-O -> consonant -> silent-E:
     

Make sure that you don’t lose your wallet while you’re on your trip!

   

Can you please help me move this sofa?

     

The prosecutors were looking for evidence to prove that the defendant was guilty.

    

I wish that tennis player was more mature; he is certainly a bad loser.

    

Do you see those three ladies by that red door; they are the most powerful movers and shakers in our town.

   

When you set up the new TV, don’t forget to remove the blue protective film that’s on the screen.

   

Let’s talk to our finance manager to make sure that she’ll approve this expense.

   

If I’m going to lower my golf score, I’m going to have to work hard to improve my putting and chipping.

    

That kid’s parents should reprove their son for his naughty behavior.

     

There is a lot of percussion in the 4th movement of this symphony.

   

It still remains unproven if there is other intelligent life in the universe elsewhere than Earth.

    

That scientific theory was disproved decades ago.

    

My mom disapproves of the boy who my sister is dating.

    
OE:
     

At camp today, it was embarrassing when I tipped over my canoe and got sopping wet.

   

This thriller is about a man who gets kicked off of the police force and becomes a successful private gumshoe.

    

I’m going to need a shoehorn to help get these tight new shoes onto my feet.

   

We need to put a new horseshoe on Secretariat’s back right hoof.

    

On a monsoon-like day such as today, I always wear overshoes when I go outside.

   

Let me show you how to get your shoelaces onto a new pair of tennis shoes.

    

While I’m waiting for the flight in the airport, I’m going to get a shoeshine.

    

In the film, we got to see how an Eskimo will put on their snowshoes.

    

That poor family is living on a shoestring budget.

    
EU:
    

In lieu of sending flowers, a donation to my church would be welcome.

    

Zeus was the supreme god of the ancient Greeks, who became ruler of gods and men after he dethroned his father Cronus and defeated the Titans.

     

In the card game, having the deuce of clubs was helpful to my hand.

   

I’m going to use this big empty box as a pseudo-umbrella.

    

The Sherlock Holmes character is the epitome of a great sleuth.

    

I’m neutral about the two teams that are playing in the Super Bowl.

    

Except for black holes and some hypothetical objects, neutron stars are the smallest and densest currently known class of stellar objects.

    

My cousin is a lieutenant in the Army.

   
     

*********

*********

        
    

WEEK TWELVE    

WEEK TWELVE READING PASSAGES    
     

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
   
Presidents And American Symbols

   

Lesson 32 – Part Two

   
NEW WORDS: Horatio, altered, angrier, army’s, authoring, autonomous, collaborating, contending, deciding, denoted, edacious, emancipated, emancipation, exasperating, explicating, extroverted, fumbling, genial, hatband, hesitant, horsemen, hundredth, interface, introverted, legacy, loquacious, penned, persuasive, risking, spectacles
   
    

Chapter Four: George Washington
      
Sometimes even close friends can disagree with one another. But even when you disagree, it helps to remember that the other person is your friend. Friends are people with whom you can disagree while you still trust and like one another. Here is a true story about friendship and trust between a group of soldiers and their general, George Washington. In this story, George Washington uses his spectacles to help him talk to his friends.

George Washington’s slave, Billy Lee, was worried. He had never before seen a look such as this one on Washington’s face. Billy thought, “For the first time, General Washington looks old. It’s this hard war he’s been fighting, I guess. But he has never looked like this.”

   
    

Billy was right. George Washington looked tired. Before the war, George Washington had been known for his strength and bravery. On horseback, he could jump over logs or fences that were too risky for other horsemen. And he could bend an iron horseshoe with his bare hands. For eight years now, Washington had led the Continental Army, trying to free America from having to follow the orders of the king of Great Britain. All this time, although he became more and more tired, Washington had seemed like a man whose courage would always be strong. With Washington leading them, his soldiers kept going even when they had lost some battles, or when they did not have enough food or blankets during freezing cold winters. Finally, Washington had led them when they defeated the biggest army the British king had sent to fight against them. Now George Washington was not only tired, but also restless. He thought, “How strange! We defeated our enemies, but now my friends may ruin everything I have worked for.”

Washington picked up some papers from his desk. He slipped them into his pocket. He asked impatiently, “Where are my spectacles, Billy?” Billy handed him the reading glasses that Washington had begun using only a week before. Placing them in his coat pocket, Washington went outside where a soldier had his horse ready. Billy watched the general and the soldier ride away.

    
   

Soon they reached a large building, where Washington dismounted. Handing the reins of his horse to the soldier, Washington entered the building through a side door. He could hear the loud voice of General Horatio Gates. He was a very important officer in the army. General Gates thought that he, not Washington, should be the army’s chief. Now General Gates was trying to convince the other soldiers to change the way their new nation, the United States of America, would work.

Washington wanted to stop this from happening. He thought, “I hope I am not too late.” He stepped onto the stage where General Gates was standing.

Facing the stage were many soldiers who had been with Washington through the long, dangerous war. When they saw him, they gasped in surprise. “Why has he come?” they wondered.

General Gates was surprised, too, and he left the stage. Washington looked out at the soldiers who he knew so well. “They look angry,” he thought.

He was right. For years, these soldiers had been away from home. They’d been risking their lives to win the American Revolution so that they, their families, and their friends would be free to start a new country.

    
     

The soldiers missed their families, but they knew this was important work. So, they had kept at it. George Washington had led them the whole time. Now they had defeated, or beaten, the largest group of British soldiers yet. Some of Washington’s friends were meeting with British leaders to end the war. But Washington thought, “The British still have one army left. Until they sign the paper agreeing that we are free to begin our own country, they could change their minds and attack again. We have to make sure that the war is really over before we all go home.”

But while all this had been happening, something else had not happened. The new American government had not paid the soldiers in a long time. Some soldiers had been unpaid for as many years as you have been alive! Now some of them, led by General Gates, were mumbling. “Maybe we should take over the new country. Then we know we’ll be paid. We have our guns. We could make everyone do what we want them to do.”


     

George Washington had heard about this. He thought, “I am proud of being a soldier, but I do not want soldiers to use their guns to tell other people what to do. That would be no better than the old kind of rule of a monarchy or a king. We want a country in which the people decide together what to do, not kings or queens or armies. I will work to make sure that my soldiers get paid. But first, I must stop them from trying to take over our government.”

Washington took out some of the papers that he had brought along and began to read them aloud. When he finished, no one cheered or clapped. “I failed!” he thought. “They are too angry to listen to what I say.” Then he remembered something. “Wait!” he told the soldiers, “I have one more paper to read to you.”

He took out that paper, but the writing was smaller than on the other papers. He could not see it clearly. He held it away from himself, then closer, but nothing helped.

Then, to the soldiers’ surprise, Washington took out the spectacles that they had never before seen him use. Fumbling to open them, Washington said, “Gentlemen, you will permit me to put on my spectacles, for I have not only grown gray, but almost blind, in the service of my country.”

    
     

In that moment, his soldiers felt ashamed. They remembered how strong George Washington had always been, and how he had always helped them. Like Billy Lee, they thought, “He has worn himself out fighting for our freedom. He has given up as much as we have.” Many of the soldiers were so ashamed that they began to cry. They told one another, “If George Washington can wait a little longer to get paid, we can, too. He is right. The important thing is to make sure that we start a country in which the people work together to help make decisions, not just a king or queen or an army.”

What the words written on those pages had not done, Washington had done by putting on his spectacles. The soldiers agreed to do as he asked, and later they did get paid.

A few years later, after the war was over and Americans were choosing the first president of the United States of America, people knew whom they could trust. They asked George Washington to be the first president. “We need you just a little while longer,” they told him. “Not as a general, but as our president.” And, as always, when the American people needed him, George Washington said yes.

     
     

Chapter Five: Thomas Jefferson
     
You have been learning to read and write for a number of years now. One day you will be able to pick up almost any book, open it, and start to read the words. How wonderful! Of course, someone wrote those words. People who write books are, of course, called authors.

Our third president, Thomas Jefferson, was an edacious reader. Because he wanted to learn about many different things, he owned more books than anyone else in the country. He once said, “I cannot live without books.” Thomas Jefferson was also one of the best writers ever to live in the United States. He wrote words that are still famous all around the world, even though he wrote them a long time ago. Let me tell you about the most famous words that he ever wrote.

It was long past midnight. The guests at the inn wanted to sleep, but they could not. Thomas Jefferson was keeping them awake. They could hear him pacing in his room and talking to himself. The guests thought, “We will complain to the manager of the inn tomorrow. She must ask Mr. Jefferson to be quiet. At least he has stopped playing his fiddle. He says it helps him to think, but it keeps us awake.”

    
     

Thomas Jefferson was a wonderful writer. He wrote about what he grew on his farm and how he grew it. He wrote about music and art. He wrote about the best ways to design and construct houses and buildings. He wrote about animals and birds. He wrote about how to be a good friend. And he wrote about the Native Americans who had come to America long before the colonists. He wrote about nearly everything, because nearly everything interested him.

At the time, however, Jefferson was trying to write a very important document, or paper, that is now famous in American history. That’s our “Declaration of Independence.” Thomas Jefferson believed that people should be free to make most decisions for themselves, without a king or queen telling them what to do all the time. As he wrote the Declaration of Independence, he used an important word: “liberty.” In writing about liberty, Jefferson wanted to choose the best words, so that people reading his writing would understand and agree with his ideas.

Why was Thomas Jefferson writing this document? Like his friend George Washington, Jefferson thought that it was time to start a new country and not be a part of Great Britain any longer. Not everyone in the colonies felt this way, though. Jefferson, along with a few others, needed to outline persuasive reasons to make this big change. They were hoping to urge most of the colonists to believe the same thing. Leaders from all over the thirteen colonies met to talk about what to say. They chose five people to work on a document explaining the reasons for a new nation.


     

One of the people to interface with Jefferson was John Adams. Jefferson and Adams were great friends, although Adams was as different as he could be from Jefferson. John Adams lived in the north, and Thomas Jefferson in the south. Adams was short and older, but Jefferson was tall and younger. Adams was loquacious and extroverted, especially in front of a crowd. Jefferson, on the other hand, loved to read and write, but was shy and introverted in front of a crowd. However, they were alike in at least one thing. They agreed that it was time to start a new nation. Because John Adams was older, Jefferson suggested, “John, you should write the paper explicating our ideas.”

“No, Thomas,” Adams replied. “I’ve been exasperating so many people — by contending that we should start a new country — that some of them are no longer genial with me. They might not want to help us start a country if they know that I was the one authoring the paper. Everyone likes you, though, so the probabilities that they’ll help will be higher. Besides, you are a better writer than I am. You will find the best way to say everything.”

    
     

So on this particular night at the inn, Thomas Jefferson wanted to make this important document the very best thing that he had ever written. He wanted it to be a legacy to the new country. In the Declaration of Independence, Jefferson wanted to explain to people that America could be different from any other nation in the world. He thought about every word before he wrote it down. That is why he was walking up and down in his room, speaking aloud the words that he was deciding to use. “Life, liberty, and, what should come next? The pursuit of happiness,” he told himself. At last he began to write.

On the second of July, Jefferson finished his declaration and showed it to John Adams and the others collaborating with him. They suggested just a few small changes. Jefferson’s declaration said that every person should feel safe to live, to be free, and to decide what to do in order to be happy. He wrote that everyone, not only kings or queens, had the right to do these things. Jefferson’s declaration said that this was the reason to start a new nation: the United States of America. His friend John Adams smiled and said, “I told you, Thomas. You were the man to write it.”

    
     

Two days after Jefferson finished the Declaration of Independence, on the fourth of July, the other leaders voted to officially begin this new country that would be autonomous from Great Britain. That is why we have denoted the Fourth of July as “Independence Day.”

After the new nation was born, Americans read Thomas Jefferson’s document again and again whenever they were deciding how the country should work. People in other countries said, “We want to be free, too.” They followed America’s example by making changes in their own countries. Jefferson’s words about liberty altered people’s lives all over the world.

Thirteen years after Thomas Jefferson wrote the Declaration of Independence, and after the colonists won the American Revolution against Great Britain, George Washington became the first president of the United States. Later, Washington announced, “I have been president long enough. Let someone else have a turn.” Jefferson’s friend John Adams then became our second president. Four years later, Thomas Jefferson became the third president of the United States. Many people believe that he was one of the best presidents that America has had.

    
     

Whenever he was hesitant about what direction to take with an issue, Jefferson read the words that he himself had penned. They always helped him make good decisions, and they are still helping us today.

Do you recognize this statue? It’s the Statue of Liberty. When America celebrated the one hundredth birthday of the Declaration of Independence, the government of France gave the nation the Statue of Liberty as a gift for America’s birthday. France wanted to show how much they admired America’s love of freedom and liberty, which Thomas Jefferson wrote about so beautifully in the Declaration of Independence. This statue still stands in New York Harbor, welcoming thousands of visitors each year. So, whenever you see this famous statue, remember how hard Thomas Jefferson worked to declare that every person should have liberty, or be free.

     
     

Chapter Six: Abraham Lincoln
    
If I asked you what you kept under your hat, you might laugh and say, “My head! What else would I keep under my hat?” President Abraham Lincoln kept his head under his hat, too.

You may have seen pictures of a tall, bearded man wearing his tall, black hat. But sometimes Mr. Lincoln kept something more than his head under there, too. Here is the story of what lay beneath Abraham Lincoln’s hat.

Abraham Lincoln was a busy man, surrounded by many other busy men who helped him make important decisions. They grew impatient when they had to wait to meet with the president. So, on this particular day, as they waited to see their chief, President Abraham Lincoln, they were not in a good mood.

They became even angrier when they entered President Lincoln’s office and found him in his rocking chair. His long legs were stretched out before him. He was holding a book and laughing aloud. Each man thought, “We are in the middle of a war. Does the president think we have nothing better to do than to listen to him laugh? We do not like war! We do not like sending people off to fight! We worry all the time about whether we are doing the best jobs we can, yet he does not look worried, even though he is in charge of the whole war.”

    
     

Lincoln asked the men to sit down. He said, “Welcome, gentlemen. Before we get down to business, listen to this joke.” The men listened as the president read the joke out loud. Then he laughed again, but no one else laughed.

One man said, “Mister President, did you ask us here in order to read us a joke? That is a waste of our time.”

Lincoln set down his book. His face became serious. “That is not why I called you here,” he said. “But running a war, knowing that people will get hurt or killed, is a sad business. When I can laugh, I do, for if I do not laugh, I might cry. I thought you could use a laugh, too.”

He stood up, all six feet, four inches of him. That was a lot taller than most men in his time. Walking to his desk, he picked up his tall, black hat and reached inside. Pulling out a folded piece of paper, he said, “I have been carrying this paper inside my hatband for more than three months. I’ve been waiting for the right day to show it to you. Today is that day. I have word that our army has won a great battle. Perhaps we are beginning to win this terrible war at last. Now I feel safe in telling people what I want to do next.”

    
     

When George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and others started the United States a hundred years earlier, they tried to make a country in which people could be free to do as they wished and to travel wherever they chose to go. They did many wonderful things. But they failed to do one important thing. They did not end slavery in America.

Being a slave was the worst thing a person could be. A slave had to do whatever he or she was told. The slave did not get paid to work. And they received only very plain food to eat, clothes to wear – often, old clothes – and a place to sleep. The slave could not choose to leave, or decide how to live his or her life.

Some of the people who started the United States said, “Slavery is a terrible thing! We must not allow it in our new country. We believe in freedom. How could we have slaves here?” But other people answered, “Slavery is fine. The rest of us will be free to decide things for ourselves, but slaves will not. If you say there will be no slavery, we will not help start the new country.” George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and their friends knew that slavery was wrong. But they thought, “We need slaves to help us start the country. Afterward, we can end slavery.” But after America was born, year after year, many people still held onto slavery. The year before Thomas Jefferson died, he called slavery “a tornado that will burst on us sooner or later.” He feared that there would be a war between those who wanted to end slavery and those who supported it.

     
     

Abraham Lincoln was born in Illinois the year that Jefferson finished being president. Lincoln was born to a poor family living in the forest in a tiny cabin made of logs. His parents did not know how to read or write. Lincoln had to work hard to help them. And since he was a fair, honest person, he grew up believing that everyone who worked should be paid fairly and treated fairly. Later, as a young lawyer, he gained a reputation for being the most honest lawyer in Illinois. He was known by the nickname “Honest Abe.” Lincoln hated slavery. However, he also hated war, and when he became president, he tried to prevent the war from starting. But too many people on both sides were angry about many different issues, including slavery.

In the South, there were large areas of land to farm, and that is the area where there were the most slaves. Because of this, the nation divided the north against the south. People in most southern states decided, “We’ll start our own country that allows slavery.” The North, with Lincoln as president, refused to let the South do that. He said, “We should be one country, and we should not allow slavery.” The war that Thomas Jefferson had warned against began. This was called “the U.S. Civil War.”

    
      

On the day that President Lincoln invited these men from the government to his office, he told them, “I am going to announce that slaves in southern states will now be free, according to the law. I wrote that law on the paper that I have been carrying in my hat. I call the law “the Emancipation Proclamation.” I’ll proclaim that the slaves are emancipated. Anyone who doesn’t let them go is breaking the law.”

President Lincoln went on. “Everyone must understand that America is truly a land of life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness, just as Thomas Jefferson wrote.”

The other men replied to him. “Mr. President, we will gladly listen to your jokes if this is what happens afterward.”

But even after President Lincoln told everyone about the new law, many people who supported slavery would not give up. It took nearly three more years of war before the army of the South surrendered to Lincoln’s northern army. The war ended. Now, slavery was over. And the important paper that had helped make it happen was what Abraham Lincoln had been carrying under his hat.

     
       
*********
   
 
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
   
Presidents And American Symbols
 
   

Lesson 33 – Part Three

    
NEW WORDS: Barack’s, Boone, Borglum, Borglum’s, Calvin, Carow, Cochise, Coolidge, Coolidges, Crockett, Dakota’s, Doane, Edith, Geronimo, Gutzon, Harvard, Honolulu, Kenya, McKinley, Michelle, Oakley, Roosevelt’s, Teddy’s, Teedie, accomplishment, advocacy, asthma, bankroll, celebrating, committing, concur, conservation, conserved, conserving, detonation, divorced, dynamite, elections, endorsement, engraved, extending, finalize, fruition, gigantesque, lingering, objections, overture, peacemaker, persistent, preschool, propinquity, providentially, quintessential, reconnoiter, refusing, relished, requiring, rupture, sculpted, sentiment, supplemental, surreptitiously, symbolized, tiptop, tirelessly, toured, unforgettable, unjustified, usurped
     
     

Chapter Seven: Teddy Roosevelt
   
Today we know him as Theodore (“Teddy”) Roosevelt, the twenty-sixth president of the United States. But when he was young, his mother called him “Theodore” when she introduced him to her friends. His friends called him “T.R.” And his father called him “Teedie” —especially when he wanted his son to remember something important. “Teedie,” he might say, “there is nothing more important than a good education.” And Teddy would listen. Teddy Roosevelt always listened to what his father said.

When he was six years old, Teddy, his younger brother, and a friend were visiting their grandparents in New York City. But one day the children did not play as they usually did. On this day they stood by a window with Teddy’s father and watched as a train rolled slowly by. Mr. Roosevelt told the children, “Inside that train is Abraham Lincoln, the president of the United States.” President Lincoln had died, and the train was taking him back to his home state for his funeral. “A lot of people loved Abraham Lincoln,” Mr. Roosevelt continued, “and thought that he was a very good man.” People were sorry that President Lincoln had died. They gathered along the train tracks to show how much they would miss him.

     
     

Teddy thought about this for a minute and then asked his father, “Do you think that President Lincoln was a good man, Father?” Teddy greatly admired his father, so he wanted to know how he felt about the president.

Mr. Roosevelt replied, “I think Abraham Lincoln was a great man and a great president.” He continued, “A great president can help a lot of people and do a lot of good things. Abraham Lincoln came from a poor family, but he worked hard. He was smart and kind. So many people thought highly of him that he was elected president.” Mr. Roosevelt told Teddy that Abraham Lincoln was a perfect example of why he should not judge someone by the kind of clothes they wore or whether they lived in a fancy part of town. He said, “Judge them instead by what they do and why.”

Teddy Roosevelt had asthma, a medical condition that made it hard for him to breathe. Because of his illness, he rarely got out when he was young to meet different kinds of people in different parts of town. His father told his son that he shouldn’t let his health issue keep him from living an active life. He said, “Build up your body, and don’t be afraid to push it too hard.”

Once again, Teddy listened to his father. He worked very hard to build up his body. He spent more time outdoors, climbing mountains, hiking for miles, and fishing and hunting. Teddy built up his mind, too. He loved the outdoors and became an expert in the subjects of wild animals, birds, and fish.

     
     

When he was seventeen, Teddy went to college and received the fine education that his father had talked about. Throughout his life, he made sure to give his mind as much exercise as he gave his body. Teddy wrote more than twenty books and many, many newspaper and magazine articles. Teddy remembered the things that his father taught him. He never forgot what his father had taught him that day when President Lincoln went by.

Two months after he finished college, on his twenty-second birthday, Teddy married a young woman named Alice Lee, and they had a little girl. They named her Alice, too. Teddy’s wife, Alice, died when little Alice was still a baby, but a few years later Teddy got married again to a friend named Edith Carow.

As a young man with a family, Teddy had to decide what to do with his life. He told himself, “My father was right. I must use every day that I have in this world to do important things.” Teddy decided to work in government so that he could help people. He did not know it then, but he himself would one day become president of the United States.

Teddy and his new wife, Edith, had five children together, giving Teddy’s daughter Alice some sisters and brothers. Teddy often led the children outdoors to explore the woods or play on the lawn. He taught them about birds, animals, and plants, and played lively games with them. Once, when another woman was visiting his wife, they heard laughter outside. Looking out the window, they saw Teddy and the children playing dress-up and running across the lawn. Edith Roosevelt smiled and told her friend, “I have no trouble controlling the children, but controlling Theodore is impossible.”

    
     

In those days in New York, making sure that the government was doing a good job was a tough business. Because so many dishonest people worked in government, Teddy’s friends told him that nice people like him did not get involved. Teddy said, “Things will get better only when good people make them so.” To start, he became the head of the New York City Police Department. He toured the streets to make sure that police officers were doing their jobs fairly and honestly.

A few years later, the president of the United States, William McKinley, made Teddy Roosevelt the Assistant Secretary of the U.S. Navy. Teddy felt that the United States needed a strong navy to show the world that it was a powerful country.

Later, Teddy left his job with the navy and went West. He went to lead cowboys and other people from the West. They joined the army together, and other soldiers began calling them the “Rough Riders.” Teddy led his Rough Riders in battle and was so brave that when he returned home, people called him a hero. They elected him governor of the state of New York. As governor, he helped make many new laws to help everyone: rich and poor, old and young, male and female.

    
     

Later, Teddy Roosevelt became vice president of the United States. Six months after he became vice president, President McKinley died. At age forty-two, Theodore Roosevelt became the twenty-sixth president of the United States. He is the youngest man to ever serve as president.

As president, Roosevelt set out to help working people and poor people who had to pay too much for things that they bought. President Roosevelt also tried to be a peacemaker. People said, “Teddy wants America to be strong enough to win wars, but he thinks peaceful talking is better.” As he put it himself, “Speak softly, but carry a big stick.”

Busy as he was, President Roosevelt still found time for the outdoor activities that he’d loved as a child. He once said, “All Americans deserve clean air, clean water, and beautiful outdoor spaces to explore. We should set aside special places now, while they are still natural and wild, so that our children and grandchildren may know the joy of the outdoors.” President Roosevelt believed one of the most important things a president could do was to keep making the country a better place. He asked, “What will happen if one day our forests are gone?”

    
     

Under President Roosevelt’s direction, the government created huge parks and protected forests, lakes, and rivers to keep them clean and natural. He set up special parts of the government to protect America’s lakes and rivers, and to guard the wild creatures. This effort was called “conserving,” or saving, nature. Today, we still enjoy the parks and wild places that President Roosevelt saved.

Teddy Roosevelt helped in another way, too. Once, while he and some friends were out hunting, President Roosevelt showed compassion by refusing to kill a black bear.

When people heard this story, they wrote about it in the newspapers. Some people in New York City who sold toys began selling stuffed toy bears. They called them “teddy bears” in honor of President Roosevelt.

So, Teddy Roosevelt conserved nature for us to enjoy the outdoors. And he left us with teddy bears to hug indoors. No wonder we say, “There was a great president!”

      
     

Chapter Eight: Barack Obama
     
November 4, 2008 was a day of celebration for many Americans. There were parties all across the U.S. In Chicago, nearly a million people poured onto the streets. For them, it did not matter that it was cold, nor that it was late. They had something big to celebrate. Some of them waved flags. Some blew party horns and danced in the streets. Some cried for joy. And many chanted three words: “Yes, we can!” This was indeed an unforgettable day. These people were celebrating the election of Barack Obama. He had just become the forty-fourth president of the U.S.

Of course, there are always parties on election night. But the celebrations in honor of Barack Obama were different. People were not just celebrating his election. They were also celebrating the fact that the U.S. had just elected an African-American man as the next president. This had never been done before. This was an incredible achievement for a young man from a humble background. And he had worked very hard to get there.

    
    

Barack Obama was born on August 4, 1961, in Honolulu, Hawaii. His mother was from Kansas. His father was from Kenya. His parents met at the University of Hawaii. Shortly after they were married, they had a son. They named him Barack Hussein Obama. When Barack was a baby, his father left Hawaii to study at Harvard University, in Massachusetts. When Barack was two years old, his parents divorced. Not long after that, Barack’s father moved back to Kenya. Barack was raised by his mother and his grandparents. They loved him very much. As a young boy, Barack missed his father very much. He thought about him often.

While Barack Obama was a child growing up in Hawaii, he loved to go to the beach. He loved to play with his friends. Many of them were from diverse parts of the world. For a while, he and his mom moved to Indonesia. This was an exciting time for young Barack. But he also saw how hard life could be for some people. He began to wonder about how to make the world a fairer place. He began to dream about a better future for everyone.

All his life, Barack had been told by his family that education was the most precious gift. Barack listened to these words. And he worked very hard in school. Barack received good grades. He eventually went on to study at Columbia University and Harvard Law School.

    
     

When Barack was twenty-one years old, his father died. Barack was sad that he never really got to know his father. He went on a trip to Africa to meet some of his family members and learn about the land that his ancestors called home. It was during this visit that he dreamed about a better future for all Americans. He would work very hard to make this dream a reality.

While Barack was attending Harvard Law School, he met Michelle Robinson. Barack and Michelle were married in 1992. They later had two daughters, Malia and Sasha. Barack Obama became a lawyer and, eventually, went on to teach law in Chicago, Illinois.

During that time in America, it was sometimes difficult for African-Americans to go to college or to get jobs. Barack became a community leader in Chicago. He helped many people who were poor or who needed help. He encouraged young people to stay in school. He became interested in politics. He then began to work very hard to get more people to vote in elections. Barack Obama believed that if enough people voted for change, then change would happen. He became a U.S. Senator. He represented the state of Illinois, in Washington, D.C. Now his voice was being heard.

In 2007, Barack Obama decided to run for president. He worked very hard, and he won the election. It was a great accomplishment for President Obama. But it was also a great accomplishment for the U.S. Barack Obama became the first African-American president of the U.S.

    
     

President Obama wanted to make sure that everyone had the chance to get the type of good education that he’d been able to receive. He once said, “Nothing is more important than giving everyone the best education possible. And that’s from the day they start preschool to the day that they start their career.”

Being the president of the United States is a very important job. President Obama worked very hard. He traveled to many different countries. He was always very busy helping to run the government of the United States. Nevertheless, he tried to spend as much time as he could with his wife and daughters. Whenever possible, they ate dinner together. They watched movies and sports, and they played with the family dog, Bo.

On November 7, 2012, Barack Obama was re-elected president. Once again, many people celebrated long into the night. And once again, they chanted the words “Yes, we can!”

       
      

Chapter Nine: Carving Mount Rushmore
     
Today I’ll be relating to you a story about a wonderful monument. This is a special monument of four of the presidents who you’ve been learning about. They are Washington, Jefferson, Theodore Roosevelt, and Lincoln. This monument is carved out of rock, on Mount Rushmore in the Black Hills of South Dakota.

“BOOM!” Everyone in the propinquity of the mountain was covering their ears. But they still heard the thunderous detonation. And that was followed by loud crashes. “BOOM!” It happened again. Gutzon Borglum was blowing up a mountain.

Gutzon Borglum was a well-known American sculptor. He had created many statues of important people in history. One of his statues of Lincoln is displayed inside the U.S. Capitol building in Washington, D.C. Gutzon Borglum usually used a hammer and chisels with sharp points to make sculptures out of rock. But this statue was different. This time, Gutzon Borglum was using dynamite. He needed to blow away huge pieces of rock from the side of a gigantic mountain.

It all began with a man who had a big idea. In fact, it was a MONUMENTAL idea (no pun intended!). Doane Robinson loved his home state of South Dakota. He loved hearing stories about South Dakota from long ago. He loved South Dakota so much! So, he wanted people from all over America to visit and learn about his home state. “I know a way to get people to come to South Dakota,” thought Robinson. “People will come to see a gigantesque statue sculpted into the side of one of our big mountains.”

   
    

Robinson thought that the sculpture should feature well-known people from South Dakota’s past. Maybe a Native American chief. Someone like Geronimo or Cochise. Or a hero from the Wild West. Someone like Davy Crockett or Annie Oakley. Or perhaps famous explorers. Folks like Lewis and Clark or Daniel Boone. He wasn’t quite sure who the statue should feature. But he knew one thing. It would have to be so big that people could see it from miles away.

Robinson knew that he would need to secure endorsement to build such an enormous statue. He would also be requiring money to pay for the project. And they’d need a sculptor to design it. The first person Robinson talked to was the U.S. senator from South Dakota. The senator thought it was a tiptop idea. “I’ll help get the U.S. government to concur with your overture,” the senator told Robinson. “I will also ask my friends in the South Dakota government for their advocacy, too.”

Not everyone thought the idea to carve a giant statue in the mountains of South Dakota was a good one. For many years, various Native American tribes lived on the land around Mount Rushmore. Many Native Americans, including the Lakota Sioux, held a strong sentiment. They believed that the area of the Black Hills where Mount Rushmore was to be carved was sacred, or holy, land. They thought it was unjustified that their sacred land had been usurped from them years earlier. And now, they did not believe that a statue should be engraved into the mountain.

    
    

But the project went on despite the Native Americans’ objections. Robinson and the senator moved forward with their plan to find a sculptor. They found a quintessential man for the job. He was Gutzon Borglum.

Gutzon Borglum came to South Dakota to see the mountains for himself. He liked the idea of carving a huge statue into the Black Hills. But he believed that this project should be even bigger than Robinson and the senator had first imagined.

“(We want) to attract people from all over America,” said the sculptor. “We should carve statues of people who are familiar across the country. They shouldn’t be just well-known in South Dakota.” Robinson and the senator liked Borglum’s idea. It was Borglum who suggested four presidents. He chose ones who he felt symbolized the first one hundred fifty years of America. He suggested Presidents Washington, Jefferson, Lincoln, and Teddy Roosevelt. President Washington was our first president. President Jefferson wrote the Declaration of Independence. President Lincoln was the president during the Civil War. And President Roosevelt, a personal favorite of Borglum and Robinson, worked for nature conservation.

   

With the others’ support, Gutzon Borglum began to reconnoiter the Black Hills for the right spot to carve his monument. “No,” he thought. “The rock in this one is not the right kind for carving. It will crumble and fall apart. That mountain has the right kind of rock. But it cannot be seen well from a distance.”

Finally, Borglum made a big announcement. “We shall carve Mount Rushmore. American history will march along that mountaintop!”

Now the only thing the group needed was a way to bankroll the project. Providentially, Calvin Coolidge, the U.S. president at the time, and his wife came to South Dakota on vacation. The project leaders wanted to make sure that President and Mrs. Coolidge relished their visit. The senator and his friends surreptitiously stocked supplemental fish in the stream outside the Coolidges‘ vacation cabin. They hoped that the president would catch lots of fish. Thus, he’d want to be extending his stay in South Dakota. It worked! While he was there, Gutzon Borglum and Doane Robinson went to ask the president to help raise money for their project. President Coolidge liked the idea, too. He gave a speech about their plan. So, people from all across the country would read about it and send money to help. Finally, Gutzon Borglum could begin carving the mountainside monument.


     

This carving was too big to create with a hammer and chisel. That was the way Borglum had sculpted other statues. Some of the chunks of rock that he wanted to cut away from the mountainside were as big and heavy as a truck. He would have to blow them away with dynamite.

Gutzon Borglum had about four hundred people helping him. Many had worked in mines. They knew about cutting rock. Others had used dynamite to blow open holes for mines. But they told Borglum this. “Nobody has ever asked us to shape a mountain before. We do not know where to set the dynamite so that it will rupture in the right direction. We don’t know how to blow up just the right amount of rock, and not too much.”

    
     

Borglum had to figure out how to do that himself. Then, he’d need to teach his workers. Every step had to be done very carefully. If they cut too much rock, they could not put it back. After the dynamite did its job, some workers smoothed the surface. Others would clean up the rocks and dust that were still lingering from the explosions.

It took more than fourteen years to bring the project to fruition — from beginning to end. Unfortunately, Gutzon Borglum died in March 1941. This was just six months before the giant faces were done. Thankfully, his son, Lincoln, who Borglum had named after the president, would be persistent in committing to finalize what his father had begun.

Today, millions of people from all across America — and all around the world — visit Mount Rushmore every year to see the enormous images of Washington, Jefferson, Roosevelt, and Lincoln. The carved faces sit five hundred feet above the ground. And they measure sixty feet long. That’s the height of a six-story building from forehead to chin. Even more amazing, the monument can be seen from sixty miles away!

Doane Robinson had dreamed that people would come. The senator worked tirelessly to make it happen. And Gutzon Borglum and his son, Lincoln Borglum, brought the dream to life.

     
   
*********
  
    
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)

   

Lesson 34 – Continents, Countries, And Maps

   
NEW WORDS: Acropolis, Africa’s, Alaskan, Algeria, Australasia, Australia’s, Austria, Bahamas, Belize, Bolivia, Canberra, Caspian, Eisenhower, Elbrus, Eurasia, GPS, Guam, Guatemala, Honduras, Hospitaller, Iditarod, Istanbul, Jamaica, Kayapo, Ladoga, Luxor, Machu, Maldives, Malta, Marianas, Melanesia, Micronesia, Moscow, Nicaragua, Oceania, Ojos, Ottawa, Panama, Pangaea, Philippines, Picchu, Pitcairn, Polynesia, Polynesian, Salado, Samoa, Serengeti, Seychelles, Shanghai, Siberia, Tokyo, Udaipur, Vatican, Venezuela, Victoria, Volga, Yangtze, airstrips, ancestry, atlas, avocados, chivalric, coastline, coastlines, combined, commemorates, cornfields, counterclockwise, cumulative, displays, dogsled, elevations, emergencies, entirety, featured, gazetteer, geographic, geographical, giraffe, groupings, inaccurately, landscapes, lungfish, manmade, methodology, panda, patroness, pinpoint, plateau, populated, railroads, seals, slithering, smallish, southernmost, spec, statistics, subgroups, supercontinent, technically, topographic, topography, unpopulated, usable, vending, venerates, virgin
     
      

Chapter One: Finding Your Way Around
    
Let’s look at a methodology for learning about a state, a country — or even the world in its entirety. That’s looking at maps. Maps are displays of geographic features and locations. Some maps are “to-scale.” That means that the elements featured on the map, though they’re significantly shrunken, represent the same ratio of distances from each other that occur in actuality. An inch might cover a mile. An inch might cover 100 miles. Some maps are not to-scale. You still get a good overall picture of the surroundings. But the distances from one element of the map to another are inaccurately shown.

On maps, you can pinpoint towns, cities, roadways, and places of interest. Maps show lakes and rivers. And maps can even show facts about the weather. Maps show how to get from one place to another. Maps can be made of paper. Maps can be shown on the T.V. Maps can be viewed on a GPS in a car.

Some maps might have fancier names. Have you heard of a “travel atlas?” Some maps are “topographic” maps. That means that they show the ground elevations at different points. That gives you a good feel for the topography of the area that you’re looking at. And there’s a really fancy supplement to some maps. It’s called a “gazetteer.” A gazetteer is a geographical dictionary or directory. It’s used in conjunction with a map or atlas. It contains info concerning the geographical makeup, social statistics, and physical features of a country, region, or continent.

    
     

Symbols are used to show key information on a map. The symbols make it easier for us to understand what’s being shown. There are symbols for towns, capital cities, mountains, rivers, highways, railroads, and much more. What the symbols mean is explained in a key that’s often part of the map.

How do we know which way to go? Well, we follow the four main directions. Those four main directions are north, south, east, and west. But you can get more specific. There’s northeast and southeast. There’s northwest and southwest. Maps usually have a “compass rose” to point out these directions.

There are about 200 countries in the world. Some countries are islands. But most are found on large areas of land called “continents.” There are seven continents on Earth. You can see the seven continents on this map of the world. 1) North America. 2) South America. 3) Europe. 4) Africa. 5) Asia. 6) Australia. 7) Antarctica. And sometimes we combine Europe and Asia. We call it “Eurasia.” And sometimes we group lots of the Pacific islands together. We group them with New Zealand and Australia. We call that “Australasia.”

   
     

But in the Southern Pacific, things can get a bit more complicated. There are LOTS of islands in that part of the world. Many of them are very small. Together, they are grouped together. They’re called “Oceania.” But three subgroups of “Oceania” are also defined by name. 1) Micronesia is east of the Philippines. These islands are on the smallish side. 2) Melanesia is north / northeast of Australia. They include the large island of New Guinea. 3) Polynesia is east / southeast of the first two groupings. Technically, they include both Hawaii and New Zealand.

Much of Earth is covered by oceans and seas. The oceans are the Pacific, the Atlantic, the Indian, and the Arctic.

We sometimes show Earth as a round globe. That’s because Earth is a round planet! The center of Earth’s surface is marked by an imaginary line. It’s called the “equator.” It’s 24,901 miles long. It “splits” the Earth in half. Earth’s northern half is called the “Northern Hemisphere.” The southern half is the Southern Hemisphere. The farthest northern point is the North Pole. The farthest southern point is the South Pole.

    
    

Here’s a fun, random fact about the equator – or is it an urban legend? If you’re north of the equator (even just one foot north of it), what happens when you pour water down a drain? Does the water drain in a clockwise circle? What happens if you move just a few feet, to the south of the equator? Does the water drain in a counterclockwise circle? Swipe and paste this intriguing YouTube link into your browser for an explanation:
     
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mXaad0rsV38    .

    
     

Chapter Two: North America: The United States
    
The United States is part of North America. So are Canada, Mexico, and the countries of Central America.

As you know, the U.S. has 50 states. But the U.S. also has territories. Most people don’t realize that the U.S. has 14 territories. That’s because a few of them are very tiny, unpopulated islands. The ones that are most recognized are these. 1) Puerto Rico. 2) The U.S. Virgin Islands. These two territories are in the Caribbean Sea. That’s southeast of Florida. There are other islands in the Caribbean that you may know of. How about the Bahamas and Jamaica? Here are the other three better-known territories. 3) American Samoa. 4) Guam. 5) The Northern Marianas Islands. These last three are part of the Oceania chain of islands.

The U.S. is a country with its own government and laws. The government for the U.S. is in the capital city. That’s Washington, D.C. Members of the government meet in the Capitol Building. The president lives in the White House. That’s also in D.C.

If you were to travel across the U.S., you’d see many varied kinds of landscapes. For example, most New England states have beautiful coastlines. Some New England states have mountains and lakes. The U.S. has many large cities, such as New York City, L.A., and Chicago. Millions of people live in and around many of these large cities.

   
     

What if you traveled to the southern part of the U.S.? You’d find that it’s hotter there than in the North. The South has beautiful beaches. People like to vacation in Florida. That’s a state that is a long peninsula. The Midwest has cornfields and dairy farms.

What if you visited the Great Plains? You’d see that there are miles and miles of flat land where wheat is grown. The Rocky Mountain region has — you guessed it — tall mountains. They stretch across a large part of North America. The Southwest has canyons and deserts. Some of the scenery there is so bizarre that you wonder if you aren’t on another planet! Then there’s the West Coast. It has an awesome coastline.

And let’s not forget the last two states to be admitted to the Union. They used to be territories, like Puerto Rico is today. But they were both made states in 1959. To get to Alaska, you would have to drive or fly across Canada. In terms of land, Alaska is the largest U.S. state. The weather there is really quite cold. The state of Hawaii is made up of a number of tropical islands. They’re at the northeast edge of Oceania. They’re two thousand miles west of California, in the Pacific Ocean. How might you get to Hawaii?

     
     

Chapter Three: North America: Canada, Mexico, and Central America
    
Canada is on the northern border of the U.S. It’s the second largest country in the world. However, fewer people live in Canada than in the U.S. That’s because the northern part of the country is often icy and cold. There are two main languages in Canada. People speak English and / or French. The capital of Canada is Ottawa.

There are Native Canadians named the Inuit. They live in the far north of Canada. They call it the Canadian Arctic. They have lived there for a long time. They know how to hunt, fish, and survive in the ice and snow. Polar bears live there, too!

Mexico is on the southern border of the U.S. It’s a land of high mountains, dry deserts, leafy rainforests, and a large central plateau. Mexico has volcanoes, too. Most people live on the central plateau. That’s because the land there is good for farming. Mexican farmers grow lots of crops. Some of them are corn, sugarcane, wheat, avocados, tropical fruits, and coffee.

    
     

Mexico has 31 states. Its capital is Mexico City. That’s one of the largest cities in the world. Many people in Mexico speak Spanish. But some people also speak the languages of their Aztec and Maya ancestors. Mexican people enjoy celebrating their culture. It’s rich in food, music, dance, and art.

To the south of Mexico is Central America. This long, narrow area of land connects North America and South America. There are seven small countries here. They are Belize, Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, and Panama. Nicaragua is the largest country in Central America. El Salvador is the smallest. This whole area has mountains and volcanoes. It has beautiful beaches and green rainforests. Farmers in Central America grow coffee, bananas, and pineapples.

Let’s move to the waters of the Caribbean Sea. This area is near Florida in the U.S., and northern South America. There are a number of islands called the West Indies. One of these islands, Puerto Rico, is a territory of the U.S. The capital of Puerto Rico is San Juan.

     
      

Chapter Four: South America
    
Thousands of people — and many different kinds of animals and plants — live in the Amazon Rainforest. There are electric eels, poisonous arrow frogs, and slithering snakes. There are also giant lily pads. They’re so big that they can hold the weight of an adult person! The mighty Amazon River flows through the center of the rainforest. There’s currently a debate over whether the Nile (in Egypt) or the Amazon is the world’s longest river. Measuring such a river’s length is apparently pretty complex. One estimate puts the Amazon as the longest. That calculation suggests that the Amazon is 4,365 miles long.

The Kayapo are a people who live in the Amazon Rainforest of Brazil. They’ve lived there for thousands of years. They are a warrior tribe. They are expert hunters and fishermen. They also gather food, such as nuts and berries, from the rainforest.

The Andes Mountains make up the longest mountain range in the world. This mountain range is on the western coast of South America. It’s in seven of the South American countries. The highest volcano in the world, Ojos del Salado, is in the Andes.

There are ancient and modern cities in the Andes. High up on top of a mountain in southern Peru, ruins remain of an ancient city that was built by the Inca. It’s called Machu Picchu. La Paz in Bolivia is a busy, modern city in the Andes.

     
    

Chapter Five: Europe
    
Europe is the second smallest continent. There are 44 countries in Europe. The largest country is Russia. The smallest is Vatican City. That’s where the Pope of the Catholic Church lives. But as you’ll discover, Russia is not only in Europe. It’s also in Asia.

Each country has its own customs, government, laws, and languages. And each country has its own landscape. For example, the country of Ireland is on an island. The country of Austria is on the continent of Europe. It’s mostly covered in mountains.

Moscow is the capital of Russia. It’s the largest city in Europe. Russia also has the Volga River. That’s the longest river in Europe. And it has Mount Elbrus. That’s the highest mountain. And you guessed it! The largest lake in Europe is in Russia, too! That’s Lake Ladoga.

There are many other huge cities in Europe. Some of these cities are known for their famous landmarks. Paris, the capital of France, has the Eiffel Tower. The clock tower, Big Ben, is in London. That’s the capital of the United Kingdom. The ancient Greek Acropolis is in the Greek capital of Athens. And the ancient Roman Colosseum is in the Italian capital of Rome.

     
    

Chapter Six: Africa and Asia
    
Africa is the second largest continent in the world. It also has the second highest number of people. There are 54 countries in Africa. There are more than 1,500 spoken languages! Like Europe, each African country has its own government and laws. Algeria is the largest country. The Seychelles is the smallest. It’s a country made up of islands.

Africa has busy, modern cities. You’ll find thousands of people rushing here and there. Take the modern city of Luxor. It’s on the bank of Egypt’s Nile River. It was built on the site of an ancient Egyptian city. Today, you see the old and the new side-by-side. Cape Town, in South Africa, is the southernmost city of Africa.

The (long-proclaimed) longest river in the world, the Nile River, is in Africa. The largest hot desert, the Sahara, is there, too. Africa also has Lake Victoria. It’s the second largest lake in the world. Africa’s highest mountain is Mount Kilimanjaro. The giraffe, the tallest land animal in the world, lives in Africa.

    
     

Asia is the largest continent in the world. There are 48 countries in Asia. It is the most populated continent. More than 2,000 languages are spoken there! Russia is not just the largest country in Europe. It’s also the largest country in Asia. In fact, Russia is the largest country in the world. China has more people than any other country, though. The Maldives, a group of islands, is the smallest Asian country.

The highest mountain in the world is in Asia. That’s Mount Everest. It’s peak is five and a half miles high. The largest lake in the world is called the Caspian Sea. Like Russia, this lake is in both Europe and Asia. The longest river in Asia is the Chinese Yangtze River. The giant panda lives in the bamboo forests of China.

Tokyo is the capital of Japan. More than 38 million people live there. In springtime, people celebrate the cherry blossoms that flower at this time.

Udaipur in India is known as the City of Lakes. This walled Indian city is a popular place for people from all over the world to visit.

     
    

Chapter Seven: Australia and Antarctica
     
The country of Australia is an island AND a continent. It is the smallest of all the continents. Australia is the sixth largest country in the world. The capital of Australia is Canberra. A large part of Australia is hot, dry desert called the Outback. Because of this, the country does not have a large population. And most people live near the coast.

Australia is surrounded by the Indian and Pacific Oceans. The Great Barrier Reef is just off the coast. It’s the largest coral reef in the world. This means that it’s the largest living thing on Earth. The Great Barrier Reef can be seen from space.

More than 80 percent of the plants and wildlife in Australia can be found only there. This includes many poisonous snakes, as well as kangaroos and koala bears. And there is even an Australian fish called the lungfish. It’s been around since the time of the dinosaurs!

Australia’s Aboriginal people have lived there for thousands of years. Aboriginal people know how to survive in the hot, dry Outback. They can find food and water in the most unlikely places. Aboriginal people have a tradition of telling stories. They pass down their history and their knowledge of the land in this way.

Antarctica is the southernmost continent. It is the fifth largest. It is the coldest, windiest, and driest continent. There are mountains in Antarctica. And there’s even a volcano under the ice. Scientists and some tourists go there to learn about this frozen land.

Penguins are birds that live in Antarctica. Penguins can’t fly. But they’re really good swimmers. Seals live in Antarctica, too.

    
    

Chapter Eight: Fun Random World Facts
    
Shanghai is in China. It has a pro baseball team called the Golden Eagles.

The Amazon river pushes a massive volume of fresh water into the Atlantic. The volume of water in the Amazon is greater than the next eight largest rivers in the world combined.

The smallest island with “country status” is named “Pitcairn.” It’s in the Polynesian area of Oceania. It’s just 1.75 square miles in size.

Siberia is in Russia. It contains more than 25% of the world’s forests.

People in Japan love vending machines. You can buy everything from candy to clothes in them.

Canada has more lakes than the rest of the world combined.

More than half of the U.S. coastline is the cumulative coast of Alaska.

There are three times as many sheep in Australia as people.

The coldest temperature ever officially recorded was in Antarctica. It was minus 128.6 degrees Fahrenheit!

There aren’t any natural lakes in the U.S. state of Maryland. Any lake in that state is manmade.

     
    

Europe is the only continent without a desert.

In the U.S., the Eisenhower interstate highway system was constructed with an interesting spec. One mile of highway for every five miles must be straight! These straight sections are usable as airstrips. This allows planes to land all over the country. This is important in times of war or other emergencies.

The world’s largest wildlife migration is in Africa. Almost two million animals travel across the Serengeti. That’s a huge grassland in eastern Africa.

The world’s longest annual dogsled race is the “Iditarod.” It occurs every year in Alaska. It commemorates the race to deliver medicine to the Alaskan town of Nome.

The Great Barrier Reef is huge. It’s the size of 70 million football fields.

The world’s highest waterfall is Angel Falls. It’s in Venezuela. The falls drop 3,212 feet! That’s 15 times higher than Niagara Falls.

    
   

The first city to reach a population of one million people was Rome, Italy. And that was way back in 133 B.C.

Istanbul, Turkey is the only city in the world located on two continents. One part of the city’s in Asia. Another part is in Europe.

Planet Earth moves around the sun at 67,000 miles per hour. It’s about 93 million miles away from the sun.

Some argue that Vatican City is NOT the world’s smallest sovereign entity. Also in Rome, Italy, this is called the “Sovereign Military Order of Malta.” It is a Catholic lay religious order. It has an area of two tennis courts. In 2001 it had a population of 80. It is a sovereign entity under international law. That’s just like the Vatican is. It claims ancestry with the “Knights Hospitaller.” That was a chivalric order founded in the year 1099. The order venerates the Virgin Mary as its patroness.

Only 2.5 percent of all the water on the planet is freshwater that is drinkable.

Oceans cover 70 percent of planet Earth.

    
    

Every day, planet Earth is sprinkled with lots of dust from space.

There was once a supercontinent called Pangaea. That was way back at a time when all of the Earth’s land was joined together. How can you get a clue for that? Find a world map. Look at South America’s EAST coast. Then look at Africa’s WEST coast. It’s pretty obvious that they look like they’d fit neatly together if they were jigsaw puzzle pieces!

The Amazon rainforest produces more than 20% of the world’s oxygen supply.

Ninety percent of the world’s ice covers Antarctica. Seventy percent of the world’s fresh water is represented by the Antarctic ice shelf. Despite having all of this water, Antarctica is the driest place on Earth. Its absolute humidity is lower than that of the arid Gobi desert. There are valleys there, near Ross Island, where it’s estimated that there’s been no rainfall for 2 million years.

        
     
*********

   

   
WEEK TWELVE PHONICS READ-ALONGS
    

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 78) THE #2 “OO” SOUND LIKE IN “BOOK” SPELLED SIX WAYS:

    
Letter-U “by itself”:
    

You can put that down right over here.

         

That bull out in the field is looking agitated.

   

There are some sea lions sunning on that buoy.

    

A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.

    

Make sure that the car is full of gas before we leave on our trip.

     

Sam yelled, “We’re gonna have to pull a lot harder than this if we want to win the tug of war!”

    

I’ll push the grocery cart.

   

Have you seen the movie “Puss N’ Boots?”

   

I’ll put up the plates while Mom puts away the silverware.

   

A wuss (also “wussy“) typically doesn’t have a lot of courage and probably also has a low pain threshold.

    

That bully got suspended from school for three days.

    

That dude has really bushy eyebrows!

   

One of the great Newman / Redford movies was “Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid.”

    

I admit to having a pretty cushy job, but it doesn’t pay all that well.

        

I fully understand what I am expected to accomplish this week.

   

People can get really pushy when shopping for deals on Black Friday.

   

Team, I really need your input regarding how we might solve this problem.

    

This 20-year-old refrigerator has suddenly gone kaput.

   

The troops rode into an ambush, and they were soundly defeated.

    

I got to ride the bullet train when I was visiting Japan.

   

This bushel of peaches smells wonderful!

    

Mrs. Fulton is looking for a volunteer to clean the whiteboard.

    

This pulley system lifts the bike high on the wall and frees up floor space.

     

Our pastor doesn’t like to stand at the pulpit when she gives her sermons; she walks around quite a bit.

     

Our factory’s output has gone WAY up since we’ve installed a couple of robots on the assembly line.

    

The butcher told me that this cut of meat has very little fat content.

   

Let me put this cushion on your chair; I think that sitting there will now be much more comfortable.

    

A seesaw is a simple way of demonstrating what a fulcrum is.

    

Sire, I promise that I will fulfill my mission and slay the dragon!

   

I think that you’d have to have a lot of hutzpah to do cliff diving!

    

She countered her brother’s impudent comment with a brutal putdown.

    

Sputnik, launched by the Russians, was the world’s first space satellite.

   

That fullback must weigh 250 pounds, all muscle!

   

The General ordered a pullback when it was apparent that the enemy forces were comprised of three times the number of troops.

    

Our pussycat is an orange tabby.

    

A Pulitzer prize-winning author is going to do a book-signing at our nearest bookstore.

   

Our rosebush is full of beautiful blossoms right now.

   

That girl is such a sourpuss, and I don’t think that I’ve ever seen her smile.

   

The throughput on assembly line number four has hit record levels, without any sacrifices in quality.

   
Letter-U “by itself” rolls to the “ER” sound:  
   

The jury found the defendant to be not guilty.

   

The Jura Mountains are found between France and Switzerland, extending from the Rhine to the Rhone river.

    

A Duroc pig is one of an American breed of hardy red hogs having drooping ears.

    

One juror would not vote with the other eleven; thus, it was a hung jury.

   

I did not want my children to hear the lurid details of the horrible accident.

    

The rural setting of our vacation rental was very peaceful.

    

Under duress from his jailers, the spy finally admitted to his crimes.

    

Mom served the stew out of her favorite tureen.

   
#2 OO:
   

You can’t judge a book by its cover.

    

Each of my parents is a great cook.

   

I have a blister on my left foot.

    

Open the hood and let’s see if we can figure out what’s making that odd noise.

   

We’d better hoof it if we want to catch the next bus.

   

You need to hook this to the cable for safety reasons before you start on your zipline adventure.

    

What’s that on your shoulder; made you look!

   

I found a quiet nook in the library and read for three hours.

   

I rubbed the lamp and, POOF, a genie appeared.

    

My extra rook on the chessboard is what allowed me to win the match.

    

The chimney sweep was, as expected, all covered with soot.

    

It took me about an hour to finish my homework.

    

Time has taken a toll on our home’s wood floors, and we need to have them refinished.

   

When I sat on the couch, my dog barked, “woof,” and he jumped up into my lap.

    

This wool sweater is keeping me quite warm.

   

When the boxer landed a hard blow, it sounded like, “oomph!”

   

This hoody (also “hoodie“) is just right for keeping me warm in the cool early-spring air.

    

My eyes are all poofy because of all the salt that I consumed from last night’s restaurant meal.

   

Woody Allen directed lots of very funny movies.

   

Watson beat Holmes to his usual tagline and yelled, “the game is afoot.”

   

I bet that there are trout to be caught in this wide babbling brook.

    

The crook was nabbed by the police after a thirty-six hour search.

   

I thought that the wrestler was going to break my bones when he shook my hand.

     
     

*********

*********

        
    

WEEK THIRTEEN    

WEEK THIRTEEN READING PASSAGES  
     

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)

   

Lesson 35 – World Rivers

   
NEW WORDS: Ahmed, Ahmed’s, Amazon’s, Aur, Baltic, Bangladesh, Brazilian, Cairo, Canada’s, Clemens, Danube, Dawson, Huang, Huck, Iguacu, Jiang, Klondike, Kosciuszko, Langhorne, Llanos, Mackenzie, Mali, Mongolia, Niger, Ob, Orinoco, Pakistan, Paraguay, Parana, Rhine, Rhine’s, Russia’s, Russians, Sawyer, Timbuktu, Twain, Twain’s, Venezuelans, Yukon, aerial, bazaar, buildup, canals, currents, decaying, delta, drainage, drained, earns, gorges, grilled, guiding, hazards, hippopotamuses, huckleberry, hurls, illusion, irrigating, jamming, landlocked, lingers, links, marketplaces, melons, northwestern, operators, overflowed, owning, patrolled, pelicans, pilots, piranha, piranhas, plunges, prospers, ranchers, rapids, rebuilt, refreshingly, ripples, riverbanks, riverboat, riverboats, riverside, sandbar, sandbars, sculptors, seacoast, sellers, shallowest, silt, storing, swampy, swans, terrain, tigerfish, tipping, tributaries, tributary, vacations, vegetation, vines, vineyard, vineyards, violently, wasteland, wastelands, watermelons, weaves, whoosh
    
    

Chapter One: Rivers Bring Life to Farms and Cities
     
The Nile River

The Big Question. Why are crops grown close to the Nile and Yellow rivers?

 
Vocabulary.

River, a body of moving or flowing water that follows a set path.

Riverbank, the land at the edge of a river.

Source, a supply where an item such as water can be obtained.

Irrigation, watering of crops by moving water from a well, a river, or a lake, to a place where it does not rain enough to grow crops.


“Hey, over here!” A young boy waves to you with a smile. He invites you to join him on his small sailboat. “I can show you the Nile River!”

“Why should I see the Nile River?” you ask.

The boy can hardly believe anyone would ask such a question. “The Nile is one of the great rivers of the world. In fact, it’s the longest river In Africa. It’s also the longest river in the world, and the most important river in my country, Egypt!”

    
     

You look out across the Nile. There are boats of all kinds, large and small. The hot sun shines on the water. A breeze would feel good. So would a rain shower. Maybe it will be cooler out on the water.

“OK, let’s go!” you say. Your new friend tells you that his name is Ahmed. He is in his early teens, and he earns money guiding tourists on the Nile River. Together, the two of you set off in Ahmed’s boat. After a few minutes, you look back at the land. You see trees lined up on the riverbank. Behind the trees there is sand. It stretches as far as you can see into the distance. The Nile River flows right through the Sahara, the largest and one of the driest deserts in the world.

“Nearly everyone in my country lives close to the Nile River,” Ahmed says. “It’s our main source of drinking water. It also provides the water that farmers use to grow food.” The Nile River is a wide and powerful river. It carries Ahmed’s boat as if it were a feather. Suddenly you see something familiar in the distance. “Do you see the Great Pyramids?” Ahmed says, pointing to them proudly. You remember learning about the pyramids in an earlier grade. Now you decide to show off what you learned.

“Thousands of people worked for many years to build those pyramids,” you say. “They brought huge blocks of stone to build them. They used boats on this river to carry the stone.” Ahmed nods in agreement. It’s hot, and you’re getting thirsty. You think about all those workers sweating in the fierce sun to build the pyramids. “What did workers eat and drink out here in the desert?” you ask Ahmed.

     
    

“I think they drank water from the Nile,” Ahmed replied. “Even though most of my country is desert, farmers have always grown plenty of food,” he explains. “After all, they had to feed thousands of people living in cities. But the only way they could do it in this dry place was to use water from the Nile River for irrigation.

“For thousands of years, we have depended on the river for irrigation of the farmers’ crops. We say that the river’s water gives life to the farmers’ thirsty crops.”

The sun is setting in a golden sky. You and Ahmed make plans to visit the pyramids on another day.


Cool Facts About the Nile River.

The Nile River looks black when it floods because of the color of the sediment that it carries. Ancient Egyptians called the river Ar or Aur, which means “black.”

    
      

Huang He: The Yellow River

Vocabulary.

Silt, tiny pieces of soil or earth carried by the water in a river.

Flow, to move; water moves (or flows) downstream in a river.

 
Another river that brings water to farmers’ fields is what the Chinese call Huang He, the Yellow River. This river is in China on the continent of Asia, and its name comes from the yellow color of its water. That color comes from the tons of silt in the river.

Now imagine that you’re traveling on this river. You see a young girl helping her father in a rice field near the Yellow River. You stop to ask the girl what she is doing. “Why are you standing in this ditch?” you ask.


     

“I’m clearing out the weeds and twigs so that the water can get through,” she answers.

“Why do you have to do this?” you ask.

“We clean out the ditches used for irrigation so that the water from the Yellow River can flow through them. The water brings life to our rice field,” she answers. “If we don’t put water on our rice plants in exactly the right way,” she continues, “the rice won’t grow. If the rice doesn’t grow, my family won’t have rice to sell. We will lose money. Then I may not be able to get a new bicycle. That’s what I’m saving my money for.”

You smile at the girl. As you set off again down the river, you offer words of encouragement. “I hope that the rice grows and you get that bicycle!”

     
     

Chapter Two: Rivers Make Our Lives Better
     
Chang Jiang: The Yangtze River


The Big Question. Why do so many people settle close to major rivers?


Vocabulary.

Flood, what happens when a river overflows its banks.

Dam, a structure that blocks a flowing river and allows water to fill in behind it.

 
Whoosh! Your small boat is almost flying through crashing waters. You are on the Chang Jiang, or Yangtze River, in China. The person in charge of your boat gives up trying to steer, because the water is too wild. “Oh, no!” you shout. “Rocks ahead!” Everyone in the boat works hard to keep the boat from tipping over. Then your little boat shoots out like a cannonball fired from a cannon. Suddenly the boat slows down. The river becomes calm and peaceful.

You have just gone through one of the famous gorges of the Yangtze River, located on the continent of Asia. A gorge is a narrow space between two cliffs or mountains.

    
    

The Yangtze River is a mighty river. Like the Nile, it has supplied people with water for thousands of years. But in history, the Yangtze River has often caused floods. Time and again, the raging river has overflowed its banks. Floods have carried away crops, animals, and even people. A history of floods is one reason why China built a great dam on the river.

Have you ever read about the Great Wall of China? Well, the dam on the Yangtze River is sort of like the Great Wall built in water. It’s as wide as twenty-two football fields. In fact, it’s the largest dam in the world! It is called the Three Gorges Dam.

How do dams work? They slow and control a river’s flow. The dam blocks much of a river’s flowing water. It holds that water in large reservoirs. The reservoir behind the Three Gorges Dam is four hundred miles long. Dam operators let a little of this water flow out of the reservoir slowly and steadily. As a result, there are fewer floods.

Reservoirs also store water for drinking and for irrigating crops. In addition, dams use the power of flowing water to make electricity. This source of power helps many people and businesses in China.

 
Cool Fact About the Yangtze River.

More than 75 percent of the Yangtze River’s path winds through mountains in China.

    
     

The Indus River

Vocabulary.

Reservoir, a lake created by people for the purpose of storing water.

Source, the starting point or beginning of a river’s water.

Delta, land created by silt deposits at the mouth of a river.

Civilization, a society, or group of people, with similar religious beliefs, customs, language, and form of government.

 
Did you know that the Indus River is one of the longest rivers in Asia? The river’s sources are in Tibet and India, and it flows through Pakistan to its delta. In ancient times, people living along the Indus River did not have computers or electricity. But they did build a great civilization. The river helped them do this.

Some 4,500 years ago, people living near the Indus River in present-day Pakistan built the city of Mohenjo-Daro. This well-planned city had many amazing buildings and spaces. One of the most interesting is called the Great Bath. It was a pool about half the size of a basketball court. It was made of brick. Water for the pool came from a well that was fed by the Indus River. The pool may have been used for some kind of religious ceremony.

    
     

The Ganges River

Vocabulary.

Mouth, the place where a river empties into a sea or other large body of water.


To many people in India, which is located In Asia, the water of the Ganges River is special. To followers of the Hindu religion, the Ganges is a holy river. Poets have written poems and songs about it. Sculptors have carved fountains and statues to honor it. Many Indians call the Ganges River “Mother Ganges.” They use this name because the river brings life to dry lands. Each year, the dry season comes. It turns everything to dust. The Ganges River, however, still has water in it.

The river also brings life to the people in the country of Bangladesh. This is where the Ganges River’s mouth is found. As the great river approaches its end near the Indian Ocean, it breaks into many small waterways. The water slows, and it drops the silt that it has been carrying. The silt piles up at the mouth of the Ganges and forms a wedge of land called a delta.

     
     

Chapter Three: A River Viewed From Above
    
The Murray River


The Big Question. What is the difference between the source and the mouth of a river?


Vocabulary.

Drainage basin, the area drained by a main river and other connected rivers.

Orchard, an area where a large number of fruit trees have been planted.

Vineyard, an area where grapes are grown on plants called vines.

Pasture, land set aside for cows, horses, or other animals to feed off the natural grasses.


The Murray River is the longest river in Australia. It is also a popular one for vacations. To really see this river, you need to be high up in the sky! “Where do you want to start exploring the Murray River?” your pilot asks.

     
    

“Start at the beginning, please,” you answer. “Let’s go to the source of the river.” The source is the very beginning of a river. Often, a river’s source is a tiny trickle of water hidden away in hills or mountains.

The pilot turns the plane toward the southeastern corner of Australia. The plane lands on an unpaved strip of grass. You are now in the Great Dividing Range. These are Australia’s highest mountains. The source of the Murray River is near Australia’s highest peak, Mount Kosciuszko. In the spring, melting snow flows down the hillsides and adds water to the streams below. You take a good look at the mountains before boarding the small plane again.

“Watch carefully below,” the pilot says. “Soon the river will really look like a river.” The plane winds along between mountains. Soon you see a dark line on the ground below. The trickle of water at the river’s source has become a river. After a while, another large river seems to flow into the Murray River. This is the Darling River. These two rivers drain the whole southeastern part of Australia. Experts use the term “drainage basin” to describe the whole area drained by a main river and other connected rivers.

    
    

“Make sure that your seat belt is fastened,” the pilot says. “We’re going to land and take a closer look at the Murray River.” Now you are on the ground, alongside the river. The air is warm and dry. You see fields full of melons. There are orchards full of orange trees, and vineyards with grapes growing on the vines. The fruits look juicy and sweet.

“Water from the Murray River is used by farmers for irrigation,” the pilot tells you. “The hot summers are good for growing crops. But the crops need plenty of water in the heat.” So do you. The juice and water the pilot brought along are refreshing. As you drink, you admire the sheep and cattle eating the green grass in the pasture.


Cool Fact About the Murray River.

Parts of the Murray River in Australia have dried up at least three times.

     
     

The River’s Mouth

“Let’s go to the mouth of the river now,” the pilot says. “That’s where the river ends and its waters empty into the ocean.” As you follow the river’s path, you see what appear to be lakes below. Some are small, but some are quite large. In fact, these bodies of water are man-made lakes or reservoirs. They are made by dams that hold back or block the Murray River. The dams cause the river to back up and flood a large area to create reservoirs. From the plane, you can see sailboats, houseboats, and canoes on them.

“I like to come here with my wife and daughters on vacation,” the pilot says. “We rent a houseboat to live on for a week or two. We like to swim and fish. Sometimes we go to one of the nature parks where we can see pelicans, kangaroos, and parrots.”

“Sounds cool!” you say. The pilot turns the plane toward home. You sit back and relax as you fly high up in a beautiful clear sky.

    
     

Chapter Four: Dangers and Navigation Along Rivers
     
The Mississippi River


The Big Question. What are the dangers boats face on rivers?


Vocabulary.

“River pilot” (phrase), a person whose job is to guide boats safely on a river.

Sandbar, a buildup of sand formed by the movement of flowing water.

Current, the ongoing movement of water, such as in a river.

Tributary, a stream or smaller river that flows into a larger river.


In the 1850s, a young man named Sam was learning to be a river pilot on the mighty Mississippi River, located in North America. A river pilot steers boats around dangerous places in a river. He brings people and cargo safely to shore. If he makes a mistake, all may be lost. It is a big responsibility. As Sam once said, “Your true river pilot cares nothing about anything on Earth but the river, and his pride in his job is greater than the pride of kings.”

   
   

Like many rivers, the Mississippi changes hour by hour. A stretch that was safe a week ago may be dangerous today. Sandbars form and shift. The water changes course. Currents roll logs over and hide them under the surface. River pilots have to watch out for signs of trouble. Tiny ripples or a dark patch in the water might hide a log or rock. These things can cause a wreck. There is a lot for river pilots to look out for!

The Mississippi has other rivers flowing into it. A river that flows into a larger river is called a tributary. Two major tributaries of the Mississippi River are the Ohio River and the Missouri River. At places where rivers join, waters can be very tricky, and river pilots must be very careful.

    
    

Sam was helping out on a riverboat that carried a number of river pilots as passengers. They were checking on the logs, sandbars, and other dangers of the river. The pilots told each other about their own travels. They asked each other questions. Sam learned a lot. But as the other pilots talked, Sam became more and more worried. Years later he remembered how he had felt.

Sam’s full name was Samuel Langhorne Clemens. He wrote many stories about his days on the river. When he wrote these stories, he used the name Mark Twain. Two of Mark Twain’s best-known books are “The Adventures of Tom Sawyer” and “The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn.” These books are both set on the Mississippi River. They tell of the river’s charm — and dangers. They are still popular today.

Cool Fact About the Mississippi River.

In 1927, the Mississippi River flooded. This historic flood moved enough water to fill twenty-six Olympic-size swimming pools every second.

    
    

The Ob River

Vocabulary.

Swamp, a flat wooded area that is often flooded.

Wasteland, land that is not useful to people.

Thermometer, an object that measures the temperature of certain things, such as air or water.


You know that captains and pilots of boats face many dangers. In some places the dangers include ice. One example is the Ob River in Asia. This river’s source is in the mountains of central Asia near Mongolia. The Ob River flows north for hundreds of miles. It passes through swamps, forests, and vast wastelands of Siberia. Finally, the Ob reaches its mouth at the Arctic Ocean.

As the river flows north, the climate changes. Temperatures begin to drop below freezing. Ice forms on the river. This ice creates the greatest danger along the Ob River. Boats that hit a large piece of ice can suffer serious damage. Winter begins early and lingers late in the Arctic. This means that river pilots on the Ob must keep a close eye on the calendar and on the thermometer. If they launch their boats too early in the spring – or too late in the fall – they may find huge ice blocks jamming northern stretches of the river. Because of the cold, ships can travel parts of this river for only a few months out of the year.

    
     

Chapter Five: Wildlife on Wild Rivers
     
The Amazon River

 
The Big Question. How do rivers support wildlife?


Vocabulary.

Piranha, type of flesh-eating fish of South America that lives in fresh water.

Humid, having a lot of moisture in the air.

 
Your canoe slips silently through the darkness. Strange sounds come from all around. Something gently brushes your arm. You hope it is a leaf! You are In Brazil in South America. You are paddling down a tributary of the Amazon River. Your guide wants you to hear the rainforest sounds at night.

You were nervous before starting the canoe trip. Other tourists had gone swimming in the river during the day. They had joked about piranhas in the water. One man had said that a school of these small, fierce fish working together could eat a human being in a couple of minutes. This talk had made you nervous, and so you had chosen to stay on the riverbank.

    
   

Now, however, you are glad that you’re in a canoe. As you glide through the humid darkness, the guide asks you to look up into the thick trees. “You may not see much,” she says. “But the monkeys, birds, and snakes can see you!”

You know that although the Amazon is the second longest river in the world, it carries more water than any other river. You also know that the lands along the Amazon support an amazing number of animals, reptiles, and insects. The Amazon is their home. They live here year-round.

The next day, you paddle the final stretch of the tributary. Finally, you enter the Amazon River itself. You begin to see more canoes and fishing boats. But mostly you see rainforest. You also hear birds and insects chirping in the trees. In the daytime, it is sunny and hot on the river. When you tie up the canoe to explore, you find the forest to be refreshingly cool and shady.

   
        

Dozens of rivers flow into the Amazon. You have learned that the area into which a river’s tributaries drain is called a drainage basin. The Amazon River has the world’s largest drainage basin.

In places on your journey, you see what appear to be two rivers flowing side-by-side. This illusion is caused by the fact that some tributaries are different in color. This difference is caused by many things, including the presence of silt and decaying plants in the water. When a tributary of one color enters the waters of another color, it can take a while for the waters to mix.

Cool Fact About the Amazon River.

The Amazon River has the world’s largest drainage basin, and the Amazon carries more water than any other river in the world.

    
      

The Orinoco River

Vocabulary.

Waterfall, a place where water flows over the edge of a cliff.

Arctic Ocean, one of the four major oceans, located in the Northern Hemisphere. It is the smallest and shallowest of the world’s major oceans.

Northern Hemisphere, the half of the earth located north of the equator.

Migrate, to move to a different place.


After exploring the Amazon River, you set off to see the Orinoco River. This river shares much in common with the Amazon. It crosses the northern part of South America and empties into the Atlantic Ocean. Many boats travel up and down the river. You can find a boat tour with no problem.

As you travel along the Orinoco River, you see that the land to the north is wild and beautiful. Venezuelans call it the “Llanos.” Cattle ranchers share this land with monkeys, anteaters, crocodiles, and other wildlife.

The land to the south of the river is even wilder. Its mountains contain the world’s highest waterfall, Angel Falls. You have heard that the sight of Angel Falls takes a person’s breath away. You would love to see it.

   
   

The Mackenzie River
     
You have enjoyed the warm weather of South America. But you know there are great rivers in colder areas. In school you learned that in Canada, a long river called the Mackenzie flows north from the Rocky Mountains. It stretches all the way to the Arctic Ocean, which is located in the Northern Hemisphere. On the way, it flows through many lakes and swampy areas. With its tributaries, it covers a huge drainage basin in northwestern Canada.

During the long Arctic winter, the river is frozen solid for months. But during Canada’s short summer, the Mackenzie River comes alive. Thousands of geese, ducks, swans and other birds spend the summer along the river. They feed on grasses and short plants that grow in the summer’s warmth. When winter comes, the birds migrate. They fly south in search of warmer weather. You wonder what it would be like to explore a river such as this!

    
    

Chapter Six: Three Rivers and Many Waterfalls

The Iguacu River


The Big Question. How do rapids and waterfalls affect river travel.


Vocabulary.

Landlocked, cut off from the seacoast; surrounded by land.

Rapids, place on a river where the water moves swiftly and violently.


Imagine a waterfall so powerful that its water “boils with foam.” The water “hurls itself into space.” It then tumbles over a cliff and crashes below with enough force to shake the Earth. Such a waterfall really exists. It is called Iguacu Falls, and it is one of the biggest waterfalls in the world. Iguacu Falls creates huge clouds of mist that rise into the air. It looks like water is flowing up to the sky!

    
    

Iguacu Falls is located in southern Brazil on the Iguacu River in South America. The Iguacu River is a tributary of the Parana River. Of course, boats cannot go over the falls. But at the river’s mouth on the Atlantic Ocean, large ships can sail up the river. In fact, ships can travel a full four hundred miles up the Iguacu. They can reach Paraguay. This river traffic is very important for Paraguay. You see, Paraguay is a landlocked country. It has no ocean coast. The river helps people in Paraguay get goods to and from other countries.

   
     

The Congo River

Now imagine a wide river in the middle of Africa. This river has many small waterfalls and islands in it. This is the Congo River. It rises from its source in central Africa. From there, it flows in a long curve to the Atlantic Ocean.

It is impossible for boats to travel too far on the Congo River. Sooner or later they have to stop because of rapids, islands, and other dangers. Today there is a railroad along the part of the river where boats cannot pass. Boats pull over at one end of the railroad. Their passengers and cargo are moved onto trains. Then the trains carry everything to the other end of the railroad. Everything is loaded onto other boats to continue the journey.

Cool Fact About the Congo River.

Tigerfish in the Congo River often hunt in groups. They have very sharp teeth and sometimes eat large animals.

         
     

The Yukon River

It is risky to ignore the danger of rivers! In 1897, thousands of people learned this the hard way on the Yukon River in Canada, located in North America.

At first, the people were excited! They had heard that people were finding gold in the Klondike. This is an area where the Yukon River and the Klondike River meet. People rushed to the Klondike. They hoped to find gold and to get rich.

Few of these travelers knew much about the Klondike. They didn’t know there were small waterfalls in the Yukon River. They probably would not have cared, anyway. Their minds were on one thing — gold! So, they hiked up mountain trails to a lake near the source of the Yukon River. There they quickly built simple boats to sail down the Yukon to the gold fields. They used anything they could get their hands on to build their boats.

At the end of May, some eight hundred boats headed down the river. About 150 of them were wrecked on the way. Ten people drowned. In their hurry, those seeking gold often put too many people on their boats.

Nearly 100,000 people tried to follow the Yukon River to the gold fields. Historians tell us that while many did find some gold, not quite so many “struck it rich!”

    
       

Chapter Seven: Rivers and Trade
     
The Rhine River


The Big Question. Why are the Rhine, Danube, Volga, and Niger rivers so important to the countries that they flow through?


Vocabulary.

Toll, money charged for use of a road or waterway.

 
Did you know that there really are castles like the ones in fairy tales? Many old castles stand along the rivers of Europe. The Rhine River has many castles along its banks. People built them for protection against enemy attacks. A castle often has tall towers with windows at the top. From there, a lookout could see an enemy coming from far away.

Castles also have thick stone walls. These made it hard for an enemy to break through. Still, castles along the Rhine were destroyed and rebuilt many times.

    
     

Building and owning a castle was not cheap! Castle owners stopped boats on the river. They made boats pay a toll to pass safely. The Rhine always had lots of traffic. Castle owners collected a lot of money.

The Rhine is still busy today. In fact, it is one of the world’s busiest rivers. This is especially true near the Rhine’s mouth at the North Sea. Many cargo ships and passenger boats sail these waters. Captains must be very careful.

         
     

The Danube River
   
You can also find castles along the Danube River. Both the Rhine and the Danube have their sources in Central Europe. The Rhine flows mainly toward the north. The Danube flows to the east. It glides through valleys, forests, cities, and plains. Finally, it reaches its mouth at the Black Sea.

The Danube touches seven countries. The river is so important to these countries that their leaders long ago made a promise. They agreed that everyone could use the river, even when their countries disagree about other things.

Cool Fact About the Danube River.

Ancient Greek sailors conducted trade along the Danube River, and ancient Romans patrolled its waters.

   
    

The Volga River


Vocabulary.

“Manufactured good” (phrase), item made in large numbers for sale or trade.

Network, a connected system such as roads or waterways.

Canal, a channel dug by people, used by boats or for irrigation.


Far to the east of the Rhine and Danube rivers Is Russia’s most important river. It is called the Volga River. Russian folk songs call the Volga “Beloved Mother.” That’s because so many people depend on it. Russians use the Volga to deliver food, coal, lumber, and manufactured goods.

The Volga flows into the Caspian Sea. It does not flow directly into an ocean. A network of rivers and canals links the Volga to the Baltic Sea and to the Black Sea. From the Baltic Sea, ships can reach the Atlantic Ocean. From the Black Sea, they can sail to the Mediterranean Sea. The Volga helps Russia stay connected by water with other countries.

     
     

The River Niger

Sometimes the cities on riverbanks reveal how important the river is. The city of Timbuktu, in the African nation of Mali, is one example. It is located along the Niger River. Over 500 years ago, Timbuktu was the capital of a mighty African empire. It was also a great trading center. Its bazaar, or marketplace, was a busy place. The shouts of buyers and sellers filled the air. Smelly camels strolled the streets. Vendors sold salt, ivory, wooden statues, and copper rings. The air smelled of sweet watermelons and grilled fish and onions.

These and many other goods moved up and down the Niger River on boats. Traders passed hippopotamuses bathing lazily in the water. Nearby, fishing boats caught fish for market.

Even today, local marketplaces still depend on the Niger River. People in Western Africa still use the river to carry goods. The hustle and bustle of their marketplaces remind us that civilization not only springs up, but it still prospers by the riverside.

     
     
++++
     
     
Glossary

Arctic Ocean, one of the four major oceans, located in the Northern Hemisphere. It is the smallest and shallowest of the world’s major oceans.

Canal, a channel dug by people, used by boats or for irrigation.
Civilization, a society, or group of people, with similar religious beliefs, customs, language, and form of government.
Current, the ongoing movement of water, such as in a river.

Dam, a structure that blocks a flowing river and allows water to fill in behind it.
Delta, land created by silt deposits at the mouth of a river.
Drainage basin, the area drained by a main river and other connected rivers.

Flood, what happens when a river overflows its banks.
Flow, to move; water moves (or flows) downstream in a river.

Humid, having a lot of moisture in the air.

Irrigation, watering of crops by moving water from a well, a river, or a lake, to a place where it does not rain enough to grow crops.

Landlocked, cut off from the seacoast; surrounded by land.

“Manufactured good” (phrase), item made in large numbers for sale or trade.
Migrate, to move to a different place.
Mouth, the place where a river empties into a sea or other large body of water.

Network, a connected system such as roads or waterways.
Northern Hemisphere, the half of the Earth located north of the equator.

Orchard, an area where a large number of fruit trees have been planted.

Pasture, land set aside for cows, horses, or other animals to feed off the natural grasses.
Piranha, type of flesh-eating fish of South America that lives in fresh water.

Rapids, place on a river where the water moves swiftly and violently.
Reservoir, a lake created by people for the purpose of storing water.
River, a body of moving or flowing water that follows a set path.
Riverbank, the land at the edge of a river.
“River pilot” (phrase), a person whose job is to guide boats safely on a river.

Sandbar, a buildup of sand formed by the movement of flowing water.
Silt, tiny pieces of soil or earth carried by the water in a river.
Source, a supply where an item such as water can be obtained.
Source, the starting point or beginning of a river’s water.
Swamp, a flat wooded area that is often flooded.

Thermometer, an object that measures the temperature of certain things, such as air or water.
Toll, money charged for use of a road or waterway.
Tributary, a stream or smaller river that flows into a larger river.

Vineyard, an area where grapes are grown on plants called vines.

Wasteland, land that is not useful to people.
Waterfall, a place where water flows over the edge of a cliff.
   
   
++++
    
     
Subtitles to illustrations

The Nile River flows through the heart of Cairo, Egypt’s capital. The Nile River provides valuable water used to irrigate farmers’ crops in the dry desert. The Huang He, or Yellow River, gets its name from the color of its waters. The Yangtze River travels through many different types of terrain, including mountains and gorges. This huge dam holds back the mighty Yangtze River. Four thousand, five hundred years ago, people living along the Indus River built the city of Mohenjo-Daro, with its Great Bath. Hindu pilgrims bathe in the Ganges River because they believe that the water is holy. Mount Kosciuszko is the tallest mountain in Australia and part of the Great Dividing Range. An aerial view of the Murray River shows how it weaves through farmland and pastures. Dams along the Murray River create reservoirs. The mighty Mississippi River contains many hazards. In the 1800s, riverboats were a common sight on the Mississippi River. This scene from “The Adventures of Tom Sawyer” shows the characters Tom, Joe, and Huck on the Mississippi River. Riverbanks of the Amazon River and its tributaries support very dense vegetation. This is a Brazilian Rainbow Boa. This satellite photo shows the Amazon River and some of the larger tributaries in the Amazon’s drainage basin. There are many others that are too small to see. Water plunges over 3,200 feet down from Angel Falls in Venezuela. The Iguacu Falls are almost three times wider than Niagara Falls. Fish traps in the raging Congo River. The Klondike River joins the Yukon River in what is today Dawson City in Canada. The Rhine River flows past many castles. Cranes stand ready to load or unload cargo from ships on the Volga River. Even today, camels are a common sight on the streets of Timbuktu.

Maps

Three major rivers of Africa. Some major rivers of North America. Three major rivers of South America. Three major rivers of Europe. Some major rivers of Asia. The major rivers of Australia.

      
    
*********
    
    

Lesson 36 – “Text Project” Vocab-Builder

   
NEW WORDS: Arabs, Bradford, FBI, HIV, Israelis, Johnson, Mahatma, Minnesota, Moorhead, Peale, Phillip, Salk, TV’s, Thompson, acquisition, adjusted, aids, applications, assigned, borders, boycotting, bureau, chickenpox, chromosome, climates, colonist, company’s, consumers, credibility, crocodilians, cyclone, definitions, departments, diabetes, disheveled, dissolved, distilleries, diversity, divisions, enables, equilibrium, evolution, excessive, friction, handicap, hormone, implementation, indicates, injustice, insulin, motivate, mutations, nachos, negotiations, newlyweds, nouns, numbered, nutrient, organizing, peasants, periodic, pioneer, potentially, producers, professors, psychologist, racial, refugees, reproduction, researcher, sanction, sanitizer, sax, scrapbooking, separation, setbacks, settler, shortened, simplest, situations, stimulate, strictly, structural, symptoms, testing, ulcers, vouching, warring, whites
     
     

I adjusted the TV’s volume.

Don’t fire till you see the whites of their eyes!

I have periodic bouts of mouth ulcers.

William Bradford was an early American colonist.

Hand me the job applications.

The parking spots are numbered 1 to 36.

I’ll give your proposal strong consideration.

Phillip Thompson plays the sax.

I hope this tool enables you to finish the job.

Railroads are a key part of U.S. transportation infrastructure.

I put excessive hot sauce on my food!

Your raw throat indicates strep.

The breeze is coming from the northeast.

These bumps are symptoms of chickenpox.

Learn the definitions of these 10 words.

Our new boss is strictly business!

Playing chess will stimulate your brain.

Statistics help in quality control programs.

She lost her equilibrium, and then she fainted.

The evolution of a society is often fraught with setbacks.

Our implementation of the new software went without a hitch.

Crocodilians are suited to only warmer climates.

     
    

U.S. government has a separation between Church and State.

This is a reproduction of the original painting.

Call the operator and ask for Mrs. Frederick.

I was born in Moorhead, Minnesota.

Her great-grandfather was a settler on the Western Frontier.

Which homeroom were you assigned to?

She’s made it through lots of tough situations.

I’ll be vouching for your credibility.

The warring parties finally reached an accord.

Harriet Peale was a Hudson River School painter.

Teddy Roosevelt cared about the conservation of U.S. lands.

I’m organizing my disheveled garage.

The ocean currents here are dangerous.

Explain it the simplest way that you can.

Jonas Salk was a pioneer in medical research.

I never see any friction between the newlyweds.

We’re testing a new vaccine for HIV.

The cyclone caused structural damage to our house.

Diabetes can be caused by not producing enough of the insulin hormone.

A chromosome is a DNA molecule with genetic information.

Mahatma Gandhi did not sanction the use of violence.

    
     

Chia seeds are among the most nutrient-dense foods on the planet.

My dad’s the head of one of his company’s bigger divisions.

Arabs and Israelis often don’t get along well.

Dr. Johnson was one of my best professors.

There could potentially be a breakthrough in the negotiations.

Coming back here makes me reflect on my childhood.

I wish I could motivate myself to go on a diet.

They’ve sent troops to their northern and eastern borders.

Too many proper nouns are hard to figure out.

They succeeded with the acquisition of their biggest rival.

We hope this loan aids them in feeding their refugees.

Consumers are boycotting their product.

He’s predicted the winner in the last five elections.

Producers of gasoline have lowered their prices.

    

I love this recording of the song, “I Left My Heart in San Francisco.”

This small island has an amazing diversity of plant species.

His handicap forces him to use a wheelchair.

My psychologist says that I’m not crazy!

The sugar has dissolved in my tea.

Call a meeting of the heads of all the departments.

There’s massive racial injustice in our country.

I love guacamole combined with sour cream on my nachos.

The Federal Bureau of Investigation is shortened to “FBI.”

The evil king ruled the peasants with an iron fist.

Distilleries are producing hand sanitizer to help with the COVID situation.

I finished my third scrapbooking album.

The vines are full of succulent grapes.

This researcher studies cell mutations.

      
       
*********
    
    

Lesson 37 – Suffixes 01: “-ING”   

    
The suffix “-ING” means a “verb form called the present participle.” Examples: instead of saying “I run,” you can say “I am running”; instead of saying “I eat,” you can say “I am eating.” Etc …   
   
 

NEW WORDS: Enterprise’s, Feds, Oprah, Senator’s, Spiderman, UFOs, Winfrey, appointments, babying, bagging, balding, baseman, bearings, beefing, besting, bettering, bobbing, breading, bricking, browning, bussing, caking, capping, captaining, carpeting, chancing, cheeping, chowing, clawing, cluing, cockamamie, comedian, comings, coursing, crossings, cutlet, darning, deserters, dogging, dumbing, easing, egging, expenditures, fan’s, fertilization, filibuster, filming, fining, flipping, flooring, flopping, fogging, fooling, fracture, freeing, frowning, gametes, ginseng, gluing, guessing, gulping, halving, hangings, hawking, headings, hearings, helpings, hoarded, holing, homing, infested, infield, jutting, keepings, knifing, knifings, lengthen, linings, manning, mapping, maxing, milling, mousing, mouthing, novella, numbering, oinking, olives, outings, palming, panning, pecking, penning, pigging, piling, pinning, pitting, pooping, posterboard, pouting, powering, preschoolers, promoted, prying, quacking, rhyming, righting, roaming, roasting, roofing, rooming, routing, salting, scanning, scarring, schooling, scrapping, screening, seeding, shoeing, shouldering, shying, siding, sightings, skinning, skying, slapping, slumping, smarting, smorgasbord, soldier’s, sorting, sowing, spacing, spanning, spearing, spotting, squaring, stacking, staining, stalling, starring, steering, stewing, straying, sunning, syngamy, tabling, tailing, tanning, teasing, teething, thanking, there’ll, thinning, tilling, toughen, towing, toying, upping, wares, warp, wetting, wheeling, whiting, window’s, wining, wising, wowing, yellowing
     
     

The aircraft carrier is scanning the ocean for Russian submarines.

The golf pro is holing out on the eighteenth green.

There was a knifing downtown last night.

Fish are flopping about in the river.

Among his hoarded keepings are rare comic books.

Oprah Winfrey is starring in a new movie.

She is wowing us with her artistic talents.

I’m sorting the clothes into whites and colors.

The actress is known for a career that’s spanning decades.

Pilot the ship using these headings.

I think we’re homing in on the enemy’s hiding place.

Whiting is a fish found in the North Atlantic.

Always stop at railway crossings.

The U.S.S. Enterprise’s speed is maxing out at warp seven.

Our GPS is routing us away from a traffic jam.

This house has aluminum siding.

He’s really smarting from losing the championship match.

The pioneers went panning for gold.

In your handwriting, you need more spacing between words.

The pig is caking itself with mud.

Our new kitchen flooring is easier to clean.

The toddler is starting to distinguish rhyming words.

    
     

The grumpy baby is teething.

I’m manning our booth at the trade show.

I’m powering up the lawnmower.

That bird is cheeping up a storm.

Look at the turtles sunning themselves on that log.

We’ll be bobbing for apples at the Halloween party.

My unpaid bills are stacking up.

We’ll be mapping the cave system next week.

The Senator’s stalling the vote with a filibuster.

Mom’s browning the chicken.

The cat’s clawing the sofa!

The detective was dogging the suspect relentlessly.

The storm put holes in our porch screening.

Their family loves to go on picnic outings.

Tell me about our neighbor’s comings and goings.

The car window’s fogging up.

Stop mouthing off to your mother!

A big group of protesters was milling about.

Your theory is not squaring with the facts.

I’m looking for some silver linings in these troubled times.

I’m pigging out at the barbecue.

I think tanning booths are unhealthy.

    
    

She’ll be hawking her wares at the arts and crafts show.

Our son needs to toughen up, so stop babying him so much!

The boxer is beefing up with protein shakes.

We’re schooling our children at home.

She’s pinning the tail on the donkey!

My older brother’s always besting me at chess games.

They’re filming some of the next Spiderman movie in our town.

I’ll be skinning the fish for the next half-hour.

Stop gulping down your milk!

I’m pitting the olives before putting them in the salad.

The farmer is tilling his fields.

I’m guessing that she’s around 60 years old.

When will the toddler stop wetting the bed?

I’m flipping over the pancakes.

You’re not fooling me with that cockamamie excuse.

Hold the steering wheel like this.

I’m capping expenditures for the project at $100,000.

I wish that pig would stop oinking!

She’s bettering herself by getting a master’s degree.

We’re tabling this discussion until the next meeting.

Cancel these appointments, as I’m freeing up my afternoon.

The hail storm damaged our roofing shingles.

    
     

They’re bricking up where a window used to be.

My dad is balding fast.

The blasted dog peed on the carpeting.

The cat is toying with that chipmunk that he caught.

I’m seeding the garden today.

Quit prying into my personal affairs!

She got promoted, and she’s now captaining her own ship!

The ref didn’t catch him palming the basketball.

I can read this, and you shouldn’t be dumbing it down for me!

This extra funding will be upping our odds for success.

They’re fining that first baseman for starting a fight in the infield.

She’s stewing because her friend has a prettier dress.

They’re egging me on to get on the stage and make a speech.

Those two frenemies have been scrapping with each other all day.

There’ll be a little scarring from the surgery.

He came across poorly at the Congressional hearings.

Mom’s darning our socks with holes in them.

Egads, my teeth are yellowing!

I keep skying the golf ball with my driver.

They caught the thief mousing around our hotel room.

They’re towing our car to the shop.

That ewe keeps straying from the flock.

     
     

I’m wising up to your tricks!

Watch this primitive native spearing fish.

The king ordered hangings for the army deserters.

A compound fracture is when a broken bone is jutting out of the skin.

My hair is thinning as I get older.

Blood was coursing through the soldier’s veins.

That author is penning his third novella.

I don’t want this wine staining our tablecloth!

Work on good posture, and stop slumping!

The toddler’s frowning because I won’t buy him this candy bar.

She’s always over-salting the meals that she cooks.

The police are concerned about the increasing rate of knifings in the city.

It’s always good when someone is righting a wrong.

Dad’s easing into his new lounger.

I’m shying away from getting involved in that.

The preschoolers are gluing pictures onto posterboard.

His dangerous speeches are sowing seeds of hatred.

The aliens have a different numbering system than we do.

While wheeling around, he hit his head on the overhead fan’s string.

I’m rooming with my best pal at college.

This veal cutlet has too much breading on it.

Mom’s roasting a chicken for dinner.

     
     

The toddler is pouting because he’s tired.

Those ducks are quacking up a storm.

Mom’s shouldering lots of responsibility at work.

I’ll be thanking Gran for my birthday gift.

The ship lost its bearings during the fierce squall.

I’ll be chowing down at the smorgasbord.

In Dad’s new sales job, he’s wining and dining customers a lot.

I’ll be halving the watermelon in a few minutes.

That comedian is knee-slapping hilarious.

Have you heard about sightings of UFOs over the corn fields?

I’m not chancing swimming in that water moccasin infested lake!

I got a summer job bagging groceries.

So, who’s at the top of the pecking order in your office?

Dirty clothes are piling up in the laundry room.

Gross, why isn’t the cat pooping in its litter box?

Would you like second helpings of fries and salad?

We’ll be shoeing four young horses today.

There’s a fox roaming around the henhouse!

So, you’re finally cluing in to my good advice?!

The Feds are tailing the suspected spy.

Mom, make Sis stop teasing me!

The refs are spotting the football on the 10-yard line.

The school is bussing the kids to the museum.

   
     

Students, how about some extra credit, with the same sound of ING spelled two more ways: ENG and YNG?!


Do you speak English?

We took a trip to England.

I have more strength in my right hand.

Is there a way to lengthen this dress?

I love ginseng tea.

I think our perspectives are on the same wavelength.


Syngamy is the union of gametes, as in fertilization.

   
     
*********

   
           
WEEK THIRTEEN PHONICS READ-ALONGS
     

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 78) THE #2 “OO” SOUND LIKE IN “BOOK” SPELLED SIX WAYS … continued:

     
#2 OO … continued:
   
   

I stood at the top of the bleachers to get a birds-eye view of the field.

    

MacDonald gave a grunt of disgust that was like the whoof of a bear.

    

The basketball star let out a loud “whoop” after she slam-dunked the ball.

    

Santa ate every cookie that we left out for him by the fireplace.

   

They found all kinds of treasure in the wooden chest.

   

Alas, the poor woolly mammoth is now extinct.

    
#2-OO rolls to the “ER” sound:
   

That boor doesn’t use silverware and just picks up his food with his hands.

      

Sherlock surveyed the spooky moor looking for signs of the hound of the Baskervilles.

    

Poor Ramon just couldn’t get any birdies in his golf match today.

   

My Dad occasionally has a beer, and he usually orders a Coors.

   

We followed this spoor in the woods because we thought that’s the direction that the wild turkey had gone in.

    

Hooray, our team won the game!

   

The wind whistled terribly through the rigging of the great ship, and the moorings and fenders creaked and grated.

    

The better informed voters knew that the roorback that was being circulated about the front-running candidate was a crock of lies.

    

I can hardly wait to have some tandoori chicken at the Indian restaurant tonight.

    

Scrooge grumbled, “Are there no poorhouses for people who can’t pay their debts?”

   
OU:
    

Could I have another cup of coffee, please?

   

Would you consider going out on a date with me?

   

I should probably get to bed early to be rested for that big test that I’ve got tomorrow.

   

I couldn’t eat that slime that the cafeteria was serving today.

     

I wouldn’t get any closer to that snake if I were you!

    

I really shouldn’t have said that to the teacher.

     

I could’ve let the kids go to that movie, but I decided that they weren’t quite mature enough for the content.

     

I would’ve ordered the prime rib if I’d been able to go to the restaurant with you last night.

   

I should’ve realized that these old pants were way too tight for my current waistline.

   
OU rolls to the “ER” sound:   
    

Our boss’s dour management style made me wish that I hadn’t taken the job.

    

We went on a great tour of Shaker Village in Kentucky.

    

The attendant called me and said, “Your car is ready.”

    

Ouray, Colorado is a nice mountain town with lots of good shops.

    

My father used to sell old nails at the corner of a boundary stone in the Bourg-Saint-Andeol.

    

Mon amour, I can’t describe how much I love you!

   

The stock traders at the bourse were upbeat about the day’s investment gains.

    

I know a good detour to get around this snarled traffic.

    

I was very comfortable in my new velour outfit.

    

The sound of the bagpipe’s bourdon created a somber mood at the funeral.

    

She played a Bach bourree at her piano recital.

   

My parents are foodies, and they’re very much into gourmet cuisine.

     

In the dim light of the jungle, we could make out the contour of a muscular panther.

   

A pandour was a member of a local militia in Croatia, formed as a regiment in the Austrian army in the 18th century, and noted for being ruthless and cruel.

   

The tourists in the airport were freaking out because so many flights were being cancelled.

    

You can go by yourself to that movie; I’ve heard that it’s brutally violent, and that’s not my cup of tea.

     

The nobleman was disgusted by the bourgeois tastes of the local villagers.

    
Letter-O “by itself” in the syllables “wolf” and “wolv”:
      

We heard the demonic howl of a wolf baying at the full moon.

     

A pack of wolves roamed the forest searching for prey.

    

An aardwolf is a striped, hyenalike mammal of southern and eastern Africa, and it feeds chiefly on insects.

    

The roots of the rauwolfia plant are used in medicine, chiefly for the treatment of hypertension, and also as a sedative.

    

If I saw a real werewolf in the forest, I’d just instantly faint.

   

A wolfberry is from the honeysuckle family, and it has gray, hairy, egg-shaped leaves and pinkish, bell-shaped flowers that bear white berries.

    

The two werewolves were pitted against each other in a battle to the death.

    

A wolverine is so vicious that it’s been known to attack wolves and bears.

    

The Irish wolfhound is one of the largest dog breeds that we have, and when upright on its hind legs, it can be taller than a person.

    

Wolfsbane is a beautiful, but poisonous, fall-blooming perennial that has a colorful history associated with werewolves, vampires, and witches.

    
Letter-U -> consonant -> silent-E rolls to the “ER” sound:
    

I have been very satisfied with this relatively new fishing lure that I purchased.

    

I think you’re crazy; are you absolutely sure that you want to do that?

    

It was the allure of the deep blue sea that prompted her to join the Navy.

     

I can assure you that you will love reading this book.

    

How much will it cost to insure my new car?

    

She is amazingly mature for a ten-year-old.

   

Surely you have something better to do on such a sunny day than play video games!

    

Her particular fashion sense pulled her to prefer the couture look.

    

Let me know if any of the destinations in this travel brochure interest you.

    

For some reason, I have always been compelled to really enjoy Russian literature.

   
Letters-EUR where letter-E is silent, and letter-U “by itself” rolls to the “ER” sound:
    

Although she’s considered just an amateur photographer, she really is quite talented.

     

She’s an entrepreneur who has started three successful businesses.

   

A neural network is a method in artificial intelligence that teaches computers to process data in a way that is inspired by the human brain.

    

My family doctor suggested that I see a neurologist who might be better able to help me reduce my pain.

   

My cat is totally neurotic, and if anyone comes into the house, she’ll instantly hiss at them.

   

A neuron is an important specialized, impulse-conducting cell that is the functional unit of the human nervous system.

     

The poison dart frog is a beautiful creature, but touching it introduces a neurotoxin into your skin that can be fatal to humans.

   

Pleurisy is a condition where your chest wall becomes inflamed, and it can cause chest pain.

   

This restaurateur has developed a highly acclaimed chain that is now in eight large U.S. cities.

   
     

*********

*********

        
    

WEEK FOURTEEN    

WEEK FOURTEEN READING PASSAGES 

     

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)

    

Lesson 38 – Weather Patterns

   
NEW WORDS: Abbe, Centauri, Hanna, Hanna’s, Soltown, abruptness, acute, canceled, cogitates, compares, conditioning, delights, depict, detecting, enduring, experiencing, fluke, forecasting, gorp, graphs, happenstance, heatwave, heatwaves, hurricane’s, impeded, inactive, indicators, insistent, jaunts, midwestern, nonplussed, occupying, occurrences, oversized, paucity, penetrate, progressing, ravage, realizes, scheduled, searing, snatches, snigger, stifling, streaky, sunniest, tornadoes, trajectory, triplets, upcoming
    
     

Chapter One: The Heat Is On
      
It is a bright and sunny Wednesday morning, and Hanna cannot believe the fluke of weather that they’re having. School in Soltown is canceled today, and it’s not a snow day. By happenstance, the temperature is expected to reach almost 100 degrees Fahrenheit, and the school buildings don’t have air conditioning, so it’s too hot for students to be there.

Hanna’s parents have to work, so she’ll be occupying her day with her grandmother. It is too hot and stifling to do anything outside, so they stay inside where there is air conditioning. They play card games, they make snacks like gorp, they watch a show on television. Soon, Hanna is bored. “Can we go outside?” she asks her grandmother. “I know it’s hot, but maybe we can go out for just a few minutes.”

Grandma cogitates for a minute and says, “I have an idea.” She explains to Hanna that there is a farmers market in the town square, and it’s just a few blocks away. It would be a short walk. “We can pick up some vegetables to have with dinner,” Grandma says. “It will be nice to get some fresh air.” They will make sure to walk slowly and to take plenty of water.

Hanna fills an oversized bottle with water and ice, and she puts on her baseball cap to protect her face from the sun. Just as they are about to leave, Grandma snatches her umbrella from the closet. Hanna is confused, because is not raining outside, and there aren’t even any clouds. It is one of the brightest, sunniest days she has ever seen, so why would Grandma need an umbrella?

    
      

Chapter Two: What Is Weather?
     
It is hot and sunny in Hanna’s town. What is it like where you live? Is it warm and rainy, or is it cool and windy, or is it snowy and cold? These are just a few words that describe weather. Weather is what the air is like outside in one place at one time. Weather can change with abruptness, and it can be very different from place to place. How would you describe the weather in this place?

We use different words to depict different kinds of weather. You can use different words to describe the weather, too. Try it! What are three words you can use to describe the weather today? The weather here is sunny, clear, and cold, but this weather is cloudy and warm. It can even be rainy and windy at the same time!

Clouds can be indicators about the weather, although all clouds don’t mean that it will rain. White, puffy clouds may mean that the weather will be fair. Low, gray clouds may mean that lots of rain or snow is about to fall. High, streaky clouds may mean that a change in weather is on the way. Tall clouds that are gray on the bottom may mean that thunderstorms are progressing toward you.

Scientists collect and record information about the weather by measuring how hot or cold the air is. They measure how fast the wind blows, and they check the direction that the wind is blowing. They measure how much rain or snow falls, and they measure how much moisture is in the air. These data help scientists predict what the weather may be like in the future. Scientists use a special balloon to get information about the weather, and they use computers to record and analyze data.

    
     

Chapter Three: The Sun Heats Earth
     
Soltown is enduring a heat wave. Where is all the heat coming from? The sun! The sun is a star, and it gives off light that heats up Earth. In summer, the light hits Earth more directly, so it heats up the air and ground faster than in winter.

The sun is the closest star to Earth. The next closest stars to Earth are the triplets in the Alpha Centauri system, over 4.2 light years away. Our sun appears in the eastern sky every morning, and it sets in the western sky every night.

Sometimes clouds block the sun, and you cannot see the sun on such cloudy days, but it is there. Some of its light is strong enough to penetrate through the clouds, and you can certainly still tell that it is daytime. The sun warms materials on Earth’s surface. It warms dirt, sand, and rock, and it warms the grass under your feet. It warms water in lakes, oceans, and ponds, and it warms the air all around you.

Materials become warmer in sunlight than they do in shade. Shade is an area where sunlight is impeded. When an object blocks sunlight, a shadow forms, and such blocking sunlight keeps objects in the shade cooler.

     
    

Chapter Four: People Work Together to Find Solutions
    
Hanna was nonplussed about why Grandma was insistent about using an umbrella on a warm, sunny day. Now she understands, because she realizes that the umbrella blocks the sun. It helps Grandma feel cooler. Blocking sunlight keeps it from warming objects on Earth’s surface. What are some ways that you stay cool in hot weather?

People can work together to design solutions to solve problems caused by weather. They use materials to build their solutions, and then they test them to see whether they work. People designed these solutions to provide shade in warm, sunny places. Cloth stretched over a playground keeps the place cooler for children, or players can rest in the shade while they wait to play, or people can enjoy a picnic in a cool space under this shelter.

     
     

Chapter Five: Weather Changes from Season to Season
    
When the sun sets at night, it no longer warms Earth’s air or ground, and the temperature gets cooler. When the sun rises the next morning, the air begins to warm again. This is a pattern, and it’s one of our everyday occurrences.

Patterns of weather can also take longer to repeat. For example, heatwaves like Hanna is experiencing only happen in the summertime where she lives, and the weather is usually cooler most of the year. But when summer comes around again, so do the searing temperatures.

Patterns of weather happen year after year. These are seasons, of course, and different seasons have different kinds of weather. The different seasons do not look just like these pictures in all places, but all places do have their own yearly patterns of seasons.

    
     

Winter months have the coolest days. Winter where you live might not be cool enough to snow, but it is cooler than summer. The days start to become warmer in spring, then summer has the warmest days, then the days start to become cooler again in fall.

Changing weather affects living things. In the fall in a lot of places, trees lose their leaves, plants turn brown, and they stop growing. In the spring, new leaves grow on the trees, plants turn green, they grow new leaves, and flowers bloom. Many animals become inactive in colder weather, and young are born in the spring as weather warms.

How do scientists predict what the weather might be like tomorrow? They keep track of the weather over many days and look for patterns, and the information that they record is called “data.” These data are displayed on maps and graphs, and looking at data that way helps them at detecting patterns. Patterns help scientists predict what weather will be like tomorrow and in the future. Weather forecasting can help people plan. Which day do you think would be best for a trip to the park? Which months were warmest? Which were coolest?

     
     

Chapter Six: Weather Can Be Severe
     
Sometimes weather can become severe, and such weather is dangerous. It can happen at any time of year, and it can happen in any place. There are many different kinds of severe weather, and all severe weather can cause damage to people, land, and property.

Some kinds of acute weather are common in certain areas. Hurricanes are storms that form over the ocean and can move to land. In the United States, they are most common in areas along the Atlantic and Caribbean coast. Hurricanes have very strong winds and heavy rain, and they can ravage buildings, trees, and land.

Tornadoes are rotating columns of air that move over land. They are dangerous storms that can destroy anything in their path. Tornadoes can happen anywhere, but they are most common in the midwestern and southeastern parts of the United States.

Thunderstorms contain rain and thunder, and many produce lightning and hail. Lightning is electricity, and it can strike anything on the ground, even people. It is important to stay inside during a thunderstorm!

     
     

Blizzards are severe storms that are most common in the winter, and they have heavy snow and strong winds. Trees and power lines can fall during blizzards. Roads and sidewalks become covered with snow, and people have trouble getting from place to place.

The heat wave that happened in Hanna’s town is a kind of severe weather, too. Heat is dangerous for anyone who is outside, so people find ways to stay cool during a heat wave. Heat and a paucity of rain also can lead to drought, when an area stays very dry for a long time. Droughts can affect plants and animals.

Looking at patterns in weather data helps scientists predict, or forecast, when severe weather will happen. Weather forecasting can help people plan, and it can help people know when to move to a safe place. Does your family have a safety plan for severe weather? People can build shelters to stay safe during severe storms. Early-warning systems help people know if a tornado is approaching. When a storm is near, people can go into underground shelters to stay safe.

      
    

Chapter Seven: Science in Action: Meeting a Weather Scientist
      
The heatwave in Soltown is finally over, so it delights Hanna and her grandma that their jaunts to the farmers market are cooler now. But now the townspeople have something new to think about: a possible hurricane! The big storm is over the ocean, but it still has a week to travel before it reaches land. It could change course, but the residents of Soltown are paying close attention to its trajectory.

Hanna’s teacher wants to help her students learn more about hurricanes, and she explains to them that she has scheduled a video chat with a meteorologist named Noah. A meteorologist is a scientist who studies weather, and Noah specializes in hurricanes.

Noah tells the class that he is also called a “hurricane hunter.” The children snigger, because they think that the concept of “hunting a hurricane” sounds kind of crazy. Noah explains that he flies with a pilot high above a hurricane, and close to the quiet area in the center of the storm. When he flies near the hurricane, he is “hunting” for information.

     
     

The plane that Noah is in has special instruments that measure the hurricane’s wind and rain. The measurements tell scientists how weak or strong the hurricane is. Noah makes these flights several times per day, and he compares the data from each flight, using that data to predict which way the hurricane will move. Meteorologists like Noah predict when and where the storm will reach land, and they help people know if they need to prepare. Noah says that he became a weather scientist because he read about a famous meteorologist from the past, named Cleveland Abbe.

In the 1800s, scientists did not have planes or computers. They did not use observations to predict weather and share predictions with the public, and they only made maps that showed weather from prior days. But Cleveland Abbe looked for patterns in the past weather, and he used what he’d learned to predict what weather might be in the upcoming days. He taught his methods to other meteorologists.

The National Weather Service shares weather information with the public, and today, meteorologists warn about severe weather before it happens. People in the path of hurricanes can prepare their homes, and they have time to get to a safe place. The National Weather Service was formed in 1871, and Cleveland Abbe was its first lead meteorologist.

     
        
*********
    
   
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)

     

Lesson 39 – Weather And Climate

   
NEW WORDS: Anderson, Anderson’s, Evangelista, Fairbanks, Fujita, Joanne, Minneapolis, Pearson, Simpson, Tetsuya, Torricelli, Torricelli’s, alerts, anemometer, area’s, atmospheric, authenticate, barometer, barometers, biologists, broaden, calculated, compact, condense, condensed, considers, constraint, constraints, cools, decreased, deflect, destructive, dimensional, disruptions, dissipate, effectiveness, envisaging, evaporates, evaporation, figurations, floodwaters, freezes, gathers, glaciers, hailstorms, hygrometer, inaccessible, inducted, inexpensive, injuries, jettison, levee, levees, limitations, mammoths, maritime, mentors, modernized, outage, outages, precipitation, reconstruct, redirect, regions, resistant, revised, sandbag, sandbags, seasonal, seawall, seawalls, shortages, snowstorm, streetcar, tantalized, tempestuous, tropics, turbines, vanes, versions, wildfires, windshield, wiper, wipers
     
      

Chapter One: The Atmosphere and Air Pressure
     
Big Question. What is the atmosphere, and what is weather?

 
Vocabulary.

Weather, what the air outside is like at any given time and place.

Atmosphere, the layer of air that surrounds Earth.


Suppose a friend asked you, “What is the weather like today?” What would you say? How would you know? You might say, “It’s cold and raining.” Weather is what the air outside is like at any one time and place. The weather can be clear and warm, cold and rainy, or dry and windy. You can observe the weather. You can look outside. You can collect rain in a container and measure it. You can find out which way the wind is blowing. But what if your friend asked you, “What causes different kinds of weather?” What would you say to that?

To understand what causes weather, we need to learn about the atmosphere. The atmosphere is the layer of air that surrounds the Earth. The atmosphere is about seventy miles thick. Most weather happens in the part of the atmosphere closest to Earth’s surface.

     
      

Air Is Matter.

The air that makes up our atmosphere is a mixture of gases. Gas is a state of matter. Air contains mostly nitrogen gas, but it also contains oxygen gas. Other gases such as water vapor and carbon dioxide are in the air, too. Though you never really see the air, it surrounds you every day and helps you to survive. Like all matter, the gases in the air take up space. These gases of the atmosphere do not dissipate out into space, though. That is because the force of gravity pulls air down toward Earth’s center.

 
Think About Matter.

Think about water. When you drink water, it’s liquid. If you put a tray of water in the freezer, it turns to a solid, ice. If you leave a tray of water out in the hot sun, it evaporates into a gas called water vapor. Liquid water, ice, and water vapor are all examples of different states of matter of water.

     
      

Air Pressure.

Vocabulary.

Air pressure, the weight of air as it presses on objects below or within it.


Gravity pulls on air just like all other matter. That means that air constantly pushes against everything on Earth’s surface. The weight of air pressing on objects is called air pressure. Air pressure is less as you travel upward and away from the surface of Earth. An object very high in the air experiences less air pressure than another object at sea level.

That is because there is less air higher up in the atmosphere to press on things. Air pressure changes depending on the amount of matter in it. If more matter, i.e. air, is above and surrounding you, then the air pressure will be greater. Air pressure is one factor that affects weather.

    
       

Changes in Air Pressure.

Energy from the sun warms Earth’s surface. It also warms the atmosphere. Do you know what happens to air when it warms? It spreads out. When air cools, it gets more compact, filling less space. Changes in air temperature and air pressure cause many of the conditions that we know as weather.

When air pressure is high, the skies are usually clear and sunny. Low air pressure in an area is often associated with clouds, rain, or even snow.


Think About Matter and Temperature.

Temperature is a measurement of how hot or cold something is. Typically, when matter increases in temperature, it begins to broaden out. For example, when liquid water is boiled to become water vapor, the tiny particles spread out so much that it becomes hard for anyone to see them.

    
    

Chapter Two: Water in the Atmosphere
      
Big Question. How does water move into and out of air?


Vocabulary.

Water vapor, the gas form of water.

Precipitation, water that falls from the sky in the form of rain, snow, sleet, or hail.

 
What do you think of when you think of nice weather? Are you envisaging a dry warm, sunny day? Or maybe you picture a clear and cool day. You might even think of a day with warm, gentle rain. Sunshine is necessary for living things. But rain is important, too.

There is water on Earth’s surface. There is water in the oceans and lakes. There is water in the atmosphere, too, and even underground. All this water moves from Earth’s surface to the atmosphere and then back again, all the time. This water takes different figurations as it moves. The movement of water from Earth’s surface to the atmosphere helps all living things survive.

     
     

Water Falls to Earth as Precipitation.

One of the gases that occurs in our atmosphere is water vapor. Water in its gas form is called water vapor. Sometimes air contains a lot of water vapor. At other times it contains less. When water vapor gas cools, it may change to tiny droplets of liquid water. This liquid water may fall from the sky. This is precipitation. Precipitation can take the form of rain, snow, sleet, or hail.

Rain is drops of liquid water. Snow is frozen water in the form of ice crystals. Sleet is tiny frozen pellets of water. Hail is icy, round balls.

The type of precipitation that falls depends on the air’s temperature. Rain falls when the temperature is above freezing. When it is below freezing, sleet and snow fall. Hail forms high in the atmosphere where it is very cold. It hits the ground before it can melt. Hail can fall any time of year.

     
     

Water Rises into the Atmosphere When It Evaporates.


Vocabulary.

Evaporate, to change from liquid to gas.

Humidity, measure of the amount of water vapor in the air.


You know that water falls from the sky. But how does it get into the air? Water moves in a cycle from Earth’s surface to the air, and back again. Energy from sunlight causes water on Earth’s surface to evaporate. That means that it changes from a liquid to a gas. This gas, water vapor, then rises and becomes part of the atmosphere.

Sometimes there is a lot of water vapor in the air. At other times air contains less water vapor. Scientists can measure the amount of water in the air. Humidity is the measure of how much water vapor the air in a place contains.

     
     

Word Parts.

Look at the word “evaporate.” If you break it into parts, what do you notice? It contains the word 
”vapor.”


Water Vapor Condenses to Form Liquid Water.


Vocabulary.

Condense, to change from gas to liquid.


Water vapor rises into the atmosphere. Air high up in the atmosphere is cooler than air near the ground. This cool air causes water vapor to condense, or to turn back into liquid. Tiny droplets, or ice crystals, come together to make the clouds that we see when we look at the sky.

When enough tiny droplets collect in a cloud, they become too heavy to stay in the sky. They fall down to the ground as precipitation. Not all clouds produce precipitation, though. You might see thin, wispy clouds – or puffy and white clouds – when the weather is fair.

     
     

Think About Condensation.

Condensation occurs on the ground, too! The water that you might find on the grass in the morning is known as “dew.” As night falls and light from the sun no longer heats Earth’s surface, the surface temperature lowers. At a certain point, known as the “dew point,” water constringes on the surface of objects, such as grass and windows.

     
    

Chapter Three: Wind
     
Big Question. What is wind?

 
Vocabulary.

Wind, the movement of air.


Look outside. Can you see leaves rustling or tree branches swaying? Or maybe you can see a flag undulating back and forth. When you see this, you know that air is moving. We call it wind. Wind is the movement of air. Sometimes the air outside barely moves. Little or no wind blows. At other times, air moves slowly. Wind can blow gently. And sometimes, air moves quickly and forcefully. Wind can blow hard. You can’t see the wind, but you can see evidence of it. You can feel wind when it cools your skin or lifts your hair. Sometimes you can hear wind, too.

     

Air Masses.


Vocabulary.

Air mass, a large body of air in the atmosphere.


A large body of air in the atmosphere is called an air mass. Some air masses are warm. Others are cool. Warm air masses rise in the atmosphere. Cool air masses sink. Air masses form when a large body of air stays in contact with part of Earth’s surface. They take on the temperature and moisture of that part of Earth’s surface.

When a high-pressure air mass comes in contact with a low-pressure air mass, the high-pressure air moves to the low pressure. This movement creates wind. This is like when you blow up a balloon and release it to the outside air. The air inside the balloon has higher pressure. It makes the balloon fly around powered by wind.

    
    

Wind Changes Speed.


Vocabulary.

Wind speed, a measure of how fast wind blows.


You know that you can observe wind. But did you know that you can also measure wind? One way to measure wind is to find out how fast it is blowing. Wind speed is how fast wind blows ever a certain distance and time.

Many things affect wind speed. Wind increases when strong high pressure meets strong low pressure, or when strong low pressure meets strong high pressure.

Temperature affects wind speed, too. There is often faster wind during the day, because the sun heats Earth’s atmosphere and surface. You can feel this heat if you walk on a sidewalk in bare feet on a sunny day.

Scientists use instruments to measure wind speed. The cups of the instrument move around and around in response to wind speed. That way scientists can tell how fast the wind is moving.

    
     

Wind Changes Direction.


Vocabulary.

Wind direction, the direction from which air moves when wind blows.

Prevailing winds, regular patterns of winds that blow from one direction.


You can also tell the direction that the wind is blowing. Wind direction is the direction from which wind blows. A northerly wind blows from the north. A westerly wind blows from the west. Wind blows from areas of high pressure to areas of low pressure. Wind socks are objects that fill up with air to show which way the wind is blowing. Wind vanes are objects that turn in the direction the wind is blowing.

Winds change, but they blow in regular patterns. Predictable patterns of wind are called prevailing winds. Prevailing winds are winds that blow mainly from one direction. Understanding prevailing winds helps scientists predict weather patterns. Wind brings changes in the weather. Wind pushes clouds and air masses from one place to another.

     
    

Chapter Four: Using Weather Data to Predict Weather
     
Big Question. What do meteorologists do?


Vocabulary.

Meteorologist, a scientist who studies weather conditions and patterns.

Data, information that is observed or measured and recorded.


Word to Know.

When you make a “prediction,” you say what is likely to happen.


A weather forecast tells what the weather will be like for the next few days. It tells what the temperature will be each day. It tells whether precipitation is likely. But where does the information come from? Meteorologists are scientists who study weather conditions. They collect data about weather. They look for patterns in the data. Often, they use the data and computers to find patterns and predict weather in the near future. It is not possible to make a perfect prediction. But collecting data helps meteorologists make predictions that are accurate enough to be serviceable.

     
     

Meteorologists Collect Weather Data.

Meteorologists have tools that help them collect data. The tools are used to take measurements of different types of data.

Meteorologists also use weather stations to collect information. The Automated Surface Observation System (ASOS) has many stations in the United States. These stations automatically measure temperature, wind speed and direction, precipitation, humidity, and air pressure. They report the weather about every twenty minutes. This helps meteorologists know what the weather is like all over the country, at any given time.

 
Meteorologists Display Weather Data.

Meteorologists collect and record data every hour, day, week, and month. Then they systematize these data so that they can see patterns and make predictions. Meteorologists use different methods to organize data. Tables: Weather measurements such as of temperature, humidity, and air pressure are taken many times each day. One way to organize the data is in tables.

     
     

Think About Temperature.

The table above shows the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit, shown as °F. Fahrenheit is a temperature scale used mostly in the United States. Temperature can also be shown as degrees Celsius, written as °C. Celsius is the temperature scale used in the metric system.

Graphs: A bar graph is a conducive way to see a pattern. It can display how a measurement increases or decreases over time. The graph below shows the high and low temperatures for each day. Which day was warmest? Which day was coolest?

Maps: Weather is what the air outside is like at any given time and place. It is helpful to display weather information on a map. Then people can see weather conditions in other places, too.

    

Data Displays Show Patterns and Help with Predictions.


Vocabulary.

Front, the place where two air masses meet.


Meteorologists draw air masses and wind direction on maps. Air masses move from high pressure to low pressure. The place where two different air masses collide is called a front. Cooler weather is behind a cold front line on a weather map. A warm front brings warmer weather. Look back at the table on page 16. What kind of front moved in on Wednesday night?

When air masses move from place to place, they carry different kinds of weather with them. Weather is often most active at the fronts. Knowing how and where air masses move allows meteorologists to predict what the weather will be like days in advance.

     
    

Chapter Five: Patterns of Weather: Seasons and Climate
     
Big Question. What is the difference between weather and climate?


What season is it now? How has the weather changed since the last season? How will it change between this season and the next one? You have probably noticed patterns in each season. You know that temperatures become warmer or cooler depending on the season. You know that some seasons have more rain or snow.

Weather changes from day to day. However, if you look at weather data for one place over a whole year, you can see progressive increases and decreases in temperature and precipitation as the seasons change.
      
      
     

Think About the Causes of Seasons.

Earth has a fictive straight line through the North and South Poles called its “axis.” Earth is tilted on this axis. As Earth follows a path around the sun each year, the North Pole points away from the sun for part of the year. And the North Pole is tilted toward the sun for part of the year. This means that places on Earth are also tilted away from or toward the sun.

Parts of Earth that are tilted toward the sun receive more direct sunlight and have more hours of daylight. Parts that are tilted away from the sun receive less direct sunlight and have fewer hours of daylight. The amount of sunlight affects temperature. It also results in seasonal weather. When the North Pole is tilted toward the sun, it is summer in the Northern Hemisphere. But at that same time, the South Pole is tilted away from the sun. It is winter there.


Word to Know.

“Seasonal” means related to the seasons (summer, fall, winter, or spring).

     
         

This table shows data for Minneapolis, Minnesota. It shows when the sun rises and sets on the first day of each month. It also shows average high and low temperatures. Can you explain the pattern that you see? Are days with more sunlight warmer or cooler? Why?


Think About Patterns.

Read the data in the table one column at a time. Start with the Sunrise and Sunset columns. As you read from one value to the next down the columns, do the times continue to get earlier? Do they continue to get later? Then look for patterns in the temperature columns. As you read from one value to the next down the columns, do the temperatures continue to get warmer? Do they continue to get cooler?

     
     

Climate Is the Pattern of Weather Over Many Years.
 

Vocabulary.

Climate, the weather patterns in a place over a long period of time.


You have learned that weather is what the air outside is like from day to day. Climate is the weather patterns in a place over a long period of time. If you compare weather data for a place year after year, you will see that the patterns usually repeat. Look at the tables. They show weather data for three different years in two different places. San Jose, Costa Rica has a warmer climate. Fairbanks, Alaska has a colder climate.

Can you find patterns in each table? Try to answer these questions:

What is the wettest season in San Jose?

What is the driest season in San Jose?

What is the coldest season in Fairbanks?

What is the warmest season in Fairbanks?

What is the best time of year to visit San Jose if you like warm, dry weather?

     
   

Earth’s Climates Change over Time.

At times in Earth’s history, climates in some places were different from what they are today. For example, ice ages were long periods of time when temperatures remained very cold in certain places. Large areas of Earth’s surface were covered with snow and glaciers. Temperatures on Earth warmed between ice ages. Look at the graph. It shows how Earth’s climate has changed from 800,000 years ago to today. The “0” at the end of the graph is today. The taller the line, the warmer the climate. The shorter the line, the colder the climate.

     
       

Chapter Six: Extreme Weather
     
Big Question. What are extreme weather hazards?


Vocabulary.

Hazard, a dangerous condition that can cause damage.


On many days of the year, the weather is calm. Sometimes there is rain or snow. Sometimes it gets very hot or very cold. But the weather usually doesn’t keep people from going to work or school. It doesn’t usually cause changes or disruptions in a community.

However, there are times when weather can be extreme. These weather events usually happen suddenly. They can lead to hazards, or dangerous conditions, that threaten safety. Sometimes people have time to prepare in advance for extreme weather. But other times, they do not. It is important to plan for these events, even though they do not occur often.


     

Thunderstorms Cause Lightning and Flooding.

You may have experienced a thunderstorm. A thunderstorm is a rainstorm that is accompanied by thunder, lightning, wind, and heavy rain. It is usually over quickly. But some thunderstorms are very strong and can cause serious damage.

Strong thunderstorms may have frequent lightning. Lightning is electricity that travels between clouds, from clouds to the ground, or from the ground to the clouds! It can strike objects, such as trees and houses. When it strikes these objects, the lightning can cause fires. Lightning can also strike people and cause serious injuries.

Severe thunderstorms can also produce large amounts of rain that lead to flash flooding. Flash flooding is a flood that happens with little warning. These types of floods can be powerful enough to wash away cars and cover the land.

     
     

Tornadoes Produce Strong Wind.

A tornado is a rotating column of air that extends from a cloud and moves along the ground. The greatest hazard from a tornado is destructive winds. The most tempestuous tornadoes have winds of up to 300 miles per hour. The winds from a tornado are strong enough to pull trees out of the ground. Tornadoes can tear down homes and buildings. They can even pick up large objects and jettison them from one place to another.

The thunderstorms that form tornadoes can also produce large hail. Hail is balls of ice that fall from the sky. A ball of hail can be as small as a pea. It can also be as large as a softball. Large hailstorms can damage structures, such as the window of a car or the roof of a house, as well as crops.

     
     

Hurricanes Cause Wind and Flooding.

People who live near a coast sometimes experience hurricanes. A hurricane is a large storm that forms over the ocean. It gathers more strength as it moves toward the land. Once it reaches the coast, its hazards include very heavy rain, large waves, rising water levels, and high winds.

The heavy rains and high water levels from a hurricane usually cause severe flooding that can wipe out roads and bridges. High winds from hurricanes damage houses, buildings, and other structures. An area that gets hit with a hurricane may be without power and water for several days, or even weeks. It can take a very long time for a community to reconstruct itself after a major hurricane.


Snow and Ice Are Winter Weather Hazards.

Thunderstorms, tornadoes, and hurricanes mostly happen in warmer months. But extreme weather can cause hazards during colder months, too. One kind of extreme winter weather event is a blizzard. A blizzard is a winter storm that is very windy with a lot of snow. Blizzards can cause the roads to close. They can cause power outages. They can make it very difficult or even impossible for people to leave their homes to go to work or school.

An ice storm is another kind of winter weather. It occurs when precipitation freezes on roads, trees, and other surfaces. The ice is heavy. It can cause trees to snap. A power outage occurs when ice builds up on power lines.

     
     

Drought Causes Water and Food Shortages.


Vocabulary.

Drought, a long period of weather with less precipitation than normal.


All the extreme weather that you have read about so far happens suddenly and is over with quickly. A drought is a long period of very dry weather. In areas that are usually dry, such as the desert, little precipitation is normal. But in areas that usually get a lot of rain, droughts can be hazardous. Droughts develop slowly and can last for months.

One hazard that is caused by droughts is crop damage. Crops cannot grow well without the water that they get from rain. Farmers also have a hard time watering crops during a drought, because the farmers must conserve, or save, water. This can lead to food shortages. Droughts can also lead to wildfires, because the grass and trees in the area are so dry.

     
     

Chapter Seven: Engineering for Extreme Weather
     
Big Question. How do engineers design solutions for extreme weather hazards?

 
Vocabulary.

Engineering design process, the steps that engineers take to solve a problem.


Words to Know.

In engineering, a problem is a situation that needs to be fixed in some way. A solution is a way of solving the problem.

 
Extreme weather hazards cannot be stopped. However, we can improve how we prepare for extreme weather hazards. Engineers identify problems that occur because of hazardous weather. They use this information to design solutions, or ways to solve the problems. Solutions do not always work the first time. Sometimes they must be changed and revised after they are tested. This is all part of the engineering design process.

     
     

Engineers Design Solutions for Flooding.

Flooding can happen in any area that gets a lot of rain. But some places are more likely to flood than others. Engineers have designed many solutions to help prevent damage from floods.

The Sandbag: Sandbags are bags of sand that are stacked around a structure to keep flood waters out. People have been using sandbags for hundreds of years. They are inexpensive to make. But they have some disadvantages, too. They only work in smaller floods. It takes a lot of time and work to make and stack sandbags. This means that sandbags are effective only when a flood is predicted many days in advance.

     
     

Vocabulary.

Constraint, the limitation of a design.

Criteria, the requirements of a design for it to be a success.


Levees and Seawalls: A levee is a wall that blocks water, or forces it to move in a certain direction. Levees are made from both natural and artificial materials. Levees can break if there is too much water. Engineers find solutions to keep this from happening. They study how water flows. They apply what they learn to their designs.

During a hurricane, the sea rises quickly and can flood nearby land. A seawall is a structure that blocks this rising water. Engineers who design seawalls study an area’s climate, coastline shape, and waves. These are the constraints, or limitations, of their designs. Then they design a seawall that will meet all the criteria, or requirements, that will make it successful. A successful seawall blocks water and prevents flooding.

     
      

Engineers Design Hurricane-Proof Buildings.

Hurricanes bring destructive winds. These winds can destroy homes and buildings. People who live in hurricane-prone areas want to build structures that can withstand the winds. Some places have rules about how new buildings must be designed and built.

Engineers authenticate why some buildings cannot withstand hurricane winds. Then they find solutions to make buildings stronger and safer. They decide which materials work best. They investigate how the size and shape of a building can make it stronger or weaker. Then they build models to test their ideas. If a design does not meet all the criteria, or stand up against the wind in their tests, they come up with a new plan.

Lightning Rods: Have you ever seen a lightning strike that looked like it touched the ground? Lightning can strike objects on the ground. It can strike buildings, too. Lightning strikes can cause fires and electrical outages. Tall buildings are struck more often because they are closer to the sky, but smaller buildings and homes can also be struck.

A lightning rod is a device that can be placed on top of a building to protect it from a lightning strike. A lightning rod is a skinny metal pole. It is designed to absorb the energy from the lightning. The rod moves the energy safely to the ground so that the lightning does not damage the structure that was hit.

     
     

Engineers Design Other Hazardous Weather Solutions.
     
Word to Know.

To “evaluate” something means to examine it and decide about its value. If you evaluate an answer to a question, you determine whether the answer is correct. If you evaluate a solution to a problem, you determine how well the solution works.

Snow Fences: During a blizzard, wind causes snow to collect in large drifts. Wind often blows the snow onto roads. This can make roads unsafe. One solution to this problem is a snow fence. A snow fence is built along the sides of a road. Snow collects against the fence instead of drifting into the road.

Snow fences have been used for thousands of years. But their designs have improved ever time. Engineers who design snow fences have to learn a lot about snow. They study how it blows and drifts in affected areas. They use this information to build models based on the data they collect. Then they evaluate the models to determine their effectiveness. Snow fences help communities save money on road salt and plows.

    
    

Chapter Eight: Weather-Related Technology
   
Big Question.

Who are some mentors of weather-related technology?

 
Word to Know.

“Technology” is the use of scientific knowledge to make something that is helpful to others. Technology can be a device. It can also be a process, a good way to do something.

What do you do when you want to know what the weather will be like? You might watch a weather forecast. You might check a newspaper, website, or weather app. Forecasts are helpful. Often, they are very accurate. Weather is not something that humans can control. It is impossible to know exactly what the weather will be like in the future. But people have invented weather-related technology to make forecasts more accurate. Technology is the use of scientific knowledge to make something helpful to others. People throughout history have designed technology to make it easier to observe, measure, predict and deal with constantly changing weather. These inventors often follow the engineering design process.

     
     

Evangelista Torricelli Invented the Barometer.

Evangelista Torricelli was an Italian scientist, engineer, and mathematician. Torricelli invented a weather tool called a barometer. A barometer measures air pressure. Torricelli’s barometer was a glass tube with mercury inside. The mercury level went up when the air pressure was high. It went down when the air pressure was low.

Measuring air pressure can help meteorologists predict weather. Changes in air pressure usually mean that the weather is changing, too. The barometers that scientists use today look different than Torricelli’s, but they measure air pressure to aid in accurate forecasting.

 
Benjamin Franklin Invented the Lightning Rod.

Do you remember reading about the lightning rod in the last chapter? A lightning rod is a skinny metal pole that is put on top of a building and that has an extension that goes into the ground. Lightning strikes the pole instead of the building. Then the electricity is carried safely to the ground.

Benjamin Franklin was an American scientist — among many other things! He was tantalized by thunderstorms. He learned through his experiments that lightning was a form of electricity. Franklin wanted to find a way to protect people and buildings from lightning strikes. He discovered that an iron needle would deflect lightning away from an object. He used this information to develop the lightning rod.

     
     

Scientists Developed the FujitaPearson Scale.

Not all weather technology is an object or tool that measures weather. The Fujita-Pearson scale is one example. This scale was invented in 1973 by two scientists, Dr. Tetsuya Fujita and Dr. Allen Pearson. It helps scientists classify the strength of a tornado based on the amount of damage it caused. It also considers the width of a tornado and the length of its path. The scale has six points. They range from F0 to F5. Scientists have evaluated and improved the scale over the years. It is now referred to as the Enhanced Fujita Scale. It helps scientists collect and share valuable data about tornadoes.

 
Mary Anderson Invented Windshield Wipers.

Windshield wipers do not help scientists measure, observe, or predict weather. But they do keep people safe in certain kinds of weather, such as rain and snow. Mary Anderson invented the windshield wiper in 1902. She was riding in a streetcar in New York City during a snowstorm. She noticed that the driver had to stop often to clean off the windshield by hand. She identified a problem and found a solution.

Unfortunately, car manufacturers were not interested in this technology at the time. But Anderson’s design led to the more modernized versions of windshield wipers that we see today. In 2011, she was inducted into the National Inventors Hall of Fame.

     
     

Joanne Simpson Studied Clouds.

Joanne Simpson was the first woman to receive a PhD in meteorology, the study of weather. Simpson became interested in weather when she observed the clouds in the sky while she was sailing on a boat. As an atmospheric scientist, she continued to study clouds throughout her career.

Simpson was interested in the behavior of clouds during thunderstorms and hurricanes. She was the first person to create a cloud model, originally as a drawing. Later, she used computers to develop better models. Her cloud models helped scientists understand how clouds interact. This information could be used to give advance warning about whether a thunderstorm or other type of extreme weather was going to happen. Simpson later helped develop the first radar that could measure rainfall in the tropics from space. This helped many scientists learn about more inaccessible places on the planet. For example, it helped biologists better understand the rainforests.

     
     
++++
    
   
Glossary

Air mass, a large body of air in the atmosphere.
Air pressure, the weight of air as it presses on objects below or within it.
Atmosphere, the layer of air that surrounds Earth.

Climate, the weather patterns in a place over a long period of time.
Condense, to change from gas to liquid.
Constraint, the limitation of a design.
Criteria, the requirements of a design for it to be a success.

Data, information that is observed or measured and recorded.
Drought, a long period of weather with less precipitation than normal.

Engineering design process, the steps that engineers take to solve a problem.
Evaporate, to change from liquid to gas.

Front, the place where two air masses meet.

Hazard, a dangerous condition that can cause damage.
Humidity, a measure of the amount of water vapor in the air.

Meteorologist, a scientist who studies weather conditions and patterns.

Precipitation, water that falls from the sky in the form of rain, snow, sleet, or hail.
Prevailing winds, regular patterns of winds that blow from one direction.

Water vapor, the gas form of water.
Weather, what the air outside is like at any given time and place.
Wind, the movement of air.
Wind direction, the direction from which air moves when wind blows.
Wind speed, a measure of how fast wind blows.
   
    
++++
   
   
Illustration subtitles

Do you see what looks like a thin, glowing blue line? That and the clouds that you see are parts of Earth’s atmosphere. What do you think causes turbines like these to spin? The pushing force of the wind provides evidence that air is made of matter, which can move and transfer motion energy to objects. Sea level is the level of the surface of the ocean where water meets the land. How would you describe the weather? Do you think the air pressure in this area is high or low? If a place has many green plants, that is a sign that it probably rains often there. Several inches of snow can fall when there is enough water in the atmosphere and the temperature is low enough. Much of the water vapor in the Earth’s atmosphere comes from the evaporation of ocean water. Which kind of cloud will produce precipitation? Which kind looks like it contains more condensed water? You can feel evidence of wind when you are outside. Can wind be considered a force? Is it a push or a pull? Hot-air balloons rise because the air inside them is heated. The air inside the balloon is warmer than the air outside. There are different kinds of air masses. The word “maritime” here means over water. The word “continental” means over land. “Polar” refers to the cold air above polar regions. “Tropical” refers to the warm air above tropical regions. This tool measures wind speed. It is called an anemometer. Scientists use tools such as wind vanes and wind socks to find wind direction. From which direction is the wind blowing in these pictures? Computers display data that help meteorologists predict weather. Air temperature is measured with a thermometer. An anemometer, with cups that spin, measures wind speed. A wind vane shows the direction from which the wind is blowing. A hygrometer measures humidity, or how much moisture is in the air. Air pressure is measured with a barometer. The amount of rainfall is measured with a rain gauge. A weather station contains several instruments that collect weather data. What pattern do you see in the daily temperature this week? Maps help meteorologists see weather patterns across a large area. This map shows a lot of weather data over an area that is mostly water. The blue line on a weather map shows a cold front. The red line shows a warm front. The blue triangles and red half-circles indicate which direction the front is moving. What patterns do you see in this data? The patterns of weather in San Jose, Costa Rica make up the climate of the area. The patterns of weather in Fairbanks, Alaska make up the climate of the area. Relatives of elephants, known as mammoths, lived in North America, Europe, and Asia. They were covered in long hair to protect them from the cold. Mammoths were adapted to a cold climate. Many phones today can receive weather alerts from the federal, state, or local government. These alerts warn people when bad weather may be coming. When lightning strikes the ground, it can cause fires and other damage. A tornado can destroy everything in its path. The heavy rain and high winds of a hurricane can last for several hours. Some blizzards produce so much snow that they can bury cars. Drought can cause damage to crops that need water from rainfall. Sandbags must be stacked a certain way to work correctly. Without the protective seawall, these homes would flood more easily during storms. This hurricane-resistant home has a metal roof and sits up high on posts to avoid floodwaters. Lightning rods redirect electricity to keep buildings and other structures safer. Automobile accidents on the road have decreased in areas that have snow fences. Weather stations such as this one have different kinds of weather technology to help meteorologists observe and measure weather. Evangelista Torricelli lived during the 1600s. In the earliest barometers, liquid in a tube went up or down with changing air pressure. Benjamin Franklin studies lightning in the 1750s. Lightning rods carry electricity from lightning to the ground through wires. This helps save buildings from damage. This is the Enhanced Fujita Scale that scientists use today. Wind speeds are calculated in miles per hour (mph). Mary Anderson thought of the idea for windshield wipers when there were still very few cars on the road. Imagine not being able to travel by car whenever it rained, because drivers could be unable to see clearly enough to move safely. Windshield wipers are now required on cars. The TRMM (Tropical Rainfall Measuring Mission) is a satellite-based radar that Joanne Simpson helped to develop. The satellite collects data. A computer turns the data into three-dimensional pictures of clouds. This image shows the movement of Hurricane Isaac over five hours. The red areas in the white circles are the eye of the storm at the start and at the end of the recording.

     
     
*********
    
   
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
   
European Exploration Of North America
    

Lesson 40 – Part One

   
NEW WORDS: Balboa, Bimini, Calusa, Charlotte, Colombo, Cortes, Cristoforo, Diego, Ferdinand’s, Hernan, Hernando, Iberian, Leon’s, Moctezuma, Nunez, Pascua, Pizarro, Ponce, Soto, Vasco, Velazquez, Vietnam, abounded, admiral, alouds, aspiration, bathed, benignant, briskly, cassava, chandlers, coasts, colonization, comprehend, conquerors, craved, cruised, desponding, disagreements, dissenters, documents, domains, earrings, embarked, embellished, endangerment, endow, enjoined, enthused, enticed, erroneous, eventuated, exaggerated, exaggerations, exalted, exotic, expositions, fantasized, financed, flourishing, gaining, gesticulations, harbors, horde, hypothesized, immunity, indigenous, infected, infuriating, interacted, interactions, intrepid, isla, isles, minacious, mistreatment, moors, perplexing, plenteous, poised, proffered, raided, ravaged, rebellion, recollection, schemed, seaboards, sheltered, shoreline, southward, sponsors, staked, struggles, subdued, terminus, tortugas, transatlantic, translator, trip’s, uncharted, undertaking, undeviating, voyager, yesteryear
     
     

Chapter One: 1492, A Year That Changed The World
     
Do you know the answer to this? What key event in yesteryear eventuated in 1492? It’s said that the voyager Columbus discovered lots of islands. They were off the seaboards of North and South America. They were in what’s now known as the Caribbean Sea. Here’s a rhyme that you can use. It will help you with your recollection of when Columbus embarked on his trip. “In fourteen hundred ninety-two, Columbus sailed the ocean blue.”

No Europeans knew a thing about these isles before his voyage. It’s said that Columbus “discovered” the Americas. But did he truly discover something new? He was really looking for another part of the world.
     
Do you know what terminus Columbus truly had in mind? Columbus’s aspiration was to sail to a part of Asia. That place was known as “the Indies.” Europeans had talked a lot about “the Indies.” They thought of a part of Asia known now as India. There were lots of surrounding islands, too. He schemed to sail to “the Indies.” He had heard and read that they were wealthy lands. It was hypothesized that they abounded with gold and spices. But what he found is a place now referred to as “the Caribbean islands.” We also call it “the West Indies.” But Columbus was sure that he had reached parts of Asia that we now call “the East Indies.” These are the parts of Asia that lay south of China and north of Australia. They include these present-day nations. India, Indonesia, Vietnam, and the Philippines. There are some other parts of Asia there, too.

     
     

Spices like pepper, cinnamon, and cloves grew there. Then they were carried elsewhere in the world by spice traders. These men transported spices to Europe by going through the Middle East. It was a long, minacious trip. They had to load the spices onto pack animals. They used donkeys or camels. They would lead them across deserts and mountains. They went along risky roads. They might be robbed or killed. It took lots of time and money to bring spices to Europe. So, that meant that spices were expensive.

So, here we are in the 1400s. Europeans looked for a better way to get to these spice-producing lands. They were known as the “Spice Islands.” They were in the domains that they called “the Indies.” They wanted to find a way to sail there. They hoped that they could fill their ships. They’d get the spices, sail home, sell the spices, and get rich. The thought of getting rich was tempting for lots of folks. And these explorers looked to become famous, too, for finding new routes and discoveries. This inspired lots of folks to subject themselves to endangerment. They were willing to explore uncharted land and water.

    
    

Columbus was just one of lots of men who fantasized about “the Indies.” He, too, thought of the money that could be made if one could find a way to sail there. He was born in Genoa, Italy. There, he was known as Cristoforo Colombo. As a young man, he had worked as a sailor and a mapmaker. He had sailed all around the Mediterranean. He knew well the northwestern shoreline of Africa. And he’d been as far north as England. He’d read the expositions of Marco Polo, as well. He had been an Italian merchant who’d gone to China 200 years prior.

Columbus knew that the Earth was a sphere. It was not flat. Most educated men of his day knew this. But there were lots of disagreements about how big the Earth was. Most folks thought the Earth was pretty big. But some skeptics thought it was not all that big. Columbus was one of these dissenters. He thought that the Earth was smaller than most folks thought. That led him to propose his “Enterprise of the Indies.” It was well known that “the Indies” were “on the other side of the world.” But, Columbus thought the Earth was small. So, the “other side” might not be that far off. Could one get there by sailing around the world to the west? That was the intrepid idea that he proffered.

But, there were two big problems with his thoughts. First, his concept about the Earth’s size was erroneous. The Earth is much larger than he thought. That meant that the East Indies are much farther from Europe than he realized. Second, there’s something besides ocean between Europe and Asia. There’s a large block of land. That’s the Americas.

    
    

Columbus went to Spain’s king and queen. They were Ferdinand and Isabella. He convinced them to be his sponsors. They financed his voyage of sailing west to find the East Indies. Columbus hoisted the blue peter in August of 1492. He had a fleet of three ships. Do you know the names of the ships? That’s right! The Nina, the Pinta, and the Santa Maria. They cruised west for five weeks. After a while, the sailors were desponding about how far they had sailed. There was still no land yet in sight. No one had ever sailed so far west from Europe. Then, one day, a sailor saw land. Columbus was enthused. He thought that he had reached the East Indies. In fact, they would land on one of the islands in the Bahamas. They are off the coast of North America.

Columbus and his men explored the island. They staked a flag. They claimed this place for the king and queen of Spain. They made contact with the Native Americans who lived there. They were called the Taino. Columbus called these people “Indians.” That’s because he thought that he was in or near the East Indies. The natives who they met were peaceful and benignant. They traded with each other. They gave the natives beads and bells. These were considered cheap to Europeans. But the natives had long valued trade goods from far-off lands. In return, the indigenous people gave the Spaniards food, fresh water, and colorful parrots. They each gave the other something that was plenteous on their continent, but rare on the other.

    
    

A few of the natives had gold earrings or nose rings. Columbus and his men tried to find out where the gold came from. The Taino and the Spaniards made signs and gestures to communicate. They did that since they did not speak the same tongue. The Taino would point to other islands. Long before Columbus got to the West Indies, trade occurred often between these many islands. Their gesticulations were perplexing to comprehend. But the Spaniards thought that the natives were saying that there were places, not so far from there, where there was gold.

Columbus sailed off from there. They looked for islands of gold and spices. He went to a number of islands in the Caribbean Sea. On December 6, 1492, he went to explore a big island. He named it “La Isla Hispaniola.” That meant “the Island of Spain.” It was named for the land from where he’d sailed. Two weeks hence, it was Christmas Day. The Santa Maria got stuck on a rock. It was off the coast of Hispaniola. Columbus could not get the ship afloat. So, he enjoined his men. “Use the wood and supplies from the ship to build a fort on Hispaniola.” Thirty-nine men offered to stay at the fort. Then the time came for Columbus to sail back to Spain. He would report his findings to the king and queen.

    
    

Columbus took some of the natives on board as prisoners. This was for proof to the king and queen. They’d see that he’d really reached “the Indies.” While sailing back, he wrote a report for the king and queen. He described having discovered and claimed a number of islands in honor of Spain. Then he got back to Spain. He presented Ferdinand and Isabella with the natives. And he shared lots of facts about what he had found. But he also exaggerated. A lot!! He called Hispaniola “a miracle.” He described it as “heaven on Earth.” He said that it had good harbors. He talked of rich soil. He talked of lots of spices, and rivers full of gold. He boasted that the other islands he had been to were full of spices. But, really, he and his crew were unfamiliar with the exotic plants and trees that produced spices.

Columbus more boldly embellished his story when it came to gold. He said that Hispaniola was full of gold. It was in the rivers, in the fields, and in vast mines. He said lots of gold was just waiting to be claimed. He did not want to talk of just the few natives wearing gold earrings. Nor did he talk of just the few flakes in the rivers of Hispaniola that he thought to be gold.

Columbus told all of this in hopes that he would convince the king and queen to sponsor another voyage. He truly thought that these were islands off of China’s coast. He’d read books by Marco Polo and other chandlers. They’d talked of China and “the Indies” as wealthy places. They’d talked of flourishing trade. Columbus combined what he had read with what he had seen on his voyage. He thought that there had to be more riches there to be claimed. King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella were pleased by his findings. So, they would now endow Columbus to lead a second voyage.

    
    

Chapter Two: Columbus And The Conquistadors
     
Columbus made four trips to the West Indies. He was undeviating in his main belief. He was sure that he’d reached the true East Indies. The voyage that most folks know of is his first one. That’s when he landed in the West Indies. But in some ways, his next voyage was more important. This one will help you to know more about those times. You’ll know more of what happened in the Americas — with European exploration — over the next hundred years or so AFTER Columbus.

Columbus returned to Europe after his first transatlantic trip. He was a hero. Word of his expeditions spread fast in Spain. Then all of Europe heard of his trip. He’d sent a report to Spain’s King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella. It was printed in large volumes. That’s because of the recent invention of the printing press. Thousands of folks in Europe read his report. And more heard them read aloud. Soon lots of folks would talk of Columbus and his “discoveries.” Some folks weren’t sure if he had really sailed to Asia, though. But they WERE sure that he had found a place that was new and exciting. Columbus was exalted by Ferdinand and Isabella. He was named “Admiral of the Ocean Sea.” And he got what he had hoped for. He was given ships and money for a second trip.

     
    

The second voyage was a much grander undertaking than the first one. Columbus had a fleet of three ships and a hundred men for his first trip. The second one was beyond compare. He had seventeen ships! He had more than a thousand men! He remembered well trying to recruit sailors for his first trip. He had had a hard time finding sailors who would sail west into uncharted waters. The second trip was not the same. He had so many eager, enticed sailors that he had to turn lots of them away!

The second trip’s ships left Spain in September, 1493. Their first stop was the Canary Islands. They are off of the African coast. Then, Columbus and his men sailed west. They saw land in early November. They explored the coasts of several islands. But he was eager to get back to the fort that he had left. He and thirty-nine of his crew members had built it on the first trip. That was on Hispaniola. He had hopes about the men who he’d left behind. He hoped that they’d have built a peaceful trading partnership with the Taino. He hoped, too, that they’d have built up a stock of gold. What he found was, instead, infuriating. The fort had been burned to the ground. The 39 Spaniards had been killed. And there was no great horde of gold. Those 39 men had not traded peacefully with the Taino. They had treated them cruelly. They had raided the Taino towns. They had taken lots of them as slaves. They had taken gold where they could find it. After a while, the Taino fought back. They attacked the fort. And they killed the Spaniards.

    
    

Columbus built a new fort on Hispaniola. He named it “Isabella,” after the queen of Spain. He left his brother, Diego, in charge of it. He urged him to find “the gold.” He just felt sure that it was on the island. Diego and his men found some gold. But it was not as much as Columbus had led the king and queen to think was there. By 1495, Columbus’s men were unhappy. Even Columbus grew anxious. Things were now clear to his men. There was much less gold than Columbus had exaggerated in his report. The men felt that they had been lied to. Some of them had even sailed back to Spain. Once there, they would complain about his exaggerations and leadership.

Meanwhile, Columbus still looked for gold. He used cruel methods to get as much gold as he could. He made laws that enslaved and punished the natives if they didn’t collect enough gold for the Spaniards. But Hispaniola had only a bit of gold. That made these laws that much more cruel. There was just no way that the enslaved natives could supply enough. And as if this weren’t bad enough, lots of the Taino became ill. They’d been infected with diseases to which many of the Spanish had become immune. They’d never been exposed to the types of germs the Spanish carried in their bodies. They interacted with the Spaniards. Thus, they came in contact with germs that their bodies could not fight. Over the next few years, huge numbers of the Taino became sick. Hundreds of thousands of them died of these new <to them> diseases. The most common killer was smallpox. Before Columbus’s voyage, the Taino had a population of around two million. But disease and Spanish conquest in the years after Columbus’s arrival ravaged their people. The Taino now numbered merely a few thousand.

    
    

By 1496, things were crystal clear. There was no more gold on the island. Columbus now made a new law. It said that the natives had to help develop large farms called “plantations.” They would work as slaves for the Spanish. In just a few years, the Spanish were firmly in control of Hispaniola. After that, they began to spread out. They explored and conquered other nearby islands in the Caribbean. There were many men who led these voyages of exploration and conquest. They were known as “conquistadors.” That’s the Spanish word for “conquerors.” These conquistadors were Spanish travelers, soldiers, and explorers. They traveled to North, Central, and South America to look for wealth. They’d conquer the native peoples, thus gaining control of their lands. They came to the Americas to find the same things that Columbus had been looking for. They craved gold, spices, land, slaves, fame, and power.

It was now 1542. It was fifty years after Columbus’s first voyage. Lots of Spanish conquistadors had now explored and conquered huge areas. They controlled most of South America and all of central America. They even held a significant part of North America. Columbus died with the belief that he had reached the islands of “the Indies,” in Asia. At some point, the Spanish realized his mistake. They renamed the area where Columbus had landed “the West Indies.” And they renamed the Spice Islands in Asia that he had tried to reach. They were now termed “the East Indies,” instead of calling them “the Indies.” What took place in those fifty years after Columbus’s first voyage?

     
    

First, let’s learn of the conquistador named Juan Ponce de Leon. He conquered the island of Puerto Rico. It lay to the east of Hispaniola. At about the same time, there was a conquistador named Diego Velazquez. He subdued the natives on the island of Cuba. That was west of Hispaniola. Soon the Spanish began to extend their control beyond the islands of the Caribbean. They would move to explore and conquer the mainland of North and South America. In 1513, Ponce de Leon explored the coast of Florida. He claimed it for Spain. In the same year, Vasco Nunez de Balboa fought his way through the jungles of Panama. He was the first Spaniard to reach the Pacific Ocean.

Let’s move to 1519. Hernan Cortes led a Spanish army to Mexico. He ordered that the fleet of ships be burned when he and his crew landed. That way, everyone would see that there was no way to turn back. He marched his men inland. He soon conquered the mighty Aztec Empire and its king, Moctezuma II. The conquistador Francisco Pizarro led his men deep into South America. By 1532, he had conquered the other great empire of the Americas. That was the Inca Empire, in Peru. The defeat of this great empire was due in large part to disease. The natives had no immunity to the diseases that the Europeans brought with them. Thus, huge numbers of their people became sick and / or died of these diseases after coming into contact with the Spaniards. The conquistador Hernando de Soto had helped Pizarro conquer the Inca Empire. Then, de Soto turned his attention to North America. He landed his troops on the west coast of Florida. He led them on a long trek through what is now the southeastern part of the U.S. At about the same time, Francisco Vasquez de Coronado was taking action. He led an army of Spaniards north from Mexico. They explored what is now the southwestern U.S. They, too, hoped to find the cities of gold that had been heard of.

     
     

In the following read-alouds, you will learn about the journeys of these conquistadors and other explorers. You’ll hear about their bold ideas, their voyages, their struggles in search of gold, and their interactions with the Native Americans.

     
    

Chapter Three: Juan Ponce de Leon
     
It was early 1493. Juan Ponce de Leon was not clear about his future. He was trained as a knight. He had spent a few years fighting against the Moors in southern Spain. The Moors had crossed from Africa to Europe. They had taken over most of the Iberian Peninsula. That’s the land where Portugal and Spain are. This caused a great clash between Christianity and Islam. Isabella and Ferdinand of Spain built a strong army. They drove the Moors out of Spain in 1492. This helped to preserve Christianity in that region of the world. Ponce de Leon was not sure what he should do next.

That all changed in the spring of 1493. That’s when Columbus came back to Europe after his first transatlantic voyage. Word swept across Spain that he had found new islands. These islands were perhaps in Asia. These islands might be filled with gold and spices. As you’ve heard, Columbus wanted to claim more lands in honor of Spain. So, he arranged another trip to the New World. Thousands of men had come from all over Spain to sign up for his second voyage. Juan Ponce de Leon was one of them. Ponce de Leon set sail with Columbus in September of 1493. He was with Columbus when the explorer returned to the fort on Hispaniola and found that it had been destroyed. Ponce de Leon helped with the conquest of Hispaniola. He soon settled on the island.

    
    

In 1504, there was a revolt on the eastern side of Hispaniola. The Taino were angered by their years of mistreatment by the Spaniards. So, they rose up and fought for their freedom. Ponce de Leon played a key part in stopping the rebellion. As a reward, he was given a piece of land on Hispaniola. He was made the governor of the island. He was assigned a number of slaves to help him cultivate a plantation. Sweet potatoes and a new world crop called cassava grew there. Pigs, cows, and horses were raised there, as well. Ponce de Leon married a Spanish woman. He brought her to live with him on the island.

By 1506, Ponce de Leon had settled in nicely on Hispaniola. He was now quite a notable person there. He might have stayed there for the rest of his life. He could have had the life of a rich plantation owner. But he had an adventurous streak! About this time, Ponce de Leon began to hear about another island east of Hispaniola. This was an island that we now call Puerto Rico. He had heard intriguing stories about gold there. So, he went to explore it. Ponce de Leon led an expedition to Puerto Rico in 1506. He brought with him a cousin who had learned the native language. He would serve as their translator. Ponce de Leon met with the island’s natives. He made a treaty with one of their chiefs. That allowed him and other Spaniards to hike across the island. To their great delight, they found some large nuggets of gold in the rivers and streams. They also found a nice, well-sheltered harbor. That’s now known as San Juan Bay.

    
    

Ponce de Leon went back to Puerto Rico a second time. This was in 1508. Once again, he struck a deal with one of the native tribal leaders. He was supplied with lots of workers. These men built a settlement near San Juan Bay. They cleared land for a plantation, too. In the meantime, the Spaniards searched for gold. In 1509, Ponce de Leon was made governor of Puerto Rico. He encouraged Spanish settlement on the island and the search for more gold.

In 1511, the Taino people of Puerto Rico began a rebellion. Ponce de Leon and the Spanish crushed the rebellion. They used swords, guns, horses, and attack dogs. Ponce de Leon seemed poised for success in Puerto Rico for many years to come. But political problems arose. Diego Columbus was the son of Christopher Columbus. He had gotten himself appointed viceroy, in charge of Hispaniola. He didn’t like Juan Ponce de Leon. So, Diego had him removed from office.

Ponce de Leon went off to find new lands. He would focus on lands that would lie outside of the territory governed by his enemy, Diego Columbus. In 1512, Ponce de Leon got King Ferdinand’s permission to look for a place the natives called Bimini. What do you think Juan Ponce de Leon hoped to find in Bimini? If you thought he’d look for gold, that’s a good idea! It shows that you’ve been listening well. The Spanish were always looking for gold on their explorations. And Juan Ponce de Leon was no exception.

    
    

However, tradition has it that Ponce de Leon may have been looking for something else, too. Some historians wrote stories after Ponce de Leon’s death. They said that he was searching for a magical fountain. It was called the “Fountain of Youth.” He had hoped to find it on the Island of Bimini. There was a legend about it. That said that an old man who bathed in the water of this fountain would regain his youth. Some historians say that this story may have intrigued Ponce de Leon. So, he set out to find the Fountain of Youth. In March of 1513, Juan Ponce de Leon set sail from Puerto Rico. On April 3rd, he and his crew sighted land. Ponce de Leon thought it was an island. But in fact, it was a peninsula. That’s a piece of land that sticks out into the ocean and is surrounded by ocean on three sides.

Juan Ponce de Leon and his men went ashore. They claimed the land in the name of King Ferdinand. It was the spring season. The Spanish called it “Pascua Florida,” or the Season of Flowers. The land itself was full of flowers. So, Ponce de Leon named this new land “La Florida,” or “the flowery place.” That name stuck. And to this day the land is called Florida.

Only a few documents from this voyage have survived. So, historians are not sure about all of the details of his travels. Ponce de Leon sailed north along the east coast of Florida. After some time, he turned south. They had gotten halfway down the eastern coast of Florida. There, Ponce de Leon and his captains made an interesting discovery. The wind was blowing briskly and should have been pushing their ships southward. But the ships were actually moving north! Can any of you guess why the ships were moving “backward,” even though the wind was pushing them forward?

    
    

Ponce de Leon and his men were sailing against a strong ocean current. In fact, they had discovered one of the strongest and most important currents in the Atlantic Ocean. It’s called “the Gulf Stream.” The Gulf Stream is like a river within the Atlantic Ocean. It’s a current of warm water that flows out of the Gulf of Mexico. It flows around Florida, along the southeastern coast of the United States. And then it heads northeast, all the way to northern Europe. Later explorers learned a better way to get back to Europe quickly. That was to sail INTO the Gulf Stream, and then to ride the current back to Europe.

Ponce de Leon and his men found that they could avoid the Gulf Stream. They just had to stay very close to shore. It was a few days after they discovered the Gulf Stream. Ponce de Leon and his men tried to go ashore on the peninsula. But they were attacked by natives. They were driven back to their ships. Ponce de Leon decided to keep exploring the Florida coastline. He sailed south and rounded the tip of Florida. He still thought that he had discovered an island. So, he was trying to sail around it. He sailed along the string of islands known today as the Florida Keys, on into the Gulf of Mexico. Then he turned north. He explored the western coast of Florida. He anchored for a while along the coast. That was likely in the area now known as Charlotte Harbor. But Ponce de Leon and his men were attacked a number of times. So they didn’t stay too long.

    
    

Eventually, Ponce de Leon decided to return to Puerto Rico. He gave a report about the lands that he had discovered. On the way back, he and his men visited islands off the coast of Florida. They were home to thousands of sea turtles. Ponce de Leon named these islands “Tortugas.” That’s the Spanish word for turtles.

Ponce de Leon went back to Spain. He told the king about his findings. He was not able to return to Florida for a number of years. In 1521, he launched a second expedition. This one was focused on colonization. Ponce de Leon wanted to establish a Spanish colony in Florida. He loaded his ships with more than two hundred men. These men included farmers and priests. He also brought horses, sheep, pigs, and goats.

Ponce de Leon and his men landed somewhere along the southwestern coast of Florida. We don’t know where, exactly. They began setting up a colony. But after a few weeks, they were driven away by the Calusa Indians. These were Native Americans of the region. Ponce de Leon was wounded in an attack. An arrow struck him in the thigh. The Spaniards gave up on their Florida settlement. They retreated to Cuba. While in Cuba, Ponce de Leon’s wound became infected. He died in July of 1521. Some years later, his remains were transferred to San Juan, Puerto Rico, the city that he had founded many years earlier.

      
       
*********

 

   
    
WEEK FOURTEEN PHONICS READ-ALONGS
    

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 79) TWO SYLLABLE WORD WORK –> CV – CVCC:

     

Yum, Mom’s baking a chocolate cake.

   

On the trip, we drove by lots of farms where they were baling hay.

   

When he became homeless, he reverted to his basest instincts in order to survive.

     

The coach said, “We’re going to start our spring training camp by focusing on the basics.”

      

We’re basing our hypothesis on these three key research studies.

   

The chemistry teacher said, “We need two more basins of water to dilute the mixture.”

    

The preacher started his sermon with, “Becalm yourselves, and open your hearts to prayer.”

   

The outfit that he chose to wear befits this solemn occasion.

   

If you study the criminal world, it’s clear that hate just begets even more hate.

    

The movie grabs you instantly, as it begins with a frantic car chase.

    

The pyramid tomb raiders beheld a room full of dazzling jewels.

    

At the boss’s behest, I’m going to train the new employee.

    

I think that your sister is behind the door waiting to scare you.

     

As we came out of the dense forest, the tour guide exclaimed, “Behold, our country’s most beautiful waterfall.”

    

In a few weeks, I’m sure that you’ll feel totally like you belong on the team.

    

In his lonely prison cell, he is bereft of all happiness.

  

The special effects in that movie were beyond imagination.

     

I’m biding my time in the waiting room until they come back with the lab results.

     

As they examined the life forms on the alien planet, they found a number of species that were bipeds.

     

Class, in today’s geometry lesson, we’re going to bisect a triangle.

    

Honey, you’ve got to learn to stop biting your fingernails.

    

Our sales trends are boding very well for us this quarter.

     

The majority of animals on this ranch are bovids.

   

Tonight’s heavyweight boxing match should be a doozy.

    

We’ll be busing the entire class to the museum.

    

The cabins that we’ve rented are sparsely furnished, but serviceable.

     

That young lady is caking her face with way too much make-up.

     

The chef says that our meat distributor is out of capons.

    

The mine has been closed due to fears that it might soon be caving in.

      

The School Board is ceding to the State its authority to run the School District.

     

I’ll be citing examples from Greek mythology in my book report.

    

My favorite animals in our trip to the zoo today were the civets and the meerkats.

   

My granddaughter has chosen a career in computer software coding.

    

You make such a cogent point that I might change my opinion about this issue.

    

Margie and I are going to cohost a party to celebrate Suzanne’s graduation.

      

That astrophysicist is an expert on the make-up and behaviors of comets.

    

My favorite section of the newspaper is the Sunday comics.

       

Relax, I’m coming right now, and we won’t be late to the party.

    

The air conditioning in our building is on the fritz, and I’m not coping very well with the heat.

    

I think that socialite covets her diamonds more than she does her own children.

    

I’ll be cubing these big blocks of cheese as part of the snacks for the party.

     

I’ve always been curious about the techniques of Cubist painters like Picasso and Braque.

    

The ancient Romans measured “length” with a metric called a “cubit,” with cubits varying between 17 and 19 inches each.

   

The cocktail napkins for the Valentine’s Day party had pictures of little Cupids on them.

    

You have the cutest baby that I have ever seen!

     

Because of my parents’ rules, I wasn’t dating until I was sixteen years old.

    

In our accounting class, we’re learning about debits and credits.

     

At work, if our computers get viruses, Tony — we call him the “genius — debugs the software.

   

With the facts that I will now share with you, I will indisputably debunk your conspiracy theory.

     

I counted twenty different decals on the back of that car.

   

The Colonel’s orders were for us to decamp and head for the river.

    

Our waiter asked if we’d like for him to decant our wine into a carafe.

    

That diner serves up a decent meal at a fair price.

    

If you itemize on your taxes, you can deduct charitable giving from your income.

   

I’d like to have a rattlesnake for a pet, but only if you could defang it so that it couldn’t bite you.

    

They had to recall thousands of this model car due to a defect with the airbags.

    

The coach yelled to his offensive linemen, “You’ve got to defend your quarterback better.”

    

Our new car defogs its windows better than any car that we’ve ever owned.

     

In many cities, protesters were demanding that we defund the police.

    

The ship’s captain said, “I will always demand perfection in the performance of my crew’s duties.”

   

The score that you get on this test will depend on how hard you study for it.

       

The crew at the opera house was developing props and scenery to depict an icy wilderness.

   

This Geiger counter will detect if there’s any radiation here.

    

Hmm, what do I detest more, parsnips or rutabagas?

    

Can you please help me by dicing the tomatoes for the stew?

    

I need to digest what you’re saying, because it’s a very complicated topic.

    

We’re going to practice now with numbers as high as five digits long.

    

The butler asked, “My Lordship, will you be dining in or out this evening?”

     

I get my tax refund faster now that I use direct deposit straight into my checking account.

    

Class, we’ll be diving into Act Two of Shakespeare’s play “The Tempest” this week.

    

Today, our docent at the museum gave a comprehensive explanation of Impressionist painting.

    
     

*********

*********

        
    

WEEK FIFTEEN    

WEEK FIFTEEN READING PASSAGES 

     
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
   
European Exploration Of North America
    

Lesson 41 – Part Two

    
NEW WORDS: Acoma, Albuquerque, Alvar, Antonio, Arkansas, Atahualpa, Aviles, Cabeza, Camden, Caroline, Cofitachequi, Compostela, Dorado, Esteban, Esteban’s, Galveston, Hawikuh, Mateo, Mendoza, Menendez, Mississippian, Mississippians, Napituca, Narvaez, Oklahoma, Ortiz, Ortiz’s, Panfilo, Pedro, Pope’s, Rio, Soto’s, Tenochtitlan, Tewa, Tiguex, Vaca, Vitachuco, achievements, admiring, carpentry, chieftain, dehydration, demoralized, discourage, dung, evicted, extinguish, extinguished, flatboats, friar, friendliness, grande, healer, horribly, hostage, interpreter, investigative, makeshift, masonry, misleading, mission’s, missionaries, missionary, moor, mutiny, nomadic, northeastern, outdo, outposts, reconquered, recruited, recruits, relocated, restored, resurrection, ridden, rumored, scouting, sehora, shoemakers, sprinkling, stranded, supplemented, survivors, techniques, translators, woodworking
     
    

Chapter Four: Hernando de Soto
      
It’s May 30, 1539. You’ll now meet the veteran conquistador Hernando de Soto. On this day, he led a group of Spaniards ashore. They were on the west coast of Florida. De Soto staked a flagpole into the sandy beach. He claimed the land for the king of Spain.

De Soto was not the first Spaniard to explore Florida. Juan Ponce de Leon had been there in 1513, and again in 1521. But he had failed in trying to set up a permanent Spanish colony there. Another Spaniard, Panfilo de Narvaez, had tried to conquer Florida. But he did not succeed, either. Narvaez landed on the west coast of Florida in 1527. He had six hundred men with him. They had marched inland in search of gold. They attacked the natives and were attacked by them in return. Lots of Spaniards were killed. After making little progress, Narvaez and his men made their way to the Gulf Coast. They headed for Spanish outposts in Mexico. They hurriedly constructed makeshift boats. Then they set sail along the coast. Lots of the men died of dehydration on this trip. Some of the boats drifted off. The men on them were not heard from again. Just when Narvaez and his men thought things could not get any worse, a hurricane hit. It sank their boats and drowned lots of the men. A few survivors were left stranded on a beach near present-day Galveston, Texas. Six hundred men had set off on this voyage. In the end, only four men got back to Mexico alive to tell the tale.

    
    

Hernando de Soto knew of the voyages of Ponce de Leon and Narvaez. He knew that it would be dangerous to go to Florida. But he felt that he could achieve more than the men who’d gone before him. After all, de Soto had been in Peru with Francisco Pizarro. Thus, he’d learned from one of the most successful of all the conquistadors. Remember, Pizarro had captured the Inca Emperor, Atahualpa. De Soto had helped collect the great ransom of silver and gold that had made Pizarro very rich. And de Soto, too, was now a rich man through his dealings with Pizarro. De Soto thought that he could make even more money by conquering Florida. He hoped to gather up the gold that was rumored to be there. De Soto put much of his own money into his Florida expedition. And he prepared for it with care. He signed up lots of experts. These included soldiers, sailors, tailors, shoemakers, engineers, and priests. Most of the seven hundred men on his expedition were Spaniards. But there were lots of recruits from other countries in Europe, too. The expedition sailed from Spain in April of 1538. They spent a year in Cuba. Then de Soto and his men sailed to Florida. They got there at the end of May in 1539.

    
    

De Soto sent a scouting party inland. They found an abandoned Indian village. Finding deserted Indian villages was not unheard of. By this time, lots of natives knew that the arrival of Spaniards was not good news. Many chiefs thought that the safest course of action was to leave their villages. That way they could steer clear of the Spanish. Sometimes the Indians would return to the village later. But that was only after the Spanish had moved away. De Soto and his men established a base in the abandoned village. They began to explore the surrounding land. They made a remarkable discovery on their exploration. They found a Spaniard who had been living among the natives. He had learned a bit of their language. His name was Juan Ortiz. He had been a member of the disastrous Narvaez expedition. Juan Ortiz had been treated cruelly by one Native American chieftain. He was later adopted by another tribe. The Spanish were astonished to find him living like a native. Native Americans would sometimes adopt outsiders into their tribes. That even included Europeans. And they did this despite knowing that Europeans wanted to conquer their lands. The Spanish listened to Ortiz’s stories. They made him one of their translators.

    
    

De Soto left some men near the coast. He took others to explore inland. They made their way through swamps and dense woods. They found more deserted villages. They helped themselves to whatever food and supplies were left behind. Some of the natives attacked the Spaniards as they marched. They would ambush de Soto and his men in the swamps. Then they would run away. De Soto fought back. De Soto wished to discourage others from attacking. So, his strategy was to be vicious early-on. That way, he thought, word would get around that he and his men were not worth attacking. He hoped that this might save more of his men in the long run. As de Soto moved inland, he would often take natives as prisoners. He’d use them as guides in the new land.

By mid-September, de Soto and his men came to a village called Napituca. The local chief, Vitachuco, seemed friendly. But Juan Ortiz told de Soto that this friendliness might be an act. Ortiz had heard rumors. He thought that Vitachuco might plot against de Soto. De Soto would take no chances. He attacked the people of Napituca. He took Vitachuco prisoner. Even though he was a prisoner, Vitachuco was not treated as poorly as other prisoners. He was allowed to keep some of his servants. And he often ate with de Soto. De Soto kept the chief in comfortable surroundings on purpose. Then, maybe Vitachuco and his tribe would cooperate with him. This strategy seemed to be working. But, one night Vitachuco and his tribe attacked. The Spaniards soon won this battle, and they killed Vitachuco.

    
    

After this incident, the Spaniards marched farther north into Florida. De Soto listened to a native who he’d taken prisoner. He told them of a city to the north in what is now South Carolina. It was called Cofitachequi. He said that the chief was a woman. And she had lots of gold and pearls. De Soto and his men marched on. They passed through what’s now Georgia. They went on into north-central South Carolina. There they met “la Sehora de Cofitachequi.” That means “the Lady of Cofitachequi.” At first, she was friendly. She allowed them to stay in her village. As it turned out, she had just a bit of gold. But she did have some pearls. She gave some of them to the Spaniards as gifts. Later, though, de Soto arrested the Lady of Cofitachequi. He held her hostage, and he marched on.

We can’t be sure what happened to the Lady of Cofitachequi. But according to some historians, she stayed with them for a time. Then one day, when de Soto and his men were not looking, she took her opportunity to escape through the woods. They were unfamiliar with the land. So, the Spaniards could not track the Lady of Cofitachequi down. Thus, they never saw her again.

    
    

De Soto and his men went through what’s now Georgia and South Carolina. They went northwest to the edge of the Blue Ridge Mountains. They passed through lands controlled by the Mississippians. Each place they went, they looked for gold. But they had very little success. The de Soto expedition eventually reached what’s now known as Alabama. That’s where they fought one of their biggest battles. They killed more than two thousand Mississippians. Only twenty-two of de Soto’s men were killed. But about two hundred were injured. That included de Soto himself. The Spanish lost lots of their horses, too. By November of 1540, the de Soto expedition had gone into Mississippian territory. They found themselves in northeastern Mississippi. They spent the winter in an abandoned native village. Eventually, the Mississippians attacked. They fired flaming arrows. The Spanish escaped. But it was only due to their stampeding horses, who scared off the fighting natives.

    
    

De Soto’s men’s lives were full of constant marching and fighting. His men grew quite tired. They were ready to go home. They were now convinced that there was little gold to be found in these parts of America. Some of them began to plan a mutiny against de Soto. De Soto, though, did not want to give up and go home empty-handed. He pushed his men on. They marched and fought their way west. In May of 1541, they reached the mighty Mississippi River. They did not let that river stop them. They constructed makeshift flatboats. Under the cover of night, they hid from the attacking natives. They used the boats to ferry the men and the horses across the wide river. Who remembers the saying “the last straw?” It means that this was all that the men could take. They’d had enough. You’ll learn more about this saying later.

De Soto and his men crossed the Mississippi. They then explored what’s now Arkansas. Near what’s now Camden, Arkansas, they met new natives. This tribe lived in tipis, and they hunted buffalo. De Soto spent the winter there. By the spring of 1542, even de Soto was demoralized. He had found almost no gold. He had lost many of his men. And his horses could barely walk. His translator, Juan Ortiz, had died. And the other translators were having trouble understanding the local natives. All of these terrible events together became the “last straw.”

     
        

De Soto came down with a bad fever. He spent his days in bed. But the fever got worse. De Soto died on May 21, 1542. His men attached stones to his body. Then they tossed it into the Mississippi River. According to legend, De Soto had told the Native Americans that he was immortal. He claimed that he was able to live forever. So, his men sank his body in the Mississippi River. That’s so that the Native Americans would not discover his body and see that this was a lie.

The remaining men of the expedition made their way back to the Gulf of Mexico. There, they built seven boats. In July of 1543, they floated along the Gulf Coast, past Texas. They finally made their way back to the Spanish outposts in Mexico. It had been a trying journey. The men on the de Soto expedition were the first known Europeans to explore the southeastern U.S. They had covered vast new lands north and west of present-day Florida.

     
    

Chapter Five: Francisco Vasquez de Coronado
    
It’s one day in 1536. We now enter an office in Mexico City. Here we meet Don Antonio de Mendoza. He was the viceroy of New Spain. He was seated, listening to a fellow Spaniard. His friend was named Alvar Nunez Cabeza de Vaca. Cabeza De Vaca told him an astonishing tale. He told Mendoza of what he’d seen on the disastrous Narvaez expedition. Mendoza was fascinated by this amazing tale of adventure and survival in foreign lands. But there was a part of the tale that intrigued Mendoza the most. That was the report Cabeza de Vaca gave about “gold cities.” Cabeza de Vaca had spent much time with the Native Americans. He’d heard much talk of a land to the north of them. It was a land that was said to be rich in gold. This land was called the Seven Cities of Cibola. It was believed that Cibola was a region to the north. It contained seven wealthy cities. Each one was bursting with gold. Mendoza was excited by this report. He was eager to find this gold.

Mendoza decided to find the Seven Cities of Cibola. He recruited a French priest named Friar Marcos. Further, he brought with them a man named Esteban. He was a slave who had traveled with Cabeza de Vaca. He, too, had survived the Narvaez expedition. He was recruited to go along as a guide and translator on their investigative travels north. Esteban was a Moor. He had been relocated to Spain as a slave. By now, he had become a very experienced explorer. Esteban had come in contact with lots of Native American groups on his travels. He had learned a few things about their ways of life.

     
    

It was now the spring of 1539. These two men, with a group of Native Americans, set off to the north. They walked along trails that had been blazed by Indian traders. Esteban knew the land well. And he traveled at a much faster rate than Friar Marcos. That’s because Friar Marcos wanted to preach Christianity to the Native Americans along the way. That took more time. So, the two men decided to split up. They came up with a way for Esteban to get messages to Friar Marcos. What if Esteban found a good-sized city with SOME gold? He would send back a small cross. It would be about the size of a hand. What if he found a big city with LOTS of gold? He would send back a large cross. It would be about the size of an arm. If he found a HUGE city and a very large amount of gold, he was to send back an even larger cross.

Esteban had spent a few days scouting the region. He sent Friar Marcos a cross the size of a man. That indicated that Esteban knew or suspected the existence of large cities with great amounts of gold. Friar Marcos was stunned as he continued to follow Esteban’s path. He followed Esteban’s footsteps for a number of days. Then, messengers brought him disturbing news. They told him that Esteban had been killed in a pueblo called Hawikuh. It was thought to be one of the cities of Cibola. The place known as Hawikuh is in present-day New Mexico. Esteban had presented himself to the Zuni of Hawikuh as a great medicine man and healer. But the village elders in the pueblo were suspicious of Esteban. So, they killed him.

    
    

Friar Marcos was shocked to hear of Esteban’s death. He thought, now, that it was not safe to go to Hawikuh. If he were killed, then no one would know of their discovery of gold. So, he went back to Mexico. He had only seen the town of Hawikuh from a distance. He told the Spanish about their journey. He talked of the large cross that Esteban had sent back. He said that it proved the existence of large cities with great quantities of gold.

The Spanish listened closely. They asked Friar Marcos if he had seen the golden cities of Cibola. He said that he had. He told them that Hawikuh was bigger and richer than Tenochtitlan. That had been the capital of the Aztec Empire. He was sure of the truth behind Esteban’s message of the large cross. So, he led the Spanish to believe that he had really seen the city. When the Spaniards heard his report, they thought that the city Esteban and Friar Marcos had seen might be “El Dorado.” That means the “golden one.” They had heard of this legend from lots of natives. But no one had ever been able to find it. Soon, all the conquistadors in Mexico were filled with hope. Maybe they’d get a chance to explore and conquer this land of wealth. In the end, Mendoza appointed a young man to lead an expedition to Cibola. His name was Francisco Vasquez de Coronado.

    
    

It was now February of 1540. Coronado assembled his team in the town of Compostela. That was in northern Mexico. Coronado wore bright, gilded armor. He recruited 337 Spanish soldiers. 220 of them rode on horses. Also on the venture were 700 Indian slaves. They would be servants to the Spaniards. They’d take care of large herds of sheep and cattle that would be marching with the men. There were also priests on this trip. There were a few women, too, which back then was not the norm for such a trip. One of the priests was Friar Marcos. Everyone was thrilled about getting rich from the gold that they’d find in Cibola.

Coronado and his men marched north. They labored through the hot dry lands of northern Mexico. They went ten to fifteen miles a day. When they came to rivers, they built makeshift rafts. They used them to ferry themselves and their animals across. They saw some small pueblos. But those Native Americans had no gold. So, Coronado and his men pressed on. They crossed bush and desert. They soon entered into what’s now the U.S. Friar Marcos and the Indian guides led Coronado to the pueblo of Hawikuh. That’s where Esteban had met his end. Coronado and his men approached. The Zuni came out to meet them. They carried weapons and rocks. They drew a line on the ground by sprinkling corn meal. That was their way of telling the Spaniards something. “You are not to come any farther!” They were resolved to protect their town.

    
    

One of the Spanish priests came forward. He began to read a long statement. An interpreter tried to translate the message to the Zuni. It said that the Indians were expected to convert from their religion to Christianity. Further, they were to accept the King of Spain as their king. If they did not agree to do so, then the Spanish would attack them. The Native Americans listened for a while. But then, they began to shoot arrows and to toss stones. Coronado and his men charged. The Zuni men ran back to their pueblos. They fired arrows and threw rocks from the top of their pueblos. They had been built on hills and cliff sides for protection. Coronado was hit by a big rock. Then a second rock struck his helmet. It knocked him off of his horse. He lay on the ground, unconscious. But his men carried on the battle.

Coronado’s men did, in the end, win the battle. They quickly saw that Hawikuh was not a vast city on the same scale as Tenochtitlan. The Zuni lived in pueblos. These were multi-story houses made out of stone and plaster. The Zuni who lived there had no gold, no silver, and no valuable jewels. The conquistadors were furious with Friar Marcos. Some of them thought that he should be put to death for misleading them. What could Esteban have meant by sending back a large cross? That remains unclear to this day. Regardless, Coronado did not give up hope. He sent men to explore the nearby area. After all, there were supposed to be seven cities in Cibola. He hoped that some of the other cities would have more gold than Hawikuh.

    
    

The next few weeks went by. Coronado and his men kept exploring the region of Cibola. They found lots of pueblo villages, but no gold. Coronado then split his forces up. He sent scouting parties off in a number of directions. One group went northwest. They went through Hopi territory in what’s now northern Arizona. They went on until they were stopped in their tracks by a massive canyon. It was more than a mile deep. These men were the first known Europeans to see the Grand Canyon. It’s now viewed as one of the “Seven Natural Wonders of the World.” Another group went southwest. They went along the Colorado River. They ventured several hundred miles downstream from the Grand Canyon. Today this section of the river forms the border between California and Arizona. A third group went east from Cibola. They went through eastern New Mexico. They visited the Acoma pueblo. That’s a pueblo that can still be visited today. It’s near present-day Albuquerque, New Mexico. This group crossed the Rio Grande. That’s a large river that runs south through New Mexico. It forms part of the present-day border between the U.S. and Mexico.

    
   

They passed north through the land of the twelve Rio Grande Pueblos. That’s an area by the Rio Grande River. It was occupied by Native Americans who the Spanish called the Tiguex Indians. There they observed the Great Plains. That’s where they saw great herds of buffalo roaming. The Spaniards were fascinated by the shaggy buffalo. At first they found it a difficult animal to hunt. In time, though, they learned to hunt the animal with spears. That’s just as the Native Americans did.

The Spanish were on the Plains, admiring the buffalo. There, one of their native guides told them of a place far to the east. He called it Quivira. He said it was a wealthy city. Hearing this, Coronado marched east. He hoped to find Quivira and the gold that he had missed in Cibola. During their searches, the Spaniards treated the natives they encountered horribly. They killed many of them. Eventually, they crossed into Texas. Then they headed onto the Great Plains. There, tens of thousands of buffalo grazed around them.

    
    

During their journey, they met the Querechos. These were nomadic natives of the Great Plains. They lived by moving with the buffalo herds. These Native Americans of the Great Plains were hunters of the buffalo. They used the meat of the buffalo for food. They supplemented their diet with plants that they gathered. They used the skins to make clothes and shoes. They used the bones of the buffalo, as well as stones, to make tools. They burned buffalo dung, or manure, for fuel. Coronado and his men learned a lot about the Querechos’ way of life. Of course, part of what they learned was that they had no gold! Coronado and his men moved on, yet again. This time they made their way through parts of Texas, Oklahoma, and Kansas.

Finally, Coronado and his men reached Quivira. But is was not a wealthy city. All they found were a few villages and some grass huts. There was no gold at all. He and his men spent the winter near Quivira. When spring came, they began their long journey back to Mexico.

Coronado and his men had ridden forth on this expedition so confidently. They all had high hopes of finding gold. But in the end, they had no success in finding wealth. He and his men limped back southward to Mexico with no gold. In fact, Coronado had lost a large sum of money that he had invested in the expedition.

     
    

Chapter Six: Spanish Settlements
    
The journeys of de Soto and Coronado were quite telling. They showed that the great age of the conquistadors would soon end. Both men had hoped to find huge riches. They aimed to outdo the achievements of Cortes and Pizarro. But both of their journeys would fail. Both found little gold. De Soto didn’t even make it home. Coronado did. But he came home beaten down and depressed. Plus, he’d lost the large investment that he had made in his journeys.

So, how did the Spaniards now view the North American mainland? They now knew that there was just no gold to be found there. They’d now turn most of their efforts to the colonies that they’d set up farther south. These were spread throughout the Caribbean, Mexico, and South America. But they did not forget about the rest of North America entirely. They had built a few forts to protect their colonies and ships. And they had sent some missionaries to convert the Native Americans to Christianity.

In the 1560s, the French were exploring Florida’s east coast. They set up a fort named Fort Caroline. Some men from the fort became pirates. They would attack Spanish ships that sailed in the Caribbean.

    
    

The Spanish knew that they had to build their own fort on Florida’s coast. This was for a number of reasons. The French now had a fort in the region. But the Spanish did not want competition in this part of North America. Mostly, though, the Spanish wished for a fort to protect their ships.

They sent a man named Pedro Menendez de Aviles. He would set up just such a fort. He got there in August of 1565. He found a safe harbor. It was where a river flowed into the Atlantic. His men set up the fort. They named it St. Augustine. That name was after a Christian saint. Soon, the Spanish attacked the French Fort Caroline. They caught the French off guard. They defeated them soundly. The fort was renamed San Mateo once the Spanish had captured it.

St. Augustine, Florida, was set up in 1565. That was twenty years before the English settlement on Roanoke Island. It was forty-two years before Jamestown. There have been people living there ever since. In fact, St. Augustine is the oldest continuously inhabited European settlement in the continental U.S!

The Spanish sent missionaries to the New World, as well. Their job was to convert the natives to Christianity. They set up communities called “missions.” Pedro Menendez was a key influence in having them brought to North America. He was the first Spanish colonial governor in Florida. He said that ships that came from Spain must have a priest on board. They would serve as a missionary. The Spanish set up a number of missions in the 1570s. These were in Florida and on the islands off the coast of Georgia. Spanish missions were set up in Mexico, too. These were near the border of the current-day U.S.

    
    

A few decades passed. We now turn to the 1590s. The Spanish were setting up missions in the Southwest. That was in today’s New Mexico, Arizona, and Texas. Then in the 1700s, the Spanish built a string of missions on the Pacific Coast of California. The Spanish did this not just to convert the natives to Christianity. They also aimed to develop allies among these converted people.

Lots of U.S. cities in the Southwest began as missions named for Christian saints. Here are some of them. San Diego, San Francisco, San Jose, and Santa Barbara in California. And San Antonio in Texas. Each mission was centered around a church. Churches were made of stone masonry or adobe (clay bricks). That depended on where they were. Missionaries would often live in one building. The converted Native Americans would live within the mission in their own homes. They were made of stone or adobe, too. Most missions had farms and orchards. The natives were taught to grow crops like corn, wheat, and barley. But they were to use farming techniques from Europe. Some natives were taught crafts, as well. Some of these were carpentry, woodworking, weaving, soap-making, and candle-making. Depending on the locale, some missions raised livestock. These included cattle and sheep. The cattle ranches were set up just outside the mission. Most missions had bakeries and craft shops. And they had storerooms for the crops grown on the farms and orchards. Lots of missions had tailors, carpenters, and blacksmiths, as well.

     
    

In the missions, the natives went to a school. They were taught by priests. Their classes included religious teachings. They were taught about Christianity. They learned of the life, death, and resurrection of Jesus Christ. They learned to say Christian prayers. A normal day in a mission had religion classes and religious services. It was likely that adults and older siblings would work in the mission’s farms or orchards. The young children were taught to read, write, and speak in Spanish. They were not taught in their native language.

Some missionaries and conquistadors shared some similarities. But there were differences, too. Most missionaries did not try to conquer people using force. Some were, though, trying to defeat the natives’ ways of life. They would promote Christianity and European ways of living. That meant that some of them tried to extinguish the natives’ traditional religion, culture, and language. Some thought that removing their way of life would be helpful to the natives. Similar to conquistadors, some of the missionaries made slaves of the natives. They would put them to work on the farms. Lots of local native populations also suffered the same fate as those who had first met with Columbus. Many became infected and died of diseases to which most of the Spanish were now immune.

    
    

Some Native Americans accepted Christianity. They lived in the local missions. Lots of others did not like being forced to take on the new European way of life. Nor did they want to take on Christian religion. They wished to keep their language, their religion, and their traditional ways of life. In time, some natives rebelled against the missions in their regions.

In 1680, we meet a Native American from the Tewa Pueblo tribe. His name was Pope. He successfully led a rebellion that evicted the Spanish from their pueblos. This restored their way of life for a brief time. They regained control of their pueblos. They extinguished the Spanish culture and Christian religion. They restored their native customs. But a decade passed after Pope’s death. The Spanish returned and reconquered the land.

In time, the U.S. would expand to the south and west. It took over Spanish lands in Florida and the Southwest. Most of the Spanish missions were abandoned when Spanish lands came under control of the U.S. government. But a few of them still operate today. Many can still be visited. If you live in the Southwest, or can travel there, you can visit a historic mission yourself.

      
     
*********
 
   
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
   
European Exploration Of North America
 
   

Lesson 42 – Part Three

   
NEW WORDS: Algonquian, Amsterdam, Breton, Bristol, Cartier, Cartier’s, Confederacy, Croix, Dutchmen, Hopewell, Hudson’s, Kebek, Labrador, Mannahatta, Matthew, Novaya, Scotia, Spitsbergen, abounds, accomplishments, approbation, archipelago, beleaguer, cheaply, circumference, claiming, colonize, commandeer, conceits, credited, cultivation, cultures, designation, desires, distinctions, forays, geographer, geometry, honed, honorary, identic, investors, itinerary, latitudes, locals, mariner, maximal, mayhap, misfortunes, mutinied, narrowed, narrows, nascent, navigational, northerly, paving, ponder, populous, prerogative, preys, profitable, prospered, purlieus, pursued, requisite, seawater, speculated, spherical, sponsored, supposedly, threatening, undertakings, voyaged, walruses, widening, zemlya
     
     

Chapter Seven: John Cabot
    
A while back, you learned of Columbus. He was the Italian who sailed on behalf of Spain. Now you’ll learn of John Cabot. He was an Italian explorer, too. But he sailed on behalf of England.

We don’t know much of Cabot’s early years. It’s thought that he was born in Genoa, Italy. That’s where Columbus was born. He was born close to the same time as Columbus, too. When he was young, he was known by his Italian name. He went by Giovanni Caboto. He lived for years in the Italian city of Venice. There, he worked as a merchant and a mariner. His work led him to sail along the coasts of the eastern Mediterranean Sea. There, he honed his navigational skills. As a merchant, he wondered how he could get spices more quickly and cheaply. He wished to find a westward water route. That would take him to the East. In 1493, Columbus had the same conceits. All of Europe, then, wished to find a water route to Asia. But they wished to get there by heading west. A number of years passed while Cabot was in Venice. Then he relocated to Bristol, England. That was in 1495. Soon, Cabot took steps to go on a voyage of his own. But this one would not be identic with Columbus’s.

    
     

Cabot began to ponder a nascent thought. He knew that the Earth was spherical. And he knew one of the key distinctions of a sphere. That is that the distance around it is maximal at the middle. That would be at its circumference. The distance is shorter on the top or the bottom. He applied this geometry to the Earth. It means that the distance around the Earth is greatest at the equator. And it’s less, if one is north or south of the equator. Think about a basketball. The circumference of a basketball is thirty inches. But what if you measure at a point closer to the top? It’s only fifteen inches.

Cabot thought about Columbus’s undertakings to sail to the East Indies. Mayhap he had made a strategic mistake. He had sailed in the middle latitudes. He sailed close to the equator. That’s where the distances would be longest. Cabot thought he could get to the East Indies faster. He would sail at a more northerly latitude. There, the distances would be shorter. He thought it would be smart to head north. He hoped to find a “Northwest Passage.” That would lead to Asia and the East Indies.

Cabot looked for sponsors and investors. He needed approbation for his voyage to find the Northwest Passage. In 1496, Henry VII, the king of England, sponsored him. Merchants in Bristol helped to back the trip, as well. The king gave Cabot the prerogative to explore and commandeer new lands for England. Cabot was also encouraged to bring any merchandise that he acquired back to Bristol. He was told that he would get a great share of the trade profits if the trip was a success.

   
   

Cabot made three journeys across the Atlantic. The first voyage from Bristol was not a good one. Cabot and his men faced bad weather. And they ran short on supplies. Further, Cabot had some fights with his crew in regard to his itinerary. There were too many misfortunes that took place. Thus, he made the call to turn and sail back to Bristol.

Cabot’s second voyage was more of a success. Again, he had just one ship. It was a small ship. It was called the Matthew. There was a crew of just eighteen men. They set sail from Bristol in May of 1497. They sailed past Ireland. Then they went across the Atlantic. On June 24, they sighted land. It’s thought that they made landfall somewhere in the area of southern Labrador, Newfoundland, or Cape Breton Island in present-day Canada. But the exact place is not known for sure.

Cabot barely occupied himself with any time on land. It seems that he and his men got off the ship just once. And they did not walk inland more than a few hundred feet. They did not meet any Native Americans. But they did find signs of their village. Cabot claimed the land for England. Then he collected some fresh water and got back on board his ship. Cabot and his men spent time exploring the coast of what’s now known as the Cabot Strait. That’s a channel sixty miles wide. It’s between northern Cape Breton Island and southwestern Newfoundland. They found one key thing. They saw that there were good fishing grounds where they sailed. One more thing seems likely. Cabot was the first European to set foot in this part of North America since around the year 1000 A.D. That’s when the Vikings had voyaged to the New World.

    
     

Cabot went back to England. He went to see King Henry VII. He was sure that he had been to the northeast coast of Asia. He said that he had found good land in a place with a nice climate. He talked of the good fishing grounds. He said that England could make great use of them. That made the king quite happy. That’s because, at the time of Cabot’s voyage, fish was quite an expensive commodity.

Cabot saw that his findings were welcomed. So, he wished to return to the land that he’d explored. He planned to sail until he reached another land in Asia full of spices and riches. That was the land that is now called Japan. In February 1498, he got permission from the king to head out on a new voyage. Little is known of this third trip. Historians don’t know this for sure. But this trip likely had around two hundred men, and maybe five ships. But there was lots of bad luck. When Cabot and his team set off, one of his ships became damaged. And the whole fleet had to stop in Ireland. That was due to bad storms. Cabot was supposedly not heard from again. Some think that he might have died on that trip. Others think that he came back from his voyage and lived in London for a short time. That would have been near the year 1500. There is little known about this trip, or the purlieus of Cabot after it. So, we can’t be sure of its outcome.

    
     

Cabot was like Columbus in lots of ways. Both men were born in Genoa, Italy. Both men got foreign kings to fund their journeys. Both men tried to sail to the East Indies and found something else altogether. Cabot’s journeys proved to be key for England. His attempts to find a Northwest Passage to the East Indies failed. But finding and claiming land in North America, instead, were requisite toward paving the way for England to later set up British colonies.

     
    

Chapter Eight: Henry Hudson
     
Cabot was not the sole man who wished to find a better route to the Indies. English explorer Henry Hudson had the same aspiration. He, too, thought of a Northwest Passage. Not much is known about Hudson’s young life. But we do know that he wondered about Arctic geography. He made his first trip to find the Northwest Passage in 1607. That was more than a hundred years after Cabot’s trips. Hudson’s thought about how he might get to the Indies was a lot like Cabot’s. But he pursued a plan to sail straight north. He hoped to sail right over the North Pole. He knew the polar lands were cold and icy. But he knew that the sun did not set in the summer months. He thought that the summer sun might melt a lot of the ice. That could make it possible to sail over the top of the Earth. Then he’d come out on the far side of the world. He’d be in Asia.

It was May of 1607. Hudson left England with one ship. It was called the “Hopewell.” Six weeks later, it was mid-June. His men saw the eastern coast of Greenland. Hudson sailed along that coast. Then he turned and sailed northeast. He would have gone due north. But ice got in the way. Over the course of their trip, he and his men saw many unfamiliar creatures. These included whales, seals, and walruses. In mid-July, they reached the Spitsbergen archipelago. That’s a chain of islands that has an arctic climate. Hudson tried to sail through this region. But it was surrounded by pack ice. That’s frozen seawater. On May 16, Hudson’s ship almost got stuck in the ice. For a while, it was “touch and go.” A few days passed. Hudson knew that he could not reach the North Pole this way. That was due to all the ice. He turned and sailed back to England.

   
   

In 1608, Hudson made a second attempt to sail through the North Pole. He sailed north of Scandinavia and Russia. He sailed more than 2,500 miles. He made it to some islands off the coast of Russia. They were known as “Novaya Zemlya.” (That means “New Land”). But there was too much ice in the water. He had to turn back.

In 1609, Hudson made a third attempt. This time he sailed for the Dutch. He sailed under the flag of the Dutch East India Company. That was a trading company. It was formed to protect their trade in the East Indies. They hired Hudson. They gave him clear orders. He was to take a route like he’d tried on his last trip. He’d sail north of Scandinavia and Russia. They all had the same hope. They wished to sail over the top of the Earth. They aimed to emerge in Asia. Hudson left from Amsterdam in April of 1609. That city is in the Netherlands. He was on board a Dutch ship. It was called the “Half Moon.” He made his way north. But he saw more and more ice. This was the same bad luck. There was just too much ice. Hudson had to give up. He turned around in mid-May. But he did not sail back to Amsterdam! He did not do as he had been told to do. He boldly made the call to sail west. He sailed across the Atlantic. They saw Newfoundland on July 12. They sailed up and down the coast of North America. He saw much of what is now the east coast of the U.S. He and his men sailed as far south as Virginia. That’s where Jamestown had just been set up. Then they turned north.

    
    

On September 3, they came to a large river. It emptied into the Atlantic. Hudson saw the river widening out. He thought it might be a passage that would lead all the way through North America. Could this be his Northwest Passage? They sailed upstream and explored the river. Farther upstream, the river narrowed. So, Hudson began to think that it wouldn’t lead him through the continent. But, it was still quite a discovery. Hudson claimed the region for the Netherlands and the Dutch.

Hudson and his crew met lots of Native Americans up the river. They were of the Algonquian-speaking tribes. Some Native Americans tried to beleaguer them. Others came to the ship to trade. The Indians offered furs to Hudson in trade. This started the fur trade along the Hudson River! One group had Hudson to dinner. Later, Hudson told of what he had experienced in his journal.

    
    

“I sailed to the shore in one of their canoes. There was an old man. He was the chief of a tribe. The tribe had forty men and seventeen women. There was a house, well-constructed of oak bark. It was circular in shape. So, it had the look of being built with an arched roof. It contained a great quantity of maize or Indian corn. And there were beans from the last year’s growth. They lay near the house for the purpose of drying. There were enough to load three ships. And that was besides what grew in the fields. I came into the house. Two mats were spread out to sit on. Some food was quickly served in well-made red wooden bowls. Two men brought in a pair of pigeons which they had shot. They speculated that I would remain with them for the night. But I went back, after a short time, to board the ship. The land is the finest for cultivation that I ever in my life set foot upon. It also abounds in trees of every designation. These natives are a very good people. When they saw that I would not stay, they thought that I was scared of their bows. So, they took up their arrows. Then they broke them in pieces and threw them into the fire.”

    
   

In late September, Hudson made the call to sail back to Europe. He wanted to stay in the “New World” for the winter. But his men were tired of exploring. They were threatening to mutiny.

The river that Hudson found on his third voyage was named for him. Even now it’s known as the Hudson River. More Dutchmen came to this part of the world after Hudson. They built a city at the mouth of the river. It was on an island that the Indians called “Mannahatta.” The Dutch called this city New Amsterdam. Later, its name was changed to New York. Today, Manhattan is the name of one of the parts of New York City. They are called “boroughs.” And New York City is the most populous city in the U.S.

In 1610, Hudson set off on a fourth voyage. This time he was sponsored by two English Companies. One was the Virginia Company. One was the British East India Company. They were much like the Dutch East India Company. They were trading companies, too. Hudson’s goal was the same. He wished to find a Northwest Passage.

    
    

Hudson sailed west. But he stayed far to the north. He reached Greenland in early June. A few weeks passed. Then, they found a large strait. It led into the center of North America. Hudson hoped it might lead all the way through to Asia. On August 2, Hudson sailed out of the strait. He found himself in a large bay. Now this bay is known as the Hudson Bay. And the strait is known as the Hudson Strait.

Hudson spent the next few months exploring the coast of the bay. In November, his ship got stuck in the ice. He and his crew had to go ashore for the winter. It was a tough, freezing cold winter. The men fought with Hudson. They fought with each other. A lot of them fell ill with scurvy. That’s a disease that preys on people who have not been eating a healthy, balanced diet.

At last, spring came. Hudson wished to explore some more. But most of the men wanted to sail back to England. A big fight broke out. In the end, the men mutinied. They gathered Hudson, his son, and some others who they did not like. They put them in a small, open boat. Then they sailed away. Henry Hudson, the great explorer, was never heard from again.

     
    

Chapter Nine: Samuel de Champlain
    
We now turn to the French explorer Samuel de Champlain. He made his first voyages to North America at the time that Hudson was trying to find the Northwest Passage. Champlain earned a good reputation for himself. He was known as a talented navigator. He had led a two-year journey to the West Indies and Central America. He was the son of a sea captain. So, he was not born into high social status in France. But King Henry IV gave him the honorary title of “royal geographer.” He earned that through his accomplishments as a navigator and talented mapmaker.

In 1603, Champlain was asked to sail in a French fur-trading journey. They would go to a region known then as “New France.” That was in what is present-day Canada. Let’s go a few decades back, for a moment. This is well before Champlain’s expeditions. In 1534, we’ll meet a French navigator and explorer, Jacques Cartier. He made many claims of land to honor France. Here are some of those places. The St. Lawrence River. The Gulf of St. Lawrence. The regions now known as Newfoundland and Nova Scotia. Cartier had tried to colonize an area around present-day Quebec. It failed at that time. But some good came out of it for France. Cartier’s trips were the start to a strong fur trading relationship between France and the local natives.

    
    

Champlain’s 1603 expedition had a goal. It was to trade with the natives in “New France.” They were to return with beaver pelts and other furs that could be sold in France. During this voyage, Champlain learned much. He talked to fur traders and fishermen. He met with lots of native people in the places that he visited. He made a map of the St. Lawrence River, too. That’s a long river that flows away from the Great Lakes. It empties into the Atlantic Ocean. When he went back to France, he wrote a report of his journeys.

By 1604, Champlain took part in an attempt to start a colony in “New France.” This was with just a small group of French colonists. They suffered a hard winter where they first settled. That was near the mouth of the St. Croix River. Sadly, almost half of the colonists died. Champlain and a few men went on to scout out the nearby lands. The colonists who lived then moved to what’s now Nova Scotia. This colonization attempt was not a success. But Champlain took this time to explore and map places along the Atlantic coast. At one point, he sailed as far south as Cape Cod.

   
    

Champlain kept looking for a good spot for a colony. He focused on the northeastern Atlantic coast. He finally made his choice. He thought that the best place for a French colony was along the St. Lawrence River. He had a vision. He wished for this place to be a control center for the fur trade. This was a sign of a key change in the way that Europeans thought of North America. Cabot and Hudson had tried to find a way to go AROUND America. Or a way to go THROUGH it. They were not interested in America and its resources. They wished for goods from Asia and the East Indies. It was all about spices and silk. They thought of America as blocking their way. With Champlain, there was a new way of thinking. Yes, he would still like to find a Northwest Passage. He went on some journeys where that was a key goal. But he and many of the men who came after him began to think of North America in new ways. It was no longer just an obstacle on the path to more profitable lands. It was now seen as a place that was profitable in its own right. And it might just be a place worth settling!

    
     

In 1608, Champlain had new orders. He was to lead a voyage of three ships. There would be some thirty-two colonists from France. He sailed up the river. He started a settlement. It was named Quebec City. They faced yet another brutal winter. Only nine of the original colonists, including Champlain, lived through it. But more settlers came that next June. At first, Quebec City was little more than a fort. But Champlain had a dream. He had big hopes for Quebec City. He wished that it could be the capital of a large, prosperous French colony. He spent the rest of his life working to make that dream come true. He set up a fur-trading station in Quebec City. Native Americans could bring furs to the city. And French traders would buy the furs and ship them back to France.

Champlain wished to make sure that the settlers at Quebec City would not be attacked by the locals. So, he made an alliance with some of the nearby tribes. They all lived along the St. Lawrence. They included the Huron and the Algonquin people. He backed up these tribes in a war against the Iroquois. That was a large confederacy of tribes who were to the south. They lived in what’s now New York State. Champlain led forays against the Iroquois. In 1609, he was the first European to see the lake that’s now named for him. That’s “Lake Champlain,” of course. In 1615, he was the first known European to see the Great Lakes. And there was more than just a military alliance between Champlain and the tribes. They learned things from each other, as well. Even the name of the new city, Quebec, was borrowed from the Algonquian language. That was spoken by many Native Americans throughout North America. The word “Quebec” comes from the Algonquian word “kebek.” It meant “where the river narrows.”

    
     

Champlain made a number of trips to France. He would recruit new settlers. He would secure French government support for his colony. He got married and brought his new wife to settle with him in Quebec City. He brought missionaries to “New France,” too. They would teach the natives about Christianity. The missionaries worked with the fur traders and the settlers. They helped to extend French settlements farther inland. In the end, Champlain was a success. Quebec did not just survive. It prospered! It was the first permanent French settlement in North America. The lands that made up “New France” were part of the French empire for more than a hundred years. In time, they became part of a larger country now known as Canada.

You’ve now learned of lots of European explorers. What exciting journeys they must have had! You’ve learned of their desires for wealth, spices, and gold. You’ve found that they were brave to explore unfamiliar lands and seas. These explorers went on investigative travels to find answers to their questions. Now it’s our turn to ask a question. Who was the first known European to “discover” America?

    
    

As you’ve heard, Columbus is the European often credited with “discovering” the Americas. He searched for a route to the East Indies. He accidentally bumped into islands in the Caribbean. That’s what we now call the West Indies.

But there is another European who came to the New World first! The Viking explorer Leif Eriksson had also come to the Americas. He landed in Vinland. That’s in present-day Canada. It’s now called Newfoundland. Historians think that the Vikings came to North America five hundred years before Columbus and Cabot. Cabot landed in the same region as the Vikings. Newfoundland was not continuously inhabited. But it had certainly been by the time Columbus went to the Caribbean.

Think of all of the European explorers who we’ve learned about. Columbus, Ponce de Leon, de Soto, Coronado, Cabot, Hudson, and Champlain. They came to different parts of the Americas. They claimed their discoveries in honor of their countries. But it’s important to remember what they saw after these explorers had made landfall. They learned that there were already people living in North America. Who were these people?

    
     

What do you remember about the Native Americans? They had already been in the Americas for many long years. Archaeologists debate exactly when and how they came here. Most think that they came from Asia. That would have been between 15,000 and 50,000 years ago. There’s strong proof suggesting that there were some 20,000,000 native people in North America when Europeans first arrived. Let’s do some quick math. For each of Columbus’s men who came to North America, there were 10,000 Native Americans already living here!

The native peoples lived according to their own customs and cultures. They planted corn and squash. And they built great civilizations in the Americas. Europeans exploring, and later settling in, the Americas brought with them their own cultures and curiosity. Sadly, they brought deadly diseases, as well. The Europeans brought great changes to the natives’ way of life.

We can’t know for sure who were the first people living in the Americas. And we can’t say when or how they arrived. But we CAN know this. The history, culture, and legacy of both the Native Americans and the European explorers are still evident today.

     
       
*********
   
    
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
   
European Exploration Of North America

   

Lesson 43 – Part Four (The “History & Geography” Unit)

    
NEW WORDS: Alamo, Appalachian, Dominican, Erie, Fe, Haiti, Incans, Italians, Junipero, Manoa, Nevada, Norway, Ontario, Paso, Portuguese, Serra, Tampa, Valero, Wichita, accidental, ambitions, assaulted, chilies, conqueror, converting, courageously, craftsperson, enslave, expedition’s, exploited, facilitated, foreseen, glows, inspirational, invigorated, jeweled, lethal, loyalty, mapmakers, meshwork, outpost, plastered, presidio, presidios, proving, rainbows, reclaimed, region’s, rejoinder, resisted, shellfish, shipwrecked, sicknesses, subjugated, swaths, vaqueros
      
     

Chapter One: Early Spanish Explorers
   
   
Big Question. What were European explorers searching for when they sailed west?

 
Vocabulary.

Spice, a plant used to add flavor to food.


Unexpected Finds

Have you ever gone to look for something? But you ended up finding something different? Maybe you walked in the woods to pick flowers. But instead, you found a pretty rock.

Well, that’s the way Europeans came to North and South America. Explorers from Europe were on a search. They wished to find a shortcut to the East Indies. But they found the West Indies and two continents.

You know of one of these explorers. Columbus was an Italian. But he sailed for the king and queen of Spain. In 1492, he led three ships out of a Spanish bay. He sailed due west from there.

     
     

Columbus Goes West

Columbus was looking for a shortcut to the East Indies. That was a group of islands in Asia where valuable spices grew.

He was guided by three beliefs. He thought that the world was round. He believed that it was smaller than most folks thought. He also thought that he could get to Asia by trying a new route. He’d get there by sailing west across the Atlantic.

What if he’d been taking a test? He’d have just answered one of the three questions correctly. It turned out that the world WAS round. He’d been right about that. But the world was much larger than he thought.

And what of his third belief? It turned out that a large body of land stopped boats from sailing straight to Asia. This land became known as the continents of North and South America.

It was October 12, 1492. He’d been sailing more than a month. Columbus and his men spied an island. He went ashore. He planted a flag in the sand. He claimed the island for the king and queen of Spain. He thought that he had sailed all the way around the world. “This must be the East Indies.” That was why he called the natives who he met “Indians.”

     
    

A New World

 
Vocabulary.

Colony, an area, region, or country that is controlled and settled by people from another country.

Empire, a group of countries or territories under the control of one government or one ruler.

 
In fact, Columbus had not found a new route to Asia. He had come to a land that was new to folks from Europe. It was not the world of spices that he had hoped to find. But it was still an interesting place. This place became known as the West Indies.

In the early 1500s, lots of Spanish explorers came to this “New World.” They set up colonies. They would now build a Spanish empire.

Columbus sailed to this new world four times. He set up a colony on Hispaniola. That’s an island in the Caribbean. Now, that island is the location of two countries. They are Haiti and the Dominican Republic.

Later, the Spanish set up colonies in more parts of the Caribbean. New colonies were set up on the Islands of Cuba and Puerto Rico. The Spaniards subjugated the Incans of Peru and the Aztecs of Mexico. They explored lands that are part of the present-day U.S., too.

    
        

Ponce de Leon

 
Vocabulary.

Expedition, a special journey taken by a group that has a clear purpose or goal.

 
Juan Ponce de Leon was the first Spaniard to come to lands that would become part of the U.S. He, like Columbus, was looking for one thing. But he’d end up finding something else.

Ponce de Leon was born in Spain. Some think that he sailed to the Americas with Columbus on his second voyage. In any case, by 1502, Ponce de Leon was in the Americas. He helped the Spaniards take control of Hispaniola from Native Americans. A few years passed, and he led a journey that explored and settled the Island of Puerto Rico.

In Hispaniola and Puerto Rico, de Leon traded in gold and enslaved people. He became very rich. He had everything a man could want. Or did he?

During his travels in the Americas, he heard tales of a magical island called “Bimini.” These tales said that Bimini had gold and pearls. And it was the home of a life-giving fountain. It was said that anyone who drank water from it would stay healthy and young forever. It was called “the Fountain of Youth.”

    
     

Season of Flowers

In the spring of 1513, Ponce de Leon sailed north from Puerto Rico. He wished to find this Fountain of Youth. One morning he reached a new coast. He anchored his ship. He waded through the shallow water up onto a beach.

As Columbus had done, he claimed the land for Spain. And he gave the land a new name. The Spanish call the Easter season “Pascua Florida.” That means “season of flowers.” Ponce de Leon came to this land with beautiful flowers on an Easter Sunday. So, he named it “Florida.”

    
      

Exploring Florida

For Ponce de Leon, Florida was a new land. But it was not for the Native Americans who lived there. For them, it was an ancient home. Native Americans had lived in Florida for many generations. They’d hunt small animals. They’d fish and gather plants, nuts, and shellfish.

They lived in villages near fresh water. And they had firewood, and stones for making tools. They traded to get things that they could not make or find for themselves. They had lots of traditions and ceremonies. Their way of life had grown over thousands of years.

Ponce de Leon met lots of Native Americans in Florida. Some of them were prepared to fight to keep their homes and way of life. At some point, Ponce de Leon went back to Puerto Rico. There, he spent the next seven years.

In 1521, he went back to Florida. He would try to finish what he had set out to do. He wished to set up a Spanish colony there. But the Native Americans had the same rejoinder as before. They assaulted Ponce de Leon and his crew. The Spaniards could not build a settlement. So, they fled to Cuba. Ponce de Leon was wounded in the fighting. He died in Cuba. And, of course, he did not find the Fountain of Youth.

      
    

Chapter Two: De Soto’s Long March
     
Big Question. What regions in North America did de Soto explore, and what was he looking for?


A Restless Man
 

Vocabulary.

Exploit, to take unfair advantage of a person or group.

 
Let’s meet another Spanish explorer who came upon interesting places in North America. This was Hernando de Soto. Like Ponce de Leon, he was looking for riches. Instead, he came upon the most important river in North America.

De Soto was born in Spain. He came to the Americas when he was just fourteen or fifteen. He became a soldier and explorer. In the early 1530s, he was part of a Spanish expedition. That’s the one that conquered the Inca empire in Peru, South America. He was second in command to the expedition’s leader. That was Francisco Pizarro. Both of them became quite rich. They exploited the people and the riches of Peru.

De Soto took his riches from South America back to Spain. For a number of years, he lived quietly. He just enjoyed his great wealth. Then in 1538, he set out again on another expedition. His wish for more treasure was so great that he helped pay for his own expedition.

         

     

The Spaniards Attack


Vocabulary.

Armor, metal outer covering worn to protect the body in battle.

Disease, sickness.

Smallpox, a serious disease that spreads from person to person and causes a fever and rash.

 
De Soto sailed first to the West Indies. Then he headed for Florida. He landed on the west coast of Florida. This was not far from Tampa Bay. Once on land, de Soto and his men began to march north.

De Soto knew that natives in Florida had fought Ponce de Leon. So, he came to Florida with about six hundred men. And they had with them European weapons. They would use those weapons against the natives.

The Native Americans who saw de Soto’s men must have been surprised. The Spaniards came with animals that the natives had not seen before. This included horses and pigs. The Spaniards had metal tools and nails, too. And they had guns and armor. These things were not known to the natives.

    
     

The Spaniards attacked. The Native Americans fought courageously. But they could not hope to win against the soldiers’ weapons. De Soto marched further north. He and his men burned Native American villages. And they forced native prisoners into slavery.

It’s easy to see why the natives were scared of de Soto and his men. They wished for the Spaniards to leave them in peace. They told de Soto that the gold and silver he was looking for could be found farther north, and perhaps farther west. They told him to just march about ten days in this or that direction. Then he would find what he was looking for. So, he followed their advice.

So, the Spanish moved on. But sadly, they left diseases behind. They did not know this, but they had brought diseases from Europe. The natives had never faced these sicknesses before. Thus, their bodies could not fight them. Large numbers of Native Americans got sick and died. In the years after de Soto’s journey in North America, European diseases killed thousands of Native Americans. One such lethal disease was smallpox. Diseases, as it turned out, did more harm to Native Americans than weapons.

As for de Soto, he was soon exploring much broader domains than he had foreseen. His travels took him through vast swaths of land. He passed through Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, Alabama, Mississippi, and Arkansas.

     

The Mighty Mississippi

 
Vocabulary.

Pioneer, one of the first people to settle in a region.

 
In May 1541, de Soto and his men became the first Europeans to see the river that the natives called “Mississippi.” This likely happened just south of present-day Memphis, Tennessee.

This was a huge find. The Mississippi was (and still is) the most important river in North America. It flows from northern Minnesota all the way south to the Gulf of Mexico. Almost all of the rivers between the Appalachian Mountains and the Rocky Mountains flow into the Mississippi.

The Mississippi and the rivers that flow into it make up a large network of rivers. These were important to the Native Americans in de Soto’s time. Later, this meshwork was important to the pioneers and farmers who settled the American West. It’s still important to us today. But de Soto did not understand the importance of his find. He had set out to look for gold, not rivers.

    
    

In 1542, de Soto caught a fever. He grew ill and died. His men wrapped up his body. Then they placed it in the Mississippi River. Some of de Soto’s men floated down the river on rafts. It took time, but they made their way to Mexico.

Like other Spanish expeditions in America, de Soto’s failed to find gold. But it did lead to surprising finds. These discoveries facilitated the further exploration of North America.

    
    

Chapter Three: The Search for El Dorado
     
Big Question. Why did Coronado and others explore what is now the American Southwest?

 
A Golden City

What if you could have been with Spanish explorers in the 1500s? You might have heard tales of El Dorado. It was thought to be a famed city of gold. Here are some tales that you might have heard about it.

“El Dorado is a place of great mystery and magic. It is only found after a long journey. To get there, you must travel for many months. You must cross rushing rivers. You must climb steep mountains. You must cross deep valleys and deserts. You’ll see the kingdom for miles before you reach its borders. That’s because it glows like a second sunrise in the light of day. You’ll see its silver towers first. Emeralds, rubies, and pearls shine like rainbows on every rooftop. The chief of this wonderful kingdom is magnificent. He’s covered in gold dust. He wears a jeweled crown. Emeralds fall from his fingertips wherever he goes. No one who lives in this kingdom is ever thirsty, hungry, or sick. No one who lives there has any worries at all. The streets are always filled with dancing and singing. In the fountains in each square, precious stones gently drop into pools of liquid silver.”

    
   

The Legend of El Dorado

 
Vocabulary.

Plain, a large area of flat land that has few or no trees.

Rainforest, a thick forest that gets a lot of rain and has very tall trees; the tops of the trees create an unbroken layer, or canopy, across the top.
   

The legend of El Dorado dates back to the first Spanish explorers in the Americas. It was passed around for a long time. When little is known about a land, it’s easy to believe all kinds of tales.

Lots of explorers called the city of gold “El Dorado.” But some said that its real name was perhaps “Manoa,” or “Quivira,” or “Cibola.” Some said that there was just one city of gold. Others insisted that there were seven golden cities located near each other. They were called the Seven Cities of Cibola.

But the greatest mystery of all was the location of these cities. Indeed, they seemed to move. As soon as one place had been explored, Europeans would decide that the cities must be elsewhere.
  

     
    

Explorers from all over Europe wanted to believe the legend. Each one wished to be the one to claim this golden land for himself. They searched from the Amazon rainforest in South America to the plains of Kansas. They searched through the American Southwest. They followed the Rio Grande. They climbed the peaks of the Rocky Mountains. The magnificent landscapes may have invigorated them in continuing their search. But for all of them, the search would end in disappointment.

    
    

Coronado

 
Vocabulary.

Canyon, a deep valley between mountains, cut through the rock by river water.

Livestock, the animals kept on a farm.

“Scouting party,” (phrase) a few members of a group who are sent out ahead of the rest of the group to get information about an area.


One man who heard these tales was Francisco Vasquez de Coronado. He was a Spanish official in Mexico. He had heard rumors about the Seven Cities of Cibola. He wished to take them for Spain and for himself.

In 1540, he led an expedition north from Mexico into the American West. He took with him three hundred soldiers, more than one thousand Native Americans, and huge herds of livestock. He had what he thought was good information. He thought he knew where the Seven Cities of Cibola were. But his search for gold and treasure would end in the main square of a small Zuni village.

    
    

When Coronado arrived, he urged the Zuni people to accept the Christian religion. He told them to pledge their loyalty to the king and queen of Spain. The Zuni people resisted. Coronado’s men then overpowered them. They drove them out of their own village.

Cibola turned out to be a big disappointment. There were no golden towers. There were no walls plastered with silver, and no rubies and emeralds shining on rooftops. There were just some plain mud homes. The villages nearby were just the same. The Seven Cities of Cibola turned out to be seven little villages!

   
    

Coronado was disappointed. But he did not give up. He sent scouting parties out in various directions. One day in 1540, one of these parties came upon a gigantic, twisting canyon. The walls of the canyon rose up thousands of feet above the river. They were shining red, orange, and gold in the sun. Coronado’s men were the first Europeans to see the Grand Canyon.

These men may have admired the Grand Canyon for a few minutes. But it was not long before they thought of the cities of gold again. They soon moved on.

Coronado and his men spent the winter on the river called the Rio Grande. In Spanish, that means “big river.” It’s not far from where Santa Fe, New Mexico is today. Then they continued their explorations.

Coronado had heard of another golden city called Quivira. He marched northeast to find this city. He got to the place where natives had said Quivira was. But he found just a small village of Wichita people. That was in what is now Kansas.

This time, Coronado did give up on finding the cities of gold. In 1542, he went back to Mexico. He and his men had not found what they were looking for. But they had gained great knowledge of this new land.

     
    

Chapter Four: Spanish North America
     
Big Question. Why did the Spanish decide to build settlements in North America, north of Mexico?

 
Vocabulary.

Conquistador, the Spanish word for conqueror.

Mission, a settlement built for the purpose of converting Native Americans to Christianity.

Priest, a person who has the training or authority to carry out certain religious ceremonies or rituals.

Roman Catholic Church, the branch of Christianity led by the pope, whose headquarters is in Rome, Italy.

       
     

Florida

Let’s look back to the 1500s and early 1600s. Spanish conquerors built a huge empire in the Americas. This empire included islands in the Caribbean Sea. It covered large areas in Mexico, Central America, and South America.

These Spanish conquerors were called “conquistadors.” At first they were not interested in conquering North America. They had not found treasure there.

    
    

But their ambitions changed. Spanish merchant ships often sailed from South America. They’d sail along the coast of Florida to Spain. These ships took treasures from the settlements in South America back to Spain. English, Dutch, and French pirate ships took note of them. They tried to capture the Spanish treasure ships. The Spaniards wished to protect their ships. They thought that the best way to do that was to set up forts and settlements. They’d locate them along the coast of Florida.

Let’s visit with a Spaniard named Pedro Menendez de Aviles. It’s 1565, and he has landed 1,500 colonists on the northeastern coast of Florida. He landed not far from where Ponce de Leon had come ashore. That was more than fifty years before. Menendez achieved the goal that Ponce de Leon had not. He set up a successful Spanish colony in Florida. It was called St. Augustine. It still exists. It is the oldest continuing European settlement in the U.S.

The Spaniards built other settlements in parts of Florida. The Roman Catholic Church sent priests to build religious outposts. They called them “missions.” Native Americans were brought in to do the work. Catholic priests taught them about Christianity. These settlements helped Spain to gain control of a wide region of Florida.

     
     

The Southwest and California


Vocabulary.

Blacksmith, a type of craftsperson who makes iron tools by hand.

 
Spain also expanded its empire by moving north from Mexico. They pushed into the American Southwest. Those areas are now Texas, Arizona, New Mexico, and Nevada. To do this, they built a network of forts and missions. The forts were known as “presidios.” They helped the Spanish control natives who rebelled against them.

Lots of Native Americans joined the missions. For that, they received food and a safe place to live. In return, they had to work and worship there. They had to learn to live like the Spaniards. This meant that they had to give up most of their old ways of life. That included their religious beliefs.

     
     

Mission Life

Mission life centered on the church. The priest was at the center of the community. The mission bell rang to tell people what to do during the day. The bell told them when to wake up. It told them when to go to church, and when to pray. It even told them when it was time to work, to eat, to learn, or to sleep.

Most missions had a ranch for raising livestock. They’d raise cattle, sheep, and goats. Native American men worked on these ranches. They’d take care of the animals. These men were called “vaqueros.” They were the first cowboys!

Crops were raised on land near the mission. Natives worked the fields. The crops included corn, beans, chilies, squash, melons, and cotton. There were orchards and vineyards, too. They grew apples, peaches, and grapes.

Native Americans were also taught skills that helped keep the mission going. There were carpenters, blacksmiths, and weavers. They were trained to meet the needs of the community. Women and girls made pottery and woven baskets. They also prepared food for the big noontime meal.

The Spanish settlers set up lots of missions in the Southwest. One of the best known is San Antonio de Valero. It was founded in 1718. Today it is known as “the Alamo.” The Alamo played an important role in the later history of Texas.

    
     

In the 1700s, a Spanish priest named Father Junipero Serra set up a number of missions in California. His dream was to set up a chain of them. He wanted them to stretch from Mexico to Alaska. Serra did not attain this goal. But many of the missions that he founded became key cities. San Diego and San Francisco are just two examples.      
   
   

The Pueblo Revolt

In some parts, relations between the Spanish and Native Americans were friendly. In lots of other places, though, relations were not good. The Spaniards often used their weapons to conquer and enslave Native Americans. This caused great sorrow and anger for natives. They suffered the loss of their freedom. They witnessed the destruction of their traditional culture.

During the 1670s, the Spanish governor of New Mexico pushed things too far. He tried to force the Pueblo people to give up their religion. He wanted them to become Christians. Those who would not were punished or killed. One of the Pueblos who was punished was an important man named Pope. He responded by fighting back. He said that the spirits of the Pueblo ancestors had talked to him. They told him to drive out the Spanish settlers and their religion.

In 1680, Pope led a huge rebellion. It included more than two dozen Pueblo communities. The groups involved in this lived in widely scattered villages. In some cases, they spoke different languages. But they were united in their wish to drive out the Spaniards. They pushed the Spaniards south to El Paso, Texas. Then, they reclaimed their homelands.

    
    

The Pueblo Revolt led by Pope was a success. The Pueblos preserved their independence for twelve years. But in 1692, the Spaniards took over New Mexico again. In the Southwest, and elsewhere in the Americas, European expansion was proving hard to stop.

     
    

Chapter Five: Exploring for England
     
Big Question. What were John Cabot and Henry Hudson looking for?

 
Vocabulary.

Merchant, a person who buys and sells goods to earn money.

Trading center, a place where people buy and sell goods.

 
Meet John Cabot

John Cabot was born in Genoa. He was given the name Giovanni Caboto. Genoa is the Italian city where Columbus was born. As a young man, Cabot was a merchant. He traded goods in lots of ports. In 1490, Caboto moved his family to Spain. Perhaps he hoped to go exploring.

At that time, the Italians did not care to send explorers across the Atlantic. It was the Spaniards and the Portuguese who were intrigued by that. In 1492, Spain sent Columbus on his first trip. Meanwhile, the Portuguese were busy setting up trading centers. These would be on the route that they controlled. That route ran around the tip of Africa. It then crossed the Indian Ocean to India.

    
     

A New Found Land

 
Vocabulary.

Fleet, a group of ships sailing together with the same purpose and under the direction of the same leader.

 
Caboto could not get Spain or Portugal to send him out to explore. So, he moved to England. He settled in the port city of Bristol. He changed his name to John Cabot. At last, he persuaded King Henry VII of England to pay for him to sail the Atlantic.

Cabot set sail in May 1497. He sailed under an English flag. He chose a different route than Columbus had used just five years prior. He headed farther north. Five weeks after he left England, he sighted land. Like Columbus, he thought that he’d found an island near China. He named it “New Found Land.” Today, it has the same name. But we write it as a compound word, “Newfoundland.” This land is located along the eastern coast of Canada.

Cabot went back to England. He had no spices or treasures to show the king. But he described the land that he had explored. Of most interest, he told of the rich fishing waters. Cabot said that there were so many fish! All you had to do to catch some was to drop a basket in the water and pull it back up!

     
     

King Henry agreed to a second voyage for Cabot. But he would pay for just one ship. Merchants from Bristol paid for three more ships. They hoped that Cabot would find a new trade route to the Spice Islands.

Cabot’s small fleet sailed in May 1498. This time he hoped to reach the Spice Islands of Asia. But he was never seen or heard from again. Perhaps he and his crew drowned in a storm. Or perhaps he and his crew were shipwrecked. They might have been on some lonely coast where no one could rescue them.

   
     

The Northwest Passage

 
Vocabulary.

Northwest Passage, a sea route connecting the Atlantic Ocean and the Pacific Ocean.

 
European explorers knew that the North American continent was in their way. It blocked an easy route to Asia. So, they quickly began to look for a way around it. Or maybe they could go through it. Columbus looked for this shortcut. And so did John Cabot. Explorers searched for this for hundreds of years. Many thought that it would be a “Northwest Passage.” They thought that there had to be a sea route that would take them on to Asia. They could hardly wait to get there. They’d load their ships with valuable spices.

So, they explored every river mouth that they found in North America. They sailed inland as far as they could. Sooner or later, the rivers would become too narrow or too shallow. Often, the water would freeze into ice. The explorers would have to turn back. They failed so many times. But they did not give up the search.

These trips were still valuable. Key knowledge about the land was gained on every try. Mapmakers used the new knowledge to make more accurate maps in the 1500s. Europe began to understand the shape and size of North America. They now knew that it was so big that it should be called a continent.

         

     

Henry Hudson

Now let’s turn to more than one hundred years after John Cabot was lost at sea. We’ll meet an English explorer. He’s named Henry Hudson. He sailed through some of the same waters as Cabot. He too, would try to find a shortcut to Asia. Sometimes Hudson sailed for the English. Other times he sailed for the Dutch. In 1609, he got a job with the Dutch East India Company.

This company made a lot of money from the spice trade. They sent ships all the way around Africa to East Asia. But they wanted to find a quicker route. Hudson had thoughts about finding a passage to the East. He’d try to sail over the top of the world. He’d sail along the northern coast of Russia.

With a small crew, Hudson set sail on board a ship called the Half Moon. He sailed the ship up the coast of Norway. The Half Moon got farther and farther north. And the weather got worse and worse. It was very cold. The crew was not happy. Hudson had to keep the crew from turning against him. So, he changed the ship’s course. He headed toward North America.

    
    

A Great River

The Half Moon made it to North America. She sailed down the Atlantic Coast. They looked for a waterway that would lead to the Northwest Passage. This route took them to the mouth of a great river. Could this be the way? Hudson explored the wide, deep channel. He claimed the land on its banks for Holland.

Today we call that waterway the Hudson River. It flows out of New York State. It passes New York City, one of the world’s greatest ports. But there were no cities by the river when Hudson sailed it. And he did not get what he hoped for. The river did not lead to the Pacific Ocean. The water became too shallow for the Half Moon. The disappointed Hudson turned the ship around. He sailed back to Holland.

    
    

The Final Voyage

 
Vocabulary.

Mutiny, a rebellion of a ship’s crew against the captain.

 
It was the spring of 1610. Hudson began another voyage. This time he sailed on behalf of England. He sailed northwest in a new ship. She was called the “Discovery.”

The weather was freezing cold. It got colder the farther north he went. The water became icy and dangerous. Hudson took the ship past what’s now Iceland and Greenland. They had sailed for four months. They came upon a great sea and sailed into it. He thought it was the Pacific Ocean. Thrilled by his find, Hudson sailed on.

They sailed west for three more months. The weather grew even colder. Ice soon surrounded the ship, and food ran low. The crew turned against Hudson. In a mutiny, they forced him, his young son, and a few others into a small boat. They left them behind. Then they sailed home. They left Hudson in the bay that now bears his name. He and his son were lost forever.

      
     

Chapter Six: Champlain and New France
     
Big Question. What were some of the things that Champlain noticed about the St. Lawrence River Valley that made it a good place to settle?

 
The French Get Involved

 
Vocabulary.

Custom, a traditional way of acting or doing something.


Let’s meet one of the greatest French explorers. His name was Samuel de Champlain. He made many voyages to North America in the early 1600s. Like Cabot and Hudson, he searched for the Northwest Passage. Champlain also made maps. He collected information about the things he saw. He observed Native Americans and reported on their customs.

On one trip, Champlain sailed south along the coast of what’s now Maine. He went as far south as Cape Cod, in what’s now Massachusetts. On a later trip, he sailed up the St. Lawrence River into what’s now Canada.


      

A French Colony

 
Vocabulary.

Natural resource, something from nature that is useful to humans.

Trading post, a small settlement or store that is set up to sell or trade goods.

 
Champlain liked the St. Lawrence River Valley right away. That was due to the region’s natural resources. Trees provided timber for building and fruit and nuts for food. There was grassland for raising livestock. There were berries, herbs, and roots for cooking. There were fish in the rivers and streams. And there were lots of different animals to hunt and trap in the forests and meadows. Champlain decided that this was the perfect spot. Here’s where he’d build the first permanent French colony in North America. In 1608, he and thirty other Frenchmen set up a trading post. It was along the St. Lawrence River. Champlain named his outpost “Quebec.”

    
     

Only nine of the initial settlers survived the first winter. Still, Quebec eventually began to grow. Champlain and his men traded with Native Americans. They offered knives and tools in exchange for beaver furs. The furs were shipped back to Europe. There, beaver hats were very popular. In time, the French set up more towns along the St. Lawrence River. Quebec became the center of the French colony known as “New France.”

    
   

The Great Lakes

The St. Lawrence River went deep into the North American continent. It led Champlain and other explorers to yet more amazing finds. There, they found five gigantic lakes. Today, we call these lakes the Great Lakes. They’re so large that to sail on them feels like sailing on the ocean!

Champlain himself explored Lakes Ontario and Huron during the 1610s. Later in the 1600s, other French explorers found Lakes Michigan, Erie, and Superior.

In 1678, there was a French priest who was living in the area between Lake Ontario and Lake Erie. He came upon Niagara Falls. It’s one of the largest and most powerful waterfalls in the world. More than three hundred thousand tons of water pour over the edge of these amazing falls each minute!

     
   

Accidental Finds

Here’s a remarkable thing about the exploration of North America. That’s how much was accomplished by accident. The French priest who came upon Niagara Falls was not looking for a waterfall. Columbus was not looking for the Caribbean. De Soto did not hope to find the Mississippi River. Coronado was looking for glittering cities, not glittering canyons. Cabot stumbled upon Newfoundland. But that was not the land he had hoped to find. Hudson was disappointed that neither the river nor the bay named for him led to Asia. Champlain hoped that the St. Lawrence River would lead him to Asia. It led him into the Great Lakes instead. These stories are inspirational. It shows that, when you explore, surprising things can happen. And this is true, no matter what you are exploring.

You might be sailing to other countries. You might just be exploring your neighborhood. You might be exploring nature in a forest or park. Or you might be exploring other cultures by reading books or surfing the Web. But it does not matter what you choose to explore. There is always a chance that you will find something remarkable and new. So keep on exploring!

    
   
++++
   
   
Glossary

Armor, metal outer covering worn to protect the body in battle.

Blacksmith, a type of craftsperson who makes iron tools by hand.

Canyon, a deep valley between mountains, cut through the rock by river water.
Colony, an area, region, or country that is controlled and settled by people from another country.
Conquistador, the Spanish word for conqueror.
Custom, a traditional way of acting or doing something.

Disease, sickness.

Empire, a group of countries or territories under the control of one government or one ruler.
Expedition, a special journey taken by a group that has a clear purpose or goal.
Exploit, to take unfair advantage of a person or group.

Fleet, a group of ships sailing together with the same purpose and under the direction of the same leader.

Livestock, the animals kept on a farm.

Merchant, a person who buys and sells goods to earn money.
Mission, a settlement built for the purpose of converting Native Americans to Christianity.
Mutiny, a rebellion of a ship’s crew against the captain.

Natural resource, something from nature that is useful to humans.
Northwest Passage, a sea route connecting the Atlantic Ocean and Pacific Ocean.

Pioneer, one of the first people to settle in a region.
Plain, a large area of flat land that has few or no trees.
Presidio, a fort.
Priest, a person who has the training or authority to carry out certain religious ceremonies or rituals.

Rainforest, a thick forest that gets a lot of rain and has very tall trees; the tops of the trees create an unbroken layer, or canopy, across the top.
Roman Catholic Church, the branch of Christianity led by the pope, whose headquarters are in Rome, Italy.

“Scouting party,” (phrase) a few members of a group who are sent out ahead of the rest of the group to get information about an area.
Settlement, a small village.
Smallpox, a serious disease that spreads from person to person and causes a fever and rash.
Spice, a plant used to add flavor to food.

Trading center, a place where people buy and sell goods.
Trading post, a small settlement or store that is set up to sell or trade goods.
   
    
++++
   
  
Illustration subtitles

Italian explorer Christopher Columbus sailed for Spain. Columbus was sure that he had reached the East Indies. Columbus made four voyages to the New World. Ponce de Leon imagined finding the Fountain of Youth. Ponce de Leon was struck by the beauty of the place he called Florida. De Soto and Pizarro took riches from the people of Peru and shipped them back to Spain. Native Americans had not seen horses or armor before. De Soto and his men went north and west in search of gold. De Soto died in the land that he had come to explore. Coronado and other Spaniards traveled across the American Southwest. Explorers searched high and low for El Dorado. Coronado found Zuni villages instead of cities of gold. The Spanish needed to protect their treasure ships, so they decided to build settlements in Florida. The missions were a big part of Spain’s plan to colonize parts of North America. Catholic priests taught Native Americans about the Christian religion. Some Spanish missions eventually became important cities. Native Americans struggled to stop Europeans from taking their land. King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella were very interested in exploration because new discoveries might lead to more land and riches. Cabot told King Henry about the great quantity of fish in the waters of Newfoundland. This map shows where historians believe that Cabot sailed on his first voyage. While looking for the Northwest Passage in the far North, Henry Hudson and his crew had to deal with cold weather and icebergs. Henry Hudson’s second trip to North America ended with a mutiny by his crew. Samuel de Champlain explored North America during the early 1600s. The trading post of Quebec was established along the St. Lawrence River by Champlain in 1600. The settlement started by Champlain became the colony of New France.

     
   
*********

    

    
WEEK FIFTEEN PHONICS READ-ALONGS
      

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 79) TWO SYLLABLE WORD WORK –> CV – CVCC … continued:

 
   
 
 
     

*********

*********

        
    

WEEK SIXTEEN    

WEEK SIXTEEN READING PASSAGES 

   

Lesson 44 – “Text Project” Vocab-Builder

   
NEW WORDS: Adolf, Carle, Hitler, Kardashians, Linda, Monroe, Nixon, Steve, abhorrent, advancement, albino, anomalies, approximates, arteries, aspects, attachment, audience’s, biological, calorie, carbohydrate, chinchillas, clogged, colorfully, complexity, compounds, conflicting, considering, continually, derived, descend, difficulties, dissolve, doctrine, efficiently, enclose, endocrine, enzyme, explosive, females, follower, fragment, government’s, grandparent, hormones, illustrates, increase’s, industries, inhabitant, interrupting, kilometers, leaning, mechanics, moderate, necessity, neglect, nineteenth, occasions, particle, pepsin, posted, prehistoric, pressures, professions, progressive, province, provisions, psychologists, quantum, reactions, sciences, scores, stimulus, summarize, sustained, timer, transmitted, tuition, turnout, twentieth, urbanization
    
     

Pepsin is an enzyme that helps with digestion.

The Republican Party’s “mascot” is an elephant.

Quebec is a Canadian province.

Many aspects of his behavior are odd.

Eric Carle colorfully illustrates his own books.

Our college has expert professors in all the major sciences.

I’m considering changing professions.

The audience’s reactions to his speech were negative.

Japan was an ally of Nazi Germany in World War II.

Can you summarize your findings on a single page?

There’s a particle of lint on your blazer.

A grandparent loves it when their own children have babies.

There was explosive technology advancement in the twentieth century.

Water levels in the canals of Venice, Italy are rising.

A potato is a carbohydrate.

You need to do more moderate exercise.

During a long prehistoric era, dinosaurs ruled!

Stop continually interrupting me!

Do you have all of the provisions for our camping trip?

Congress is the “Legislative Branch” of the U.S. government.

     

The test scores will be posted today.

I’d like to introduce your new boss, Linda Nixon.

Auto mechanics surely get their hands dirty.

I’m so stuffed that I can’t eat one more calorie.

All four of your tire pressures should be the same.

Before flash drives, computers used a floppy disk.

Hormones in humans are produced by the endocrine glands.

The Burmese python is now an unwelcome inhabitant of Florida.

Enclose both of these toys in the same package.

The concepts of quantum physics are hard to understand.

The government’s stimulus package helped those in poverty.

Her techniques for developing photos are amazing.

The King demands loyalty from all his Lords and Ladies.

Much of the world moved toward urbanization in the nineteenth century.

Adolf Hitler was the abhorrent leader of Nazi Germany.

Clogged arteries lead to heart attacks.

Steve raises chinchillas and sells them as pets.

Something like a third of English words are derived from French.

Over there is a desirable location for our picnic.

Our band has played here on many occasions.

Set the timer for twenty minutes.

     

An example of chemical compounds is water, which is part hydrogen and part oxygen.

No one on the team sustained any injuries in today’s game.

Antarctica is one of the driest regions in the world.

After the accident, he suffered many physical difficulties.

I fear that I transmitted the flu to half of my classmates.

She’s an avid follower of the Kardashians.

Many industries face rising costs due to environmental regulations.

I’m leaning toward voting for the Democratic candidate.

Necessity is the mother of invention.

I’m extending the deadline another two weeks.

The constraint I’ll place on you is that you can’t spend more than $1,000 on this.

Ireland is not a member of the United Kingdom.

This is an equation of great complexity.

The Progressive candidate wants free college tuition for everyone.

Females represent 50% of our class.

Albino animals are biological anomalies.

     

I wonder if this is a fragment of a meteorite.

Their two cultures have many conflicting beliefs.

There’s lush vegetation around our new house.

Don’t neglect to brush your teeth!

The price increase’s effect will be to lower sales.

You’ll find the contract as an attachment to this email.

Eight kilometers approximates about five miles.

We’re proud to have just hired a disabled veteran.

Be careful when you descend into the cave.

The Monroe Doctrine warned European countries to not form any more new colonies in the Americas.

Voter turnout will likely be deciding the election results.

They put on our new roof very efficiently.

The Prime Minister will dissolve the government and hold new elections.

Psychologists help people work through their personal problems.

     
        
*********
 
   
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
   
The Human Body 
   

Lesson 45 – Part One 

   
NEW WORDS: abdomen, antecedent, avocation, bandages, bicep, bleeds, brain’s, burrito, burritos, buttock, cables, capillaries, captivate, cardiac, checkup, checkups, churns, cleanses, collectively, commixture, commutes, conjoin, contracting, coordination, crisscross, digested, dispatch, elbows, eructing, exercising, gluteus, handstand, homogeneous, intestine, lub, movable, mushier, mushy, particularities, pediatrician, pints, potentiate, pulse, randomly, raveled, rehabilitate, relaxes, replenish, salubrious, skinned, socket, speculate, stabilize, stethoscope, superhighway, temperament, totality, transubstantiate, valves, wavy
     
     

Chapter One: Everybody Has a Body
     
“Human” means having the particularities of, or acting like, a person.

Pleased to meet you. I’m Dr. Welbody, the rhyming pediatrician. Being a pediatrician is my job, and that means that I’m a medical doctor who takes care of children. When healthy children come to me for checkups, I help them to stay salubrious. When sick children come to me, I help them to get better.

I know how to do these things because I studied quite hard in medical school, the kind of school you go to if you want to be a doctor. I learned all about how the human body works. As for rhyming, that is an avocation for me. Do you like rhyming, too? I think it’s fun to make up rhymes.

Here’s one that I made up about my favorite subject, the human body.

“Everybody has a body, and I have one, too, it is grand to understand, the things our bodies do.”

Skin comes in different colors, and hair does, too. Hair may be curly, wavy, or straight. Eyes may be brown, blue, or green. People are also different sizes and different ages, too.

    

Although people may look somewhat different from one another on the outside, on the inside, all humans are pretty much homogeneous.

All humans have organs, such as stomachs and intestines, inside of them. The organs work together in systems to keep each person alive and healthy. For example, the stomach and intestines are part of the digestive system, which turns the food that you eat into energy.

During our time together, I’m going to teach you about the skeletal system, muscular system, digestive system, circulatory system, and nervous system. These systems allow you to grow, move, think, hear, see, feel, and speak. They also potentiate your body to breathe air, digest food, and even heal itself. And the systems are all tied together into a network that is called the human body. So, the human body is a network of different systems that work collectively, and each system is made up of certain organs that help it do a special job.

What is our body’s biggest organ? The outside of your body is covered by skin, the body’s biggest organ. Your skin keeps your “insides” inside you. Your skin grows with you. It stretches when you move and keeps out dirt and water. It keeps you cool in the heat and warm in the cold. You can feel things with your skin. If you cut yourself, your skin will rehabilitate itself. It’s pretty amazing!

    

The organs and systems that keep the body working are mostly hidden inside the body, where we can’t see them. Almost everything inside a human has a purpose. Touch your tummy. Inside your abdomen, the stomach and the small intestine transubstantiate food into fuel. Other nearby organs, called the liver and the kidneys, help clean out waste.

Now put your hands on your chest. The lungs are inside your chest. They are the organs that take in air when you breathe. Take a deep breath. When you do this, your lungs are filling up with air, like balloons, and your chest rises. We need oxygen from this air to stay alive. The oxygen from the air that you breathe goes into your blood. Then your heart pumps the blood with oxygen to all parts of your body.

Now, put your hands on your head. Inside your head is your brain. The brain is your control center. Try wiggling your finger. Your brain just sent messages through tiny cables called nerves to tell the muscles in your finger to move. Your brain helps you learn, see, talk, laugh, and dream.

    

In our time together, I will captivate you with fascinating facts about the body, such as these. How many bones you have, which muscle is the biggest in your body, why food that you ate two days ago is still in your body today, how long it takes for your blood to circle all around your body, what controls your five senses, and much, much more. I hope that you are as excited as I am.

Now, before I go, let’s say the body rhyme together again.

“Everybody has a body, and I have one, too, it is grand to understand, the things our bodies do.”

Okay, then, bye until next time!”

    
     

Chapter Two: The Body’s Framework
     
Did you think that a skeleton was just a scary thing that you might see in a movie or on Halloween? Well, I, Dr. Welbody, am here to tell you that there is a lot more to a skeleton than that. We are about to explore some facts about your skeleton and mine.

That’s right, we all have skeletons hidden underneath our skin. A person’s skeleton is made up of bones. There are about two-hundred-and-six in all. If you did not have a hard skeleton like this to support you, your body would be as soft and floppy as a rag doll’s.

Feel your arm. That hard thing inside is a bone. Bones give your body shape and protect the softer parts of you. If you touch the sides of your chest, you can feel the bones called ribs. They look something like bars on a cage. In fact, that part of your body is called your rib cage, and it protects your heart and lungs.

Now tap lightly on your head to feel the bone called your skull. It’s like a helmet made of flat bones, and it protects your brain. Bones are amazing! Did you know that one bone in your ear is as small as a grain of rice?

   

Your bones are not very heavy because they are filled with a light, spongy material called marrow. Yet they are stronger than steel. And if you break a bone, the broken ends will heal by growing together again. Isn’t that amazing?

A joint is a place where two bones meet or join together. Bones cannot bend, but at a joint, the bones connect in ways that let us move and bend our bodies. Stand up and try bending your knees. Now stand up straight again. Do this a few times.

Did you notice how your knees moved forward and back, like hinges on a door? But your knees cannot bend in the other direction. That is how your knee joint works.

Your hip joint is at the place where the top of your leg meets your body. Your hip joint is like a ball on the end of one bone that fits into a socket (an opening in the shape of a bowl) on another. It lets you move your leg up and down, and turn it so that you can kick, walk, run and jump.

Now, touch your wrist. It contains lots of tiny bones and different sorts of joints. These joints let you draw, write, and throw a ball. Can you find other places in your body where there are joints?

    

The spine is the column of bones that forms your backbone. The word spine can have other meanings. For example, a spine of a book is the outside edge of a book that you see when it’s on a shelf.

Run your hand down the middle of your back. Do you feel the line of small bones that runs up and down it? Those small bones are called vertebrae (that’s the plural for the word “vertebra”). Each vertebra is a joint, and together they let you bend and twist your body in different directions.

Taken all together, your amazing skeletal system is made up of bones that are linked together to support your body, to give you shape, to protect your organs, and to help you move.

Would you like to hear a rhyme about my skeleton? Here goes.

“Without my hidden skeleton, I could not stand up tall, and so, ‘Hurray for bones,’ I say, two hundred six in all!”

Let’s say it all together now.

“Without my hidden skeleton, I could not stand up tall, and so, ‘Hurray for bones,’ I say, two hundred six in all!”

That’s all for now, but before I go, let me see each of you stand up and move your skeleton! Wow! Tomorrow, we are going to learn about another system that works with your skeletal system to help you move. See you next time!

    
     

Chapter Three: Marvelous Moving Muscles
     
Hi everyone! It’s Dr. Welbody, the rhyming pediatrician, back to talk about the human body. Did you figure out what we’re going to talk about this time? That’s right, muscles! Your muscles help your body move, so you can walk, breathe, swallow, speak, and do lots of other things. Together, your muscles make up your muscular system.

There are six-hundred-fifty muscles in your body. Some muscles are big, like the ones in your legs, and some are small, like the ones in your face. Muscles crisscross the body so that you can move in lots of ways. Muscles move by contracting (or getting shorter) and then relaxing (or getting longer).

Tendons are part of your muscular system. Feel behind your knee, and you’ll find some strong rope-like bands under the skin. They are called tendons, and they are cords that attach your muscles to your bones.

The muscles that move your bones are called your skeletal muscles. Skeletal muscles are voluntary muscles. That is because you control them with your brain by thinking. Pretend that you are throwing a ball. Your brain tells your arm muscles to move back first and then move forward. At the same time, your brain is telling your hand muscles when to grasp the ball and when to let it go.

    

Two muscles often work together, in a pair, to move bones. Touch the top of your upper arm, and that is where your biceps muscle is found. Now touch the underside of your arm, and that is where the triceps muscle is located. When you threw that pretend ball just now, the bicep muscles bent your elbows, while the triceps straightened your elbows.

The muscles of your hand and arm work together in lots of ways. They help you make tiny, exact movements like picking a crumb up off the table. And they are there for you, too, when you need great strength, like doing a handstand. The most movable part of your hand is your thumb. Try wiggling yours. It can move in lots of different directions, more than any of your other fingers.

There are lots of muscles in your face, mostly attached to your skin. Did you know that you need muscles to help you laugh, frown, or even raise your eyebrows? All the muscles that we’ve talked about so far are voluntary, meaning that you have to decide when to move them.

Other muscles in your body are involuntary. That means that you don’t have to think about telling these muscles to move. They do it automatically. Involuntary muscles keep your blood flowing and your food moving through your body. Think about these two actions that your body does: kicking a ball and blinking your eyes.

    

Do you have to tell your heart to beat, or does it work automatically on its own? Your heart is another kind of involuntary muscle. It’s called cardiac muscle. This thick, powerful muscle contracts and relaxes over and over and over again on its own, without stopping. It pumps the blood all around your body, once every minute! Your heart is a very important muscle that is necessary for your body to live.

Do you want to know which muscle is the largest muscle in your body? Here’s a hint. You are probably sitting on it right now! It’s your gluteus maximus, or your buttock muscle, and you have two of them, one on each side.

Now, since our time together is coming to a close for today, here is a goodbye rhyme from Dr. Welbody, the rhyming pediatrician (that’s me).

“I’m glad that I have muscles, they help me to have fun, to jump and kick a soccer ball, to smile and speak and run.”

“I’m glad that I have muscles, and glad that you do, too, so, you can wave goodbye to me, and I can wave to you!”

When we meet next time, we’ll have a lot to chew on. That’s a clue to what system of the body we’ll be learning about. Can you guess what it is? See you again soon!

    
     

Chapter Four: Chew, Swallow, Squeeze, and Churn
    
Yum, a chicken burrito! I, Dr. Welbody, the rhyming pediatrician, am feeling hungry, and I think that a chicken burrito would taste mighty good right about now.

Healthy foods like chicken burritos, homemade pizza, apples, and carrots are extremely important to our bodies. We cannot live without food. Food is the fuel that gives us the energy that we need to stay alive, to walk, talk, think, and breathe.

The energy from food helps us stay warm, and we use its energy even when we are sleeping. Food helps children grow, and it helps us to heal when we are hurt or sick. So, how do our bodies process, or digest, the food that we eat? Your digestive system makes all of this happen, so, let’s find out how it works.

Pretend that you just took a bite out of a cracker. What are you going to do now? That’s right, chew! And while your teeth are crushing and chomping on the cracker, a liquid called saliva is helping to soften the food in your mouth and make it even mushier. Does anyone know another name for saliva? It’s spit!

    

Once your food is good and mushy, it’s time to swallow. When you do, the chewed-up food goes into a tube that connects your mouth to your stomach. This tube is called your esophagus. It’s about half as long as your arm and about as wide as your thumb. The food doesn’t just slide down it. There are muscles in your esophagus that squeeze the food along, the way that you squeeze toothpaste from a tube. From there, the food goes into your stomach.

Do you know where your stomach is? If you point to a spot a little above your belly button and then move your hand a little more to the left, you can feel your rib bones. Your stomach is there, partly behind your ribs. Your stomach is like a big bag or balloon.

It expands, or gets bigger, as it fills with food. Powerful muscles in your stomach squeeze the food and churn it around like clothes in a washing machine. At the same time, stomach juices, a watery commixture made by your body, help turn the mushy food into liquid. Food stays in your stomach for about three or four hours. Digestion is happening while you work, play, and sleep.

Every time you eat a meal, you swallow a little air. As your stomach churns the food, the air makes noises, sometimes called “tummy rumblings.” When the air passes back out through your mouth, sometimes with a loud noise, it’s called belching or eructing.

      

The liquid moves from your stomach a little bit at a time into a tube called the small intestine. Your small intestine is narrow, but it’s quite long, about fifteen feet in all.

Since you are probably only around four feet tall, how does your intestine, more than three times longer than you are tall, fit inside you? The answer is that your intestine is all coiled (or folded) up inside you, underneath your stomach.

Food stays in the small intestine about six hours. In the small intestine, all the good things from the liquid food get absorbed by, or taken into, your blood. The blood carries these nutrients and vitamins – from the liquid food that’s been digested – around your body so that they can give you energy, help you grow, and keep you healthy.

    

But there are still some bits of food that aren’t used up, and they are left behind in the small intestine. These leftover bits are called waste, and the waste gets pushed into your large intestine. This is a tube like your small intestine, only shorter and wider. It’s curled like an upside-down “U” around your small intestine.

From there, the waste gets pushed out of your bottom when you go to the bathroom. It may take TWO days for food to travel through the totality of your digestive system.

And that is how digestion works. Here’s my little rhyme about the digestive system.

“A healthy body needs good food, there really is no question. Your body gets the things it needs, just leave it to digestion!”

The next time we get together, I’ll help you find out all about the most important muscle in your body, one that works all the time, but never gets tired!

    
     

Chapter Five: The Body’s Superhighway
    
Ouch! Yesterday I cut my finger. Yes, even a pediatrician like me sometimes has little accidents. The fun part is that I got to put on one of these cool polka-dot bandages that I keep in my office! 

Have you ever cut yourself or skinned your knee? When people get a cut or scrape that breaks the skin, it usually bleeds. The blood that comes out is just a tiny part of all the blood that you have in your body, and your body will make more to replenish it. Blood keeps us alive, as it commutes itself through the body and carries everything that your body needs to live. A grown-up like me has about ten pints of blood. That’s about the same amount as twenty glasses of water.

The blood is not just sloshing randomly around inside of you. It moves around through tubes called blood vessels. Some are big and some are small. A map of the blood vessels in a human body looks like a bunch of raveled spaghetti. But your blood vessels are actually laid out very carefully, like a well-planned system of highways and roads. They carry blood to every single part of you, from the top of your head to the tips of your fingers and toes. They are part of a system called the circulatory system, that includes your heart and blood.

    

The blood is able to move through your blood vessels because of your heart. Your heart is a muscle about the size of your fist. Put your right hand on the middle of your chest, and then move it a little to the left. Your heart is underneath there, inside your chest, protected by your rib bones. Your heart is a hard worker! Its job is to pump your blood around your body through your blood vessels. This movement of your blood around your body is called circulation.

OK, everybody stand up. When I say, “go,” run in place right where you are until I say, “stop.” Ready, set, go! Now stop running. Place your hand on your chest. Can you feel your heart pounding in your chest? When you exercise, your heart has to work harder than when you rest, and it’s easier to feel it beating.

Your heart is hollow on the inside. It’s divided into four parts, like little rooms. They are called chambers. The two top chambers hold blood coming into your heart. The two bottom chambers hold blood going out of your heart. Heart valves, like tiny gates, separate the chambers. They open and close to let the blood in and out of the chambers.

    

Now, everyone make a fist. In order to do this, you made the muscles of your hand tighten. That is what happens over and over to your heart, without you ever having to think about it. When the heart muscle contracts, or tightens, blood goes out of the chambers. When the heart muscle relaxes, blood flows in.

Your body needs two things to stay alive. They are oxygen and nutrients. Oxygen is taken out of the air inside your lungs. Nutrients come from the food that you eat as it moves through your intestines. Your blood carries the oxygen and nutrients to all parts of your body so that you can stay alive, move, think, and grow. Your blood also cleanses your body, taking away waste, or things that your body does not need. It takes about a minute for your blood to travel from your heart, all around your body, and back to your heart!

The blue lines represent veins, and the red lines are arteries. The very fine lines are capillaries. Veins, arteries, and capillaries are the types of blood vessels that are found throughout your body. Veins bring blood to the heart. Arteries carry blood away from it. Capillaries are tiny blood vessels that conjoin with your arteries and veins. They carry blood to even the smallest parts of the body.

It’s very important to have a strong, healthy heart. If you came to me for a checkup, I would use my stethoscope to listen to your heartbeat. A healthy heart makes a sound with each beat that sounds like this, “lub-dub.” The sound comes from the heart as it pumps the blood.

     

Even without a stethoscope, you can feel your heart working. You can feel your pulse in places where there is an artery close to the skin. Try putting two fingers on the palm side of your wrist, just below your thumb. Press lightly. Can you feel a small beat under your skin? Each beat is caused by the squeezing of your heart, “lub-dub, lub-dub.”

Remember that your heart is the most important muscle in your body. How do we make a muscle strong? By exercising it! That means moving hard and fast. When you dance, play basketball, swim, or jump rope, you are exercising not just your arms and legs, but your heart as well. Another way to take care of your heart is to eat plenty of fruits and vegetables that are good for you, instead of soft drinks, chips, and candy. By exercising and eating healthy foods, you will be helping your heart stay healthy and strong for many years to come.

Now, here’s a rhyming cheer for the part of our circulatory system that keeps it all going.

“My heart is always working, it’s busy night and day. It’s pumping while I’m sleeping, and while I work and play. Let’s give a cheer for hearts now, for hearts, HIP, HIP, HOORAY!”

Next time, we’ll learn about the control center of our bodies. That’s the brain. So, don’t forget to bring yours along! See you soon!

    
     

Chapter Six: Control Central, The Brain
    
Hi, students. As your teacher reads to you today, you are listening with your ears. You are seeing a picture of me, Dr. Welbody, with your eyes. Your face may be smiling.

But your ears and eyes could not work if it were not for your brain. Your mouth and face muscles could not smile. And without your brain working, you could not understand or learn. In fact, your brain controls everything that your body does. It controls your thoughts, your movements, your memory, and your five senses. Your brain also controls your temperament and your feelings. That’s whether you feel happy, sad, or angry, for example.

You heard the word skull in an antecedent lesson. Who remembers what the skull is? Your brain is inside your skull. The hard bones of your skull protect the brain’s soft tissue.

Your brain looks like this. It’s wrinkly and wet. Your brain is not very big. It could be held in two hands. It weighs about three pounds, about as much as a big dictionary.

Your brain tells your muscles what to do and how to move. Messages travel back and forth from your brain to other parts of your body, by moving up and down your spinal cord with lightning speed. Attached to the spinal cord are thin fibers called nerves. Your nerves go to every part of your body. Your brain, spine, and nerves make up your nervous system.

    

Let’s speculate that you are playing soccer. One of your teammates takes control of the ball from the other team and kicks the ball toward you. When you see the ball flying in your direction, your brain sends a dispatch down your spinal cord to your nerves. Your nerves send a message to your muscles, in less than a second, to help you move and kick the ball. Goal!

A billion is a really, really big number! That means that your brain has many, many cells. Your brain is made of as many as a billion cells. The cells in your brain send millions of messages, every single second, to each other and to the rest of your body. The cells send messages back and forth through branches that connect one cell to another. Different parts of your body receive the messages. Your brain sends messages, even while you are asleep, to help you breathe and dream.

Your brain gets messages about the world from your five senses, through organs called sense receptors. Here are the sense receptors and what they control. Eyes are for sight, ears are for hearing, skin is for touch, the mouth and tongue are for taste, the nose is for smell.

When you watch a cloud changing shape in the sky, hear a fire truck zooming by, lick an ice cream cone, pet a kitty’s soft fur, or smell cookies baking, your senses and your brain are working together.

    

There are three parts to our brains. They are the cerebrum, the cerebellum, and the brain stem. Each part has a different job to do. Your cerebrum, at the top of your head, is the biggest part of your brain. It controls things like seeing, hearing, thinking, speaking, remembering, and moving. Your cerebellum, at the back of your head, controls balance and coordination.

Stand up and try to stabilize yourself on one foot without holding on to anything. Can you do this for a long time? Your cerebellum is helping you. It helps you move different muscles together in coordination, to do things like catch a baseball, dance, or write. Your brain stem connects your brain to your spinal cord. It controls things that your body does without you having to think about them, like breathing and the beating of your heart.

Now, aren’t you glad to have that very important organ called a brain? Here’s a rhyme about it that we can all learn.

“Without a brain, where would I be? I could not move or think or see, or write my name or count to three. In fact, I just would not be me, without my trusty brain! In sun or wind or rain, I’m glad I have a brain!”

The next time we meet, we’re going to talk about some icky things. They are everywhere around us, and they can make us really sick. They’re called harmful germs. But we will also learn about some quite smart and famous germ-fighters who figured out ways to zap those nasty germs. Tune in next time to find out how these germ-blasting heroes have made life safer for you and me.

    
        
*********
    
    
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
   
The Human Body
    

Lesson 46 – Part Two 

   
NEW WORDS: Jenner, Jenner’s, Pasteur, Pasteur’s, Steph, Steph’s, ailments, bloodstream, blueberries, canola, cavities, commended, compulsory, cowpox, dental, disseminate, eradicated, fathom, fending, fingernails, floss, immunities, inoculation, insalubrious, jellies, malaria, mayonnaise, narrower, paladin, participating, pasteurization, pasteurized, polio, preventing, rabies, recharge, refined, shampoo, skateboarding, sneezes, stave, stealthily, terrific, triangular, undercooked, urine, vaccinated, vaccinating, vaccination, vaccinations, vaccines, wellness
     
     

Chapter Seven: Dr. Welbody’s Heroes
    
Germs are all around us. These tiny living things are so small that you can see them only by looking through a special type of instrument called a microscope. But even though you cannot see them, germs are everywhere, in the air we breathe, in the water we drink, in the food we eat, and on our skin. Most of the time germs do not hurt us. Some germs even help us, like the ones in our intestines that stave off harmful germs and help us digest our food.

But other germs can make us sick. They get into our bodies in different ways. Some stealthily creep in through insect bites or cuts in our skin. Others float in when someone sneezes nearby. Still others come from food that is poorly cleaned or undercooked. We have natural immunities in our bodies. That means that our bodies have ways of fending off germs on their own. But sometimes, this is not enough.

Did you know that doctors have heroes? I’m going to tell you about two of my heroes, both brave germ-fighters. Their names are Edward Jenner and Louis Pasteur. Jenner was a doctor. Pasteur was a scientist. Both lived long ago. Their work made the world a safer place for all of us.

That is why doctors and scientists are always working to find new ways to fight sicknesses, also called diseases. One very important way that they fight diseases is by giving people medicines called vaccines. Vaccines give you immunity. That means that they keep bad germs from harming you in the first place, before you get sick. Doctors give vaccines by vaccinating people. That usually means giving a child or grown-up a shot. Lots of people don’t like getting shots, because the needle stings a bit, and sometimes they cry. But vaccinations give us inoculation to, or protect us from, very terrible and insalubrious diseases, like measles, mumps, flu, smallpox, and polio. Those are diseases that can make people quite sick, and they can even cause them to die.

     

Long ago, people did not know about germs. They did not understand what made people sick. They did not know how important it is to wash your hands, to eat clean food, and to drink clean water. They did not know how to protect themselves from getting bad germs in their bodies. Sometimes thousands of people at a time would die from a disease, as germs disseminate quickly from one person to another.

About two hundred years ago, an English doctor discovered something amazing. He discovered a way to keep people from getting one of the most terrible ailments in the world, a disease called smallpox. Edward Jenner, one of my heroes, invented the first vaccine.

Dr. Jenner was living in a country village in England, where there were lots of farms all around. He knew what the farmers in his village knew. People who milked cows sometimes got a disease called cowpox, and the disease made blisters on their hands. But it was not a serious disease; people got over it quickly. Dr. Jenner also noticed that people who got cowpox almost never came down with smallpox. That was a much worse disease that often killed people, or, at the least, it left horrible scars on their skin. He thought that cowpox might give people protection from getting smallpox.

Dr. Jenner’s practices would not be used today. Doctors wouldn’t intentionally give healthy people germs, even if it was to test a new way of preventing disease.

    

After a lot of thinking and studying, Dr. Jenner decided to test his idea. He decided to give a healthy boy a small amount of the cowpox germs. The boy got sick with cowpox, just as Dr. Jenner thought he would. Then after the boy got better, Jenner gave the boy a small amount of the smallpox germs. Just as Jenner hoped, the boy did not get smallpox.

Dr. Edward Jenner, this brave germ-fighter, created the first vaccine in the whole world! From then on, people were vaccinated with cowpox so that they would have immunity to smallpox later on. Many years later, because the smallpox vaccine was being used all around the world, smallpox was eradicated.

But Dr. Jenner did not understand exactly how the vaccination had worked. It was up to other doctors and scientists to find out. Another germ-fighter, and another one of my heroes, is Louis Pasteur. 

Louis Pasteur was born in France a year after Dr. Jenner died. As a boy, he worked quite hard in school and was very curious, always asking a lot of questions. When he grew up, he became a science professor, teaching at a university. He was also a medical researcher, someone who tries to find out what causes diseases and how they can be cured.

    

Using a microscope, Pasteur saw that liquids, like milk and fruit juice, contain tiny living things called germs. Some of these germs caused the milk or juice to spoil, or to go bad. Pasteur discovered that he could kill the harmful germs by heating the liquid to a high temperature. Heating liquids this way to get rid of germs became known as pasteurization.

Today, because of Pasteur’s discovery, the milk we drink, as well as some other foods, are pasteurized to make them safe before we buy them. Just as important, Pasteur’s work on pasteurization convinced other doctors and scientists that germs are real and may cause disease. People began to fathom how compulsory it is to keep harmful germs out of our food and water.

But Pasteur did not stop there, and he continued Jenner’s work with vaccines, working to discover how to prevent lots more diseases. One of the vaccines that he developed fought rabies, a very dangerous disease that often kills humans. Pasteur had been working on the rabies vaccine for quite a while, when a nine-year old boy was badly bitten by a dog. The dog was carrying rabies, and Dr. Pasteur thought that his new vaccine would help the boy. Dr. Pasteur’s vaccine worked, and he was commended as a paladin! He led the way for other scientists to make vaccines for lots of other diseases.

     

Today, once you are vaccinated against a disease, you become immune to it and no longer have to be afraid of catching it. There are still diseases, like malaria and cancer, for which scientists have not yet found the right vaccine. But they are working hard at it. New vaccines will be discovered by other germ-fighters. If you study medicine or science and become a researcher, that germ-fighter could even be you!

“So, if you are a scientist, you’ll discover something new, and you could be a germ- fighter, who is a hero, too!”

     
      

Chapter Eight: Five Keys to Health
    
Hi, everyBODY, and I do mean BODY. It’s your old friend, Doctor Welbody. We’ve been learning a lot about the human body. Now I’m back to talk about how you can take good care of yours. Remember that there is only one you. That makes you special. You can take good care of your body by giving it certain things that it needs to keep it healthy.

“So, here are five things to do, to take good care of special you.”

1.) EAT WELL. Your body needs lots of energy to keep it going. You need energy to work and play. You need energy to grow. Energy comes from food. Food is the fuel that your body runs on, just like a car runs on gas. But some foods are much better for you than others. The best foods to keep you going and growing are nutritious foods. They have lots of nutrients, such as protein and vitamins that help keep you well. Nutritious foods include fruits, vegetables, whole wheat bread, brown rice, nuts, fish, and chicken.

What about sweet, sugary foods like candy or cookies? They may taste good and give you some quick energy, but it wears off fast, leaving you feeling weak and hungry again. These foods are only good to eat once in a long while, as a special treat. Eating these foods regularly can make you gain weight and give you cavities, or small holes, in your teeth. Fatty foods like bacon, French fries, and chips are not very nutritious either. They can make you gain weight and slow you down. By eating nutritious foods, you’ll be able to think better, jump higher, run faster, and grow stronger.

    

Part of eating well means knowing what to drink. Do you have some plants at home or in your classroom that need to be watered? Every plant and animal needs water. You do, too!

Much of your body is made up of water. You have water in your muscles and around your brain. Your spit (saliva), sweat, urine, and blood are mostly made of water. Because water is so important to your body, make sure to drink plenty of water every day.

2.) EXERCISE. Your body is made for moving. For running and jumping. For pushing and pulling. For dancing and diving. For throwing and catching. For leaping and skipping. Participating in an activity in which you are moving your body to keep it healthy and fit is called exercising. Exercising helps your bones stay strong. It makes your muscles bigger. It makes your lungs and heart stronger. It helps you fight germs, and it can help to put you in a good mood. You can exercise by hitting a baseball, kicking a soccer ball, jumping rope, dancing, climbing a tree, rowing a boat, skating, or doing lots of other activities. Just choose something that’s fun for you, and get moving every day!

3.) SLEEP. After you have spent a day at work and play, you feel tired. That is a sign that you need to recharge your body. How can you do this? By going to sleep! Sleep rests your body and helps clear your mind for the next day. If you don’t get enough sleep, you may feel grouchy, and your brain won’t work as well. Children need between ten and twelve hours of sleep every night. That means that if you have to get up at seven o’clock in the morning to get ready for school, you should be in bed sometime between seven and nine o’clock at night. A well-rested body will stay healthier, too.

     

4.) KEEP CLEAN. Washing with soap and water will get rid of germs that could make you sick. So, jump into that bubble bath or shower, and scrub. Don’t forget to wash your hair with shampoo, too. You will look, smell, and feel good!

Wash your hands often during the day. Do so before you eat, after you go to the bathroom, and whenever they look dirty. When your fingernails look dirty, you should scrub underneath them with a brush. Washing your hands often is a great way to wash germs down the drain.

And don’t forget to brush, brush, brush your teeth at least twice a day. Use dental floss in between your teeth. This washes away the germs that cause cavities. Then you will have a bright, clean smile that says, “I take good care of my body!”

5.) HAVE CHECKUPS. Germs are all around us. They are on plants and animals, in food and in water. Most of the time germs don’t harm us, but what if you wake up one morning with a headache, a fever, and a sore throat? Uh-oh! Some germs have made you sick! Since your body has natural ways to fight most germs, you will probably feel better in a few days. If not, you should go to see a doctor like me who can give you medicine to help you get well.

     

Even when you’re feeling terrific, it’s important to have regular checkups with a pediatrician at least once a year. Your doctor will make sure that you are healthy and growing. He or she will also help keep you from getting diseases by giving you vaccinations or other medicines. I always look forward to seeing how much my patients have grown when they come in for their wellness checkups after each birthday.

There you have it. You’ve now heard Dr. Welbody’s five fun and easy ways to take care of your body, and I hope that you’ll try them all. And now, before I go, let’s give a healthy body cheer!

“YES, YES, YES to veggies, to fruit and chicken, too! NO to too much candy, ’cause it’s not good for you! YES, YES, YES to washing, to exercise and rest! ‘Cause strong and healthy bodies, are bodies at their BEST! YES!”

      
      

Chapter Nine: The Pyramid Pantry
     
Hi, I’m Chef Steph, a friend of Dr. Welbody’s. Welcome to my restaurant, the Pyramid Pantry! Dr. Welbody eats lunch here every day. It’s a very cool restaurant, if I do say so myself.

Do you know what a pyramid is? It’s a shape with triangular sides. My restaurant is shaped like a pyramid, and the menu is like a pyramid, too. The food we serve is delicious. But that’s not all. It’s nutritious! That means it’s good for you!

Have you ever heard of vitamins and minerals? They are nutrients that your body needs to stay alive. Nutritious foods supply your body with the nutrients you need. They give you the energy you need to play and learn all day. They keep you healthy and help you grow. But not all foods have the same amounts of nutrients. So which foods are the best for you?

My pyramid menu is one way to help you figure all this out. The foods are divided into groups. Each group has a different-colored stripe on the pyramid.

Orange, for grains, like bread and cereal.

Green, for vegetables, like carrots and green beans.

Red, for fruits, like apples and oranges.

     

Blue, for milk and milk products.

Purple, for meat and beans.

Some stripes are wider than others. You should choose most of your foods from the groups with wider stripes, because you need more of these foods to stay healthy. Each stripe gets narrower as it goes up the pyramid. That’s because every food group has some foods that are better for you than others.

There is one skinny yellow stripe on the pyramid, too. Do you see it? It stands for oils, and for fats like butter and mayonnaise. Why do you think this stripe is so skinny? You need to eat a little oil or fat every day, but not very much. Oils help you grow, keep you warm, protect your bones, help your brain think, and keep your skin and hair healthy. Some oils are better for you than others. For example, olive oil and canola oil are better choices than margarine and mayonnaise.

What do I hear? Is all this talk of food making your tummy growl? That’s what happens when you are hungry. If you were quite hungry, your legs might feel a little weak. You might even feel a bit cranky. These are signs that your body needs food. Time to look more closely at the pyramid menu!

    

So, which do you think is better for you? Whole wheat bread made from nutrient-filled whole grains, or white bread?

Grains are special types of grasses. Wheat, rice, oats, barley, and rye are all grains. Foods that belong to this group are either whole grains or refined grains. For example, bread is in the grain group. Some breads, like whole wheat bread, are made from whole grains. Other breads, like white bread, are made from refined grains. Refined grains have had most of their healthy parts taken out, whereas whole grains still have all of the nutrients that your body needs to grow.

Whole wheat bread, brown rice, whole wheat spaghetti, whole wheat crackers, oatmeal, rice cakes, and popcorn (yum!) are all good choices. Always choose smaller amounts of refined-grain foods like white bread, white bagels, and corn flakes. And remember to choose only a little bit of sugary, refined-grain foods like cupcakes, donuts, and sweetened cereals. Too much sugar is not good for your body!

Look at the picture and tell me what foods you think belong to the next group on the food pyramid. That’s right, it’s vegetables! Vegetables come in a rainbow of colors, red, orange, yellow, green, blue, purple, and white. Did you know that the color of a vegetable tells what it can do for your body? For example, dark green veggies like broccoli and spinach help build strong teeth and bones. Orange vegetables like carrots help you see well. Fried vegetables like onion rings and French fries are less healthy for your body, because they are cooked in oil and fat. So, just remember to choose a rainbow of vegetables, raw or cooked (but hardly ever fried), and your body will get the nutrients it needs.

     

Raise your hand if you like to eat fruit. Fruits are delicious and come in beautiful colors. Does anyone see one of your favorite fruits in the picture? Just like vegetables, it’s important to choose a rainbow of fruits to get all the nutrients your body needs. The best fruits to choose are fresh fruits like the ones you see in the picture. Yum, pineapples, oranges, bananas, grapes, pears, and blueberries. Dried fruits and canned fruits, jams and jellies, and fruit pies are all good, too. Just don’t eat too many of them. Can anyone guess why? That’s right, because they often contain sugar.

Look at this picture and tell me what you see. This is the milk group. But, as you can see, it includes other things, as well. There are lots of products made from milk, like cheese and yogurt. These things provide your body with calcium and protein, things it needs to make strong teeth and bones, and help you grow.

It’s best to choose low-fat milk and milk foods, like skim milk, low-fat cheese, and low-fat yogurt. Eat fewer fatty or sweet foods, like American cheese, frozen yogurt, ice cream, and milk shakes.

The last group is meat and beans. Beef, pork, chicken, fish, and turkey all belong to this group. But look at the picture. Do you see anything that doesn’t seem to belong? Yes, eggs and beans. So, why are they there? They contain protein, just like meat.

    

Now we have looked at foods in all six categories, or groups, included in the food pyramid. Can you name the six categories with me? The most important thing to remember is to eat a balanced diet. That means that you must choose a variety of foods from each food group. Eating only grains or only meats will not provide your body with the nutrients it needs. Your body needs foods from each group on the pyramid to help it grow.

Are you ready to order some healthy meals from Chef Steph’s menu? Don’t forget, it’s important to eat three, that’s one, two, three, healthy meals a day, and to eat healthy snacks, too.

These different foods all work in the same way to help your body grow and move, because they all contain protein. It’s best to eat the meats grilled or roasted, instead of fried in fatty cooking oil or butter. That means that you should choose smaller amounts of fried chicken, chicken nuggets, hamburgers, and fish sticks.

For breakfast, how about oatmeal with some fresh strawberries? Adding a glass of orange juice is a healthy choice, as well.

For lunch, may I recommend my roasted turkey sandwich with lettuce and tomato on whole wheat bread? How about some carrot sticks with yogurt dip, followed by an apple? A glass of cold milk is not only a yummy addition, but it’s healthy, as well.

    

And for dinner, three-bean vegetarian chili with a baked sweet potato. For dessert, low-fat pudding with peaches sounds perfect, doesn’t it?

Snacking between meals is fine, as long as you make healthy choices. Which would be better for your body? Ice cream or a low-fat yogurt with fruit? Potato chips or whole wheat crackers and cheese? A candy bar or an orange? Remember, healthy snacks will give you longer-lasting energy and a healthier body. 

That brings me back to my pyramid. Did you notice the stairs going up the side? Do you know why they are there? To remind you to keep moving. It’s very important to not just eat healthy foods, but to also be physically active every day.

That means that you should participate in skateboarding, swimming, riding your bike, climbing in the playground, or any other sport that you like to do. Keeping active helps you stay the right weight for your body. It keeps your bones and muscles in good shape. It makes your heart and lungs stronger. If you get into the good habit of having fun while you are moving, it will help you stay healthy for the rest of your life!

     
     

Chapter Ten: What A Complicated Network! 
     
This is the last time that I, Dr. Welbody, the rhyming pediatrician, will be meeting with you. I’ve had a great time getting to know you, and I hope that you’ve learned a lot. Here is a poem that talks about some of the things that we’ve discovered. 

“I have a special body, and it just belongs to me. 

There are some parts on my outside, and others I can’t see. 

I know about my body, from my heels up to my head, 

‘Cause I’ve listened well to all that Dr. Welbody has said. 

The parts that make my body keep me healthy and alive. 

They are joined in groups called systems. I’ve learned about all five. 

There are skeletal and muscular, which help me stand and move. 

And the system called digestive that makes fuel out of food. 

My heart and vessels move my blood. (That’s known as circulation.)

    

My nerves work with my brain to get and process information. 

My systems form a network. It’s amazing as can be,

That this complicated network makes the person that is me.” 

After all that we’ve learned about our amazing bodies, I’ll bet that now you will be able to answer the questions that I asked you in our very first meeting. Let’s go through them and see what you know!

How many bones do you have? There are over two hundred, joined together to form your skeleton. Your skeleton keeps you standing tall. Your bones are joined together by joints wherever you can bend or move, like your knees, arms, and shoulders. Some of your bones protect the softer parts of your body. Remember what protects your brain? That’s right, your skull. And what bones protect your heart? Your ribs!

Which muscle is the biggest in your body? It’s your gluteus maximus, or buttock muscle. Did you know that you use muscles every time that you move? Often you decide when you want to move your muscles. For example, you have control over when you raise your arm or lift your leg. But some muscles work by themselves, without your having to think about them. Does anyone remember what we call the muscle that works like a pump all day and all night to keep you alive? Yes! It’s your heart!

    

Why does your body still have food in it, today, that you ate two days ago? Food moves slowly through your body. It takes time for your body to digest food, taking all the nutrients from it that your body needs, before getting rid of the waste. Food goes from your mouth, down your esophagus, and into your stomach before reaching your intestines. The saliva in your mouth and the juices in your stomach help break it down. Nutrients are absorbed into your bloodstream from your small intestine. The waste passes into your large intestine, and you get rid of it when you go to the bathroom.

How long does it take for your blood to circulate all around your body? It only takes about one minute. Your heart muscle works hard to pump your blood all around.

The blood moves through your blood vessels. Does anyone remember what the blood carries with it on its superhighway? The blood carries oxygen from your lungs to all parts of your body. It carries nutrients from your food, too. Your heart works night and day to keep your blood circulating.

   

What controls your five senses? Your brain! You find out about the world through your senses, by seeing, hearing, tasting, smelling, and feeling. Nerves that connect to your spinal cord carry this information to your brain. Your brain is not only in charge of your senses. It also controls your thinking, learning, speech, and memory. It controls the movements that you make, and lots of other things that your body does. Your brain is the control center of the body.

Remember that none of the systems of your body can work properly unless you take care of them. That means eating nutritious foods and drinking plenty of water, exercising, keeping clean, and getting plenty of sleep. Oh, and don’t forget to visit a doctor like me for checkups.

Now before we say goodbye, here’s one final rhyme for you to learn and take away with you.

“I’ve got a complicated body, but I understand it well. Its systems form a network, to keep me feeling swell! I’ll take good care of my body, I’ll exercise and rest. I promise to eat healthy foods, and to stay clean, I’ll do my best!”

     
       
*********

  
          
WEEK SIXTEEN PHONICS READ-ALONGS

    

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 79) TWO SYLLABLE WORD WORK –> CV – CVCC … continued:

 
   
 
 
     

*********

*********

        
    

WEEK SEVENTEEN    

WEEK SEVENTEEN READING PASSAGES 

          

Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
   
Early World Civilizations 
    

Lesson 47 – Part One

   
NEW WORDS: Amur, Babylon’s, Etemenanki, Iddin, Ili, Ipi, Marduk, Meret, Nebuchadnezzar, Rensi, Rensi’s, Warad, abate, abating, adjudge, affably, appercipient, behoof, bestowed, cacophonous, caravan, casting, cavalcade, colligated, commotive, conceptualization, contrasting, cranks, cubits, dispensed, disperses, displeased, emanate, engendering, enriched, equitable, expediently, extracted, fallow, farmlands, footpads, fortuitous, glazed, guaranteed, hearken, hillocks, homesteaders, impermanently, infertile, interposed, irradiant, jetties, laud, lawlessness, loony, marveled, menials, mightiest, mountainous, nicknames, outskirts, overlooking, overuse, palpably, penman, peristyle, platforms, plenitude, privileged, progenitor, propagated, ramps, reaped, refresh, regulating, remorseless, resultant, retracing, reverted, sanctuary, sandstorm, stairways, statutes, steeds, tablets, temporized, toilworn, venerated, voluminous, wigwagged, zestfully, ziggurat, ziggurats
    
     

Chapter One: A Father And His Son In Mesopotamia

Let’s hearken back to things that went on 4,000 years ago. A father and a son walked with each other. They were on the jetties of a great river. They were close to what was then the biggest city in the world. It was called Babylon.

The father’s name was Warad. He talked to his son Iddin. “See, my son, the great Euphrates River. What if this river did not flow? Then there would be no great city of Babylon. There’d be no palaces, no gardens. There would be no homes.”

Iddin said, “But I don’t get it, Father. Did all of these things emanate from the water?”

“No,” his father laughed. “No one just floated the palaces down here. And no one extracted them from the water. Let me explain, Iddin.” They sat down on a bench. It was overlooking the wide river. The water rolled in front of them. It reflected the palaces and religious temples that rose high on both banks of the river.

“The first homesteaders who lived by this river found something out. The land near the river had rich soil for crops. Some of these were like wheat and barley for bread. These folks stayed by the river because the land farther from the river was infertile desert.”

    

“So, these folks built their homes by the river. That way they could grow crops to feed their people. Now, let me ask you this. Why do you think people built our city right here?”

“Due to the water?”

“Yes. The water kept alive the plants that were reaped for food. Now look around.” And Warad wigwagged his hand in a circle. “Now we have our great and beautiful Babylon. Of course, the folks who came here weren’t the only ones who had the appercipient conceptualization to live by the river. Others came and settled up and down the river, too. They propagated more towns and cities.”

“Soon, they found that they could use the Euphrates to do more than just grow food. What else do you think they could use the river for?”

Iddin thought for a bit. Then he asked, “To take things from one city to another? That’s like what we do now.”

“Got it!” his father yelled. “They cruised in boats up and down the river. They’d trade with folks from other cities. They would soon trade crops, material to make clothes, and other things that they had need of. The Euphrates River is not the only river that is used in this way. Folks also use the Tigris River. They, too, grow crops and trade with lots of cities.”

     

“It’s hard to think of a time when folks did not use the river to grow crops and to travel as we do now!”  Iddin said.

Warad said, “That it is. I have more to tell you. You see, in a while, lots of folks had made their homes by the Euphrates. And some had land farther back from the river. Soon, it was hard for everyone to reach the water expediently. Folks wondered if there was a way to get the water from the river to other parts of the city. Soon, they found that there WAS a way!”

Iddin thought for a bit. Then he cried, “The canals!”

“Yes!” said his father. “They dug ditches cut into the Earth. We call them canals. The water flowed out of the river. And it flowed through the canals. It then got to the parts of the city farther from the river. Then farmers could grow crops where the rivers did not flow.”

“Our venerated king, Hammurabi, did the same thing. He had canals dug to move water all through our country. It came from the two great rivers. Those are the Tigris and the Euphrates. And the king and his menials used an old way to catch rain water. The winter rains would come. The water would not just wash away downstream. They made the waters run into a reservoir. So, the rains would stop. But now there would be water to drink, or to water crops. Once this was done, folks could stay in one place near the river. They could make that place better and better, until finally we had, what?”

“Babylon!” yelled Iddin. “Our king must be the best king of all.”

Warad agreed, “Yes! He is a great king. And now I think it is time for us to head home.”

    
     

Chapter Two: Writing In Mesopotamia
    
It was the day after Iddin and his father, Warad, had their talk about King Hammurabi. Iddin was with his older brother, Amur. They were out kicking a leather ball. The boys went inside to cool off. They found their father. He was sitting at a wide table in the sunny, central peristyle around which their home was built. On the table lay a number of tablets. They were smooth rectangles made of clay. 

Wedge-shaped symbols were pressed into the clay. This sort of writing is called “cuneiform.” “What are you reading?” Amur asked. 

Warad looked up and smiled. “This first tablet shows how much cloth we have sold this month in our store. The other shows how much we sold at the same time last year. I am contrasting the numbers. I’ll adjudge how much cloth I need to buy from the weaver for the store next week. These sorts of notes help me recall how much we sold last year. If not for them, I would forget.” 

Iddin sat on a wooden bench next to the table. “Father,” he asked. “Who figured out how to write in the first place? Who said what each symbol meant?” 

Before Warad could answer, Amur spoke up. “The king did it. Right? Hammurabi can do anything.”

     

Warad said affably, “Well, Amur, our king has done many bright things. But someone else made up writing. That was way before the king was born. And Iddin, I’m afraid we don’t know just who it was that figured out how to write. Nor do we know how they decided what each symbol should mean.” 

Iddin laughed. “Maybe they should have kept notes on clay tablets in cuneiform!” 

Warad laughed, too. “Well, whoever it was did us all a great favor. What if we couldn’t write? It would be hard to remember information for long periods of time.” 

Iddin interposed, “Like how much cloth you sold last year?” 

Warad smiled, “Like how much cloth I sold last year.” 

“People around here, between our two big rivers, have known about writing for nearly 1,500 years. That’s important. In fact, the king may not have been the progenitor of writing. But he had great thoughts about how to use it. He was so powerful that he made up a set of rules, or laws, for people to live by. That way, they would know how to behave in different situations. Then he had his scribes write them down. In fact, did you know this about your uncle, my brother? He’s one of the scribes who helped the king write down the laws of our country. This set of laws is called the “Code of Hammurabi.” There are 282 laws in all.”

     

“That’s a lot of statutes!” Iddin piped up. “That must have taken Uncle and the other scribes a long time to write.” He temporized. “How did Uncle get to be a penman, anyway?” 

“Our father, your grandfather, was a scribe. That’s why all of our family can read and write. Your grandfather taught your uncle. Then he taught me. It’s fortuitous that we know how to read and write. And if your uncle and the others had not written down all the laws of the king, they would be lost.” 

“Who could recall all 282 of them?” Iddin asked. 

“Good point,” said Warad. “Amur, what do you think it would be like if we could not remember the laws?”

The older boy said, “If we could not remember the laws, people would not go by the same rules. Someone going to another town might break that town’s rules. They would have engaged in lawlessness and not even have known it.” 

Warad said, “And Iddin, what if I bestowed upon you one set of rules? And then I gave Amur a second set of rules?” 

“That would not be equitable,” said Iddin. “Unless I liked my rules more than his.” 

They all laughed. Then Amur said, “I like to write for another reason, too. When Uncle came to see us, I wrote down that story he told us of being caught in a desert sandstorm. He said that they had to lie down and cover their heads. That was due to the strong winds that blew the sand so hard all around them. I read it to Iddin last night.” 

Iddin smiled. “Why don’t you write a story about us, Amur?” 

His brother thought impermanently about it. Then he answered, “That’s a loony idea, Iddin. Who would want to read a story about us?” Then the boys went back out to play some more.

   
      

Chapter Three: The Religion Of Babylon
     
One day, we come back to Warad and his older son, Amur. They were walking in the voluminous city of Babylon. Amur said, “I guess Babylon is the best city in all the world, Father. Just look at the palace of King Hammurabi! I bet no other king has a palace as grand as this one. And, yes, the city is commotive and cacophonous and dirty. But our ziggurats, with their temples, where the priests feed, clothe, and pray to the gods and goddesses for us, are calm and beautiful!” 

“Yes, my son,” said Warad. “The temples are quite beautiful. And the priests in charge of our religion make sure that they stay that way. After all, we want our gods and goddesses to be happy. What if the sun god grew displeased with us? He might not come up in the sky the next day.” 

“Well that, palpably, would not be good,” Amur said. “Then we could not grow food. Nor could we see each other clearly.”

     

“And thanks to Marduk, the god of our city,” Warad said. “He protects us. He makes sure that we live well. In return, we must be sure to laud him. And we must give him thanks for all that he does for us. Let’s go see the temple of Marduk.”  

Amur zestfully agreed to go to the temple. It was one of his favorite parts of the city. Even from afar, they could see the lofty ziggurat upon which the temple sat. It rose up many feet into the air. Its wide steps climbed up and up to the small temple on top. Only the king and the priests of Marduk were privileged to go up there. But all could visit the base of the tower. The ziggurat was called “Etemenanki.” That meant “house of the platform of Heaven and Earth.” The sanctuary of Marduk was at the top. 

“Recall this, my son,” Warad said. “There are lots of gods and goddesses besides Marduk. We must give thanks to all of them.”  

“I know,” Amur sighed. “We believe that each god and goddess has power over a certain part of the universe. There’s one for the sky and one for the water. There’s one for all the plants that grow out of the ground. I’m just glad that Marduk is the god of our city and that we have this grand temple for him.” 

They all marveled at the temple for a while. Then Warad and Amur saw that the light in the sky was abating. Warad said, “The sun god has done his work for the day. He’s now ready to rest. It is time for us to rest, as well.” 

Then, they turned away from the temple of Marduk. Warad and Amur headed home.

     
      

Chapter Four: The Hanging Gardens Of Babylon
     
You may remember this. Babylon stood on the banks of the Euphrates River. It was the home of King Hammurabi. He wrote the laws called “The Code of Hammurabi.”

Let’s go to many years after Hammurabi ruled Babylon. There was another famous king there. He, too, had a long name. This king’s name was Nebuchadnezzar. That could be a hard name to say. But everyone in Babylon learned it.

Here we find a whole group of travelers. They make up a caravan that’s headed for Babylon. Let’s pretend that you and I are traveling to Babylon with this cavalcade. We have been traveling for weeks to get there. That way, we can sell fine cotton cloth, which for now is all colligated on the backs of our donkeys. Most of us hope to sell things in Babylon. Then we’ll buy new things to trade back home.

There are guides and guards to lead us through the desert. They will protect us from footpads on the way. Some of the travelers even come from Babylon. One of them is a merchant named Ili. We’ve made friends with him. Ili has been far from home for months. He’s glad now to get home to Babylon. As we approach the high walls of the city, you tell him this. “I have seen lots of cities with walls. But I have not seen a wall as big as this one.”

      

“Yes,” Ili tells us, with pride. “It’s about sixteen thousand cubits long. That way, it can go all around Babylon. The wall is strong and wide. Soldiers have room to turn their chariots and steeds around on top! But, wait a few more minutes. You will see one of the best sights along that wall.”

A few minutes later, up ahead we glimpse a tall, wide gate in the wall. Blue-glazed bricks cover the gate. They’re glittering in the irradiant sunlight. “That’s the famed Ishtar Gate,” Ili tells us. “Our king had it built. Then he named it for one of Babylon’s goddesses.” 

Half an hour later, soldiers at the Ishtar Gate let our group come in. Now we find ourselves walking on streets made of stone. This feels strange after the weeks that we have spent on the shifting sands of the desert. Large statues stand, every so often, by the sides of the street. “Look! The statues are made of gold!” 

We continue on our way. We pass marvelous palaces and busy shops filled with things to buy. The next day, we’ll take our cloth to one of the shop owners. He has promised to buy it. 

Our friend Ili has invited us to dinner at his home tonight. “You are lucky,” he says. “The windows of the inn where you’ll be staying look out upon the most amazing sight in all of Babylon.”

    

“Do you mean the famous gardens?” I ask. 

“Yes,” Ili says. Then, he looked around with care to make sure that no one else could hear. He says this to us quietly. “King Nebuchadnezzar can be remorseless if he does not like you. But he also has a good side for those who he likes or loves. And the person he loves most of all is his queen. The queen came from a land of hillocks and mountains, with green meadows rich with tall trees and colorful flowers.”

“Some say that after she moved here, the queen missed her home. So, our king thought to build her a mountain covered with green plants. That’s the famous Hanging Gardens. That way, the queen would not be so homesick. But now I must leave you. This is my street. Recall, you will dine with us tonight. Come starved! There will be lots to eat.” And smiling again, Ili leaves us to head toward our inn. 

We have gone just one block more. Then you glance over the rooftops ahead and stop in your tracks. 

“Look!” you exclaim. Your eyes are wide open in wonder. When I look up, I have the same reaction. There, rising above the roofs of the city, we see the famous manmade hill. Many stories high, it is a series of level platforms built one on top of another. And it is connected by ramps and stairways.

    

It narrows in size the higher you look. The platforms are almost completely covered with trees, vines, and blooming flowers. The flowers are in such plenitude that they hang over the sides and give the place its name. We stand in awe of this sight. How on Earth can Nebuchadnezzar grow all these plants in the middle of hot, dry Babylon? 

That night when we are at dinner, Ili explains. “The level parts of the garden are made of mud bricks covered in lead. That way, the water does not leak through. Workers had to carry up the tons of dirt to cover those parts. And then they set all the plants in place. The water for the plants is lifted up in buckets. They’re attached to a long chain. This chain runs around the edges of two great wheels. One’s at the bottom of the building. And one’s at the top.”

“Workers turn these wheels with cranks. The buckets dip into a pond of water at the bottom. That has been filled from the river nearby. As the wheels keep turning, the buckets become full. Then they’re lifted up to the top of the chain. There, they empty their contents into another pond. From this pond, channels direct the water down to the different garden levels and out among the plants.” 

I tell Ili, “I’m amazed at how clever all this is, and how rich King Nebuchadnezzar must be!” But you ask, “And does his queen like it?” 

Ili just smiles at us and says, “Wouldn’t you?”

      
       

Chapter Five: People Of The Nile
    
Mesopotamia was not the only place where folks were creating cities and nations. Another group of people doing this were the Egyptians. They were engendering another great civilization. But they were on the banks of another river, the Nile.  

The Nile is the longest, and one of the mightiest, rivers on Earth. It flows all the way through Egypt. Then it empties into the sea. The Nile has always given the people of Egypt their own behoof.  

Most farmers outside of Egypt had a hard time growing crops. They often had to farm the same land year after year. There was a problem with this. By using the same land each year, the crops they planted would overuse the natural vitamins and minerals in that land. Those nutrients would get used up. Then the farmers could no longer grow crops on that land. 

So, the farmers would have to stop farming. They’d have to give the land a few years to “rest.” They say that “their fields must lay fallow” for some time. By not growing crops on that land for a few years, the natural vitamins and minerals the plants needed to grow would start to build up again. Then the farmers could farm on that land again, at least for a few more years. But what was resultant was that the farmers could never be guaranteed that they could grow enough food each single year. It was quite a hard life.

     

But the Egyptians COULD farm the same land over and over again. Do you know why? The reason that they could do this had to do with the Nile. 

The Nile begins its long journey to the sea in the high mountainous areas of central Africa. Every spring, heavy rainstorms fill Africa’s mountain lakes. The water disperses into the Nile. This floodwater rushes down the mountain sides. It flows with enormous speed and power. The tumid river carries mud, rich with minerals and vitamins, in its currents. The floodwaters reach the flat lands of Egypt. Then they spread out for miles on either side of the riverbanks. Thus, the nutrients are dispensed into the farmlands. When the rains and the flooding abate, the river goes back to its normal size. 

Long ago, the ancient Egyptians planted crops in the muddy fields that were enriched with vitamins and minerals. In this way, the Nile floods meant life for the Egyptians. But the rains might be light for a year or two. Then, the floodwaters would not bring enough rich soil. The people might go hungry. That’s because they would not be able to grow as much food. 

The Egyptians knew their lives depended on the river. Most Egyptians lived within twelve or thirteen miles of the Nile, on one side or the other. It was there that the floodwaters would refresh the land each year.

    

The floodwaters could be quite dangerous, too. When the spring floods came, the Nile could destroy homes and villages. That was if they were built too close to the river. So, lots of ancient Egyptian villages were built up above the level of the river. That way, when the spring floods came, the river would not destroy the buildings and homes. 

Some villages, though, were built on the same level as the river itself. Each year the folks who lived there would have to leave their village when the water rose too high. They’d move to a safe place. Then they’d come back a few weeks later when the river had reverted back to a lower level. The Egyptians in those villages would have to repair a lot of the damage. Still, they were used to doing that each single year. 

Some villages had another way of regulating the flood waters. The people who lived in these villages dug canals. These were ditches cut into the Earth that spread from the edge of the river. They would carry away the extra water from the spring floods. The water flowed through the canals, past the village, and into the farm fields beyond. So, the village did not get damaged. And the water could be transported out farther from the Nile. But the Egyptians used the Nile for other reasons. We shall see about that in this next tale of an Egyptian family.

     

It was one day thousands of years ago. An Egyptian woman named Ipi was with her daughter named Meret. They had gone down to the Nile to gather some soft, muddy clay. They planned to make clay pots. Nearing the river, they heard a voice call to them. “Ipi! Meret!” They looked up and smiled. At sail out in the middle of the Nile was Rensi. He was the husband of Ipi and the father of Meret. Rensi was a fisherman who sailed his narrow boat up and down the river, casting out rope nets to catch fish. He did this just as the men in his family had always done before him. As Rensi’s mother had told him, “Once a fisherman, always a fisherman. And once a fisherman’s son, always a fisherman, too.” 

Rensi began retracing his route back to Meret and Ipi. After a bit, he reached shore. He pulled his boat a little way onto the sand. That way, it would not drift back into the water. Then he made his way towards them. 

Meret turned to her father. He hugged her and kissed her. “Little fish,” he said gently. He was using one of his nicknames that he had for Meret. 

The three of them took the rope fishing nets from the boat. They hung them to dry on wooden racks in the sun. Then Rensi, his wife, and his daughter took the fish from the boat back to their village. There, they would sell them at the market. That night, they were toilworn from their long day. They made their way back to their small house, made of mud bricks, at the outskirts of the village.

     
     
*********
 
     
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
   
Early World Civilizations 
    

Lesson 48 – Part Two

   
NEW WORDS: Ahweru, Ahweru’s, Amon, Djoser, Djoser’s, Giza, Hatshepsut’s, Imhotep, Karnak, Khafre, Khufu, Khufu’s, Meret’s, Ra, Setna, Setna’s, Shep, Sobek, Sphinx’s, Sphinxes, Thutmose, admixture, afterlife, amenable, artwork, bedazzling, blueprints, caretaker, carvings, chafed, co, connote, counselors, couriers, crocs, dazzles, denotations, diligence, doted, facade, facile, flotillas, foreshore, galvanizing, glisten, glyphs, gratifying, hieroglyphics, hobbled, imposing, incredulous, infinitely, inquisitiveness, invincible, journeyers, lotus, magically, maturing, memorize, mentioning, mustaches, perceptible, perpetuity, physiognomy, pier, portrayal, predilection, qualified, relay, reposeful, revealing, rite, succumbed, truculent, vaporized, vertex, wearily, wonderment, wonderments
    
   

Chapter Six: Writing In Ancient Egypt
      
Once in a while, Meret went with her father while he went to fish. Late one night, Meret and her father came back from a long day of fishing. They were both tired from being out in the hot sun all afternoon. They were relieved to be back on the banks of the river. Meret’s mother waited for them by the shore. When she saw Meret, she scooped the tired girl up and gave her a huge hug. 

“I will sing you your bedtime song as we walk home, my child,” she told Meret. Meret nodded. She wearily looked up at her mother. 

Her mother sang the pretty song. Then Meret asked with inquisitiveness, “How did you learn and memorize that song?” 

“I learned it from my mother, who learned it from her mother,” Meret’s mother replied. “I learned everything I needed to know by listening to my mother. I will teach you everything that you need to know. And I hope that you will be able to listen well.” 

“I will,” Meret said. “But isn’t there another way to pass on information?”

     

“Well, yes,” Meret’s mother said. “The kings and scribes know how to draw symbols called ‘hieroglyphs.’ They connote the words that we say. Then, someone else can come along and read these symbols much later. They can then understand exactly what was written.” 

“But why would we need to write things down? Can’t we can just pass them on by talking?” Meret asked. 

“Sometimes messages need to be carried by messengers over very long distances,” Meret’s mother explained. “And in the time that it took to go those great distances, the messengers might forgot the messages. They might get some of the words mixed up when they tried to relay their message.” 

“That is not so good!” Meret exclaimed. “Then the person could get the wrong message!” 

“Exactly,” Meret’s mother continued. “But when the message is written down, there is no chance that the messenger will forget the message, or get it mixed up. This is one reason why reading and writing are so important. We Egyptians thought it was important to write things down accurately.” 

“That seems like a good idea.” Meret agreed. “So, writing things down using symbols helps messengers deliver the correct message. But are there other things that writing is used for?”

     

“Lots of things,” Meret’s mother said. “Writing is used so that the important things that happen will be remembered for a long time. It is how we can look back and recall things that went on before you and I were even born!” 

“Wow!” Meret said in wonderment

Her mother continued, “So, we write to record our history. But we also use it to write down laws that each of us should know. We use these symbols to write down stories, poems, and even songs, too.” 

“Like the pretty song that you sing to me, Mother?” Meret inquired. 

“Yes, the song that I sing to you each night has been written down. That way, it will be known forever,” Meret’s mother answered. 

“That’s good,” Meret said. “I like that song.” She paused and then asked, “So, the carvings on the stones of the temple are a form of writing?”

    

“Yes,” her mother said. “People also paint or write on wood or papyrus. The couriers that I was mentioning earlier normally take messages written on papyrus.”  

“Well, I bet that a stone would be quite heavy to carry!” Meret laughed. 

Meret’s mother laughed, as well. Then she said, “But now, my dear, it is time for you to sleep. We are now at home.” 

“Will you sing me the song one more time?” Meret asked as they went in. 

Meret’s mother nodded. Then she began to sing. Before she was done, Meret was fast asleep. 

Meret’s favorite song had been written down using hieroglyphics. That was the ancient Egyptian way of writing. In ancient Egypt, kings, scribes, priests, and craftsmen were some of the few people who understood the denotations of the glyphs. These hieroglyphs, or single pictures and symbols, were used instead of the letters and words that we have in our language today. They were used to communicate and write down important messages, laws, songs, stories, and prayers. That way, they would be recalled for many years to come. It was not until hundreds of years later that the word “hieroglyphics” was given to this form of writing.

    
       

Chapter Seven: AmonRa And The Gods Of Ancient Egypt
     
There are lots of old tales from Egypt. Many said that some of the gods and goddesses looked like the creatures that the Egyptians saw around them in their own country. Sometimes, they could be an admixture of animals and human beings! Here’s one for you. One common Egyptian bird was a small hawk called a falcon. The ancient Egyptians believed in a god named Horus. He was a portrayal of a man’s body topped with the head of a falcon. 

Another god was called Sobek. He was depicted as a human body with the head of a crocodile! There have always been real crocodiles living along the banks of the Nile River. And they are always hungry. They often try to catch and eat other creatures. In the old days, people believed in Sobek. That way, they could pray to him to keep real crocs away. The Egyptians were careful to say nice things about him. “See,” they would say. “We made a handsome statue of you, great Sobek. And we will leave meat and fish by the statue for you to eat.” 

Another Egyptian god was depicted as a cat. Another was a hippopotamus. And so on. Others just looked completely human. But they were still thought to have special powers.

    

The ancient Egyptians’ most important god had different names in different parts of Egypt. Some people called him Amon. Some called him Ra. At times, they’d put these together as Amon-Ra. These were all names for the Egyptian god of the sun. They said that he had created everything. He’d even created lots of the other gods and goddesses. 

Let’s listen, as Meret’s mother tells her a story about Amon-Ra, the Egyptian god of the sun. We’ll learn what the ancient Egyptians thought about the creation of the world. 

Meret and her mother were washing clothes down at the edge of the Nile. Meret’s mother said, “Amon-Ra started out by living inside a large, pretty flower. It was called a lotus. In those days, everything was covered with water. So, the lotus flower was under the waves. Finally, Amon-Ra thought, ‘It is time for this lotus to rise up out of the water. It’s time for it to open its petals.’ And since he was powerful, it happened.”  

“That’s wild!” Meret said. She turned to set some wet clothes on a large rock. That way, the sun would dry them.

     

Her mother said, “You’ve not yet heard the best part! After the lotus blossom opened, Amon-Ra said this. ‘Now I will make everything else in the world. I just need to think about each thing and use my powers. I will think up other powerful gods and goddesses. Then I won’t be lonely. I will make stars and planets, and the sun and the moon. I’ll make the birds, fish, plants, and animals. And I will make the first humans, too.’ Soon, he made everything. Amon-Ra then picked up the sun. He put it into a big boat.” 

“The whole sun?” asked Meret. 

“Yes. Amon-Ra is very strong. He sailed his boat, with the sun in it, across the whole sky until he reached the other side. Then he rested. He did it again the next day. He still does this each day. And when he rests, it is night.” 

Meret thought this over. She asked, “Why can’t we see him or his boat?” 

“Maybe he and the boat are too far away, up in the air. We can only see the bright sun shining from the back. Or perhaps the sun dazzles so brightly that we can’t look carefully enough to see the boat. After all, you must not stare at the sun. That will hurt your eyes.” 

Meret said, “Well, I’m glad that Amon-Ra made the sun. If he had not done so, we could not dry our clothes.” Meret’s mother laughed.

     
    

Chapter Eight: Approaching The Great Pyramid
    
Long ago, there was an Egyptian priest. He was named Setna. He was the caretaker for one part of a huge temple. It had been built to honor the gods in his city. Setna had a daughter. She was named Ahweru. He doted on her and loved her infinitely. After maturing to Setna’s satisfaction, he took Ahweru on a boat trip. They would head down the Nile. They’d go to a place called Giza. She could see the Great Pyramid there! It would be kind of a “rite of passage” for her. 

They sailed for days. They were journeyers on a large sailing ship. During the trip, Setna told his daughter what the Great Pyramid was. He told her why it had been built. He said, “We Egyptians say that far to the west lies a place called ‘the beautiful west.’ When one dies, he or she has the chance to go there. If they get there safely, their spirit will be happy forever. The good god Osiris is the king there. He takes good care of each person. But the trip to this reposeful place is dangerous. It’s hard to make it there. And not everyone who tries to get there reaches it. So, we pray to Osiris. We pray to his wife, Isis. And we pray to their son. He’s the falcon-headed god Horus. If they wish to do so, these three gods can use their powers to help us reach the beautiful west. So, we must be quite sure that they have a predilection to like us.”

     

“And the god Osiris is so amenable. He will even let us bring any treasure that we have with us when we go there. That could be pretty artwork, fine clothes, or jewelry. It could be whatever we most like in this life. That way, we may have a gratifying afterlife.”

“Well, some years past, there was a pharaoh named Djoser. One night, Djoser had a dream. One of the gods told him to build a special place. Djoser’s family and servants would put his body and treasures there when he had succumbed to death. Now, Djoser had a friend who worked for him. He thought that he was the smartest man alive in those days. This friend’s name was Imhotep. Imhotep was the greatest architect in Egypt.” 

At this point, Ahweru interrupted. “Father, what is an ‘architect’?” 

“That’s a person who decides how a building should look. They also know how it should be constructed. That way it will be sturdy, and never collapse! They draw up the plan. That’s called a “blueprint.” Then the builders follow that plan. Today in Egypt, our builders usually use the same blueprints that our architects have used for thousands of years. But Imhotep was the one who first drew up most of those plans.” 

“He must have been the best architect ever.”

     
     

“Pharaoh Djoser thought so, for certain. He called Imhotep to the palace. He told him of the dream. The pharaoh said, ‘Imhotep, build me a building that reaches up toward the sky in honor of the gods. Make the middle of it an open space for me. It can also contain my treasures, for after I die. Make it special.’ So, Imhotep built the first pyramid. The bottom of it is an enormous stone square. And then the four sides reach upward. They lean in toward each until they meet at the top. The sides of that first pyramid are built as steps. That makes it more facile to climb up the outside. Well, Djoser’s pyramid was, indeed, quite a wonder. The pharaohs after him wanted pyramids, too. But they wished for smooth sides, not steps.”

“Much later came a pharaoh named Khufu. Khufu wanted people to know what an important pharaoh he was. So, he commanded his people to build him the biggest pyramid of all. That’s the Great Pyramid.” 

Setna and his daughter Ahweru continued to sail for days. They were nearing the end of their long journey. Suddenly, Setna pointed up ahead. He cried out, “Look! My dear Ahweru! What do you see?”

Ahweru’s eyes opened wide with excitement. “Is that the top of the Great Pyramid? Are we close?”

    
      

“It is the top. But we’re still a long way from it. We will not be there until tomorrow. It will start to get dark soon. We will stop shortly. But it is so tall that we can start to see it. Even from this far!” 

The top of the pyramid shone brightly. “It’s like the sun, Father!” Ahweru yelled. 

“That’s because the top is covered in gold. The pharaoh ordered gold to be brought from his mines in the desert. And the sides are covered in smooth, white stone. The pyramid shines in the sun.” 

“The whole top is gold?” 

“Yes. You see, Khufu wanted to show how much power he had. He said, ‘I am the greatest ruler on Earth. The god of the sun, Amon-Ra, is the greatest of the gods. He’s the one who created the world. My pyramid will glisten in the sun to honor Amon-Ra. And it will remind everyone that, just as he created the world, I created this pyramid, and that I am also great. I will be famous into perpetuity!'” Setna looked again at that bedazzling peak. “And all these years later, Ahweru, we stand here talking about Pharaoh Khufu.” 

“But now it’s time for our boat to dock for the night. We will go into that town over there. We’ll get some dinner. Then we’ll go to sleep. Because I am a priest at the temple of Karnak, we’re invited to stay at the temple in this place. Come on, then. You will get to see the Great Pyramid up close tomorrow. It’s the most amazing building ever made!” And they stepped off their boat onto the wooden pier at the foreshore.

    
    

Chapter Nine: The Sphinx
     
The next morning, their boat sailed closer and closer. Ahweru kept thinking, “Surely this must be all of it. There can’t be any more.” But more and more of the pyramid became perceptible to them. Soon she could see more pyramids near the great one, too. She was sure that they must be quite large. But they looked tiny compared to that of Khufu’s pyramid. She could not take her eyes off of that one. 

No wonder she was amazed. Today, we have skyscrapers that reach over one hundred stories into the air. But they pale in comparison. The Great Pyramid is still one of the world’s most galvanizing wonderments. But part of the pointed top is gone now. Later, people took some of the stone to build other things. And they kept the gold for themselves. Also, the smooth, white stone has worn away from the sides. That’s revealing enormous blocks of tan limestone that the white stone initially covered.

But even without the vertex, the Great Pyramid is 450 feet tall. That’s thirty-six stories high. Yes, we have much taller buildings today. But the stone blocks the Egyptians moved, with just sheer muscle power, weighed thousands of pounds each. That’s more than lots of large cars put together. They’d cut the stone blocks from mountains farther up the Nile. Then they had them in flotillas. They were coming downstream to Giza on flat-topped boats. Then they’d throw ropes around the blocks. They’d gather dozens of workers to pull the ropes. They’d drag the blocks across rows of smooth, heavy logs to the pyramid. Then more workers tugged and tugged on the ropes to pull the blocks up big ramps and into place.

     

Ahweru stepped off the ship and approached the Great Pyramid. Something else caught her eye. Ahead of her, something was rising out of the sand. There lay a giant statue. It had the body of a lion and the head of a man. She asked, “Father, what is that?” 

Setna said, “that is the Great Sphinx. It is nearly as famous as the pyramid of Pharaoh Khufu. But it’s nowhere near as big.” 

“Did Khufu build the Sphinx, too? Or did one of the gods do that?” 

“It was a pharaoh.” 

Ahweru interposed, “Then I was right. It was Khufu.” 

“Well, it was his son, the Pharaoh Khafre. I guess, like his father, he wanted to be remembered for something. But he knew that the people of Egypt had spent twenty years building his father’s pyramid. And it had cost an incredulous amount of gold to do it. Perhaps Khafre did not wish to spend that much time and money. So, he built the second largest pyramid. That one over there.”

He stopped and pointed. Ahweru said, “When we were on the boat, that one looked bigger than the Great Pyramid. But now I see it is smaller. Why is that, Father?”

      

“It’s built on higher ground. So, as you approach, the second pyramid seems to be the bigger of the two. Once you reach this place, though, both of them are right in front of you. It’s then clear which is truly the most imposing. Khafre knew that he could not match his father’s pyramid. So, he must have wondered what he could do, so that he, too, would be remembered. I bet that was one reason for building the Great Sphinx. Look at the face. It’s the physiognomy of Khafre himself.”

“The Sphinx’s facade is made to look like the pharaoh’s face? Why?” 

“We don’t know for sure. You can see that the years have not been kind to the Great Sphinx. Twice since it was built, the sands of the desert have swallowed it up. They covered it almost completely. I think that there may once have been writing on the base. But the sand chafed that away. Maybe the writing told why the pharaoh put his own face on it. But if so, those words have vaporized.

      

“However, here’s an old tale. It says that the lion was given the pharaoh’s face to show that Khafre was as truculent and invincible as a lion. The story adds that he set it in front of the pyramids to protect them.” 

“That makes sense. After all, there are smaller sphinxes up near the temple at Karnak. They’re there to help guard it magically.” 

“Yes. This one is not the only sphinx in Egypt. Nor is it the sole statue set up to guard a place. But this one is the biggest and most beautiful. So, it is called ‘great.’ And today we Egyptians say that the Great Sphinx is a form of the sun god. And now, my daughter, it is time to start our long journey home.” 

Ahweru stood still. She looked at the huge statue for a time. Then she said, “I’m glad that I could see the Great Pyramid and the Sphinx. Thank you for bringing me, Father.”

“You’re most welcome,” Setna replied. And father and daughter went back to the boat to start their trip home.

     
     

Chapter Ten: The Story Of Hatshepsut
     
In ancient times, kings of Egypt were called pharaohs. But the word pharaoh didn’t always mean “king.” At first, it just meant “big house” or “palace.” That’s because the pharaoh was the person who lived in the biggest house in Egypt. That was the royal palace.

Pharaohs were thought to be much more than kings, though. The Nile floods meant life or death to the Egyptians. They thought that the pharaoh had something to do with making the Nile flood each spring. In fact, they thought that the pharaoh was not just a man. They thought that he was a god, too. Because he was such a key person, the Egyptians had rules that told how a pharaoh should be chosen. 

These rules were like lots of other things that the Egyptians did. This was whether it was the way that they’d paint their pictures, or dress, or pray. Once they’d landed on how to do something, they did not like to change the rules. But let’s go to about 3,500 years ago. Then, someone changed the rules for them! And that person was a princess.

      

Her name was Hatshepsut. Think of her name as “hat, shep, soot.” She was the daughter of a pharaoh. He was Thutmose the First. He was old when he was named pharaoh. He wished to do all that he could for Egypt in the time that he had left. So, he worked with diligence. As he aged more, he could not keep up this pace. Lucky for him, his daughter, Hatshepsut, said this to him. “I will help you run Egypt, father.” 

“Thank you, daughter,” he said. Then he gave her more of his duties to handle. She enjoyed this. And she did a fine job. But then, Thutmose the First grew ill and died.

So, the Egyptians had need of a new pharaoh. You might think that they would pick Hatshepsut. After all, she was highly qualified! She’d learned how to do the job. But tradition said that the pharaoh had to be male, not female. And we know how the Egyptians felt about a change to the rules! So, Hatshepsut’s cousin became Pharaoh. He was Thutmose the Second.

    

Then Thutmose the Second soon died. The royal court chose Hatshepsut’s young nephew to become Pharaoh. He was Thutmose the Third. But Hatshepsut had had enough of this. Why should she do all of the work, while someone else got to be the pharaoh?! So, she claimed, “I will be the co-ruler of Egypt with my nephew, Thutmose the Third. We will be pharaohs together.” 

One of the wise, old counselors hobbled up to her. He said, “But Princess. I’m sure that you remember this. The pharaoh has to be a man!” 

But, oh my, what she did next! For this, some folks have called her “the first great woman in history.” She simply said this. “That is no problem. I now officially declare myself a man!”

So, Hatshepsut and Thutmose the Third were both called “pharaoh.” But she ran the country. She directed builders and artists to put up pictures and statues of her dressed as a man. They even had her wearing a beard. It was quite hot in Egypt in those days. Of course, it was before air conditioning. So, how did they stay cooler? Egyptians shaved their heads. And the men wore no beards or mustaches. But pharaohs DID wear skinny, fake beards. That was to make them look wise. But now it was a woman wearing the beard!

      

Hatshepsut was a superb pharaoh. She built one of the greatest temples to the Egyptian gods. And she built up trade between Egypt and some of her distant neighbors. Every time she did something good, her builders would carve advertisements into the walls of buildings. These would tell of the great job that she was doing. 

After Hatshepsut’s death, Thutmose decided to put up walls. These were to cover up the images of her accomplishments. He wanted people to forget her. Thutmose III also set out to conquer lots of other countries around Egypt. This made Egypt and its people incredibly rich and powerful. Today he’s thought to be one of the greatest of all the ancient pharaohs. 

Thousands of years later, modern scientists took down the walls that hid the temple carvings. But those walls did not just hide the carvings. They had actually kept harsh weather, or other things, from destroying both Hatshepsut’s image and the words that she had chosen to tell about herself! This was quite ironic. Thutmose had wished to make people forget her. But instead, he had preserved, by accident, her memory! Because of this, we now know of Hatshepsut. She was the woman who made herself a pharaoh!

     
        
*********
   
     
Core Knowledge (R) Independent Reading
   
(Review guidelines for publishing Core Knowledge (R) materials at the bottom of this page-view. This lesson is a “READ-ALOUD” Core Knowledge (R) passage that has been rewritten to be at a lower-grade independent reading level complexity than the original, largely by shortening and simplifying sentence structures while maintaining the richness of the text content.)
   
Early World Civilizations 
     

Lesson 49 – Part Three

   
NEW WORDS: Bibles, Canaan, Carter’s, Hebrew, Hebrews, Islamic, Maira, Muhammad’s, Muslim, Pesach, Qur’an, Shabbat, Tutankhamun, alaikum, archaeologist, assalamu, assistants, branched, chapel, depicts, descendants, enslaving, faiths, festivals, feverishly, gangs, guarding, hieroglyphic, holiest, hymns, imam, leveled, lifetimes, matzoh, menorahs, minarets, monotheistic, mosques, nativity, needy, obeying, offerings, pacem, parted, passageway, poetic, prophets, readings, rebirth, reentered, relight, removal, resealed, respectfully, sarcophagus, savior, scriptures, sepulcher, shahada, shalom, sins, surprises, surrender, synagogues, testament, torchlight, ul, unmarked, worshiped, worshiping, wrongdoings
     
        

Chapter Eleven: Tutankhamun, The Golden Pharaoh, Part One
     
It’s now many years past Hatshepsut’s rule. Another pharaoh would rule for nine years. Then he’d be forgotten for 3,000 years. His name was Tutankhamun. But he has a nickname. He’s now known as “King Tut.” Tut was only nine years old when he was named pharaoh. And he died when he was just nineteen. 

We’re not sure why he died so young. Some thought that he may have had some sort of accident. When he died, he was not placed in a pyramid like the pharaohs in Hatshepsut’s time. Instead, in Tut’s time, pharaohs were buried in the hillsides of a valley. That valley was called “the Valley of the Kings.” None of the tombs of the pharaohs in the Valley of the Kings were marked. So, in an unmarked tomb in that valley, Pharaoh Tutankhamun would rest. He was surrounded by treasure. But he was forgotten by the world. He was “lost” for nearly thirty-three centuries. That’s 3,300 years, a very long time.

Now we’ll jump way ahead in time. We go from ancient Egypt to a time closer to today, just 100 years ago. There was a British archaeologist named Howard Carter. He wished to find the lost tombs in the Valley of the Kings. Carter’s partner was a British nobleman. He was Lord Carnarvon. Carnarvon wished to find the lost tombs in the Valley of the Kings, too.

     

For the next few years, these men went to work. Carter was often accompanied by Lord Carnarvon. Carter had found a number of ancient objects scattered through the valley. But he had in mind a greater prize. Another archaeologist had found objects that had hieroglyphs written on them. These objects mentioned Tut. Carter was determined to find Tut’s tomb. He was sure that somewhere in the Valley of the Kings lay Tut’s hidden burial site. Could he find it? 

Trying to find the tomb was neither easy nor safe. Thieves often showed up. They’d steal valuable objects whenever they heard of new finds. 

There’s a book about Carter’s career. He wrote of one dangerous encounter with such thieves. A band of robbers had learned of a discovery. It was a moonlit night. The thieves crept through the shadows of the valley. They planned to steal whatever they could carry with them. But what happened just as they started to gather the loot? A second band of robbers showed up with the same idea! At once, the two gangs attacked each other in a fierce battle. There they fought, in the moonlight amid the burial sites of the ancient pharaohs. The second gang chased off the first. But Carter, in his nearby camp, heard the noise of their fight. Here is how he calmly told of what next took place.

      

“I gathered the few of my workmen still nearby. We set out for the scene of action. This was an expedition that involved a climb of more than 1,800 feet. We tramped over the hills in the moonlight. It was midnight when we got to the scene. The guide pointed out to me the end of a rope dangling down the face of the cliff. Listening, we could hear the robbers at work. I first cut their rope. That cut off their means of escape. Then, I made secure a good, stout rope of my own. Then I lowered myself down the cliff.” 

“There were eight robbers at work. When I neared the bottom, there was an awkward moment or two. Finally, the robbers saw reason and departed. The rest of the night I spent guarding the spot.”

      

For six years, Carter searched for the tomb of King Tut. The two men had focused their attention on one area in the Valley of the Kings. All that was left was the ground beneath some huts. These huts were where ancient workers had lived while they dug the royal tombs. Carter decided to give this area one last try. He and his men removed the huts. They leveled off the soil below. Carter finished removing the first of the workers’ huts. He found something quite exciting! There, lost to the world for thirty-two centuries, was a stone staircase. It led down into the rocky floor of the valley! This had almost been overlooked by Carter and Carnarvon in six years of digging.

Carter and his men uncovered the steps one by one. They cleared the dirt from the top of the twelfth step. They saw beyond it, in Carter’s own words, the upper part of a doorway. Atop the door was a hieroglyphic seal. It showed that the door had been sealed shut under royal authority. Whoever had been buried here was either royal, or someone very important to the pharaoh. 

Carter was almost overcome with excitement. He cut a small hole in the door. He shone a light through the hole. Inside, he saw a hallway filled to the top with rocks. It took all of his self-control not to break through and start to fling the rocks out. He left some of his men to guard the place. He covered the door up again and rode off through the moonlight. He thought, “Anything might lie beyond that passage!” Yet none of them was sure what Carter had found.

    
     

Chapter Twelve: Tutankhamun, The Golden Pharaoh, Part Two
     
He had cleared what turned out to be the last of sixteen stairs. Carter and Carnarvon saw something carved into the door. It was a few inches lower than Carter had been able to see the first time. It was the royal sign of King Tut. But Carter also saw signs that part of the door had been opened before. Then it had been resealed. After all their work, would they find an empty tomb? 

For days, the crew worked to clear the rock-filled passageway. They were anxious to move ahead. But they were afraid of destroying anything important if they moved too fast. Thirty-two feet in, they found another door! This one also had Tut’s seal. There were more signs that part of it had been broken open, too. Carter cut another hole. He lit a candle and looked through. The others were fairly dancing with excitement behind him. They waited. But he said nothing. It was because, as it turned out, he could not speak. He was too overcome. At last Carnarvon demanded, “Can you see anything?” Howard Carter turned slowly, and answered, “Yes! Wonderful things!”

What they saw was just a hint of what appeared a number of days later. They soon opened that door. They entered by the light of flashlights. As they lit up the room beyond, light flashed back at the explorers. There were reflections in gold! There, shining in the torchlight, were so many beautiful things. A golden throne. A statue of a golden snake. Couches made of gold. Golden clothes draped over two large, black stone statues. And much more awaited them.

      

They looked around some more. They saw ancient Egyptian art pieces of great beauty. Some were unlike any they had ever seen before. These were priceless. Not only did they have gold and jewels all over them. But they would also give new clues to the religious beliefs and way of life of the ancient Egyptians. Then one of Carter’s assistants called, “There’s another door.” Sure enough, there was another, smaller room. It was filled with more objects. But unlike those in the first room, these were thrown about. It was as if a robber, feverishly searching through the riches of the place, had been interrupted. He had left them behind in a hurry. 

But among all of these wonders, something was missing. There was no mummy. There was not even a mummy case, or sarcophagus. Thus, there was a moment of mixed triumph and disappointment. But the surprises of that day were not over. Carnarvon and Carter reentered the first room. They glanced at the far wall. At the same moment, they shouted, “Look!” For in that wall, they saw a fourth door! 

Already, they had found the largest, most valuable collection of ancient Egyptian treasures ever discovered. It would take a number of months before their team could check everything. They’d have to gently move it all out. Finally, Carter gently pulled away some stones atop the fourth door. Holding up a light, he peered in.

    

At his side, an assistant held up a microphone to carry Carter’s words, by radio, around the world. Here is how Howard Carter later told of what he saw beyond the door. “There, within a yard of the doorway, stretching as far as one could see, stood a solid wall of gold! There was no clue as to its meaning. But with the removal of a very few stones, that mystery was solved. We were at the entrance of the actual burial chamber of the king. That which barred our way was the side of an immense, golden shrine. It had been built to cover and protect the sarcophagus which held the long-lost pharaoh!” 

They had found the burial chamber of Tutankhamun. It was almost 3,300 years after his death. The great cover surrounding his mummy case stood eighteen feet wide, eleven feet long, and nine feet high. And it was all covered in gold! Carved into this were hieroglyphic symbols. The walls of the room were covered with hieroglyphic words and paintings of Tut and the Egyptian gods.

     

The sarcophagus itself turned out to hold a series of cases. One was inside the next. Some of the wood was covered in gold. The innermost case held the mummy. It would become one of the most famous images in the world. It was made of solid gold. Inside it was the king’s mummy. It had a mask over his face. It was made of gold and of shining blue stone. 

The discovery of King Tut and his treasures excited people all over the world. Wherever the news spread, people said, “We want to know more about ancient Egypt. We want to learn how we are different from those ancient Egyptians, and how we might be the same.” Nearly a hundred years later, people are still saying it. All this happened because of two men, Howard Carter and Lord Carnarvon. They had wondered about someone who had lived more than three thousand years before them. That was Tutankhamun, Pharaoh of Egypt.

      
      

Chapter Thirteen: Three World Religions
     
Have you ever wondered how the universe came to be? Or why the stars shine at night? Or what makes a rainbow? Perhaps you’ve asked what causes a thunderstorm or an earthquake? Why does the Earth have more water than land? Well, you’re not alone. Lots of folks have asked about these same things for thousands of years. 

How does one find answers to these questions? People have looked at the natural world around them. They were amazed by the power of the sun and moon and stars. Some people believed that some animals were sacred, or holy. They worshiped them. 

The ancient Mesopotamians and Egyptians worshiped many gods and goddesses. They were believed to have controlled each thing that happened on Earth. They made offerings to these gods. They held festivals and ceremonies in their honor. 

People began following religions long ago. People have always asked lots of questions. How did people come to live on the Earth? What are the stars in the sky? Who, if anyone, controls everything that happens? Their explanations of all the mysteries of the universe became stories that they told each other. This was long before writing was invented.

     

Not everyone in ancient times had the same beliefs or religions. The same is true now. There are lots of different religious beliefs. There are lots of different religions.

You’ll now learn a bit about three of the different religions practiced in the world today. The oldest of these that you’ll learn about is called Judaism. The second one is called Christianity. And the third one is called Islam. All three of these religions had their beginnings in an area of the world known as the Middle East. In fact, all three religions call the city of Jerusalem a holy, or sacred, city.

People who practice Judaism, Jewish people, worship at many places. They include a place known as the Western Wall. This is the only remaining support wall that was part of the ancient temple in Jerusalem. It’s on the western side of the Temple Mount. That’s why it’s called “the Western Wall.” This site is very holy to Jewish people. Sometimes when people pray there, they get very emotional as they worship. This leads some people to refer to this wall by its nickname, “the Wailing Wall.”

Christians are people who practice Christianity. They worship at many places. That includes a place known as the Church of the Holy Sepulcher. A “sepulcher” is a place where dead people are placed. This church is the main Christian shrine in Jerusalem.

      

Muslims are people who practice Islam. They worship at many places. That includes a place known as the Dome of the Rock. It’s made of marble and tile. It is the oldest complete example of an Islamic building that is still standing today. 

Jewish people, Christians, and Muslims worship in many other places around the world. That’s in addition to these three holy shrines in Jerusalem. 

How did these religions begin? Why do all three consider the city of Jerusalem to be a holy city? Well, about four thousand years ago, there was a land called Ur. In that place, there lived a man by the name of Abraham. The people of Ur worshiped lots of different gods. There was one for the sun, one for the moon, one for the stars, etc. But Abraham had a different belief. He thought that there was just one God.

      

Stories tell us that this one all-powerful God spoke to Abraham. This God promised to lead him out of Ur. Abraham and his wife, Sarah, packed their things and traveled far. They went away to a place called Canaan. Some people refer to Canaan as “the promised land.” Today, it is known as the country of Israel. That’s where the holy city of Jerusalem is located. It was here that Abraham remained faithful to his one God, who is often called “the God of Abraham.” 

All three religions, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam, are “monotheisticfaiths. They are all faiths that believe in just one God. Over the next few days, you’ll learn important differences about each of these world religions. It’s important to know that all three religions started long ago in the Middle East. All three religions have sets of beliefs that help people to make sense of their universe. All three religions have influenced the laws and customs of people around the world for many years.

      
       

Chapter Fourteen: Judaism
     
Hi. I’m Miriam. I am Jewish. Jewish people practice a religion called Judaism. Judaism began long ago with the Hebrew people. They were descendants of Abraham. You’ve already heard about Abraham. Jewish people believe that God made a “covenant,” or agreement, with Abraham. God promised to take care of Abraham and his descendants. In return, Abraham promised to worship only God. That was a break from following the common practice of worshiping many different gods. 

Long after Abraham died, the Hebrews had to leave the “Promised Land” of Canaan. That’s because there was not enough food to eat. They moved to neighboring Egypt. There, they were made to work as slaves for the king, or pharaoh, of Egypt. 

After many years, God sent a prophet named Moses. He was to help free the Hebrew people and lead them back to Canaan, “the promised land.” 

Moses asked the Egyptian pharaoh to free the Jewish people from slavery. But the pharaoh refused. God punished the pharaoh for enslaving the Jewish people. Finally, the pharaoh let the Jewish slaves leave Egypt and return to Canaan. Moses led them to freedom by obeying God. God then parted, or pushed back, the waters of the Red Sea. That was so that the Jewish people could walk through to Canaan. This journey out of Egypt is called “the Exodus.”

      

Today, I celebrate the holiday of Pesach, or Passover, with my family. It is one of our most important Jewish holidays. Passover is when we celebrate the freedom of our people from slavery in Egypt and their journey back to Canaan. I’m going to the synagogue to hear the story of Moses once again. Won’t you come with me? 

This is my synagogue, or temple. You can tell it apart from other houses of worship. That’s because it has the Star of David on it. King David was one of our finest kings. His six-pointed star has become a symbol of the Jewish faith. Let’s go in! 

Inside, I will introduce you to my uncle, the rabbi. A rabbi is a religious leader for the Jewish faith. He will read from the Torah. It is a beautiful handwritten scroll. 

The Torah refers to all of the Hebrew scriptures. But most often, when Jewish people say “Torah” they mean the first five books that are mostly about Moses.

There’s my uncle. We’re a little bit late. He’s already begun to read the story. He reads in Hebrew. That’s the ancient language of the Jewish people.

    

Tonight, as part of our celebration, we will tell the Exodus story. Would you like to join my family at our Seder? Seder is the name of our special Passover dinner. It’s a lot like our weekly Shabbat, or Sabbath. That’s our holy day of rest, on Saturday. The whole family gathers together for a big, special meal. The youngest person in the room who can speak is the one who begins the Seder. They will ask, “Why is this night different from all other nights?”

At a Seder, the food that we eat is quite important. Each food that’s put on the Seder plate has a special meaning. That’s to help us remember the story of Moses and the Hebrews’ escape from Egypt. 

Passover lasts for one week. Each day we eat matzoh, or flat bread. That’s because when the Jewish people fled Egypt so quickly, they did not have time to wait for their bread to rise. All they had to eat was flat bread. See what I mean about each food at our Seder having a special meaning? 

Passover is a really important holiday for my people. But we have lots of other holidays, as well.

    

We also celebrate Rosh Hashanah. That’s the Jewish New Year. It happens during late summer or autumn. We eat sweet foods such as apples and honey. They represent our wish for a sweet year ahead. That is when we thank God for the creation of the world. 

There’s another Jewish holiday called Hanukkah. That means “the Festival of Lights.” Jewish people all around the world light nine-branched candlesticks. They’re called “menorahs.” They light the menorahs to remember the past. They think of the time when they rebelled against the rulers who had conquered them. These rulers told the Jewish people that they could no longer pray to God. Here’s how the story goes. When the Jewish people went to the temple, they only found a small jar of oil with which to relight the lamp. But the oil lasted, miraculously, for eight days. That covered them until they were able to get more. 

Another of our holidays is Yom Kippur. It’s a time when we ask God to forgive our sins. We try to live our lives by the Ten Commandments. Those were special laws given to Moses by God. They tell us that there is only one God. And we are to respect him by treating others respectfully

Shalom. Peace to you.

      
      

Chapter Fifteen: Christianity
     
Today is Easter. That’s one of the most important holidays in Christianity. My name is Peter. I am a Christian. So, I am a follower of Jesus. Miriam is my good friend. I know that she has told you a bit about her religion, Judaism. Well, Christianity grew out of Judaism. In fact, Jesus was Jewish.

Remember how Moses freed the Jewish people? He led them back to “the promised land” of Canaan, or Israel? Well, long after that, the Jewish people again struggled to be free. Their land had been conquered and ruled by Roman soldiers. They were no longer free. They prayed for a Messiah, or savior. He would bring peace and justice to the world. They thought that this would include freedom from Roman rule. It was at this time that Jesus was born. Some Jewish people believed that Jesus was the Messiah for whom they prayed. 

Jesus was a holy leader and a special teacher. Christians today believe that Jesus is the Messiah. He was sent to save the people here on Earth. Christians also believe that Jesus is the son of God. 

Jesus spent long hours teaching people about God’s love for them. And he instructed them to be kind to each other. Jesus seemed to care about everybody. He loved the rich and the poor. He cared for the healthy and the sick. He loved the good and the bad. He became very popular with the people. Some began to call him the king of the Jewish people.

     

According to the Bible, on the third day after Jesus died, he rose from the dead and came back to life. Christians believe that Jesus died so that his followers might also experience life after death. And they would receive forgiveness for their “sins,” or wrongdoings. This is why Christians all around the world celebrate Easter. 

So, now you know why today is so special for me. Come to church with me. I have some things that I’d like to show you. 

This is my church. Some of my friends go to a chapel. That’s a small church. Still others go to a great big cathedral. You could say that my church is medium-sized. You can tell that it is a Christian church. That’s because of the cross on the top. 

The cross is an important symbol of the Christian faith. Since Christians believe that Jesus died on a cross, according to my religion, we could live with him forever. 

Holy Week is the week before Easter. The cross is draped in a purple cloth to remember the miracle of Jesus’ “resurrection.” That’s a long word for his rising from the dead and coming back to life. Today, I will place flowers on the cross. They’ll be a symbol of rebirth and eternal life.

    

Let’s go inside. The church is full of Easter lilies. The minister, priest, or pastor gives a sermon, or talk, every Sunday. He reads from the Bible, our holy book. Part of our Bible is the Old Testament. It contains the same books of Jewish scriptures. But today’s readings will come from the New Testament. It is full of stories about the life of Jesus. It includes today’s story of the Resurrection. We will sing some special Easter songs and hymns. Then, musicians with big brass instruments will play and join in with their loud and joyous praise! 

Christians also celebrate the birth of Jesus. That day is called Christmas. That’s celebrated on the twenty-fifth of December. Christians sometimes act out the nativity scene. That depicts when the baby Jesus was born in a manger. 

At Christmas, Christians also give presents to one another. That’s to remember the three wise men who visited the baby Jesus when he was born. They gave him presents over two thousand years ago. There are other special days for Christians. But the two biggest celebrations are Christmas and Easter. 

What happened after Jesus died on the cross? His “disciples,” or followers, continued to spread his teachings to others. Today, Christianity is widely practiced around the world. There are many different groups of Christians. But they share lots of the same practices, or ways of doing things. Most practicing Christians go to church on Sunday morning. They call that their “day of rest.” They meet at church to pray and sing songs. Christians also try to live their lives by the Ten Commandments. Finally, Christians believe that Jesus is God’s son and the Messiah, our savior. 

Pacem. Peace be with you.

     
      

Chapter Sixteen: Islam
     
Hi. My name is Maira. That means “moon” in Arabic. That’s my home language. I like that my name matches the symbol of my religion. That’s a crescent moon and a star. 

I’m Muslim. My religion is Islam. It has a lot in common with Judaism and Christianity. My friends are Miriam and Peter. They’ve shared their key holidays with you. Now I want to do the same. 

Today we celebrate Eid-ul-Fitr. That’s the end of Ramadan. That’s a month-long time when we fast. That means that we don’t eat or drink a thing from sunup to sundown. We do that each day for a month. Ramadan is the holiest month of the year for Muslims. But you need to know the story of my faith. Then you’ll understand why.

    

Let’s turn to six hundred years after Jesus was born. The prophet Muhammad was born in the land that we now call Saudi Arabia. In those days, Christians and Jewish people already believed in one, all-powerful God. But the people in Saudi Arabia still believed in lots of gods and goddesses. Muhammad believed that he heard the voice of God. God sent him messages of how to lead a better life, a life of helping others. According to our religious teachings, Muhammad became a prophet. He began to spread God’s words throughout the land. He taught that the rich should share their wealth with the poor. During Muhammad’s life, the stories that he received from Allah, the Arabic word for God, were never written down. That’s because Muhammad could neither read nor write. But later, they were written. They were collected into the Muslim holy book, the “Qur’an.” (That can also be spelled “Koran”).

The Qur’an has some stories that are the same as those told in both the Hebrew Torah and Christian Bible. The Qur’an also has laws about how to live a good life. The month of Ramadan celebrates the time that the Qur’an was revealed to Muhammad. One reason that Muslims fast at this time of year is this. It’s because Muhammad fasted in the desert before he received God’s messages. Another reason is to help us remember the poor and the hungry. It is a month of close family activities and much praying. Speaking of prayer, let me show you my mosque.

     

A “mosque” is the Muslim place of worship. It’s the spiritual center of the Islamic community. Sometimes mosques are very fancy like the Dome of the Rock in Jerusalem. Ours is not quite so fancy as that. But it is a place that I love to go. It’s especially nice to go at night during Ramadan. Usually, a mosque has one or two towers known as “minarets.” It’s from there that the holy man calls us to prayer. 

Inside the mosque, you will not find rows of seats like there are in churches and synagogues. Instead, we remove our shoes outside the mosque. Then we gather on prayer rugs. Often women and men pray in different areas. But all of them listen to the Imam. He’s the man who leads the prayers. Tonight, Muslims will gather under the crescent moon “to surrender.” That means to give control of our lives over to God. That is, after all, what the word Islam stands for. It means “surrender to God.” Then we will break the fast together. First, we’ll eat a date and drink some water. That’s as we always do. Then we’ll have a huge feast. Yum!

     

All Muslims must follow the Five Pillars of Islam. These are the five most important duties that we should do to be good Muslims. We pray five times each day. We pray in the direction of Mecca, Muhammad’s birthplace. That’s one of the five pillars, or duties, that we must perform. Another pillar is fasting during Ramadan. Other pillars include helping the poor and needy, and making a pilgrimage, or visit, to Mecca, at least once in our lifetimes

The most important pillar is the “shahada.” That is to declare our faith in one God. We say, “There is no God but God, and Muhammad is his prophet.” We believe that Abraham, Moses, and Jesus were all great prophets. But Muslims believe that the greatest of the prophets is Muhammad. Likewise, we believe in some of the teachings of both the Hebrew and the Christian Bibles. But all of our beliefs are in the poetic book known as the Qur’an. 

Miriam, Peter, and I follow three different religions. But I hope that you have learned how many things that we share are alike. I have the same wish for the world as Peter and Miriam have. “Assalamu Alaikum.” Peace be unto you.

       
     
*********

     

   
WEEK SEVENTEEN PHONICS READ-ALONGS

    

FROM AOCR PHONICS ACTIVITY #2, “SCOPE AND SEQUENCE”
     

ACTIVITY 79) TWO SYLLABLE WORD WORK –> CV – CVCC … continued:

 
   
 
 
     

     
Click here to go to Module E BY WEEKS 18 to 34
        


  
COPYRIGHT AnyOneCanRead ®, Inc., 2023, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.


Note to Educators, Parents, Tutors, and Students: AOCR ® has attempted to provide authorship to all reading content where we have been able to find it. Some content is in the public domain without evidence of authorship. Some content has been written by AOCR ®.

All content contained in the AOCR ® curriculum is from one of four sources: 1) Content written by AOCR ® personnel; 2) Content derived from the Core Knowledge ® curriculum; 3) Content that is — to the best of AOCR’s knowledge — in the public domain and free of any copyright restrictions — with or without knowledge of authorship; 4) Content that is provided to us by an author with their permission, which shall be noted at the beginning of such content.

Further, ANY lesson that is identified as “Core Knowledge ®” is following all stipulations required by Core Knowledge ® in order for AOCR ® to reproduce it. The guidelines outlined in the next few lines, in italic, apply to ALL passages that are identified as originating from the Core Knowledge ® curriculum:


This work is based on an original work of the Core Knowledge ® Foundation made available through licensing under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International License. This does not in any way imply that the Core Knowledge Foundation endorses this work. With the understanding that for reuse or distribution, you must make clear to others the license terms of this work. The best way to do that is with a link to this web page:

https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/   .